Best Of 2023: Forspoken’s Open-World Parkour Needs To Return In A Better Game

Forspoken got off to a rough start even before the game launched back in February. Certain early trailers featured a few awkward, out-of-context lines from the protagonist, Frey Holland. Those became a major talking point online, drawing attention away from what the focus should have been on: the terrific parkour.

Forspoken could never quite shake that initial negative impression, but despite what the internet would lead you to believe, the game deserves a lot more praise than it received, especially when it comes to its unique, magical movement.

Now Playing: Forspoken – Deep Dive: Magic Parkour | PS5 Games

Frey gets transported to a fantasy world shortly after the story begins, and once tutorials end, the land of Athia is yours to explore. The map is much larger than you’d expect, and Frey has nothing but shoes on her feet and a bit of magic to help her get from place to place. The wide-open areas aren’t exactly littered with buildings or closely built structures to latch onto, which rules out any kind of Spider-Man-like movement system. Instead, developer Luminous Productions decided to go for fancy footwork with stylistic flourishes.

It may sound simple, but, essentially, Frey just sprints and hops across the giant map. These little marathons only get better as the game progresses, as she gains access to speed boosts, quadruple jumps, wall-scaling techniques, a flaming grappling hook, and even a magical surfboard made of water and ice.

Frey’s magic is split into four elements, starting with Earth, which introduces her base set of movement skills–Shimmy, Flow, and Leap–that the rest are then built from. Shimmy kicks off the ground to allow quick, well-timed hops, Flow is a continuous sprint with auto parkour to run around or over obstacles, and Leap scales sheer walls. Each new elemental skill tree brings a notable addition to your arsenal of traversal abilities to improve upon those three main starting points.

Fire adds a speed boost and a flaming whip that Frey uses to zip across gaps and swing through the air. Water provides a super jump, a magical surfboard, and a gravity-defying float to survive drops from high places. And, finally, the electricity skill tree unlocks a quadruple jump and short-range teleportation.

By the time you acquire the fourth element, you’ll already be using every movement skill at your disposal in perfect parkour harmony. Every single parkour skill is necessary at some point, giving you reasons to try them all. With that said, it’s often possible to get by simply sprinting from one spot to another…but why would you? The electric multi-jump and teleports appear in the final skill tree for late-game obstacles, but you’ll still want to use them all over Athia. Even the later powers bring style and utility, adding embellishment to an already complete system.

Frey running through Athia using magic parkour.

Any movement system in an open-world game that makes you think twice about fast traveling deserves a real shout-out. Insomniac’s Spider-Man 2 is the best example of that this year. And I’m not saying Forspoken’s open-world traversal is on that level, but in my eyes, for this specific gameplay element, it comes in second. Yes, even above the other big-name parkour contender, Assassin’s Creed Mirage.

Forspoken’s parkour manages to capture that sweet spot where flair and fluidity meet speed. You can get from point A to point B in style using several useful, visually stunning abilities without sacrificing momentum, like a much more magical version of what Spider-Man 2 offers.

Even with a stamina meter, Fospoken rarely forces you to slow down for Frey to catch her breath. In fact, the game has several ways to refill stamina as you free run to your destinations. Once you get used to all of the movement options, along with the timing of Frey’s animations, you’ll completely forget there’s a stamina meter on-screen at all. Eventually, the only time stamina will matter is during combat, which is how I feel it should be handled in most games open-world games.

The unique parkour elements make their way into the fights as well, so the fluid movement isn’t just tied to parkour. Frey can slide, flip, and twirl her way through battles to avoid enemy attacks, providing that same elegance seen outside of combat scenarios. Dodges feel just like regular world traversal, with Frey able to narrowly avoid damage through sorcerous acrobatics.

Frey surfing across a lake with water magic.
Frey surfing across a lake with water magic.

Running, leaping, and surfing through Athia never got old, no matter how many hours I spent speeding around the somewhat sparse landscape. It’s a shame that the fantasy setting doesn’t feel more full of life, because Luminous Productions’ movement system deserves to exist inside a world that feels like it’s worth exploring.

As it stands, the only reason to step off the beaten path is to upgrade Frey or find pieces of gear that aren’t nearly as useful as they should be. Frey’s magical movement feels whimsical and joyous in a place devoid of equal whimsy. Only a few of the environments are distinct, while the others feel more like palette swaps of each other.

Luminous Productions did announce that the studio will be shutting down and folding back into Square Enix, but I hope all of its hard work is not lost forever. We may never see a Forspoken sequel–I sincerely hope we do–but, at the very least, Square Enix needs to slap those magical parkour features in a new game to give us that fantastic free-run feeling once again.

Cells of the future: A key to reprogramming cell identities

The intricate process of duplicating genetic information, referred to as DNA replication, lies at the heart of the transmission of life from one cell to another and from one organism to the next. This happens by not just simply copying the genetic information; a well-orchestrated sequence of molecular events has to happen at the right time. Scientists around Prof. Maria-Elena Torres-Padilla from Helmholtz Munich have recently uncovered a fascinating aspect of this process known as “replication timing” (RT) and how special this is when life commences. The new results are now published in Nature.

The process of DNA replication timing (RT) refers to the specific moments when different regions of our genetic code are duplicated. Researchers from the Institute for Epigenetics and Stem Cells at Helmholtz Munich have implemented a technique called “Repli-seq” to delve into the intimate relationship between RT and the adaptability of cells, the cellular plasticity. Intriguingly, they also uncovered a new relationship between RT and how the genes fold into three-dimensional structures inside the cell nucleus.

Starting with the earliest stage of an embryo, the zygote — the very beginning of an organism’s life — researchers have created a map of RT from this single-cell stage to the stage at which the embryo implants in the mother’s womb, called a blastocyst. The unexpected discovery is that the RT in the single-celled embryo is not very ordered, leading to the suggestion that genome duplications are very flexible in these early cells. However, after the 4-cell stage, the RT becomes more defined. There is a gradual process happening, mirroring the gradual acquisition of modifications to the DNA and associated proteins, the so-called chromatin marks, that indicate the genes’ activity and importance in the cell’s functions.

Maria-Elena Torres-Padilla, corresponding author of the study, explains further: “This is remarkable, as this tells us that these early embryo cells have a very ‘plastic’ genome duplication program. Because these early cells are totipotent, that means, they can create every single cell in our bodies. We think that what we discovered in this study is one of the reasons why these cells are so remarkably capable of generating all the body.” The new findings about DNA replication can serve as a tool to reprogram cells. Dr. Tsunetoshi Nakatani, the first author of the study, adds: “We can envision changing the cell identity by changing its RT program into a more flexible one.”

The results further show, that RNA polymerase, commonly known as the enzyme responsible for reading the genetic code and transcribing it into RNA, contributes to determining the exact RT program, providing some cues as to how to be able to manipulate such program in the future. The research team has discovered that the three-dimensional structure of the genome takes shape first, and the RT program is established consequently. This is an exciting finding, as it posits that how our genome accommodates into the three-dimensional space of the cell nucleus influences the flexibility of the RT program.

In conclusion, DNA replication timing is a fascinating piece of the puzzle in the grand narrative of life. It demonstrates how the precision of genetic replication is intimately tied to the capacity of the cells from the early embryo to generate other cell types in our body. As researchers continue to explore these connections, we gain a deeper understanding of the very essence of life’s transmission, cell to cell, organism to organism, and of what makes a cell capable of generating a new body.

Of fasts, feasts & fiesta- The New Indian Express

By Express News Service

CHENNAI: Deepavali, the time when the light illuminates the nooks and crannies of the city, turning even the darkest corners into festive moods, is brewing in full force. Known as the Festival of Lights, this is a season where a flurry of activities, emotions, and delicacies, gets on board, especially in the vibrant metropolis of Chennai, a city where an array of diverse communities thrive.

A few days ahead of Deepavali, kitchens in several households are packed with utensils used to dole out some scrumptious sweets, snacks and a special menu. From the irresistible Mysore pak to the delicate soan papdi and the flavourful kaara paniyaram, tables are adorned with many a delicacy. 

Archita Raghu, Sonu M Kothari, and Sreelakshmi S Nair embark on a Deepavali spree to immerse themselves in the city’s cultural vibrancy, engaging with individuals from various communities, delving into their unique celebrations, capturing the essence of what the festival means to them, and curating their culinary offerings.

RamPrakash, culinary director, CRP Culinary, & traditional food researcher
Across the Kongu Nadu region, Deepavali is synonymous with a breakfast with steaming idli and poori accompanied by a range of spicy mutton dishes. For several Tamil communities in districts like Madurai, Tirunelveli, and Dindigul, this festival day begins with a trip to the meat market and the usual bath after massaging nalla ennai into their hair. At the dinner table, fluffy kaara paniyaram, adhirasam, minced chukka, and fried intestine curry await them. “Especially for this festival, idli and poori are made. While mutton dishes are usually made in this region, kudal kulambu is a favourite. With kudal, they would make kulambu or kootu. It is the best accompaniment for these dishes. With kadala paruppu, it is a signature dish,” explains Ramprakash, a Madurai-based traditional food researcher. The core of festivities and feasts in most villages revolves around connecting with nature, he says. “Every festival is a celebration of food; on that day, there are specific dishes and traditions. This differs across areas based on people’s lifestyles. Every dish has a soul and love,” he adds.

Aattu Kudal Kulambu 
Ingredients

Goat Intestine (chopped): 1 kg
Pearl onions/Shallots (chopped): 2 cups
Tomato, chopped:  2
Ginger garlic paste: 2 tbsp
Garlic, finely chopped: 6 pods
Curry leaves: A sprig
Coriander leaves: A pinch
Mint leaves: A small pinch
Green chilli: 3
Red chilli powder: 2 tsp
Coriander powder: 3 tsp
Pepper powder: 1 tsp
Turmeric powder: 1/4 tsp
Cinnamon: 2 small sticks
Bay leaves: 1
Cumin seeds: 1/2 tsp
Fried gram dal: 150 g
Oil as required
Salt to taste
For masala
Fennel seeds (Sombu): 1 tsp
Poppy seeds (Kasa Kasa): 1 tsp
Peppercorn: 1 tbsp
Shredded coconut: 1/2 cup
Peanut: 3 tsp

Method
To clean the goat intestine, place the bag inside a pot of boiling water, and keep it closed. After 10 minutes, remove it, and take out the tubular structure. With a brush, rub the surface to peel off the thorn-like layer. Run each tube under water for around 20 minutes, till clean. Cut the bag, and then the tube into small pieces. Add turmeric and wash again.

For the curry
Soak hard-fried gram dal in warm water for two hours. Grind shredded coconut, peppercorn, poppy seeds, fennel seeds, and peanuts into a fine paste. Set aside. In a pressure cooker, heat oil and add cinnamon sticks, bay leaves, and cumin seeds till they splutter. Add chopped garlic, curry leaves, green chilies. After the raw smell goes, add onion, tomato, and ginger garlic paste and sautè it well. Add the soaked fried gram dal, turmeric powder, and the ground mixture. On medium flame, add chilli powder, coriander powder, and pepper powder. Add kudal pieces and roast the masala. Add a cup of water and the salt needed. Close the cooker, and cook for about nine whistles. Garnish with coriander leaves. 

Varsha Panjabi, food connoisseur
Deepavali in a Sindhi household is a grand affair. The day starts at three in the morning when special sweets are prepared for the festival. “We start the day a little earlier than usual with a small prayer in the morning followed by a Diwali party in the afternoon,” says Varsha Panjabi, a food connoisseur. Right after the sunset, a Lakshmi puja is arranged. “Since most people of the community are businessmen, the day is also considered to be the first day of a financial year,” shares Varsha. Only after lighting the home with diyas does a family step out, because it is also said that “Lakshmi ma visits only the places that are brightly lit.” Towards the end of the day, the family comes together for the fireworks, followed by a game of cards. “Playing cards or gambling on Diwali is considered to be very auspicious,” adds Varsha.

Dry Fruit Varo 
Ingredients

Mixed nuts almonds, cashews, 
pistachio: 3/4 cup 
Sugar: 1/2 cup 
Ghee: 1 tsp
Cardamom powder: a pinch
Poppy seeds: 1 tbsp

Method
Dry roast the nuts in a heavy bottom pan for two minutes. Keep it aside. In a heavy bottom pan, add ghee and poppy seeds, and let it cook. Add sugar to the mix, and let it cook on low flame. Keep stirring on a medium flame till sugar gets caramelised. Add cardamom powder to it along with nuts and turn off the heat. Pour the mixture on a greased plate/baking sheet or a chapati maker and roll with a rolling pin to even it. While it is still warm, cut into desired-size incisions and let it cool. Break into pieces once it cools off or serve it as discs. Store brittle in a tight container.

PH Shivaram, master mariner

EXPRESS ILLUSTRATION

Deepavali takes on a unique significance in the Bengali community as it coincides with the worship of Goddess Kali, hence celebrating the goddesses’ win over evil. Shivaram, reflecting on the Bengali celebration of the festival, explains that the day preceding Deepavali is observed as Naraka Chaturdashi or Bhoot Chaturdashi, signifying the belief that 14 generations or ancestral spirits from the past generations visit the earth to meet their dear ones.

This occasion is marked by the lighting of 14 diyas around the household. Subsequently, the following day, on Amavasya, the community partakes in Kali Pujo, an event dedicated to the worship of Goddess Kali. “When I was a kid, the day before Kali Pujo used to be a Halloween kind of day for us kids, where we used to go to our relatives and neighbour houses,” says Shivaram.

The pujo entails the serving of bhog, a sacred food offering to the goddess, featuring delicacies such as khichdi, chanar payesh (a sweet cottage cheese mixture), and various chutneys, symbolising the cultural richness and spiritual significance of the occasion.

Shakeena Banu, home chef
In Kanpur, the night before Deepavali, Shakeena Banu’s household would begin their preparations for traditional dishes like flavourful mutton biryani and creamy sheer khurma. As the festival descends, Shakeena and the other communities — from Kashmir to Tamil Nadu — in their colony would congregate and feast together. “There will be people from all over India. It didn’t matter which caste or religion we belong to. We celebrate as a community,” she says.

This tradition, which she has kept up for 15 years, followed her when she moved to Chennai. A recipe that she whips up for every Deepavali feast is the savoury mutton balls that have roots in the Maratha cuisine of Thanjavur — kayiru katti kola. “It is a family favourite. It has minced mutton, coconut, pottu kadalai, and spices. It is fried and made into a ball, and to hold it in shape, they tie it with rope. My grandmother used to have a banana stem to roll; now we don’t get it anymore,” Shakeena says. Her children’s friends frequent the house to pack boxes of biryani and share their love. “Beyond festivals, it is a great gathering,” she signs off.

Sheer khurma
Ingredients

Fine rumali semiya: 1 cup
Milk: 3/4 L
Khoya: 100 g
Sugar: 1 cup (adjust to taste)
Chopped dates: 15 nos
Assorted nuts, finely chopped
Ghee: 50 ml
Saffron: a few strands
Method
Heat a skillet, add 1/2 cup of ghee, and roast the rumali semiya until golden brown. Keep it aside for it to cool. In another pan, boil the milk until it thickens to 500 ml. Add the roasted semiya and cook until soft. Add sugar and khoya to it and mix well. In the skillet, add the rest of the ghee and roast the assorted nuts until golden brown. Add the chopped dates to the semiya and mix well so that the mixture thickens. Transfer the nuts with ghee to the semiya. Save some for the garnish. The sheer khurma is ready to serve. 

Anitha, homemaker

According to Jainism, it is considered that Mahavira attained salvation on this day. Sweets are distributed, and people visit temples, or sthanaks, a place where prayer meetings are held. “People pray for forgiveness for their wrongdoings. The prayer is 48 minutes long,” says Anitha. She adds that individuals also fast on this day. “Fasting helps in the purification of the body.” They believe that the day after Deepavali is the first day of a new year. Coming to the city, the community adapted a few traditions, like performing Lakshmi and Saraswathi puja. The community follows a tradition of hosting a puja in the evening. “A Lakshmi puja is done to invite the goddess into our homes,” she says.

Papdi

Ingredients
Refined wheat flour: 1 cup
Wheat flour: 1 cup
Gram flour: 1 cup
Oil: 2 tbsp
Carom seeds: 1 tsp
Red chilli powder: 1.5 tsp
Turmeric powder: 1/2 tsp 
Salt to taste 
Method
Mix the ingredients and knead well. Cover the dough with a cloth and let it rest for 15 minutes. Now, cut the dough into small parts and flatten them with a rolling pin. Deep fry in hot oil. Store in an air-tight container.

Vanisri Deena Bandhu, IT professional
The Festival of Lights brings positivity and hope, as the celebration is said to bring light over darkness. The people of Odisha believe that “by lighting lamps on our doorstep, we invite positivity into the home,” comments Vanisri, who has her roots in Bonsala.

With customs like preparing sweets and distributing them to friends and family and decorating the house with flowers and rangoli in the morning, the people of the Odia community follow a specific tradition of inviting the dead to their homes in the evening.

“We place cow dung on the floor and light jute sticks with earthen lamps lit in front of the house. Four people standing in a circle raise the sticks towards the sky, calling the forefathers,” says Vanisri, adding that this tradition is practiced to pay homage to the dead, and it is believed that by invoking the forefathers, the house and the family are blessed by them. The ritual is called ‘Bada Badua Daka’.

Thollatlo 

Ingredients
Rice flour: 50 g
Jeera water: 150 ml 
Sugar: 5-6 tbsp
Method
Prepare jeera water by boiling cumin seeds (jeera) in water. After boiling the water add sugar to it. Mix until the water boils to the consistency of a sugar syrup. Pour the rice flour into the liquid. Mix well and add water to adjust the consistency. Make round balls of the mixture and serve. 

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Right of Hindu Women in Property

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction
Historical Background of Women’s Right in Property
The Turning Point: The Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act 2005
Key Provisions of the Amendment
Rights Over Male Relatives’ Property
The Progressive Impact of the 2005 Amendment
Conclusion

Introduction

The property rights of women in India have been a subject of debate and reform for many years. Governed primarily by the Hindu Succession Act of 1956 and the Hindu Women’s Right to Property Act of 1937, the landscape of women’s property rights in India has evolved significantly over time.

This post explores the historical development and current state of Hindu women’s property rights in India, with a particular focus on the transformative changes brought about by the Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act of 2005.

Historical Background of Women’s Right in Property

Before delving into the amendments and provisions that have reshaped property rights for Hindu women, it is essential to understand the historical context. The Hindu Women’s Right to Property Act of 1937 marked an initial step in addressing gender disparities in property inheritance.

However, its scope was limited, primarily dealing with the property rights of Hindu widows. It allowed widows to claim an equal share in their deceased husband’s property alongside their sons. Yet, this act fell short in addressing the broader issues related to the property rights of Hindu women as a whole and did not grant coparcenary rights to them.

The Turning Point: The Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act 2005

The most significant leap toward gender equality in property rights came with the Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act of 2005. This amendment was introduced based on recommendations from the 174th Law Commission Report and aimed to eliminate gender disparities in property inheritance. It brought about profound changes to the Hindu Succession Act of 1956, reshaping the landscape of women’s property rights in India.

Key Provisions of the Amendment

Coparcenary Interest: Prior to the 2005 Amendment, only male lineal descendants, including sons, grandsons, and great-grandsons, were considered coparceners and had rights over ancestral property. Daughters were excluded from this system, leading to gender-based discrimination.

The Amendment, however, altered this discriminatory practice by amending Section 6 of the Hindu Succession Act. According to Section 6(1), daughters of coparceners became coparceners by birth in a Hindu Undivided Family (HUF), enjoying the same rights and liabilities as sons. This monumental change granted daughters equal coparcenary status, allowing them to inherit ancestral property.

Equal Coparcenary Rights: The Amendment not only granted daughters coparcenary status but also mandated equal rights and liabilities for both sons and daughters of coparceners. Section 6(1) stipulated that daughters would have the same rights and responsibilities in coparcenary property as sons. This provision effectively abolished the historical gender bias within the system.

Share in Coparcenary Property: Section 6(3) of the Amendment ensured that the devolution of a deceased coparcener’s interest in HUF property would be equal for daughters and sons. Daughters were entitled to the same share as sons, marking a significant departure from the past. Additionally, the Amendment addressed the issue of pre-deceased female coparceners’ shares, ensuring that their children received a rightful share in the same manner as if the female coparcener had been alive.

Full Ownership: Section 14 of the Hindu Succession Act, as amended in 2005, granted Hindu women full ownership rights over both movable and immovable property they acquired through various means. Whether acquired before or after marriage, through inheritance, partition, maintenance, gifts, personal efforts, purchase, or prescription, women were now granted complete control and ownership of their property. This provision was a significant stride towards ensuring women’s financial independence and autonomy.

Right to Dispose of Property: The Amendment also granted Hindu women the right to dispose of their property through intestate or testamentary succession, putting them on equal footing with Hindu males. Section 30 of the Amendment rectified the previous imbalance that allowed only Hindu males to dispose of property through a will.

Rights Over Male Relatives’ Property

The Hindu Succession Act, in its amended form, outlines the rights of women over the property of their male relatives, including fathers, husbands, and sons.

Rights Over Father’s Property: Section 8 of the Act specifies the rules for the devolution of intestate Hindu male property. It prioritizes class I heirs, which include daughters, widows, and mothers, ensuring that they have a substantial claim over the deceased father’s property. Daughters, in particular, are granted equal rights over their father’s property, irrespective of their marital status or age.

Rights Over Husband’s Property: Section 15 of the Act addresses the devolution of property of an intestate Hindu woman. It grants husbands, sons, and daughters rights over the property of their deceased wives or mothers. This provision underscores the importance of gender equality in property inheritance.

Rights Over Son’s Property: Sisters, classified as class II heirs, are entitled to a share of their brother’s property in the absence of class I heirs. This ensures that sisters have a legal claim over their brother’s property if there are no surviving children, widows, or mothers.

The Progressive Impact of the 2005 Amendment

The Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act of 2005 has had a profound and progressive impact on the property rights of Hindu women in India. By eliminating age-old discriminatory practices and granting daughters equal coparcenary status and property rights, the Amendment represents a significant step towards gender equality.

Additionally, the Amendment acknowledges the financial autonomy and ownership rights of Hindu women, allowing them to manage and dispose of their property independently. This empowerment is critical for women’s economic independence and overall well-being.

Furthermore, the Amendment underscores the principles of gender equality enshrined in the Indian Constitution. It aligns Hindu personal laws with constitutional ideals, reaffirming the commitment of the legal system to protect the rights of all citizens, regardless of gender.

Conclusion

Women’s right in property have undergone a remarkable transformation, evolving from a historically discriminatory system to one that upholds gender equality. The Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act of 2005 stands as a landmark legislative reform that has reshaped the legal landscape, granting daughters equal coparcenary status and full ownership rights over their property.

This progressive amendment not only addresses historical injustices but also empowers Hindu women, enabling them to exercise control over their assets and financial independence. It reflects the evolving societal norms and values that prioritize gender equality and women’s rights.

Aditi Rao Hydari’s regal look in dazzling Sabyasachi saree makes a dreamy ethnic fashion statement for wedding season

Published on Dec 22, 2023 10:21 AM IST

Aditi Rao Hydari’s recent look in a stunning Sabyasachi saree, redefines ethnic elegance and sets the bar high for the wedding season fashion goals. Check pics

/

expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 22, 2023 10:21 AM IST

Aditi Rao Hydari is a total stunner who can pull off any look to perfection. The stunning actress is known for her classy and elegant sense of dressing. Whether it’s a sartorial saree or a chic jumpsuit, she adds her personal flair and can make any outfit look glamorous. Aditi is quite active on social media and her Insta-diaries, filled with stunning ethnic looks, serve as a treasure trove of fashion inspiration for the wedding season. Her latest look in a breathtaking saree exuding Indian princess vibes is no exception and is sure to inspire your wardrobe.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)

/

On Sunday, Aditi gave her fans a mid-week treat as the actress took to Instagram and uploaded a series of glamorous pictures accompanied by the caption, "I know nothing with any certainty, but the sight of the stars makes me dream".(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 22, 2023 10:21 AM IST

On Sunday, Aditi gave her fans a mid-week treat as the actress took to Instagram and uploaded a series of glamorous pictures accompanied by the caption, “I know nothing with any certainty, but the sight of the stars makes me dream”.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)

/

Aditi Rao Hydari's dazzling saree comes in an alluring black shade adorned with shimmer all over. It features a heavy border all over embellished with intriacte hand work deatiling. She teamed the saree with a contrasting elbow-length sleeved blouse and draped the it elegantly with the pallu falling beautifully from the shoulders.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 22, 2023 10:21 AM IST

Aditi Rao Hydari’s dazzling saree comes in an alluring black shade adorned with shimmer all over. It features a heavy border all over embellished with intriacte hand work deatiling. She teamed the saree with a contrasting elbow-length sleeved blouse and draped the it elegantly with the pallu falling beautifully from the shoulders.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)

/

Her saree is from the shelves of ace fashion designer Sabyasachi and showcases the perfect blend of tradition and modernity. While her styling was expertly done by celebrity fashion stylist Sanam Ratansi.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 22, 2023 10:21 AM IST

Her saree is from the shelves of ace fashion designer Sabyasachi and showcases the perfect blend of tradition and modernity. While her styling was expertly done by celebrity fashion stylist Sanam Ratansi.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)

/

In terms of accessories, Aditi kept things minimal to let her outfit shine, and styled her look with just a pair of emerald gold statement earrings and matching high heels.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 22, 2023 10:21 AM IST

In terms of accessories, Aditi kept things minimal to let her outfit shine, and styled her look with just a pair of emerald gold statement earrings and matching high heels.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)

/

Assisted by makeup artist Shraddha Mishra, Aditi was decked out in nude eyeshadow, mascara-capped lashes, darkened brows, contoured cheeks with a blush and a shade of nude lipstick.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 22, 2023 10:21 AM IST

Assisted by makeup artist Shraddha Mishra, Aditi was decked out in nude eyeshadow, mascara-capped lashes, darkened brows, contoured cheeks with a blush and a shade of nude lipstick.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)

/

Aditi left her long, straight locks open at the centre part to cascade beautifully down her shoulders, perfectly complementing her regal look. A small black bindi adorning her forehead added the finishing touch.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 22, 2023 10:21 AM IST

Aditi left her long, straight locks open at the centre part to cascade beautifully down her shoulders, perfectly complementing her regal look. A small black bindi adorning her forehead added the finishing touch.(Instagram/@aditiraohydari)

Clene says its ALS drug data is not yet enough for FDA

Dive Brief:

  • Clene Nanomedicine on Thursday said the Food and Drug Administration doesn’t believe the company has gathered enough evidence to support an accelerated approval of its experimental drug for ALS, or amytrophic lateral sclerosis.
  • A solution of gold nanoparticles, Clene’s drug is meant to protect neurons by promoting cell energy production. In ALS, it’s been tested in the main and open-label extension phases of the closely watched Healey platform trial; in an “expanded access” study; and in two other Phase 2 investigations. Clene claims its drug can help patients live longer while reducing “neurofilament light chain,” an increasingly important biomarker in ALS research.
  • Clene also disclosed Thursday more data from the open-label extension study. Next year, the company plans to provide additional results, further engage with the FDA and start a Phase 3 confirmatory ALS trial.

Dive Insight:

Like the other therapies initially tested in the Healey trial, Clene’s wasn’t significantly better than a placebo at slowing the progression of ALS after six months of treatment. It also failed to hit the main goal of the mid-stage “RESCUE-ALS” study.

Clene, though, has continued development, with its case resting heavily on so-called exploratory analyses. Regulators are often critical of such analyses, as they can be used selectively to present a drug in a more favorable light.

The data Clene released Thursday come from the Healey trial’s open-label extension phase, in which all participants can access drug therapy. The company said levels of neurofilament light chain decreased 16% more among patients who received its drug from the beginning of the trial, versus those who were first randomized into the placebo group.

That measure was taken at week 76. During the 24-week double-blind period, Clene says its drug was associated with a 10% relative reduction in neurofilament light chain. Research suggests the biomarker is a sign of nerve cell damage.

Clene said the open-label extension showed the risk of long-term, “all-cause” mortality decreased by 60% for patients who’ve been getting it’s drug the entire length of the trial, compared to those who haven’t. Yet, the company made multiple adjustments in its statistical analyses to come to that conclusion, such as assuming a constant common treatment effect from its drug.

So far, the FDA hasn’t been convinced that Clene has enough positive evidence to file its drug for accelerated approval. Investors haven’t seem convinced, either. Clene stock has lost most of its value over the past two years. The company’s share price plummeted another 40% Thursday morning, to trade around 30 cents.

Dog Wheelchair FAQ | Walkin’ Wheels

The first time a dog owner hears about dog wheelchairs might be because their dog has become paralyzed or is having a hard time getting around. And that can mean a lot of unanswered questions. Here are some of the more common questions that pet parents have about dog wheelchairs and how they work:

Why do dogs have wheelchairs?

There are many different reasons why a dog might need a wheelchair. Typically, a dog needs a wheelchair when it has lost strength in its legs, has difficulty walking unassisted, or is paralyzed. Rear leg paralysis is one of the most common reasons a dog needs a wheelchair. 

A dog may need a wheelchair if it is dealing with any of the following conditions:

  • Intervertebral Disc Disease (IVDD)
  • Degenerative Myelopathy
  • Spinal disease
  • Severe hip dysplasia
  • Cruciate tears or ruptured CCL 
  • Recovering after a traumatic injury or surgery
  • Neurological deficits
  • Cerebellar Hypoplasia (CH)
  • Rear leg paralysis
  • Wobbler’s Disease
  • Senior dog dealing with mobility loss 
  • Hind leg weakness

What size dog can use a wheelchair?

Wheelchairs are available to fit all sized pets, regardless of breed or weight. For example, the Walkin’ Wheels adjustable dog wheelchair will fit dogs as small as two pounds up to large dogs weighing one hundred and eighty pounds. Choosing the right size wheelchair is crucial for your dog’s comfort and mobility.

There are six different Walkin’ Wheels wheelchair sizes:

  • Mini wheelchair – for dogs under 2 lbs. 
  • Small wheelchair – for dogs  11 to 25 lbs. 
  • Medium wheelchair – 26 to 49 lbs.
  • Medium/Large wheelchair – 50 to 69 lbs.
  • Large wheelchair – 70 to 180 lbs.
  • Corgi wheelchair – a specially made frame, designed to fit the long torso of a Corgi. 

The right wheelchair frame size for your pet will be based entirely on their weight.

How do you choose the right size wheelchair for your dog?

An adjustable dog wheelchair offers you the most flexibility. It’s very easy to size your dog for its new cart. All you need is your dog’s weight, breed, and the measurement of your dog’s rear leg height. Enter your dog’s measurement into the Walkin’ Wheels SureFit Calculator, which will tell you exactly what size wheelchair your dog needs. Not sure your measurement is correct? No worries, the wheelchair experts review every wheelchair order before it ships. If they think your measurement isn’t quite right, they’ll give you a call.

Walkin’ Wheels offers three ways to shop for a dog wheelchair:

Selecting the right size wheelchair for your dog is critical. A wheelchair that is too small or too large may make it difficult for your dog to walk. Not sure what size is best for your pet? Call our wheelchair experts at 888-253-0777 to figure out the best size cart for your dog.

How do you measure your dog for a wheelchair?

Measure your dog lying down on its side. Most dogs that need a wheelchair cannot stand at their full height when standing. Even the dogs that can support their weight, their back legs may bend and lack the strength to stand correctly. This may mean that their rear leg height measurement is shorter than it should be. 

How to measure a dog for dog wheelchair

How to measure your dog for a cart:

  1. Lay down on its side
  2. Position their back leg in a natural standing position with a slight bend. 
  3. Measure the rear leg, from the crease where the thigh meets the body all the way to the toe pad. This measurement would be the height of your dog’s back leg if they were standing fully. 

Are there different types of carts for dogs?

There are many different styles of dog wheelchairs, each one designed to offer different levels of support. The three main types of dog wheelchairs are:

  • Rear wheelchair – hind leg support
  • Full Support or Quad wheelchair – a four-wheeled wheelchair that supports all four legs
  • Front Wheel wheelchair – support for a dog’s front legs only 

A rear wheel wheelchair is the most commonly needed wheelchair for most dogs. This style of cart acts as a replacement for a dog’s back legs. A wheel is directly underneath each rear leg, in line with the hip, providing balanced support so a dog can stand and walk while assisted.

Rear Wheelchair

Active dog in his Walkin’ Wheels Dog Wheelchair Camo color
A dog wheelchair for weak or paralyzed back legs.

Full Support Wheelchair

Quad dog wheelchair for full body support
A full body support dog wheelchair for all four legs.

A full support wheelchair is necessary when the dog is experiencing weakness in the front legs or has trouble maintaining balance. A four-wheel wheelchair can also be used to support a dog that’s missing a front leg.

Can my dog go to the bathroom while using a wheelchair?

A dog can pee and poop while using a wheelchair. Leg rings support the dog’s hind end from underneath, leaving plenty of space in front and behind the dog to defecate cleanly. 

Getting a dog into a wheelchair makes it easier for them to relieve themselves. Giving a pet the support to stand upright allows everything to move naturally. Bringing your dog on a walk and showing them all their favorite spots will help encourage them to pee and poop while in their wheelchair.

Male Dog Pees In Wheelchair

Female Dog Pees in Wheelchair

Most dogs understand very quickly that they can pee or poop while in the wheelchair. Bring your dog to familiar places and areas that they like to go to potty, this can help encourage your dog to go.

How do you get a dog into a wheelchair?

Everyone has their own way of getting their dog into a wheelchair. The best way is what works for you and your dog. We recommend you start with the front harness. While your dog is sitting, place the front harness over its head and adjust it to fit comfortably. Next, line the wheelchair up right behind your dog. The leg rings should already be attached to the wheelchair frame. Now, gently lift your dog’s back legs and place them through either leg ring. Finally, lift the wheelchair frame and clip in the front harness.

My dog can still use its back legs. Can it use a wheelchair?

Wheelchairs are intended to help dogs exercise and move their back legs. For a dog that maintains function in its back legs, a wheelchair will help them maintain muscle mass, prevent further atrophy, and help the dog to rebuild leg strength. Using a wheelchair will not discourage your dog from using its back legs. Instead, using a wheelchair will make it easier for your dog to exercise, which may encourage them to walk even more.

How do you fit a dog for a wheelchair?

The fit of your dog’s wheelchair is essential. In addition, the wheelchair’s support must be correctly balanced for your dog to feel comfortable.

Here’s what to look for in a dog wheelchair that fits perfectly:

  • The side extender bar runs parallel to the ground, through the center of the dog’s body. Therefore, the extenders should never point towards the ground or tip upwards. 
  • The knuckle of the wheelchair sits in the center of the dog’s hip
  • Your dog should be able to comfortably touch the ground and push off gently to propel itself forward. 
How to adjust a Walkin' Wheels dog wheelchair infographic

How long will it take for my dog to become accustomed to a wheelchair?

Corgi wheelchair for dog that can't walk

Every dog’s experience is a little different, and most dogs will adjust very quickly to using a wheelchair. Most dogs realize very quickly that the wheelchair is helping them, and they immediately notice that they can walk again. 

Other dogs may need more time to become accustomed to their cart. Work at your dog’s pace and make it a rewarding experience for them. Lots of praise and plenty of high-reward treats are great to keep on hand as your dog is adjusting to life on wheels. If your dog seems tired or nervous, take them out of the wheelchair and give them a break. Try again in a few hours after your dog has rested a bit. Remember, it’s probably been a while since your dog has been able to walk. The first time they try out their cart, they are getting a workout. 

For timid dogs, it may help to leave the wheelchair out in a room they use frequently. This will allow your dog to approach the cart at their own speed, sniff it all over, and get comfortable with it being around. In addition, it can be helpful to reward them every time your dog goes near the wheelchair, this helps to build a positive relationship with their new cart. 

Can my dog lie down while using a wheelchair?

Dog wheelchairs are designed support your dog in an upright and standing position. Encouraging canine mobility and exercise. A wheelchair should never collapse on your dog’s back legs.

Some smaller breeds, such as dachshunds or corgis can rest on their front legs with a pillow underneath them for short periods of time. For your wheelchair dog to sleep comfortably, they should be taken out of the wheelchair to rest.

How long can a dog be left in a wheelchair?

How long your dog can stay in their cart will vary for every dog. We recommend speaking to your vet about what’s best for your dog as their age, overall fitness, and their stamina can contribute.

When first adapting to their cart, you should begin with shorter sessions and your dog should always be supervised while in their wheelchair. While dog is first adjusting to their wheelchair, limit their wheelchair time to 10 to 15 minute increments multiple times a day until they build up their endurance. Every dog requires a different amount of daily exercise, and you will find what works best for your dog.

Can a dog wheelchair be used indoors?

Yes a dog wheelchair can be used inside the house. Although the size of the dog, width of the doorways and hallways are determining factors. Most small to medium sized dogs have no issues using their cart inside the house.

What to do when your tenants won’t leave

A tenant refusing to leave the rental is one of those nightmare scenarios no landlord or agent wants to have to deal with.

But it’s one you might have to.

So if your tenant isn’t budging, what’s next?

Not paying and not leaving…

It’s all well and good to have legitimate grounds to request your tenants vacate the property, but what if they won’t go?

It’s not unheard of for a tenant to dig their heels in and refuse to leave the rental.

If this happens to you, you need to know what you can – and can’t – do.

In insurance-speak, we call this situation ‘denial of access’.

In a nutshell, it means your tenant refuses to leave the rental (so they’re denying you access to your property) despite having been lawfully evicted.

The key thing here is the lawful eviction bit.

If you want your tenants out, you need to go about it the right way.

That means carefully following the procedures to end a lease/evict a tenant set out in your state or territory residential tenancy legislation.

Bad Tenant2

How do you evict a tenant?

The process may vary, depending on the jurisdiction, but in general, you should:

  • check that your reason for wanting to evict your tenants is acceptable (several Residential Tenancy Authorities (RTAs) have been amended or are being amended to remove ‘no grounds’ evictions), so having a valid reason is likely to be a prerequisite)
  • make sure that you use the right procedure based on the grounds for eviction (in some jurisdictions the process is different, depending on the reason)
  • provide your tenants with written notice to vacate (carefully following the requirements for issuing the notice because if you don’t do it correctly, you’ll find yourself having to do it all over again)
  • strictly follow the necessary procedures and timeframes (word to the wise: tribunals have been known to throw out a landlord’s case because they didn’t follow the right process)
  • use the correct forms and have the right documentation.

Bad Tenant3

What happens if the tenant ignores the notice to vacate?

If you’ve followed the process to lawfully evict your tenant and they’ve ignored the notice to vacate, your next step is to involve the authorities.

You’ll need to apply to the relevant tribunal and apply for a court order.

If the court/tribunal agrees your tenant needs to leave, an order will be made (it may be called a termination order, possession order, warrant of possession, or order to vacate).

This order will set out a date by which the tenant must vacate.

170 Cute Names For Your Girlfriend She’ll Love

Choosing cute names for your girlfriend is not just a sweet gesture, but a meaningful way to express how much you love her. According to a study on cute pet names, “90% of Americans who use nicknames like “beautiful,” “gorgeous,” and “honey” for their partners were content in their relationship, compared to just 56% of couples who don’t use pet names at all.”

My friend’s girlfriend personally loves being called adorable pet names. Her eyes shine brighter when he calls her something giggle-worthy and personal to their relationship. He’s said to me that it makes them feel closer to each other. I think having sweet nicknames for each other does in fact create a deeper bond.

If you are looking for such pet names, we have come up with a whole list of cute nicknames for girls. From classic pet names to imaginative and personalized female nicknames, you’ll find a wide range of cute names to call your girlfriend here.

Cute Nicknames For Your Girlfriend

You deserve this list of the best nicknames as it’s a delightful way to express affection and closeness in a relationship. These names somehow reflect and strengthen your bond with your lover and add an extra layer of charm to your connection. For the sake of that love, here is a list of some cute names to call your girlfriend:

1. Sweetie
2. Bubbles
3. Darling
4. Cutie pie
5. Angel
6. Love
7. Cutie
8. Sweet pea
9. Babe
10. Honey bunch
11. Sugar
12. Little bug

Related Reading: 51 Bonding Questions For Couples To Strengthen A Relationship

13. Princess
14. Honey bunny
15. Pumpkin
16. Sunshine
17. Snugglebug
18. Cherry
19. Doll face
20. Pooh
21. Baby doll
22. Bright eyes
23. Lifeline
24. Boo
25. Rainbow
26. Chipmunk
27. Sugar baby
28. Sweet treats

Girls get used to you using nicknames for them and once you stop, she’ll think something’s wrong. So keep finding goofy and quirky names for her.

Romantic Nicknames For Girlfriend

Crafting romantic nicknames for your girlfriend can add a tender and passionate touch to your relationship, evoking an intimate and emotional connection that is uniquely yours. Selecting such a unique nickname can beautifully symbolize the depth of your feelings and create a private world of shared affection between you and your lover. Given below is the list of some cute names for your girlfriend or wife:

Related Reading: 125 Good Morning Messages For Her – Loving, Romantic, Flirty, Sexy, Sweet

29. Beloved
30. Baby girl
31. My heart
32. Soulmate
33. My queen
34. Munchkin
35. Sweetie pie
36. Kitty
37. Better half
38. Sweet bun
39. Angel eyes
40. Snowflake
41. Peach
42. Bunny
43. Wife
44. My everything
45. Treasure
46. Enchantress
47. Apple of my eye
48. My other half
49. My one and only
50. Best friend
51. My lady
52. Bebe
53. My joy
54. My forever
55. Lady luck
56. Tootsie roll

Funny Names To Call Your Girlfriend

Adding some humor into your relationship through playful and cute names for your girlfriend can give a delightful angle to your bond. However, while choosing a funny nickname, you need to be careful. They should be appropriate and you need to take care of the fact that it does not offend or belittle your partner. If you’re running short of ideas, we are here to help you with the list given below:

Related Reading: What To Do When Your Husband Belittles You

57. Giggle monster
58. Pudding cup
59. Snortle (a mix of snort and chuckle)
60. Silly goose
61. Wild cat
62. Care bear
63. Quirkarella
64. Chuckleberry
65. Wacky doodle
66. Lil’ mouse
67. Poodle
68. Snuggle bear
69. Tickle monster
70. Pookie-poo

cute nickname for girls
Calling your girl with a cute nickname is a separate love language entirely.

72. Bambi
73. Your highness
74. Tiger
75. Ladybug
77. Silliness incarnate
78. Goofball
79. Giggleosaurus
80. Chickadee
81. Bubba
82. Snookums
83. Toots
84. Shuggy
85. Snores-a-lot
86. My precious (with Gollum’s voice)

Flirty Nicknames For Girlfriend

Flirty nicknames for your girlfriend can ignite a playful and seductive dynamic. They can also be used in bed, or you can just use them to tease each other endlessly. This fun form of love heightens intimacy and keeps the flames of desire burning. Here are some sexy and flirty nicknames that you can call your partner:

87. Hot stuff
88. Gorgeous
89. Sexy thing
90. Foxy

Related Reading: Sexy Nicknames To Give Him For More Intimacy

91. Little mama
92. Sweet cheeks
93. Lovebird
94. Flirty kitten
95. Bonita
96. Sexy mama
97. My brat
98. Firecracker
99. Angel face
100. Babe-licious
101. Bombshell
102. Dreamboat
103. Mommy
104. Ginger spice
105. Hot tamale
106. Cherry pie

Affectionate Nicknames For Your Girlfriend

Cute nickname for girls can serve as tender expressions of your care. These names carry the depth of your feelings for your beloved. These are more than just terms of endearment. They represent a unique and cherished bond between partners, reflecting the care, admiration, and closeness shared in a relationship. Given below is the list of some affectionate nicknames that beautifully convey the warmth and fondness you hold for your dearest.

Related Reading: 16 Ways To Show Affection To Your Partner

107. Sweetheart
108. Bubs
109. Blossom
110. My rain
111. My lotus
112. Kiddo
113. Honeybun
114. Choco babe
115. Heartbeat
116. My love
117. Birdy
118. Fluff
119. Shortcake
120. Bubblegum

More on Girlfriend Stories

121. Pixie
122. Booboo
123. Ocean eyes
124. Fudge
125. Nutter butter
126. Dreamgirl
127. Jam
128. Love bug
129. Light of my life
130. Cupcake
131. Miss sunshine
132. Dreamboat
133. Queen of my heart
134. My hope
135. Blueberry
136. Sugar lips

Nicknames in Different Languages For Your Girlfriend

Would you pick cute nicknames for your girlfriend in your own language? Or another? Certain words in a different language might describe your emotions more clearly. They portray your eternal love in a beautiful and poetic way. Here are some cutesy nicknames in different languages that you can choose for your girlfriend.

Related Reading: 25 Deeply Emotional Love Letters For Her That’ll Make Her Cry

Hindi nicknames

137. Jaan
138. Buggu
139. Shona
140. Bebu
141. Jaanu
142. Jaanam
143. Baabu
144. Bacha
145. Gugu
146. Nona

Spanish nicknames

147. Mi reina
148. Mi amor
149. Mi alma
150. Mi vida
151. Mi cielo
152. Bombon

female nicknamess
How to make you girlfriend blush? Call her something cute.

Italian nicknames

153. Cara mia
154. Amore mio
155. Vita mia
156. Bellezza
157. Coccinella
158. Mia amata

French nicknames

159. Ma belle
160. Mon chou
161. Mon mignon
162. Mon bébé
163. Mon amour
164. Ma moitié

Urdu nicknames

165. Ya rouhi (my soul)
166. Jannat-e-khatoon
167. Pari
168. Sarai
169. Noori
170. Husna

Nicknames in a relationship should be personalized so that they become your special thing. According to a Quora user, you should not give your girlfriend any random pet name. Instead, give her a name that goes with her features like her hair or eyes.

Finding or creating cute names for your girlfriend is a gesture that shows your affection for her. These words should carry all your love and trust and that special warmth of your bond as well. Just make sure that your partner loves the name as much as you do and while choosing a funny nickname, be careful not to hurt her feelings.

40 Cute Things To Do With Your Girlfriend At Home

27 Ways To Tell Someone You Love Them Without Saying It

19 Things To Reassure Your Girlfriend Of Your Love

Ask Our Expert

2023 BMW iX M60 Review: Electric Excess, Not Necessarily the Best

The iX M60 turns up the wick with more power, but at what cost?

Antuan Goodwin/CNET Cars

Mere weeks after evaluating the BMW iX xDrive50, the dedicated battery-electric SUV has returned to my driveway and it’s brought more power to the party. The 2023 BMW iX M60 is, for now, the most potent version of the iX hitting the road with up to 610 horsepower and more standard equipment than the base model. However, that straight-line speed comes at a cost — to both wallet and quality of life — that I’m not sure is worth the bragging rights and a shiny “M” badge.

Like


  • Excellent power and acceleration


  • More cohesive M Sport design


  • iDrive 8 tech is starting to grow on me

Don’t like


  • Significantly more expensive


  • Harsher ride, even in Comfort mode


  • Less range than more modest specs

More power

The M60’s electric powertrain is based around the same 111.5-kilowatt-hour (105.2 kWh usable) battery as the xDrive50 spec with the same DC and AC charging speed estimates. The iX M60 can accept up to 195 kilowatts of juice, adding around 90 miles of range in roughly 10 minutes or refilling from 10% to 80% in 40 minutes. BMW includes two years of complimentary 30-minute Electrify America sessions to get drivers acquainted with the network. At an 11-kW home or Level 2 public AC charger, owners can expect to spend up to 11 hours to fill the battery.

The biggest difference between the M60 and xDrive50 variants is the power output of the dual-motor electric powertrain. M60 drivers command up to 610 rear-biased horsepower in Sport mode and, when activating launch control, up to 811 pound-feet of torque with a wiggle of their right foot, a gain of 94 ponies and 247 twist units over the xDrive50. Stomping the accelerator, the M60 makes a case for its nearly $25,000 price premium over xDrive50 with exhilarating acceleration. The extra oomph shaves nearly a second off the SUV’s 0-to-60 time, at just 3.6 seconds versus 4.4. It’s a hoot, to be sure.

Yes, the iX M60 is nearly a second quicker to 60 mph than an Audi E-Tron S. On the other hand, well, it looks like this.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET Cars

Top speed climbs from 124 mph to 155 mph (or 130 mph with all-season tires), although that’s mostly just for bragging rights over xDrive50 owners. Despite the iX M60’s impressive performance upgrades, this is not a track car; most of its miles will be logged on public roads with pesky speed limits.

Firmer ride

The iX M60’s destiny as a hotted-up commuter that will spend its entire life bouncing over highway expansion joints and dodging surface street potholes feels at odds with the SUV’s overly firm suspension tuning. Standard equipment at this trim level includes rear axle steering, an air suspension (both of which are optional on the xDrive50) and M Sport brakes with blue calipers (which aren’t).

However, the M60’s air suspension has been recalibrated and mated with thicker stabilizer bars for more dynamic handling and a firmer ride. Of course, that’ll cost you a bit of comfort, which isn’t so bad when the road is glass-smooth. However, around my neck of the woods, the best driving roads are off the beaten path where the iX M60’s suspension proved more punishing over bumps and imperfections than BMW’s low-slung i4 M50 sedan, limiting my enjoyment and my speed, even in its most compliant Comfort setting.

Less range

Wheels measuring 21 or 22 inches are available. My example is equipped with the former, mated with performance summer tires, though all-seasons are also available as a no-cost option. I’d recommend sticking with the smaller rollers; the iX’s ride is firm enough that you’ll need all of the rubber you can get between your spine and the road. 

The bigger wheels also come with a hit to range, dropping from 288 EPA-estimated miles with the 21s to a 274-mile range on the double-deuces. Of course, iX drivers looking to maximize range between road trip pit stops are probably better off sticking with the xDrive50, which gets between 305 and 324 miles depending on its wheel-and-tire combo.

M Sport design

Visually, the M60 spec differentiates itself with a unique front fascia that’s much more aggressive than the xDrive50. It’s almost too aggro, but in its defense the stronger angles and bold techno-cheekbones are a better balance with BMW’s new vertical kidney grille design. I’m not a fan of the iX’s design, but this is its best, most cohesive look.

Inside, the iX M60’s spacious, minimalist cabin is also largely unchanged compared to the xDrive50. BMW doesn’t outfit its performance variant with sport seats, an omission I don’t really mind for daily driving comfort, but also kind of missed when testing the SUV’s improved cornering capabilities.

My example features $300 blue seat belts and the $3,000 Executive package, which adds glass and open-pore wood controls to the center console. The wood is a nice natural touch in isolation, but there’s no wood anywhere else in the iX’s cabin, and it seems weirdly out of place the more I look at it. The Executive package also adds advanced driver-assistance features like hands-free Traffic Jam Assist, hands-free parking assist, adaptive cruise control, and lane-keep assist plus convenience features like soft-close doors. Overall, it’s an option box worth checking, even if you don’t want the aesthetic “upgrades.”

The wood controls are a nice touch, but they also don’t match anything else in the iX’s cabin.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET Cars

iDrive 8, Iconic Sounds

Drivers can glide along silently or enable BMW’s Iconic Sounds to fill the cabin with artificial powertrain noise. The M60 features a unique Sport mode tone that’s throatier and louder than the base model’s for a more engaging experience when accelerating. Since my last stint behind the wheel, Relax and Expressive Iconic Sounds themes have been added to the iX’s My Mode menu, allowing me to accelerate and brake to the sound of an angelic chorus or a sci-fi soundtrack. These modes are entertaining and fun to show off to passengers, but ultimately too weird for sustained use.

My thoughts on BMW’s new iDrive 8 multimedia software have mellowed somewhat now that I’ve crested its steep learning curve and embraced its complicated but customizable interface. The system is built around a pair of huge displays that seem to float above the dashboard on struts. The left screen is the 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster while the right is a larger, 14.9-inch main touchscreen. iDrive 8 is a responsive system and, like the rest of the iX’s cabin, the high-resolution screens look fantastic and are customizable with themes featuring nature-inspired imagery.

OK, that’s just too many icons. Fortunately, iDrive 8 is very customizable.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET Cars

When you first meet the main menu, it’s an overwhelming mess of almost 30 tiny icons, arranged in no particular order. Fortunately, these icons can be dragged, dropped and organized to your liking, so take a minute to do that before hitting the road. Additionally, eight shortcuts to almost any menu screen or infotainment function can be saved to a favorites menu for quick access by swiping down from the top of any screen; once I’d chosen these, I rarely needed to wade back through the main menu again. I still think the curated organization of iDrive 7 was a better out-of-the-box experience, but I can see how iDrive 8 has the potential to be more flexible over time.

Plus, there’s standard wireless Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto
compatibility, so drivers can simply bypass BMW’s tech and use the navigation and streaming apps on their phone. The iX even supports the latest quick-pairing tech for both ecosystems, so you don’t even need to fiddle with the menus to get paired up and running.

You won’t hear me say this often, but think twice before splurging on the more powerful variant.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET Cars

More expensive

The 2023 BMW iX M60 starts at $109,895 including the $995 destination charge — a $24,800 premium over the xDrive50 spec. A more apples-to-apples comparison with an xDrive50 with the Dynamic Handling package upgrades, brings the delta down to a still-considerable $17,700. Add my example’s Executive package and blue belts to bring the as-tested price to $113,195, which feels like an even tougher pill to swallow.

Factor in the comfort compromises and the big hit to range and it feels like you’re paying a lot more for a fair bit less. The iX M60 is undoubtedly faster and more exhilarating. But unlike the BMW i4 eDrive40 and the i4 M50 where the extra performance enhances the sport sedan, here the power comes at too great a cost. Most people shopping for a vehicle in this class will find the BMW iX xDrive50’s 516 hp and 4.4 second 0-to-60 sprint exciting enough and a much better value.

Football conspiracy theories: Are we in a ‘golden age’ of fan paranoia?

One of the most eye-catching bios on X, or Twitter as we all know it, belonged to a sports writer with one of the UK’s biggest national newspapers. It was plain and simple and boiled down to five words: “Biased against your football club.”

Which is true. If you’ve followed football for any length of time, then you know that every arm of the media is out to get the club you support. You should see The Athletic’s morning meetings where we plot against the teams we most want to stitch up (all of them, obviously). Just because you’re paranoid doesn’t mean we aren’t trying to get Mikel Arteta banned from the touchline. Or perpetuating bias in favour of London. Or scheming for more points deductions at Everton. It’s All the President’s Men meets 24.

Truthfully, more attention is paid to the subsidised croissants, but let’s not allow the truth to spoil the fun. Conspiracy theories are everywhere in football and why wouldn’t they be? This is an environment with the right climate to make conspiracies thrive: tribalism, partisan attitudes, anger and mistrust. They are not merely for supporters either. Players and ex-players are on the bandwagon, some in ways which are not altogether comical or healthy. Rickie Lambert on climate change, Matt Le Tissier on Covid-19; like the first time Arnold Schwarzenegger told anyone he was giving up Skynet and entering politics.

But admit it. If you follow a certain club, from time to time you’ve been seduced by the suspicion that something or someone is deliberately hindering it. And those suspicions are clearly founded in fact. They’re all true. Even those that entirely contradict each other.

For example, and as a starter for 10, this comment from a Chelsea message board last year: “Can this guy not referee another Chelsea match again? Too many times at this point.” We’re onto Anthony Taylor here and referees are a good place to kick off because even journalists are not as rampant in their favouritism as match officials. Leeds United, the club I write about, have several referees pinned to their dartboard: Ray Tinkler, Michel Kitabdjian, Christos Michas. Has any team ever had it so bad? Michas, who handled (questionably) Leeds’ 1973 European Cup Winners’ Cup defeat to AC Milan, was banned from refereeing any future UEFA games amid allegations of corruption. Which makes you think.

Taylor, evidently, has been doing Chelsea over and we can’t be having that. But he’s a busy man because at other intervals, he’s mugging off Manchester City (perhaps why City and Chelsea drew 4-4 in November; the impossible decision of who to nobble). And Everton, too, apparently. Which begs the question — if Taylor is biased against everyone, isn’t he actually 100 per cent fair? But naturally, none of this is down to Taylor having off days or being a Select Group official with flaws. It’s because, as everyone knows, he has Manchester United bed sheets. Get onto the Blue Moon forum and all becomes clear — that is, until Dzeko’s Right Boot puts a spoke in the wheel: “Right, so: the United-supporting ref was trying to make Liverpool win?” Fair point. Someone else backs him up by daring to say it might be a dull matter of incompetence. Don’t let that stop you.


Antony Taylor – may or may not have it in for your club (Rich Linley – CameraSport via Getty Images)

What do the numbers actually say about Taylor, though? Since the start of the 2020-21 season, City have won six of 15 games officiated by him and lost five; a mixed record for such a dominant team, admittedly, but not a smoking gun. Chelsea have lost one of 13 matches. Scandal. Manchester United have four wins in 14, primarily because they are not very good. And Liverpool? Sixteen games with Taylor in the middle, one defeat and in amongst it all, a 5-0 rout of Manchester United at Old Trafford. Presumably a good way of Taylor throwing a shroud over his loyalties. As for Everton, it is going some to describe their crises as everyone else’s fault, even if the Premier League blatantly had it in for them on the financial fair play front.

We could go round and round with referees all day. In Spain, supporters of the smaller clubs think the 50-50s invariably go the way of Barcelona and Real Madrid. Scotland has long been regarded as Glasgow-centric, where everything favours the Old Firm and the Old Firm think everything favours each other. Rangers have not conceded a penalty for more than 70 league games running. Celtic are taking that statistic well. Their chief executive, Peter Lawwell, said at their recent AGM that the last time a penalty was awarded against Rangers, “John Greig handled the ball”. Greig’s distinguished career at Ibrox finished in 1978, not long after the end of Celtic’s first nine-in-a-row. They’ve both been feeding on scraps of success ever since.

At Liverpool, there’s niggling discomfort about the 12.30pm Saturday kick-off — the cross they have to bear so often after international breaks. Here is the Premier League’s way of purposely handicapping them when their players are jet-lagged and leggy because in the corridors of power at the Premier League, they would rather someone else won the title. But then the Premier League hate Newcastle United, as shown by the delay in allowing Newcastle’s Saudi takeover to go through. Though not as much as City, which is why City are facing all of those charges.

Meanwhile, VAR = blatant cheating, which has only given conspiracy theories more oxygen. A study done after the 2018 World Cup found a surge in theories related to VAR calls made during that tournament, particularly after African nations were eliminated. One of its conclusions was that the belief in conspiracies appeared to be encouraged by perceived threats to the poster’s identity. And therein lies the rub.

Karen Douglas is a professor of social psychology at the University of Kent. Presently, she is also the director of a project, funded by the European Research Council, which is looking into the rise and effects of conspiracy theories; why they develop, why they persist, when and how they tend to be influential. Football, she says, is prone to conspiracies because of its tribal “group-against-group type of feeling” and the strong emotional investment it encourages. The irony is that within football, no strain of bias is more pronounced than that held by supporters themselves. And it has to be said that football discourse has never been more furious either.

Down in the EFL, “the Football League’s corrupt” is a familiar chant at Elland Road, partly because of what happened in 2007 when Leeds became insolvent and were, to the bemusement of many, sold back by administrators to the people who had taken them into insolvency in the first place. A 15-point deduction ensued. Round here you will find people who genuinely think that referees, the authorities, absolutely everyone, will do anything to stop Leeds escaping the EFL because the club are a meaty cash cow at this level, not least for TV rights contracts. They drive the sort of audience figures most EFL sides cannot, hence why Sky Sports are forever disrupting their schedule. But that’s another story.

As a rule, the pettier or more obscure the conspiracies the better. The BBC can’t be arsed with Crystal Palace, which is why Palace get dumped in Match of the Day’s graveyard slot time and again. Dull, boring, get in the bin after 30 seconds.


Palace fans are sick of staying up late for the last few minutes of Match of the Day (Sebastian Frej/MB Media/Getty Images)

Palace, over the years, have also felt like a lab rat when it comes to new rules or changes of circumstances. The 1990-91 season is the only time Palace finished in the top flight’s top three. A month before it finished, UEFA decided to re-admit Liverpool to European competitions after their post-Heysel ban, meaning no European adventure at Palace. UEFA is brave enough to do that to a club like them. No one cares. But Arsenal in the same position? Or Chelsea? Certainly not. Then came 1995 when the Premier League reduced its numbers from 22 clubs to 20. Palace finished fourth bottom and went down; at least saving Match of the Day from going through the motions.

Joking aside, what is it about football that generates grievances that then become full-blown conspiracies? What is it about the sport that takes inevitable kicks in the teeth and turns them into a bigger, dark-arts picture? Certain Tottenham supporters have it in their heads that whenever a negative, generic football story requires an image to go with it, editorial staff automatically use Spurs to depict it. Depressing stuff, so let’s go with Tottenham. Is that how it is? Or are people vocalising their own irrationality, often in response to underlying annoyance at the performance of their club?

“Research suggests that people are attracted to conspiracy theories when one or more of their psychological needs are frustrated,” Douglas says. “The first of these needs is epistemic, related to the need to know the truth and have clarity and certainty. The other needs are existential, related to the need to feel safe and have some control over things that are happening around us, and social, related to the need to maintain our self-esteem and feel positive about the groups we belong to. People might be attracted to conspiracy theories to try to satisfy these needs.

“This essentially means anyone can seek out conspiracy theories if they have psychological needs which are not being met at any particular time. It’s perhaps one explanation why we tend to see a lot of conspiracy theories when things happen like sudden deaths of celebrities or during pandemics. People are looking for ways to understand what’s going on and looking for ways to cope with difficult situations — worry, fear, social isolation. A simple explanation is also often not very appealing. People assume that a big event must also have a big or more sinister cause. (Conspiracy theories) can turn people away from mainstream politics and science, in favour of more radical ideas and actions.” Or away from the bland possibility that your team were to blame.

Certain conspiracy theories, experts say, can be founded on grains of facts or reality. Those facts then get exaggerated or distorted to the point where they get out of hand. Football, unfortunately, does not have a record of being squeaky clean or free from corruption and as such, it cannot always tell those who follow it that their paranoia is simply that. But there has rarely been a time when the simple explanation struggles more to make itself heard.

Take Leeds again. First, there was a gypsy curse, supposedly placed on Elland Road many decades ago. Then, during the Don Revie era of the 1960s and 70s, there were claims and counter-claims about bent refs, alleged bribes and a southern media who resented their success and tried to prevent it. On and on until last month when the FA Cup draw sent Leeds to Peterborough United, their 13th away tie in succession. The odds of that? Not far off 9,000 to one, or so my father — a mathematician by trade — tells me. But as someone put it to me the other day, there’s no conspiracy here. It’s just very, very Leeds.

(Top photos: Getty; Richard Sellers/Allstar, Shaun Botterill, Robbie Jay Barratt/AMA; design: John Bradford)

SoundCloud vs. Spotify: Which One Is Better?

Quick Links

Key Takeaways

  • SoundCloud is ideal for discovering undiscovered artists and unofficial remixes.
  • Spotify offers a well-rounded listening experience with a wide range of features and customization options.
  • Spotify has better audio quality, a more intuitive interface, and more affordable premium subscription options.


Curious whether you should choose SoundCloud or Spotify for an optimal music-streaming experience? Here’s a look at each platform’s strengths and which is best for uncovering new artists, organizing your playlists, and high-quality sound.


What Is SoundCloud?

SoundCloud is a music-streaming platform founded in August 2007. The service has become a popular place for up-and-coming artists to share their work with the world.

According to SoundCloud, more than 30 million artists use the platform.

What Is Spotify?

Spotify is a music and podcast-streaming service that focuses on a mixture of established artists and newcomers to the music scene. The platform was founded in 2006 and launched two years later. After beginning in Sweden, the platform has expanded to the UK, the US, and many other countries.

Besides showcasing a mixture of artists, you can also discover charts in different countries on Spotify. Moreover, the app lets you design your own playlists—in addition to sharing its own.

SoundCloud vs. Spotify: Is SoundCloud Better Than Spotify?

SoundCloud and Spotify excel in different areas. To determine which platform suits your preferences better, you need to judge both of them in line with your individual needs.

To help you settle the Spotify vs. SoundCloud debate for yourself, we’ve analyzed the most essential talking points.

SoundCloud vs. Spotify: Uncovering New Artists and Songs

Spotify has several features that help you discover new artists and songs. Discover Weekly, which delivers new tracks to you each Monday based on your listening history, is the best example.

When using Spotify to uncover new artists and songs, you can also use the Daily Mix playlists. Normally, these are broken down into different genres and moods. Similarly, you can access personalized mixes on Spotify that aren’t day-specific.

A Daily Mix Playlist on Spotify

Spotify also has a Release Radar for songs from artists you already follow or singles that it thinks you would like.

The Release Radar Playlist on Spotify

SoundCloud, like Spotify, also has Daily Mix playlists. Another similar feature is the artist station, which will play tracks similar to what you already like. The two apps also have playlists for different activities, such as studying and working out. In this category, there isn’t a huge difference between the two platforms.

A Mix Playlist on SoundCloud

Winner: Tie

SoundCloud vs. Spotify: Listening to Unofficial Remixes

SoundCloud is excellent for discovering unofficial music remixes and mashups. If you’ve ever been to a friend’s house and heard something that’s a combination of two popular songs, you’ll probably find it on SoundCloud or YouTube Music.

A Track Remix on SoundCloud

Spotify, on the other hand, isn’t the best platform for listening to unofficial tracks. This is largely because ordinary users can’t upload songs to Spotify in the same way that they can on SoundCloud. For this reason, you’ll often find underground classics on Spotify a long time after they were released, if at all. Nonetheless, you can still access a good selection of hidden gems.

Winner: SoundCloud

SoundCloud vs. Spotify: Audio Quality

Spotify’s AAC (advanced audio coding) depends on the plan you have. Spotify Premium lets you stream up to 320 kb/s on its official app, while you can get 256 kb/s on the web version. Meanwhile, Spotify Free lets you stream up to 160 kb/s (official app) and 128 kb/s (web browser).

SoundCloud Go+ users can stream up to 256 kb/s. However, SoundCloud does not specify the sound quality for free plans.

Winner: Spotify

SoundCloud vs. Spotify: Pricing

Spotify and SoundCloud both have ad-supported free plans, but you can get the premium versions if you want access to more features.

Spotify Premium starts at $10.99/month in the US ($5.99/month if you’re a student). You can also get Spotify Premium Duo (which allows for two accounts) for $14.99/month. Meanwhile, Premium Family—which lets you connect up to six accounts—costs $16.99/month.

If you’re unsure whether you should make a purchase, consider reading whether Spotify Premium is worth the price.

Premium Pricing Plans for the Spotify App
Image Credit: Spotify

SoundCloud Go costs $4.99/month, but unlike Spotify Premium, it doesn’t include high-quality audio listening, and you can’t access the complete catalog. SoundCloud Go+ costs $9.99/month and offers full catalog access, plus high-quality audio listening and some track mixing.

The different premium pricing plans on SoundCloud
Image Credit: SoundCloud

As of December 2023, no SoundCloud family plan exists.

Winner: SoundCloud for price, but Spotify Premium has better features

SoundCloud vs. Spotify: Playlists

Even without the best Spotify playlist tips and tricks, Spotify makes creating and sharing playlists very simple. Discovering playlists is also straightforward. Adding new tracks is perhaps the best feature; at the bottom of your playlist, you can choose new songs from the Recommended section.

A list of recommended songs for a playlist on Spotify

Spotify also has a feature called Smart Shuffle, which shuffles the songs in your playlist while adding new ones based on the playlist’s theme. You can add collaborators to each playlist, too, which is perfect if you want to create something with a friend or partner.

The Smart Shuffle Feature on a Spotify Playlist

SoundCloud lets you make playlists of your favorite songs, and you can also save other people’s playlists in your Library. However, the service lacks many of Spotify’s advanced features.

A list of playlists featuring in the SoundCloud app

Winner: Spotify

SoundCloud vs. Spotify: App Availability

Spotify has a desktop app and is also available on iOS and Android. You can download the Spotify desktop app from any browser, while the mobile apps are available in the App Store and Google Play Store.

Download: Spotify for iOS | Android | Desktop (Free, in-app purchases available)

SoundCloud also has iOS and Android apps. You can download the Spotify Desktop Player for your computer as well, but it’s only available in Chrome, Brave, and Edge. Spotify, on the other hand, is also available in Safari, so it secures a narrow victory here.

Download: SoundCloud for iOS | Android | Desktop (Free, in-app purchases available)

Winner: Spotify

SoundCloud vs. Spotify: Organizing Your Library

Spotify has a very intuitive interface, and you can access all of your liked songs and playlists from the Your Library section. Moreover, you can organize your content based on what you’ve downloaded.

Organize your library within the Spotify app

SoundCloud also lets you easily access your library via the Library section. However, the organizational features are limited compared to Spotify. For example, you can’t rearrange the order of your playlists.

The interface to organize a playlist in SoundCloud

Winner: Spotify

SoundCloud vs. Spotify: Social Features

SoundCloud has an excellent range of social sharing features. You can like and repost songs, and another advantage it has over Spotify is the ability to comment (though you can comment on Spotify podcasts).

The option to repost a playlist that you like in SoundCloud

When you find users that you like on SoundCloud, you can easily follow them. To keep up with the latest updates, go to the Feed section.

Meanwhile, Spotify lets you follow friends and artists. You can also, if you want, see what the people you follow are listening to. Moreover, you have the option to share what you’re listening to with others.

Following list and friends list side-by-side on Spotify

Spotify also lets you make your playlists public, and the app’s best social feature is Spotify Wrapped. Wrapped shows you your music-listening habits for the year and makes it easy to share them on social media.

SoundCloud excels in offering the chance to repost and comment, but Spotify Wrapped is a game-changer. For this reason, we’re giving the two platforms a tie in this section.

Winner: Tie

SoundCloud or Spotify: Which Platform Provides a Better Music Listening Experience?

If you’re looking for undiscovered artists and unofficial tracks, SoundCloud is the best place to look on the internet. You’ll also find a number of artists who’ve gone big and also exist on Spotify, but this is the main advantage of using SoundCloud.

Spotify, however, offers a more well-rounded listening experience if you want to listen to established artists. You also get better value for money on the monthly pricing plans. Moreover, the premium subscriptions available are more versatile than SoundCloud, and the platform also has better customization for your playlists.

New Year lanterns festoon Urumqi park

A park visitor ambles past red lanterns strung up in Urumqi, capital of northwest China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, on December 20, 2023. /CFP

A park visitor ambles past red lanterns strung up in Urumqi, capital of northwest China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, on December 20, 2023. /CFP

Red lanterns hang from a tree at a park in Urumqi, capital of northwest China's Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, on December 20, 2023. /CFP

Red lanterns hang from a tree at a park in Urumqi, capital of northwest China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, on December 20, 2023. /CFP

Red lanterns hang from a tree at a park in Urumqi, capital of northwest China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, on December 20, 2023. /CFP

A red lantern swings in the breeze at a park in Urumqi, capital of northwest China's Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, on December 20, 2023. /CFP

A red lantern swings in the breeze at a park in Urumqi, capital of northwest China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, on December 20, 2023. /CFP

A red lantern swings in the breeze at a park in Urumqi, capital of northwest China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, on December 20, 2023. /CFP

A visitor takes a photo of a snow-topped red lantern at a park in Urumqi, capital of northwest China's Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, on December 20, 2023. /CFP

A visitor takes a photo of a snow-topped red lantern at a park in Urumqi, capital of northwest China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, on December 20, 2023. /CFP

A visitor takes a photo of a snow-topped red lantern at a park in Urumqi, capital of northwest China’s Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, on December 20, 2023. /CFP

Bright red lanterns are festooning a park lane in Urumqi, Xinjiang, as signs of New Year celebrations continue to pop up around China. Long associated with holidays in the country, the rows of lanterns dangle in the chilly air of the city’s People’s Park, drawing residents and tourists to soak up the cheer of the festive season. Other parks in the city have also begun to hang up red lanterns as New Year’s Day approaches. 

Adam Driver confirms birth of baby No. 2 with Joanne Tucker

Adam Driver confirmed the birth of his second child with his wife, fellow actor Joanne Tucker.

While Driver was a guest on Live With Kelly and Mark” on Wednesday, co-host Kelly Ripa asked the “Ferrari” and “Star Wars” actor about having a “baby girl.”

“I do, yeah, she’s 8 months,” Driver said before quipping, “You kind of forget how much babies kind of suck.”

Earlier this month, as Driver prepared to host “Saturday Night Live” for the fourth time, the Oscar nominee had reportedly announced his baby as a part of a rehearsal for his opening monologue.

“Last year, I asked for a baby girl, and I got it, which is exhausting,” he said, according to Page Six. “So this year, I wish for Ambien!”

However, the joke didn’t stick for the live show, during which he played an 11-month-old baby, and the news had remained under wraps until this week.

Driver and Tucker met at Juilliard, where they studied acting together, and eventually married in 2013. They welcomed their first child, a son, in 2016. The pair largely remain private about their relationship and children.

After co-host Mark Consuelos asked Driver if he was getting any sleep, he said, “Not a lot,” but added that unlike raising his first child, he’s “remembering this time that I have to enjoy it more.”

“The first time it just went too fast, and I was so anxious for him to kind of develop, so he could communicate and tell me what was wrong — now I’m kind of more patient with her, I’m trying to enjoy it it all,” Driver said.

Driver’s latest film, “Ferrari,” a biopic in which he stars as Enzo Ferrari, premiered at the Venice Film Festival and has garnered Oscar buzz. In 2019, Driver was nominated for a supporting actor Oscar for his role as a detective in Spike Lee’s “BlacKkKlansman,” and the next year was nominated for lead actor for “Marriage Story.”

Volkswagen Group Announces To Adopt Tesla’s North American Charging Standard: Report

New Delhi, December 20: The Volkswagen Group has announced that the company will adopt Elon Musk-run Tesla’s North American Charging Standard (NACS). The German automobile giant said late Tuesday that future vehicles in its portfolio of brands, including Audi, Porsche and the group’s Scout Motors — will get the NACS charge port built-in starting in 2025 in the US, reports Morningstar.

According to Volkswagen, the agreement with Tesla would provide customers with access to more than 15,000 Tesla rapid-charging stations in North America, known as the Supercharger network. It also mentioned more than 3,800 fast-charging outlets are already available to customers through Electrify America and Electrify Canada, a joint venture of Volkswagen and Siemens. Volkswagen to Launch Entry Level EV SUV in 2026, Know Expected Features and Specifications and Other Details.

Moreover, the report noted that the companies are exploring adaptors for existing owners as well. In May 2023, Ford announced that its EV owners would soon have access to approximately 12,000 Tesla chargers, initially via an adapter. Beginning in 2025, Ford’s next generation of EVs will be integrated with Tesla’s charging port known as the North American Charging Standard.

Since then, major automakers, including GM, Rivian, Honda, Mercedes, Hyundai, Kia, Toyota, and, most recently, Subaru have announced plans to use Tesla’s charging standard. Lucid, a lesser premium EV manufacturer, stated in November that it would use the Tesla’s charging standard. Tesla Removes Disney Plus From Some of Its Vehicles Amid Elon Musk Having Online Fight With CEO Bob Iger: Report.

In February, the US administration revealed new initiatives to install 5,00,000 electric vehicle chargers on US roads by 2030 under its $7.5 billion plan, and as part of it, Tesla has committed to opening up 7,500 of its charging stations to non-Tesla vehicles by the end of 2024.

Meet Flip, the Viral Video App Giving Away Free Stuff

Clare Walker, a 23-year-old in Brooklyn, has racked up about $700 worth of gift cards or, in her words, “free money,” by referring her contacts to Flip. “There were definitely some people who I haven’t really kept up with since high school, but I was like, ‘Hey, add me on Flip. Here’s a free 75 dollars, enjoy,’” Walker says. Her purchases on Flip include JBL wireless headphones, a variety of luxury skin-care products, and a live houseplant.

Noor Agha, CEO of Flip’s developer, Humans Inc, says his product’s sudden popularity renders Flip “one of the fastest things that ever happened in ecommerce,” although he declined to share even a ballpark estimate of the size of his user base. He claims to have made the first platform “built for brands only” and rejects the suggestion that cash-incentivized referrals are driving Flip’s rise or are essential to its survival.

Agha argues that by allowing anyone to monetize their reviews, while barring users from directly working with brands as influencers usually do, Flip should foster a more genuine community around commerce than can its established rivals.

“Everybody can earn. It is not by selection of somebody at Flip,” Agha says. He claims that his platform’s design is guided by the question “How do we bring honesty and authenticity to commerce?”

But his recipe for authenticity isn’t foolproof. The prohibition of brand-to-creator interactions may prove difficult to enforce, as brands are accustomed to working with influencers. After her in-app reviews began gaining traction, Collier Barksdale, a 25-year-old Flip user in New York City, was contacted by a beauty and lifestyle brand on Instagram. In a message seen by WIRED, the company offered to send product samples in exchange for Flip reviews. Barksdale did not accept.

And Sky Canaves, a senior analyst of retail and ecommerce at Insider Intelligence, a digital market research firm, questions whether Flip can hold on to the users it’s winning through the current giveaways. “The company is engaged in a very expensive customer acquisition strategy,” she says—one that may be necessary to lure people from platforms like Instagram and TikTok, both of which have added shopping features. “If Flip stops meeting expectations around these types of compensation, then there’s likely to be some pretty significant departure of users.”

India’s WazirX Sees 90 Percent Dip in Crypto Trading Volume Amid Regulatory Delays

WazirX disclosed the trajectory of its business this year only to give an insight into the slump spell that the crypto market is under as India awaits to complete regulatory deployments to oversee the sector. The Indian crypto trading platform, in 2023, managed to generate around $1 billion (roughly Rs. 8,315 crore) in terms of trading volume. This is a sharp 90 percent decline from its previous year’s trading volume of $10 billion (roughly Rs. 83,151 crore) and 2021’s figure of $43 billion (roughly Rs. 3,57,534 crore).

In terms of addressing the potential reasons why trading volumes may have sunk this year, WazirX decided to keep its lips sealed. Interestingly, its competitor CoinDCX crypto exchange fired 12 percent of its workforce earlier this year, clearly pinning the blame for pushing investors away on India’s tax regime.

The exchange, did however, give other insights that it observed in-terms of trading patterns in India for the year of 2023. Bitcoin (BTC), Shiba Inu (SHIB), Ripple (XRP), Ethereum (ETH), and Polygon (MATIC) emerged as the most traded cryptocurrencies among members of the Indian crypto community on WazirX.

Women constituted 22 percent of the total trading volume on the platform, and women aged between 21-40 years made up 83 percent of the total volume traded by all women users. In the case of men, the age bracket of 21-40 years constituted 76 percent of all men users on the platform.

Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, Gujarat and Haryana house the bigger shares of traders, whereas the states with the highest trading volumes are Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, West Bengal, and Haryana.

The Vice President of the trading platform, Rajagopal Menon, has projected a bright future for blockchain-related sectors in the days to come.

“With the advent of maturing blockchain technologies, cryptocurrencies are set to evolve beyond speculative assets, becoming integrated within supply chain management, healthcare, and digital identity verification. Asset tokenisation is positioned to become a prominent trend. User experiences across Web3 technologies will witness a revolution in 2024, and the Bitcoin halving signals a bull market in coming times,” Menon said, in a rather optimistic forecast for the crypto sector.

Along with CoinDCX, CoinSwitch recently accepted that crypto trading volumes and user queries have indeed taken a hit in India, which have had clear impact on the business.

As far as India’s crypto laws are concerned, it could take another eighteen months leading up to mid-2025 for all crypto regulations to see light of the day in the nation. India is accessing all possible impacts of involving crypto with its existing financial systems.


Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
7 key 2024 search trends to watch and 3 top priorities

In 2023, we witnessed the rise of AI-powered search and significant evolution of the SERPs with the arrival of Google’s Search Generative Experience, as well as Bing Copilot (formerly Bing Chat).

Google’s new AI model, Gemini, is its largest and most advanced, capable of understanding text, code, audio, images and video. We expect to see its full potential unleashed on Google Search in 2024.

Meanwhile, Google continues to stress the importance of quality and experience while using AI models as a key component of ranking and re-ranking. Google released several algorithm updates this year around the quality of content and page experience.

Using AI is acceptable to Google for generating content as long as it is highly relevant and offers value. Still, don’t expect thin, AI-generated content with little or no value to easily earn long-term SERP visibility.

A topical, entity-first strategy is now a competitive advantage. Strengthening the technical foundation of your platform to improve discovery and experience is critical.

Bottom line: futureproofing digital presence for AI search should be a major priority for all brands in 2024.

Read on to discover seven key trends that should influence your roadmap in 2024, as well as three must-haves for success.

Trends And Priorities For 2024

These are the top seven trends we will notice in 2024.

1. SERP and visual optimization

In Google SGE and the SERPs, rich results will continue to evolve. Ongoing SERP optimization will be critical as we expect zero-click results to grow due to SGE. 

Want to get into the AI-generated answer (or snapshot)? Keep publishing fast-loading pages filled with relevant, helpful, valuable and unique content. Some specific areas to prioritize:

  • Experiential/informational videos.
  • Web stories.
  • Podcasts.
  • Webinars.
  • Visual optimization.
  • FAQ/PAA.

2. Helpful content and content intelligence

A rock-solid content strategy will be essential in 2024:

  • Find and fill relevant content gaps.
  • Review content performance.
  • Create personalized content based on user intent and touchpoints.
  • Create and optimize various types of helpful content (e.g., topical and informational, localized, visual).

You want to demonstrate high levels of E-E-A-T and publish content written or reviewed by subject matter experts or demonstrate hands-on experience.

Every search happens because someone wants or needs something. Your content should help searchers achieve goals or complete tasks. How a user interacts with your content is just as important as the content itself.

To meaningfully do this, your strategy should include creating buyer personas. Create content based on the buyer’s journey at every touch point. Survey your customers and ensure content and UX align with the strategy.

Reaching The Right Audience

Content intelligence – knowing what type of content will perform, based on data – should become your foundation of content creation.

Several generative AI tools and plugins can quickly create content, sure, but it’s typically unclear:

  • What content types will perform well.
  • How to humanize content.
  • How to forecast the effectiveness of a content strategy.   

Establishing a data-driven approach to measure the effectiveness of content will become crucial for content creators.  

3. Engagement and experience

User interactions and engagement are important factors that shape Google’s search results.

Google wants to reward expert-level content that is compelling and meets the needs of searchers.

Your goal in 2024 should be to improve the quality and experience for searchers by improving the quality of your content and experience of your digital assets. 

4. Personalized experience

Google CEO Sundar Pichai said search will evolve substantively in the next 10 years. Search will be more personalized to impact users more profoundly and meaningfully.

That may be why, on Nov. 15, Google introduced a personalized search experience, including a new Follow button, to show searchers more information about what they care about directly in their search results.

You also should give your customers personalized experiences based on who they are, what they are looking for and where they are coming from.

This means a tighter integration with your CDP (customer data platform) and CRM (customer relationship management) systems to ensure a personalized experience.

Clean data, audience segmentatio, and data-driven campaigns to personalize experience are critical strategies to win in 2024. 

5. Multichannel approach

Take advantage of all opportunities on what will become increasingly competitive SERP real estate with limited inventory for organic listings. That means optimizing the customer journey across various channels and content types:

  • Videos.
  • Images.
  • FAQs.
  • PAAs.
  • News.
  • Webinars.

Be everywhere. Be consistent.

6. Local Strategy needs to be more personalized, localized, and experiential. 

Local Factors That Matter 800x322

If your brand has a local presence, add localized experiences to build expertise, engagement and traffic. For destination-based content, think:

  • Local posts.
  • Quality images.
  • Videos.
  • Web stories. 

Listings management alone will not be enough. You must optimize the entire local consumer journey – from your landing page to audience interactions across all channels.

7. Brand mentions and social proof 

We know LLMs are trained on a variety of sources to compile results.

Understand what specific questions/topics your customers are seeking answers for, where they will get this information, and ensure we create targeted strategies.

Find ways to get/earn brand mentions and citations from well-respected sources and relevant influencers (ideally with a substantial social following).

3 priorities for staying ahead in changing times

With all the changes taking place, staying ahead of the curve and the changing times is imperative. “Keep up, or you will be left behind.”

Here are three main priorities to help you stay ahead. 

1. Technical Infrastructure which Enables Integrated, Robust Experience

Having a solid technical foundation is a must-have for 2024. A solid technical foundation ensures robust experience.

This includes the ability to centralize all your data to build meaningful dashboards and customer journey insights, component-based architecture that enables one-click personalized and omnichannel experiences, security infrastructure, fast server response (CDN), and integrations.

Dig deeper. Future Proofing Digital Experiences in AI First Semantic Search.

2. Embracing New Metrics

As AI serves answers in the search results, traffic is likely to decline. As more content is served within search results from Google properties, organic listings will continue to get more fragmented and will be pushed lower down on the page.

Traditional metrics like rankings will mean even less than they do today.

New metrics are emerging. Brands must consider adopting these new measures of success, such as:

  • Rich snippet visibility.
  • Pixel height and width.
  • Impressions.
  • Clicks.
  • On-site engagement.
  • Conversions.

3. AI-Enabled Worker and Organization Alignment 

By learning how to apply AI in your daily life, you can become more efficient and better in creating content outlines, image creation, custom images, summaries, designs, and so many other places where AI should be used. 

  • “A common fear has been around since the advent of AI – with many people asking ‘Will AI take my job?’  Not to worry! With the current technology, there is no actual intelligence in the AI, and it’s not coming for your job. However, there is a key need to adapt because AI can be used to do your job better,” according to Eric Enge.

Are you ready for 2024?

Smart organizations in 2024 will:

  • Integrate channels to enable intelligent decisions.
  • Connect customer journeys across touchpoints when creating an omnichannel strategy.
  • Measure the right metrics, including zero-click and AI results.
  • Prioritize training across the organization.

Some individual and organizational transformations will be needed. For example:

  • Content writers should evolve into content strategists. 
  • Developers should create exceptional experiences.
  • Analytics teams should become business analysts.

Get familiar with AI. Learn to use large language models for forecasting, content generation and analyzing user behavior.

There are many ways to use AI to simultaneously improve your day-to-day efficiency and the quality of your work. 

AI-enabled workers and organizations will have the advantage. They will be more valuable than those that haven’t learned and leveraged AI tools.

Use the trends and strategies from this article to help decide what to prioritize and why and how to align organizations cross-functionally. 

Opinions expressed in this article are those of the guest author and not necessarily Search Engine Land. Staff authors are listed here.

Why is tomorrow going to be the shortest day of the year in India?

This year, the December Solstice, also known as Winter Solstice, falls in India on December 22, 2023. For some regions, it falls on December 21. The first day of astronomical spring in the Northern Hemisphere, the Winter Solstice can fall anytime from December 20 to 21. In rare cases, the winter solstice can fall on December 23. The last time the Winter Solstice fell on December 23 was in 1903. Winter Solstice 2023 falls at around 8:57 am IST on December 22.  Solstices occur twice a year. They mark the beginning of astronomical summer and winter. Solstices take place around June 21 and December 21.

The winter solstice will be observed in India on December 22 at 8:57 AM. The shortest day of the year will occur in the Northern Hemisphere during the day, with roughly 7 hours and 14 minutes of daylight. Then, on December 22, Earth’s axis will be designated as the one that is furthest from the sun. This indicates that compared to the summer solstice, the winter solstice’s day is 8 hours, 49 minutes shorter.

The word solstice is derived from the Latin word ‘solstitium’, which means ‘the Sun stands still’.

Here’s why the winter solstice brings the shortest day:

  • Earth’s tilt: Our planet isn’t straight up and down as it orbits the Sun. It’s tilted at an angle of 23.5 degrees. This tilt means that different parts of Earth receive direct sunlight at different times of the year.
  • December tilt: During December, the Northern Hemisphere is tilted furthest away from the Sun. This results in the sun staying below the horizon for a longer period, meaning fewer hours of daylight and making it the shortest day.
  • Southern Hemisphere flip: While the Northern Hemisphere experiences winter solstice, the Southern Hemisphere enjoys the summer solstice, meaning their longest day.

What is Solstice?

The Earth receives different amount of sunlight depending on the region and the time of the year. The Earth’s tilt makes one half of the world receive sunlight while the other half stays dark. The Earth’s axis tilts at 23.5 degrees because of which, one half of the world receives more sunlight and, hence, has a longer day time while the other half has a longer night.

When the tilt of the Earth is the most extreme with respect to the sun, one hemisphere has its longest day while the other hemisphere has the longest night. This phenomenon happens twice a year and it is known as solstice.

Why does Solstice occur?

Solstice takes place because of the Earth’s tilt. The Earth’s tilt makes sure that we have four different seasons. The sun-facing hemisphere experiences summer — June to August in the Northern hemisphere and December to February in the Southern hemisphere. The hemisphere that is away from the sun experiences winter.

During summer solstice in the Northern hemisphere, parts of the Arctic Circle experience 24 hours of daylight while in the Antarctic region, which is in the Southern hemisphere, there is no sunlight at all. The opposite takes place during winter solstice. The Arctic Circle gets no sunlight while the Antarctic belt gets sunlight for 24 hours.

When does Solstice occur?

Solstices occur twice a year. They mark the beginning of astronomical summer and winter. Solstices take place around June 21 and December 21. They do not occur on the same day every year because the astronomical year is 365.25 days long and we consider 365 or 366 days. Because of this reason, solstices can shift.

Solstices have been known to people for many centuries. They have inspired religious traditions throughout the world and many monuments have been built to mark the event.

Important Questions Related to Exams

Q1. When is the Winter Solstice in India?

Ans. The Winter Solstice, falling on December 22, 2023, at 8:57 AM IST, marks the first day of astronomical winter in the Northern Hemisphere. For some regions, it may fall on December 21.

Q2.  How Long is the Day during the Winter Solstice?

Ans. The Northern Hemisphere experiences roughly 7 hours and 14 minutes of daylight during the Winter Solstice, making it the shortest day of the year.

Q3.  Why Does the Winter Solstice Bring the Shortest Day?

Ans. Earth’s tilt, at an angle of 23.5 degrees, is the key. In December, the Northern Hemisphere is tilted furthest away from the Sun, resulting in fewer daylight hours.

Q4.  What Does “Solstice” Mean?

Ans. The term “solstice” is derived from the Latin word ‘solstitium,’ meaning ‘the Sun stands still.’

Q5.  When Did the Winter Solstice Last Fall on December 23?

Ans. The Winter Solstice last fell on December 23 in 1903. It usually occurs around December 21 but can vary between December 20 and 21.

Trump Puts Obamacare Repeal Back on Agenda

The Host

Julie Rovner
KFF Health News


@jrovner

Read Julie’s stories.

Julie Rovner is chief Washington correspondent and host of KFF Health News’ weekly health policy news podcast, “What the Health?” A noted expert on health policy issues, Julie is the author of the critically praised reference book “Health Care Politics and Policy A to Z,” now in its third edition.

Former president and current 2024 Republican front-runner Donald Trump is aiming to put a repeal of the Affordable Care Act back on the political agenda, much to the delight of Democrats, who point to the health law’s growing popularity.

Meanwhile, in Texas, the all-Republican state Supreme Court this week took up a lawsuit filed by more than two dozen women who said their lives were endangered when they experienced pregnancy complications due to the vague wording of the state’s near-total abortion ban.

This week’s panelists are Julie Rovner of KFF Health News, Joanne Kenen of Johns Hopkins University and Politico Magazine, Victoria Knight of Axios, and Sarah Karlin-Smith of the Pink Sheet.

Panelists

Joanne Kenen
Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health and Politico


@JoanneKenen


Read Joanne’s stories

Victoria Knight
Axios


@victoriaregisk


Read Victoria’s stories

Sarah Karlin-Smith
Pink Sheet


@SarahKarlin


Read Sarah’s stories

Among the takeaways from this week’s episode:

  • The FDA recently approved another promising weight loss drug, offering another option to meet the huge demand for such drugs that promise notable health benefits. But Medicare and private insurers remain wary of paying the tab for these very expensive drugs.
  • Speaking of expensive drugs, the courts are weighing in on the use of so-called copay accumulators offered by drug companies and others to reduce the cost of pricey pharmaceuticals for patients. The latest ruling called the federal government’s rules on the subject inconsistent and tied the use of copay accumulators to the availability of cheaper, generic alternatives.
  • Congress will revisit government spending in January, but that isn’t soon enough to address the end-of-the-year policy changes for some health programs, such as pending cuts to Medicare payments for doctors.
  • “This Week in Medical Misinformation” highlights a guide by the staff of Stat to help lay people decipher whether clinical study results truly represent a “breakthrough” or not.

Also this week, Rovner interviews KFF Health News’ Rachana Pradhan, who reported and wrote the latest “Bill of the Month” feature, about a woman who visited a hospital lab for basic prenatal tests and ended up owing almost $2,400. If you have an outrageous or baffling medical bill you’d like to share with us, you can do that here.

Plus, for “extra credit,” the panelists suggest health policy stories they read this week that they think you should read, too:

Julie Rovner: KFF Health News’ “Medicaid ‘Unwinding’ Makes Other Public Assistance Harder to Get,” by Katheryn Houghton, Rachana Pradhan, and Samantha Liss.

Joanne Kenen: KFF Health News’ “She Once Advised the President on Aging Issues. Now, She’s Battling Serious Disability and Depression,” by Judith Graham.  

Victoria Knight: Business Insider’s “Washington’s Secret Weapon Is a Beloved Gen Z Energy Drink With More Caffeine Than God,” by Lauren Vespoli.

Sarah Karlin-Smith: ProPublica’s “Insurance Executives Refused to Pay for the Cancer Treatment That Could Have Saved Him. This Is How They Did It,” by Maya Miller and Robin Fields.

Also mentioned in this week’s episode:

click to open the transcript

Transcript: Trump Puts Obamacare Repeal Back on Agenda

KFF Health News’ ‘What the Health?’Episode Title: Trump Puts Obamacare Repeal Back on AgendaEpisode Number: 324Published: Nov. 30, 2023

[Editor’s note: This transcript was generated using both transcription software and a human’s light touch. It has been edited for style and clarity.]

Julie Rovner: Hello, and welcome back to “What the Health?” I’m Julie Rovner, chief Washington correspondent for KFF Health News, and I’m joined by some of the best and smartest health reporters in Washington. We’re taping this week on Thursday, Nov. 30, at 10 a.m. As always, news happens fast, and things might’ve changed by the time you hear this. So, here we go.

We are joined today via video conference by Sarah Karlin-Smith of the Pink Sheet.

Sarah Karlin-Smith: Hi, Julie.

Rovner: Victoria Knight of Axios News.

Victoria Knight: Hello, everyone.

Rovner: And Joanne Kenen of the Johns Hopkins University and Politico Magazine.

Joanne Kenen: Hi, everybody.

Rovner: Later in this episode we’ll have my interview with my colleague Rachana Pradhan about the latest KFF Health News-NPR “Bill of the Month.” This month’s patient fell into an all-too-common trap of using a lab suggested by her doctor’s office for routine bloodwork without realizing she might be left on the hook for thousands of dollars. But first, this week’s news — and last week’s, too, because we were off.

Because nothing is ever gone for good, the effort to repeal and replace Obamacare is back in the news, and it’s coming primarily from the likely Republican presidential nominee, Donald Trump. Just to remind you, in case you’ve forgotten, Trump, during his presidency, even in the two years that Republicans controlled the House and the Senate, was unable to engineer a repeal of the Affordable Care Act, nor did his administration even manage to unveil an alternative. So what possible reason could he have for thinking that this is going to help him politically now?

Knight: My takeaway is that I think it’s a personal grudge that former President Trump still has, that he failed at this. And I think, when you talk to people, he’s still mad that Sen. John McCain did his famous thumbs-down when the rest of the Republican Party was on board. So I’m not sure that there is much political strategy besides wanting to just make it happen finally, because upset it didn’t happen.

Rovner: Is this part of his revenge tour?

Knight: I mean, I think somewhat. Because if you ask House Freedom Caucus people, they will say, “Yeah, we should repeal it.” But if you ask some more moderate Republican members, they’re like, “We’ve already been through that. We don’t want to do it again.” So I don’t think the Republican Party on the Hill has an appetite to do that, even if Congress goes to Republicans in both chambers.

Kenen: Trump never came up with a health plan and repeal died in the Senate, but remember, it was a struggle to even get anything through the House, and what the House Republicans finally voted for, they didn’t even like. So I don’t know if you call this a revenge tour, but it’s checking a box. But I think it’s important to remember that if you look closely at what Republican policies are, they don’t call it repeal, they don’t say, “We are going to repeal it.” That didn’t go so well for them, and it probably cost them an election.

But they still do have a lot of policy ideas that would water down or de facto repeal many key provisions of Obamacare. So they haven’t tried to go that route, and I’m not sure they would ever try a full-out repeal, but there are lots of other things they could do, some of which would have technical names: community rating and things like that, that voters might not quite understand what they were doing, that could really undermine the protections of Obamacare.

Rovner: Yeah, I mean, I was going to say the Republican Party, in general, this has been the running joke since they started “repeal and replace” in 2010, is that they haven’t had the “replace” part of “repeal and replace” at all. Trump kept saying he was going to have a great plan, it’s coming in two weeks, and, of course, now he’s saying he’s going to have a great plan. We’ve never seen this great plan because the Republicans have never been able to agree on what should come next. Aside from, as Joanne says, tinkering around with the Affordable Care Act.

Kenen: Some of that tinkering would be significant.

Rovner: It could be.

Kenen: I mean there are things that they could tinker that wouldn’t be called repeal, but would actually really make the ACA not work very well.

Rovner: But most of the things that the Republicans wanted to do to the ACA have already been done, like repealing the individual mandate, getting rid of a lot of the industry-specific taxes that they didn’t like.

Kenen: Right. So they ended up getting rid of the spinach and they end up with the stuff that even Republicans, they might not say they like the ACA, but they’re being protected by it. And the individual mandate was the single-most unpopular, contentious part of the law and even a lot of Democrats didn’t like it. And so that target of the animus is gone. So by killing part of it, they also made it harder to do things in the future. They could do damage, though.

Rovner: Yeah. Or they could take on entitlements which, of course, is where the real money is. But we’ll get to that in a minute. Sarah, we have not seen you in a while, so we need to catch up on a bunch of things that are FDA-related. First, a couple of payment items since you were last here. The FDA has, as expected, approved a weight loss version of the diabetes drug Mounjaro that appears to be even more effective than the weight loss version of Ozempic. But insurers are still very reluctant to pay for these drugs, which are not only very expensive, they appear to need to be consumed very long-term, if not forever. Medicare has so far resisted calls to cover the drugs, despite some pressure from members of Congress, but that might be about to change.

Karlin-Smith: I think Medicare is getting a lot of pressure. They’re going to have to probably re-look at it at some point. What I found interesting is recently CMS [the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services] regulates other types of health plans as well, and in the ACA space they seem to be pushing for coverage of these obesity drugs. And I think they’re thinking around that. They note that the non-coverage allowance for these ACA plans was based on … they were following what Medicare was doing and there’s some acknowledgment that maybe the non-Medicare population is different from the Medicare population. But I think it’s also worth thinking about some of their other reasoning for coverage there, including that these drugs are different than some of the older weight loss drugs that provided more minimal weight loss, had worse side effects, and it came at a time when weight loss was seen as more of a cosmetic issue. So if that ACA provision rule goes through, I think that does help the case for people pushing for coverage in Medicare Part D of these drugs.

Rovner: Yeah, I mean this seems to be one of these “between a rock and a hard place” … that the demand for these drugs is huge. The evidence suggests that they work very well and that they work not just to help people lose weight, but perhaps when they lose weight to be less likely to have heart attacks and strokes and all that other stuff that you don’t want people to have. On the other hand, at the moment, they are super expensive and would bankrupt insurance companies and Medicare.

Karlin-Smith: Right. I mean, we’ve seen this before where people worry there’s a new class of expensive drugs that a lot of people seem like they will need and it’s going to bankrupt the country, and oftentimes that doesn’t happen even whether it is, in theory, more coverage to some extent. We saw that with hep C. There was a new class of cholesterol drugs that came out a few years ago that just haven’t taken off in the way people worried they would. Some of these obesity drugs, they do work really well, not everybody really tolerates them as well as you would think. So there’s questions about whether that demand is really there. Sen. [Bill] Cassidy [R-La.] has made some interesting points about “Is there a way to use these drugs initially for people and then come up with something more for weight maintenance that wouldn’t be as expensive?”

Rovner: We should point out that Sen. Cassidy is a medical doctor.

Karlin-Smith: But I think the pressure is coming on the government. Recently, I got to hear the head of OPM [Office of Personnel Management], who deals with the insurance coverage for federal government employees, and they have a really permissible coverage of obesity drugs. Basically, they require all their health insurance plans to cover one of these GLP-1 drugs, and they have some really interesting language I’ve seen used by pharmaceutical companies to say, “Look, this part of the federal government has said obesity is a disease. It needs to be treated,” and so forth. So I don’t think the federal government is going to be able to use this argument of, “This is not a medical condition, and these are expensive, we’re not going to cover it.” But there’s definitely going to be tensions there in terms of costs.

Rovner: Well, definitely more to come here. Meanwhile, CMS is also looking at changing the rules, again, for some pharmacy copay assistance programs, which claim to assist patients but more often seem to enrich drug companies and payers. What is this one about? And can you explain it in English? Because I’m not sure I understand it.

Karlin-Smith: So most people, when you get a prescription for a drug, have some amount of copay, so your insurance company pays the bulk of the cost and you pay maybe $10, $20, $30 when you pick up your prescription. For really high-cost drugs, pharmaceutical companies and sometimes third-party charities often offer copay support, where they will actually pay your copay for you.

The criticism of these charities and pharma support is that it lets the companies keep the prices higher. Because once you take away the patient feeling the burden of the price, they can still keep that higher percentage that goes to your health plan and into your premiums that you don’t think about. And so health insurance companies have said, “OK, well we’re not going to actually count this coupon money towards your copay, your out-of-pocket max for the year, because you’re not actually paying it.”

So that doesn’t end up doing the patient much good in the end because, while you might get the drug for free the first part of the year, eventually you end up having to pay the money. The courts have weighed in, and the latest ruling was that the effect of it was essentially telling CMS, “You need to re-look at your rules. We don’t think your logic is consistent,” and they seem to potentially suggest that CMS should only allow copay accumulators if there’s a cheaper drug a patient could take.

So, basically, they’re saying it’s unfair to put this burden on patients and not let them benefit from the coupons if this is the only drug they can take. But if there’s a generic drug they should be taking, that’s the equivalent then, OK, insurance company, you can penalize them there. But interestingly, CMS has basically pushed back on the court ruling. They’re asking them for basically more information about what they’re exactly directing them to do and signaling that they want to keep their broader interpretation of the law.

It’s a tricky situation, I think, policy-wise, because there’s this tension of, yes, the drug prices are really high. The insurance companies have a point of how these coupons create these perverse incentives in the system, and, on the other hand, the person that gets stuck in the middle, the patient is not really the fair pawn in this game. And when talking about a similar topic with somebody recently, they brought up what happened with surprise billing and they made this parallel of we need to think about it as, OK, you big corporate entities need to figure out how to duke out this problem, but stop putting the patient in the middle because they’re the one that gets hurt. And that’s what happened in surprise billing. I’m not sure if there’s quite that solution of how you could do that in this pharmaceutical space though.

Rovner: I was just going to say that this sounds exactly like surprise billing, but for prescription drugs. Well, while we are talking about Capitol Hill, let’s turn to Capitol Hill, where the big news of the week is that House Republican conservatives, the so-called Freedom Caucus, have apparently agreed to abide by the deal they agreed to abide by earlier this year. At least that’s when it comes to the overall total for the annual spending bills. Then-Speaker [Kevin] McCarthy’s attempt to adhere to that deal is one of the things that led to his ouster. The conservatives had wanted to cut spending much more deeply than the deal that was cut, I think it was in May. Although I feel compelled to add: Cutting the appropriations bills, which is what we’re talking about here, doesn’t really do very much to help the federal budget deficit. Most of the money that the federal government spends doesn’t go through the appropriations process. It’s automatic, like Social Security and Medicare.

But I digress. Victoria, what prompted the Freedom Caucus to change their minds and what does that portend for actually getting some of these spending bills done before the next cutoff deadline, which is mid-January?

Knight: I mean, I think it’s the Freedom Caucus just facing reality and that it’s really hard to do budget cuts, and a lot of these bills, the cuts are very deep. For the Labor-HHS bill, which is the bill that funds the Department of Health and Human Services, the cut is 18%. To the CDC [Centers for Disease Control and Prevention], 12% to the department itself. Those are really big cuts. And all the bills, you look at them, they all have really deep cuts.

The agriculture bill has deep cuts to the Department of Agriculture that some moderate Republicans don’t like. So all of the bills have these issues, and so I think they’re realizing it is just not possible to get what they want. Some of them didn’t vote for the Fiscal Responsibility Act, which was the deal that former Speaker McCarthy did with the debt limit that set funding levels. So they’re not necessarily going back on something that they voted for.

Rovner: They’re going back on something that the House voted for.

Knight: Yeah. So yeah, I think they’re just realizing the appropriations process, it’s difficult to make these deep spending cuts. I’ve also heard rumors that there might still be a big omnibus spending bill in January. Despite all this talk of doing the individual appropriations bills, I’ve heard that it may end up, despite all the efforts of the Republican Caucus, it may end where they have to just do a big bill because this is the easiest thing to do and then move on to the rest of the business of Congress for the next year. So we’ll see if that happens. But I have heard some rumors already swirling around that.

Rovner: I mean the idea they have now “agreed” to a spending limit that should have been done in the budget in April, which would’ve given them several months to work on the appropriations bills coming in under that level. And, of course, now we’re almost three months into the new fiscal year, so I mean they’re going to be late starting next year unless they resolve this pretty soon. But in the meantime, one thing that won’t happen is that we won’t get a big omnibus bill before Christmas because the deadline is now not until January, and that’s important for a bunch of health issues because we have a lot of policies that are going to end at the end of the year. Things like putting off cuts in Medicare payments to doctors, which a lot of people care about, including, obviously, all the doctors. Is there a chance that some of these “extender provisions” will find their way onto something else, maybe the defense authorization bill that I think they do want to finish before Christmas?

Knight: Yeah, I think that’s definitely possible. I’ve also heard they can retroactively do that, so even if they miss the deadline, it will probably be fixed. So it doesn’t seem like too big a worry,

Rovner: Although those doctor cuts, I mean, what happens is that CMS pens the claims, they don’t pay the claims until it’s been fixed retroactively. They have done it before, it’s a mess.

Kenen: And it’s bad for the doctors because they don’t get paid. It takes even longer to get paid because they’re put in a hold pile, which gets rather large.

Rovner: It does. Not that the defense bill doesn’t have its own issues around defense, but while we’re on the subject of defense, it looks like Alabama Republican Sen. Tommy Tuberville might be ready to throw in the towel now on the more than 400 military promotions he’s been blocking to protest the Biden administration’s policy allowing members of active-duty military and their dependents to travel to other states for an abortion if it’s banned where they are stationed. This has been going on since February. My impression is that it’s his fellow Republicans who are getting worried about this.

Kenen: Yeah. They’re as fed up as the Democrats are now. Not 100% of them are, but there’s a number who’ve come out in public and basically told him to cut it out. And then there are others who aren’t saying it in public, but there are clearly signs that they’re not crazy about this either. But we keep hearing it’s about to break. We’ve been hearing for several weeks it’s about to be resolved, and until it’s resolved, it’s not resolved. So I think clearly there’s movement because the pressure has ramped up from his fellow Republicans.

Rovner: Well, to get really technical, I think that the Senate Rules Committee passed a resolution that could get around this whole thing-

Kenen: But they don’t really want to, I mean the Republicans would rather not confront him through a vote. They’d rather just stare him down and get him to pretend that he won and move on. And that’s what we’re waiting to see. Is it a formal action by the Senate or is there some negotiated way to move forward with at least a large number of these held-up nominations.

Rovner: It’s the George Santos-Bob Menendez health issue. In other words, they would like him to step down himself rather than have to vote to take it down, but they would definitely like him to back off.

Kenen: I mean, not confusing anybody but they’re not talking about expelling her from the Senate. They’re [inaudible] talking about “Cut this out and let these people get their promotions,” because some of them are very serious. These are major positions that are unfilled.

Rovner: Yes, I mean it’s backing up the entire military system because people can’t move on to where they’re supposed to go and the people who are going to take their place can’t move on to where they’re supposed to go, and it’s not great for the Department of Defense. All right, well, while we are on the subject of abortion, at least tangentially, the Texas Supreme Court this week heard that case filed by women who had serious pregnancy complications for which they were unable to get medical care because their doctors were afraid that Texas’ abortion ban would be used to take their medical licenses and/or put them in jail.

Kenen: For 99 years!

Rovner: Yeah, the Texas officials defending against the lawsuit say the women shouldn’t be suing the state. They should be suing their doctors. So what do we expect to happen here? This hearing isn’t even really on the merits. It’s just on whether the exceptions the lower court came up with will be allowed to take effect, which at the moment they’re not.

Kenen: The exception-by-exception policy, where things get written in, is problematic because it’s hard to write a law allowing every possible medical situation that could arise and then that would open it to all other litigation because people would disagree about is this close to death or not? So the plaintiffs want a broader, clearer exception where it’s up to the doctors to do what they think is correct for their patients’ health, all sorts of things can go wrong with people’s bodies.

It’s hard to legislate, which is OK and which isn’t. So the idea of suing your doctor, I mean, that’s just not going to go anywhere. I mean, the court is either going to clarify it or not clarify it. Either way, it’ll get appealed. These issues are not going away. There’s many, many, many documented cases of people not being able to get standard of care. Pregnancy complications are rare, but they’re serious and the state legislatures have been really resistant so far to broadening these exemptions.

Rovner: It’s not just Texas. ProPublica published an investigation this week that found that none of the dozen states with the strictest abortion bans broadened exceptions even after women and their doctors complained that they were being put at grave risk, as Joanne just pointed out. When we look at elections and polls, it feels like the abortion rights side very much has the upper hand, but the reverse seems to be the case in actual state legislatures. I mean, it looks like the anti-abortion forces who want as few exceptions as possible are still getting their way. At least that’s what ProPublica found.

Kenen: Right. One of the other points that the ProPublica piece made was many of these laws were trigger laws. They were written before Roe was toppled. They were written as just in case, if the Supreme Court lets us do this, we’ll do it. So they were symbolic and they were not necessarily written with a lot of medical input. And they were written by activists, not physicians or obstetricians.

And the resistance to changing them is coming from the same interest groups that want no abortions, who say it’s just not ever medically necessary or so rarely medically necessary, and it is medically necessary at times. I mean, there are people who, and this line saying, “Well, if you’re in trouble, you can’t have an abortion. But if you’re close to death you can,” that can happen in split seconds. You can be in trouble and then really be in real trouble. You can’t predict the course of an individual, and it’s tying the hands for physicians to do what needs to be done until it might be too late.

Knight: I think a lot of them don’t realize, until it starts happening, how many times it is sometimes medically necessary. It’s not even that a woman necessarily wants to get an abortion, it’s just something happens, and it’s safer for her to do that in order to save her life.

Karlin-Smith: And you’ve seen in some of these states, sometimes Republican women prominently coming out and pushing for this and trying to explain why it’s necessary. In some cases, they also have made the argument, too, that sometimes to preserve a woman’s fertility, these procedures are necessary given the current situations they face.

Kenen: There was a quote in that ProPublica story, and it’s not necessarily everybody on the anti-abortion rights side, but this individual was quoted as saying that the baby’s life is more important than the mother’s life. So that’s a judgment that a politician or activist is making. Plus, if the mother dies, the fetus can die too. So it doesn’t even make sense. It’s not even choosing one. I mean, in many cases if the pregnant person dies, the fetus will die.

Rovner: Well, finally this week, I want to give a shout-out to a story by my KFF Health News colleague Darius Tahir, who, by the way, became a father this week. Congratulations, Darius. The story’s about a group called the Progressive Anti-Abortion Uprising that purports to be both anti-abortion and progressively leftist and feminist. One of its goals appears to be to get courts to overturn the federal law that restricts protests in front of abortion clinics. The Freedom of Access to Clinic Entrances Act, known as FACE, is I think the only explicitly abortion rights legislation that became law in the entire 1990s, which makes you wonder if this group is really as leftist and feminist as it says it is, or if it’s just a front to try and go after this particular law.

Kenen: It sets limits of where people can be and tries to police it somewhat. But in Darius’ story, his reporting showed that they did, at least some of them, had ties to right-wing groups. So that they’re calling themselves leftist and progressive … it’s not so clear how accurate that is for everybody involved.

Rovner: Yeah, it was an interesting story that we will link to in the show notes. All right, now it is time for “This Week in Health Misinformation,” and it’s good news for a change. I chose a story from Stat News called “How to Spot When Drug Companies Spin Clinical Trial Results.” It’s actually an update of a 2020 guide that STAT did to interpret clinical trial results, and it’s basically a glossary to help understand company jargon and red flags, particularly in press releases, to help determine if that new medical “breakthrough” really is or not. It is really super helpful if you’re a layperson trying to make sense of this.

OK that is this week’s news, and I now will play my “Bill of the Month” interview with Rachana Pradhan, and then we will come back with our extra credits.

I am pleased to welcome back to the podcast my colleague Rachana Pradhan, who reported and wrote the latest KFF Health News-NPR “Bill of the Month” installment. Always great to see you, Rachana.

Rachana Pradhan: Thanks for having me, Julie.

Rovner: So this month’s patient fell into what’s an all-too-common trap. She went to a lab for routine bloodwork suggested by her doctor without realizing she could be subjected to thousands of dollars in bills she’s expected to pay. Tell us who she is and how she managed to rack up such a big bill for things that should not have cost that much.

Pradhan: So our patient is Reesha Ahmed. She lives in Texas, just in a suburb of the Dallas-Fort Worth area, and what happened to Reesha is she found out she was pregnant and she went to a doctor’s office that she had never gone to before for a standard prenatal checkup, and she also had health insurance. I want to underscore that that is an important detail in this story. So the nurse recommended that Reesha get routine blood tests just down the hall in a lab that was in the adjoining hospital. And it was routine. There was nothing unusual about the blood tests that Reesha received. So what she was advised to do is after her checkup, she was told, “Well, here’s the bloodwork you need, and just go down the hallway here, into the hospital,” to get her blood drawn.

Rovner: How convenient, they have their own lab.

Pradhan: Exactly. And Reesha did what she was told. She got bloodwork done. And then, soon after that, she started getting bills. And they first were small amounts, like there was a bill for $17, and she thought, “OK, well that’s not so bad.” Then she got a bill for over $300 and thought, “That’s unusual. Why would I get billed this?” Then came the huge one. It was over $2,000. In total, Reesha’s overall lab work bills were close to $2,400 for, again, standard bloodwork that every pregnant woman gets when they find out that they’re pregnant. And so she, needless to say, was shocked and immediately actually started trying to investigate herself as to how it was possible for her to get billed such astronomical amounts.

Rovner: And so what did she manage to find out?

Pradhan: She tried taking it up with the hospital and her insurance company. And she just got passed around over and over again. She appealed to her insurance. They denied her appeal saying that, “Well, this bloodwork was diagnostic and not preventive, so it was coded correctly based on the claim that was submitted to us,” and the hospital even sent her to collections for this bloodwork. Unfortunately for Reesha, this pregnancy ended in a miscarriage, and so it was particularly difficult. She was dealing with all the emotional, physical ramifications of that, and then on top of that, having to deal with this billing nightmare is just a lot for any one person to handle. It’s too much, honestly.

Rovner: So we, the experts in this, what did we discover about why she got billed so much?

Pradhan: You can get bloodwork at multiple places in our health system. You could get it maybe within a lab just in your doctor’s office. You can go to an outside lab, like an independent commercial one, to get bloodwork done and you can sometimes get labs within a hospital building. They may not look any different when you’re actually in there, but there’s a huge difference as to how much they will charge you.

Research has shown that if a patient is getting blood tests done, things that are relatively routine and just as a standalone service, hospital outpatient department labs charge much, much more. There’s research that we cite in the story about Reesha that … she lives in Texas … bloodwork in Texas, if it’s done in a hospital outpatient department is at least six times as expensive compared to if you get those same tests in a doctor’s office or in an independent commercial lab.

Rovner: To be clear, I would say it’s not just bloodwork. It’s any routine tests that you get in a hospital outpatient department.

Pradhan: That research, in particular, was looking at blood tests actually, in particular, just any lab work that you might get done. So the conclusion of that is really that there’s no meaningful quality difference. There’s really no difference at all when you get them in a doctor’s office versus a hospital or a lab, and yet the prices you pay will vary dramatically.

Rovner: Yeah, there should be a big sign on the door that says: “This may be more convenient, but if you go somewhere else, you might pay a lot less and so will your insurance.” What eventually happened with Reesha’s bill?

Pradhan: Well, eventually, the charges were waived and zeroed out and she was told that she would not have to pay anything and all the accounts would be zeroed out to nothing.

Rovner: Eventually, after we started asking questions?

Pradhan: Yes. It was a day after I had sent a litany of questions about her billing that they gave her a call and said, “You now won’t have to pay anything.” So it’s a big relief for her.

Rovner: Obviously this was not her fault. She did what was recommended by the nurse in her doctor’s office, but there are efforts to make this more transparent.

Pradhan: Yeah. I think in health care policy world, the issue that she experienced is a reflection of something called site-neutral payment, which essentially means if payment is site-neutral for a health care provider, it means that you get a service and regardless of where you get that service, there is no difference in the amount that you are paying. There are efforts in Congress and even in state legislatures to institute site-neutral pay for certain services.

Bloodwork is one that is not necessarily being targeted, at least in Congress. But I will say, I think one of the big takeaways about what patients can do is if they do get paperwork from your doctor’s office saying, “OK, you need to get some blood tests done,” you can always take that bloodwork request and get it done at an independent lab where the charges will be far, far less than in a hospital-based lab, to avoid these charges.

Rovner: Think of it like a prescription.

Pradhan: Exactly. It might not be as convenient in that moment. You might have to drive somewhere, you can’t just walk down a hallway and get your blood tests and labs done, but I think you will potentially avoid exorbitant costs, especially for bloodwork that is very standard and is not costly.

Rovner: Yet another cautionary tale. Rachana Pradhan, thank you very much.

Pradhan: Thanks for having me, Julie.

Rovner: OK. We are back and it’s time for our extra-credit segment. That’s when we each recommend a story we read this week we think you should read, too. As always, don’t worry if you miss it. We will post the links on the podcast page at kffhealthnews.org and in our show notes on your phone or other mobile device. Sarah, you offered up the first extra credit this week. Why don’t you go first?

Karlin-Smith: Sure. I took a look at a ProPublica piece by Maya Miller and Robin Fields, “Insurance Executives Refused to Pay for the Cancer Treatment That Could Have Saved Him. This Is How They Did It.” And it tells the story of a Michigan man who had cancer, and the last resort treatment for him was CAR-T, which is a cellular therapy where they basically take some of your cells, reengineer them, and put them back into your body, and it is quite expensive and it can come with a lot of expensive side effects as well.

FDA considers it a drug, and Michigan state law requires cancer drugs be covered. The insurance company of this man, basically on a technicality, denied it, describing it as a gene therapy, and he did die before he was able to fully push this battle with the insurance company and get access to the treatment and so forth. But I think the piece raises these broader issues about [how] few states are able to proactively monitor whether insurance plans are properly implementing the laws around what is supposed to be covered and not covered.

Few people really have the knowledge or skill set, particularly when you’re dealing with devastating diseases like cancer, which are just taking all of your energy just to go through the treatment, to figure out how to fight the system. And it really demonstrates the huge power imbalances people face in getting health care, even if there are laws that, in theory, seem like they’re supposed to be protected.

I also thought there’s some really interesting statistics in the story about, yes, even though the price tag for these products are really expensive, that the health insurance company actually crunched the numbers and found that if they shifted the cost to premiums in their policyholders, it would lead to, like, 17 cents a month per premium. So I thought that was interesting, as well, because it gives you a sense of, again, where their motivation is coming from when you boil it down to how the costs actually add up.

Rovner: And we will, I promise, talk about the growing backlash against insurance company behavior next week. Victoria.

Knight: So my extra-credit article is a Business Insider story in which I’m quoted, but the title is “Washington’s Secret Weapon Is a Beloved Gen Z Energy Drink With More Caffeine Than God.” And it basically talks about the phenomenon of Celsius popping up around the Hill. So it’s an energy drink that contains 200 milligrams of caffeine. It tastes like sparkling water, it’s fruity, but it’s not like Monster or Red Bull. It tastes way better than them, which I think is partly why it’s become so popular.

But anyways, I’ve only been on the Hill reporting for about a year and in the past couple months it has really popped up everywhere. It’s all around in the different little stores within the Capitol complex, there’s machines devoted to it. So it talks about how that happened. And I personally drink almost one Celsius a day. I’m trying to be better about it, but the Hill is a hard place to work, and you’re running around all the time, and it just gets you as much caffeine as you need in a quick hit. But the FDA does recommend about 400 milligrams a day. So if you drink two, then you’re not going over the recommendation.

Rovner: Well, you can’t drink anything else with caffeine if you drink two.

Knight: That’s true. And I do drink coffee in the morning, but it has some funny quotes to our members of Congress and chiefs of staff and reporters about how we all rely on this energy drink to get through working on the Hill.

Rovner: I just loved this story because, forever, people wonder how these things happen in the middle of the night. It’s not the members, it’s the staff who are going 16 and 20 hours a day, and they’ve always had to rely on something. So, at least now, it’s something that tastes better.

Knight: It does taste better.

Rovner: That’s why it amused me, because it’s been ever thus that you cannot work the way Capitol Hill works without some artificial help, shall we say. Joanne.

Kenen: We used to just count how many pizza boxes were being delivered to know how long a night it was going to be. I guess now you count how many empty cans of Celsius.

Knight: Exactly.

Rovner: I personally ran more on sugar than caffeine.

Kenen: OK. This is a piece by Judy Graham of KFF Health News, and the headline is “A Life-Changing Injury Transformed an Expert’s View on Disability Services.” And it’s about a woman many of us know, actually Julie and I both know: Nora Super. I’ve known her for a long time. She’s an expert on aging. She ran one of the White House aging conferences. She worked at Milken for a long time. She worked at AARP for a while.

She’s in her late 50s now, and in midlife, she started having really severe episodes of depression, and she became very open about it, she became an advocate. Last summer, she had another episode and she couldn’t get an appointment for the treatment she needed quickly enough. And while she was waiting, which is the story of American health care right now, and while she was waiting for it, she did try to take her own life. She survived, but she now has no sensation from the waist down.

And her husband is a health economist, and I should disclose, my former boss at one point, I worked for and with Len for two years, Len Nichols. So this is a story about how she has now become an advocate for disability. And this is a couple with a lot of resources. I mean both knowledge, connections, and they’re not gazillionaires, but they have resources, and how hard it has been for them even with their resources and connections. And so now Nora who, when she’s well, she’s this effervescent force of nature, and this is how she is turning — her prognosis, it could get better, they don’t know yet — but clearly an extraordinarily difficult time. And she has now taken this opportunity to become not just an advocate for the aging and not just an advocate for people with severe depression, but now an advocate for people with severe disability.

Rovner: Yeah, I mean, it’s everything that’s wrong with the American health care system, and I will say that a lot of what I’ve learned about health policy over very many years came from both Len Nichols and Nora, his wife. So they do know a lot. And I think what shocked me about the story is just how expensive some of the things are that they need. And, again, this is a couple who should be well enough off to support themselves, but these are costs that basically nobody could or should have to bear.

Kenen: Even … it was just a lift to get her into their car, just that alone was $6,500. And there are many, many, many things like that. And then another thing that they pointed out in the article is that most physicians don’t have a way of getting somebody from a wheelchair onto the examining table other than having her 70-year-old husband hoist her. So that was one of the many small revelations in this story. Obviously, it’s heartbreaking because I know and like her, but it’s also another indictment of why we just don’t do things right.

Rovner: Yes. Where we are. Well, my story is yet another indictment of not doing things right. It’s by my colleagues Katheryn Houghton, Rachana Pradhan, who you just heard, and Samantha Liss, and it’s called “Medicaid ‘Unwinding’ Makes Other Public Assistance Harder to Get.” And it’s just an infuriating story pointing out that everything we’ve talked about all year with state reviews of Medicaid eligibility, the endless waits on hold with call centers, lost applications, and other bureaucratic holdups, goes for more than just health insurance. The same overworked and under-resourced people who determine Medicaid eligibility are also the gatekeepers for other programs like food stamps and cash welfare assistance, and people who are eligible for those programs are also getting wrongly denied benefits.

Among the people quoted in the story was DeAnna Marchand of Missoula, Montana, who is trying to recertify herself and her grandson for both Medicaid and SNAP (food stamps), but wasn’t sure what she needed to present to prove that eligibility. So she waited to speak to someone and picking up from the story, “After half an hour, she followed prompts to schedule a callback, but an automated voice announced slots were full and instructed her to wait on hold again. An hour later, the call was dropped.” It’s not really the fault of these workers. They cannot possibly do what needs to be done, and, once again, it’s the patients who are paying the price.

All right, that is our show. As always, if you enjoy the podcast, you can subscribe wherever you get your podcasts. We’d appreciate it if you left us a review; that helps other people find us, too. Special thanks this week to Zach Dyer for filling in as our technical guru while Francis [Ying] takes some much-deserved time off. Also, as always, you can email us your questions or comments. We are at [email protected]. Or you can still find me at X, for now, @jrovner, or @julierovner at Bluesky and Threads. Joanne.

Kenen: I’m mostly at Threads, @joannekenen1. Occasionally I’m still on X, but not very often, that’s @JoanneKenen.

Rovner: Sarah.

Karlin-Smith: I am @SarahKarlin, or @sarahkarlin-smith, depending on the platform.

Rovner: Victoria.

Knight: I am @victoriaregisk [on X and Threads]. Still mostly on X, but also on Threads at the same name.

Rovner: We’re all trying to branch out. We will be back in your feed next week. Until then, be healthy.

Credits

Zach Dyer
Audio producer

Emmarie Huetteman
Editor

To hear all our podcasts, click here.

And subscribe to KFF Health News’ “What the Health?” on SpotifyApple PodcastsPocket Casts, or wherever you listen to podcasts.

2023 May Go Down As The Best Year Ever For Horror Games

As 2023 winds to a close, one of the most common refrains from those in and around the video game industry is how this year was one for the history books, and gave us one of the very best game release calendars we’ve ever seen. While this is true regardless of genre, with highly anticipated sequels like The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom, Baldur’s Gate 3, and Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 being some of this year’s best-reviewed games on Metacritic, it’s especially true for horror games.

It wasn’t that long ago that horror fans didn’t have a lot to get excited about–I recall the Xbox 360/PS3 era being particularly barren, with only a few notable exceptions. But as major studios learn to make the age of high-fidelity gaming work for the genre and indie studios continue to innovate in haunting new ways, 2023 will go down as perhaps the best calendar year for horror video games we’ve ever seen.

Now Playing: Every GameSpot 10/10 Reviewed Game (Up to 2023)

Don’t believe me? Just crunch the numbers. Looking at the top of Metacritic’s aggregate scores for 2023, three horror games boast 90+ scores, with nine total games garnering scores of 73 or higher. I’ve tried to find a year that competes with that and I came up empty. That’s because not only were this year’s horror games really good, but there were also many of them. Horror is not a tentpole genre the way shooters, action-adventure games, and sports are. It’s more of a dressing for some major genres, which usually means only a handful of horror games rise to the middle or top each year. Yes, Steam is loaded with new horror games every single month, but many of those are games churning through early access and often aren’t ready to be enjoyed yet, if ever.

But 2023 was different. The early portion of the year set the tone when it gave us two standout remakes in Resident Evil 4 and Dead Space, each of which managed to faithfully recreate two of the genre’s all-time milestones while still tweaking some things like level design and story structure in a way players appreciated–and some have argued these changes even improved those already-classic games.

Later on in the year, a pair of younger horror titans, Amnesia and Outlast, had their series reimagined with risky new visions that paid off. Amnesia: The Bunker brought more unpredictability to the iconic defenseless first-person horror series by dropping players in a World War I bunker with a vicious monster that roamed the tunnels, while also changing elements from one run to the next to keep it feeling fresh. The Outlast Trials, meanwhile, added co-op to its classic blend of sadistic villains and protagonists hiding in dark corners, desperate not to be spotted. While the co-op element does remove some tension, it makes up for it with new ways to survive in the world of Outlast, like class-based skills and options to bail out your allies when they’re in danger. And for those who want the classic Outlast experience, the game is totally playable in solo mode, too.

There was also The Texas Chain Saw Massacre, which, like those aforementioned games, took a known commodity and reshaped it to create something as enjoyable as it is bloody. In the case of TCM, the goal was to pay respect to one of the greatest horror films ever made, and to do that in the competitive arena of asymmetrical horror multiplayer games. It achieves that vision in spades. I’ve played the game for over 60 hours since it launched in August, and it remains so nerve-racking that I often can’t play it for long, or else I’d have many more hours logged by now.

These games are indeed all based on existing IP, be they sequels, adaptations, or remakes, but that’s true of the industry as a whole lately, and horror games have not easily garnered universal acclaim before, making the several games that did do so this year stand out even more. Alongside these big and familiar names also came a slew of indie games, sometimes made by just a single person, focused on novel ideas that continued to prove horror in 2023 was on another level.

From aliens and zombies to cosmic nightmares and slashers, 2023 horror games covered all bases.

Gallery

Dredge, Slay The Princess, Paranormasight, World of Horror, and Incident at Grove Lake provided an eclectic mix of creepy experiences, ranging from subversive black-and-white adventure games and an anime visual novel to a Lovecraftian fishing experience and an unnerving alien abduction story. 2023 provided not just a great quantity of high-quality horror games, but a wide range of horror stories for fans of any subgenre under the horror umbrella. And none of this praise is yet to touch on memorable horror-adjacent games like Lies of P and Dead Island 2. Even now, as the year comes to a close, a new co-op horror game is gaining viral attention. Lethal Company might prove to be the first big hit of 2024 if it can maintain its momentum through the holidays. From games big and small, made by hundreds or made by just one person, video game horror in 2023 feels like it’s achieved new heights.

Though Resident Evil surely has the biggest historical footprint of the games here, it’s Alan Wake 2 that may go down as the most influential in years to come. The uniquely meta multimedia horror masterpiece served as something of a cap to this incredible year in horror games, telling a story that feels as ambitious as any story I’ve ever seen in video games. Leaning into survival-horror was a wise move for Remedy, and the team did it in such a way only it likely could’ve, even as the game’s visual flair may well inspire more games to come. I’d go so far as to say Alan Wake 2 isn’t just the best horror game that came out this year, but the best game from 2023, period.

There are some genres in which fans are constantly being fed new material. Stuff like third-person action-adventure games and first-person shooters are the lifeblood of the industry, and fans of some series like sports or live-service games can reliably expect the particular cadence at which their favorite games will get major new updates or sequels. But horror games have never been as consistent, and even when horror fans can see something exciting coming down the road, it’s rare–perhaps never before seen–for it to be accompanied by so many more standout examples of the genre like this year has shown. As great as 2023 has been for video games, it was even better for horror games.

Air conditioning has reduced mortality due to high temperatures in Spain by one third

Air conditioning and heating systems have contributed considerably to reducing mortality linked to extreme temperatures in Spain, according to a study led by the Barcelona Institute for Global Health (ISGlobal), a centre supported by the “la Caixa” Foundation. The findings, published in Environment International, provide valuable insights for designing policies to adapt to climate change.

Rising temperatures but lower mortality

Spain, like many parts of the world, has experienced rising temperatures in recent decades, with the average annual mean temperature increasing at an average rate of 0.36°C per decade. The warming trend is even more pronounced in the summer months (0.40°C per decade). Surprisingly, this increase in temperature has coincided with a progressive reduction in mortality associated with heat. In addition, cold-related mortality has also decreased.

“Understanding the factors that reduce susceptibility to extreme temperatures is crucial to inform health adaptation policies and to combat the negative effects of climate change,” says first author of the study, Hicham Achebak, researcher at ISGlobal and Inserm (France) and holder of a Marie Sklodowska-Curie Postdoctoral Fellowship from the European Commission.

Effective societal adaptations

In this study, Achebak and colleagues analysed the demographic and socioeconomic factors behind the observed reduction in heat and cold-related mortality, despite rising temperatures. They found that the increase in air conditioning (AC) prevalence in Spain was associated with a reduction in heat-related mortality, while the rise in heating prevalence was associated with a decrease in cold-related mortality. Specifically, AC was found to be responsible for about 28.6% of the decline in deaths due to heat and 31.5% of the decrease in deaths due to extreme heat between the late 1980s and the early 2010s. Heating systems contributed significantly, accounting for about 38.3% of the reduction in cold-related deaths and a substantial 50.8% decrease in extreme cold-related fatalities during the same period. The decrease in mortality due to cold would have been larger had there not been a demographic shift towards a higher proportion of people aged over 65, who are more susceptible to cold temperatures.

The authors conclude that the reduction in heat-related mortality is largely the result of the country’s socioeconomic development over the study period, rather than specific interventions such as heat-wave warning systems.

Four decades of data

For the statistical analysis, the research team collected data on daily mortality (all causes) and weather (temperature and relative humidity) for 48 provinces in mainland Spain and the Balearic Islands, between January 1980 and December 2018. These data were then linked to 14 indicators of context (demographic and socioeconomic variables such as housing, income and education) for these populations over the same period.

Implications for climate adaptation

The results of the study extend previous findings on heat-related mortality in Spain and underscore the importance of air conditioning and heating as effective adaptation measures to mitigate the effects of heat and cold. “However, we observed large disparities in the presence of AC across provinces. AC is still unaffordable for many Spanish households,” says Achebak.

The authors also point out that the widespread use of AC could further contribute to global warming depending on the source of electricity generation, which is why other cooling strategies, such as expanding green and blue spaces in cities, are also needed.

“Our findings have important implications for the development of adaptation strategies to climate change. They also inform future projections of the impact of climate change on human health,” concludes Joan Ballester, ISGlobal researcher and study coordinator.

A taste of vegetarian Kashmir- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

NEW DELHI: “The hardest thing for us was to convert a predominantly non-vegetarian cuisine to a vegetarian one,” says Chef Vanshika Bhatia of OMO, Gurugram.

Kashmiri cuisine is essentially meat-based. The multi-course Wazwan, a mouth-watering ceremonial feast, is now well-known for its innovative means of preparing meat.

“We took inspiration from the meals we had at the farms of Kashmir. The technique of slow cooking for hours, using a mortar and pestle in some capacity in each recipe and dried vegetables was very enlightening,” adds Bhatia who co-owns the restaurant with entrepreneurs Grace Muivah and Deepika Sethi

Sourced sustainably and from the far corners of the country, Gurugram’s first vegetarian cafe serves healthy food rooted in ethics on a plate. With every dish, they bring stories about how each ingredient plays a role in bringing communities together.

Bhatia says, “Team OMO keeps travelling across the country in search of Indian produce and to partner with farmers. We choose regions according to season and we felt like winter was a good time to introduce Kashmiri flavours.”

Our visit to the restaurant began with Kahwa, a Kashmiri tea simmered with cinnamon, cardamom, and saffron to which nuts and rose petals are added. Saffron cappuccino is another drink we recommend–the warm spice of the cinnamon complements the floral notes and inherent sweetness of the saffron threads of the beverage.

The main courses had a good blend of flavours, with interesting constituent elements forming the core of a dish. Pumpkin Fagottini for instance uses water spice emulsion. The pumpkin is dried and then cooked with lentils and water spice. “We then stuff it in pasta and serve it with pickled pumpkin and grilled Haak (saag).”

A dish from the new Kashmiri menu.

Next on the plate was Kohlrabi and Apple Salad—crisp kohlrabi and apples tossed with a tangy vinaigrette and sharp gouda cheese. Kohlrabi is a crisp cruciferous vegetable like broccoli and cauliflower. It’s a little sweet, a little savoury, and unexpectedly delicious!

“We always try different techniques, treating vegetables in different ways before we finalise what is the best way to showcase our travel story. We use techniques like the dehydration of vegetables, the way we cook a chilli paste, and the use of onion oil for cooking,” she says. 

We also tried the Nadru Yakhni; the lotus stem is a Kashmiri food staple. Kalari, a Dogra cheese that is used to make Kaladi Kulcha, among other dishes, is another must-try. It is a popular snack in Jammu.
Bhatia also drew our attention to some beautiful ingredients like quince, dandelion, cockscomb flowers, local shallots, lotus stem, and beagle beans in the making of vegetarian Kashmiri food. “We have treated most of the ingredients with techniques we learned in Kashmir and then created dishes that go with those elements,” she says.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Quiz on ‘Constitutional Law’ by Canonsphere

Cononsphere is organising a free Quiz on Constitutional Law on December 23. 2023.

About Canon Sphere

Canon Sphere is an ecosystem of varied people holding onto the same mission of bringing a change in the law ecosystem where there is more discussion & deliberation by the people & for the people. A safe space for opening up new ideas and constructive criticism full of positive possibilities and emptied of the old age societal norms.

About the Quiz

Dive into the depths of Constitutional Law with Canonsphere’s Free Quiz on December 23, 2023, at 7 PM. Participate, test your legal acumen, and earn Certificates for all participants. Stand out with Merit Certificates for the Top 3 performers.

Topic

Constitutional Law

Who is it for?

Open to all legal enthusiasts and students.

General Detail

  1. Fill out this Google Form and join the telegram or WhatsApp group.
  2. Mark your calendar for December 23, 2023, at 7 PM.
  3. Prepare for an enlightening and challenging quiz experience!

How to Register?

Register by filling out the form given below this post.

Important Date

December 23, 2023.

Contact Information

For any queries you can contact at [email protected] or [email protected].

Click here to Register

Click here for the Official Notification.

Planning your bridal smile makeover? Check out these 5 popular dental treatments | Health

ByZarafshan Shiraz, New Delhi

A bridal smile makeover is not just a dental procedure; it is a tailored journey towards enhancing a bride’s natural smile, ensuring it shines as brightly as her spirit on her wedding day. From teeth whitening and dental bonding to advanced options like porcelain veneers, dental implants and orthodontic solutions, here are some expert tips to ease your woes.

Planning your bridal smile makeover? Check out these 5 popular dental treatments (Photo by gurpreet singh on Unsplash)

In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Dr Rajesh Shetty, Clinical Director at Dazzle Dental Clinic in Mumbai, shared, “Embarking on a smile makeover journey requires careful planning. It’s essential to consult with a cosmetic dentist well in advance of the wedding to explore options and formulate a personalised treatment plan. Some treatments need multiple appointments and weeks of preparation, so timing is crucial to ensure completion before the big day.”

Stay tuned with breaking news on HT Channel on Facebook. Join Now

He revealed, “A bridal smile makeover is more than an aesthetic enhancement; it’s an investment in self-esteem and confidence. It empowers brides to present their best selves, not just on their wedding day but in the many cherished moments that follow. The right smile makeover can indeed be a life-changing experience, leaving a lasting impression well beyond the walk down the aisle. It’s an amalgamation of art and dental science, a testament to how transformative a beautiful smile can be. As a professional deeply committed to enhancing smiles, I encourage brides-to-be to consider this empowering journey as part of their wedding preparation.”

He suggested 5 popular treatments in a bridal smile makeover –

  • Teeth Whitening: This is a popular choice due to its quick, painless nature and significant impact. Whether performed in a clinic or at home, it effectively removes stains, restoring a natural, bright smile.
  • Dental Bonding: A cost-effective solution for minor imperfections, dental bonding uses tooth-colored resin to enhance the appearance of your teeth, addressing issues like discoloration or small gaps.
  • Porcelain Veneers: For a more dramatic transformation, veneers offer a long-lasting solution, correcting a range of dental imperfections to create a uniform, radiant smile.
  • Orthodontic Solutions: To align and perfect the smile, orthodontic treatments such as traditional braces or discreet options like Invisalign are available. The duration varies, but the outcome is a well-aligned, beautiful smile.
  • Dental Implants: For those with missing teeth, dental implants provide a durable, natural-looking solution, enhancing both the aesthetics and functionality of your smile.

BioMarin strikes deal with Elliott, agrees to review business

Dive Brief:

  • Weeks after installing a new CEO, BioMarin Pharmaceutical is overhauling oversight of the company at the board level.
  • Facing pressure from activist investor Elliott Investment Management, BioMarin’s board named three new independent directors and set up a Strategic and Operating Review Committee to evaluate the company’s operations and priorities. Two of the new independent directors will serve on the review committee, BioMarin said Wednesday.
  • The company said it’s also set up cooperation and information-sharing agreements with Elliott. The changes will “put BioMarin in the best position to realize its full potential,” Elliott Senior Portfolio Manager Marc Steinberg said in the company’s press release.

Dive Insight:

BioMarin is a successful biotech company, having won approvals for eight medicines that regularly turn it a profit. But the company’s most high-profile new product — the first gene therapy to treat hemophilia A — has stumbled in its launch, forcing BioMarin to slash sales estimates and raising the ire of investors.

Elliott built up a stake to become one of the company’s largest investors and is now forcing changes. “This seems like it could eventually represent a welcome step towards more disciplined spending, along with things like profitability/margin targets,” Stifel analyst Paul Matteis wrote in a note to clients. BioMarin may also be a target for a takeover, he said.

The deal with BioMarin is similar to one Elliott struck earlier this year with contract drug manufacturer Catalent, which also agreed to add new independent directors and set up a review committee. The activist fund has also successfully pushed major companies toward buyouts, including Alexion, which agreed in 2020 to be taken over by AstraZeneca in a $39 billion deal.

BioMarin’s new independent board members, Barbara Bodem, Athena Countouriotis and Mark Enyedy, all have experience in the healthcare industry and as board directors. Bodem and Enyedy will serve on the new BioMarin review committee, along with existing director Maykin Ho, CEO Alexander Hardy and board Chairman Richard Meier.

Hardy joined the board when he took over for longtime BioMarin CEO Jean-Jacques Bienaimé on Dec. 1. At that time, Bienaimé also relinquished the chairman title to Meier, though he kept a spot on the board until next year’s annual meeting. BioMarin said Wednesday that the board will temporarily expand to 15 to add the new directors, but shrink back to 11 no later than the 2024 annual meeting.

In announcing the deal, Elliott also expressed support for Hardy, calling him “the right leader for this chapter of BioMarin’s value creation story.”

Degenerative Myelopathy and Dog Wheelchairs

A dog wheelchair plays a pivotal role in a dog’s degenerative myelopathy journey. Degenerative Myelopathy (DM) is a progressive neurological disease that takes its toll on a dog’s mobility. As DM progresses, a dog’s back legs will slowly weaken before the hind legs become fully paralyzed. Eventually, the mobility loss progresses up a dog’s spine to impact its front leg strength as well. A wheelchair is vital for a dog with Degenerative Myelopathy. Without a wheelchair, a DM dog is unable to walk, stand, or get any exercise. 

When is the right time to get a cart for my DM dog?

A dog wheelchair is a life-changing tool for dogs with DM. The earliest signs of degenerative myelopathy start out small. One of the first indicators of DM is knuckling, or dragging the back paws. This can be combined with hind leg weakness and signs that the dog’s back legs are losing strength.

Although these early DM symptoms can be easy to miss. As they may only happen occasionally or only when a dog is exhausted. However, when a dog’s back legs collapse underneath them or a dog struggles to push up off the ground, the signs become much harder to ignore. 

There is no need for your dog to struggle with mobility loss, so don’t wait to get a mobility cart for your dog. Instead, introduce a mobility cart early at the first signs of weakening back legs. Not only does this make for an easier transition for your dog, but it also gives the pet parent a chance to adjust to using the wheelchair, too! Every dog diagnosed with degenerative myelopathy will need a wheelchair eventually. So, starting early in a dog’s diagnosis will be easier for you and your best friend. 

German Shepherd Wheelchair buy now

What kind of wheelchair should I get for a dog with Degenerative Myelopathy? 

The ideal degenerative myelopathy wheelchair for your pet is a cart that can be adapted to fit every stage of your dog’s diagnosis. The only certainty with DM is that it will progressively worsen and your dog’s mobility needs will change. As the disease progresses, you need a wheelchair that will progress with it. The Walkin’ Wheels dog wheelchair can easily convert from a rear support wheelchair to a four-wheeled wheelchair by simply adding a front attachment. This gives you the flexibility to adjust the level of support your dog needs as their leg strength changes. An adjustable wheelchair means you can start by supporting your pet with a rear wheelchair, and convert their existing cart until a full support wheelchair when additional support is needed across all four legs.

Full Support dog wheelchair with four wheels

Choose a fully adjustable dog wheelchair that allows you to adjust the height, length, and, most importantly, the width of the wheelchair. An adjustable width means that your dog’s wheelchair will always fit, even if your dog loses muscle mass or weight over time. Muscle atrophy is quite common in dogs with DM so expect your dog’s body shape to change.

Custom-built dog wheelchairs are made based on your dog’s measurements the day you place the order. If your dog’s weight fluctuates, the custom cart may no longer fit your dog comfortably. Also, a custom rear dog wheelchair will not convert into a quad cart when your dog’s front legs weaken. When your dog requires additional assistance with its front legs, it will likely need a whole new wheelchair. 

DM Dog Learns to Walk Again

“Rosie was diagnosed with Degenerative Myelopathy. Over the last year, she has lost most of her strength in her back legs. Rosie got her life back when she got her Walkin’ Wheels. She now chases her laser pointer around a nearby field for hours every night, only to come back inside with bribes. Just watch your toes, she isn’t slowing down for anyone!”

– Nora and Kyle

German Shepherd in wheelchair plays in the sprinkler

Is exercise beneficial for dogs with DM? 

A dog in motion stays in motion. Therefore, continued exercise and regular activity are vital for any dog, even those struggling with mobility loss. A recent study showed that regular exercise could improve a DM dog’s quality of life and life expectancy. In fact, continued structured exercise may even slow down the progression of the disease!

Dog wheelchairs are crucial to helping dogs with Degenerative Myelopathy to stand upright, walk normally, and stay active.

What changed in the property market in 2023?

What was different about our housing markets in 2023?

As we close out 2023, the Australian property market looks significantly different from 2022 – we’ve defied all the naysayers and property pessimists and experienced eleven consecutive months of national price increases.

Clearly, this strong price growth is the biggest difference to the markets of 2022 when rising interest rates slowed down buying and selling activities.

And while 2022 finished with many economists anticipating the downward trend to persist into 2023, and some even predicted a faster decline, clearly the opposite happened.

Property prices have consistently risen throughout the year

According to the latest PropTrack Home Price Index, property prices have consistently risen throughout the year, rebounding from the 2022 downturn and reaching record highs in various markets.

And as we finish the year the pace of growth has slowed down.

This is attributed to more properties entering the market, providing buyers with increased choices and reducing competition.

Despite this, affordability remains a concern as prices continue to stay high.

Ms Eleanor Creagh, Senior Economist PropTrack recently looked at the milestones the property market achieved in 2023, and how this year was different to last.

In her commentary said:

“Although growth has slowed in recent months, prices are still rising at a much faster pace than in 2022.

In the year to November 2022 national home prices had slipped 1.23% from their previous peak in March 2022.

This year has been very different and in the year to November 2023 national prices are up 5.42%.

That’s despite interest rates being much higher than in 2022 after climbing in February, March, May, June and November.”

Maximum borrowing capacities have now been reduced by more than 30%

According to Ms Creagh, that’s been another change relative to last year, with interest rates climbing a further 125 basis points, maximum borrowing capacities have now reduced by more than 30%, whilst mortgage servicing costs have climbed higher.

Borrowing Capacity Changes

Ms Creagh further said:

“But strong housing demand, buoyed by record net overseas migration, tight rental markets, low unemployment and home equity gains, has worked alongside limited housing stock to offset the impacts of higher interest rates this year.”

Population growth has rebounded strongly this year

Australia’s population grew by 2.4% in the year to 30 June 2023, according to the latest figures released by the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS).

Net overseas migration accounted for 83% of growth and added 518,100 people to our population in the year to June 2023.

Annual Population Change

Ms Creagh commented:

“A shortage of available rentals and a slowdown in the completion of new homes against the backdrop of pre-existing housing supply issues, has meant that the mismatch between housing supply and demand has worsened in 2023 contributing to higher rents and house prices.

This housing shortfall is one reason why home prices have defined the impact of continued interest rate rises and the slowing economy.

The government hopes to bring net migration down to 250,000 by 2025 – which it will largely achieve by introducing stricter rules for international student visas.”

Rental market conditions also deteriorated in 2023

According to PropTrack, compared to the same period last year vacancy rates have declined in almost every capital city and regional counterpart.

The national rental vacancy rate is currently sitting just above 1%, highlighting the critical shortage of available rentals.

Rental Vacancy Rate Changes

Ms Creagh said that vacancy rates are at or very close to historic lows in almost every capital city and low vacancy continues to drive strong rental price growth.

Another factor likely buoying homebuying demand, incentivising those with the means to purchase sooner.

Stronger market conditions have translated into stronger selling activity

According to PropTrack, in November 2023 preliminary sales increased 16% relative to the same period in 2022.

This has been led by a strong increase in Sydney where preliminary monthly sales were 27% higher than levels seen in November 2022.

Annua Change In Preliminary Sales Volume

Ms Creagh also commented that properties are also taking less time to sell with the stronger homebuying demand environment in play.

She further said:

“The median number of days properties are advertised on realestate.com.au has fallen from 40 days a year ago to 36 days, despite the increase in stock for sale relative to November 2022. In each of the major capital cities, properties are now selling faster than they were a year ago.”

Annual Change In Time Taken To Sell A Property

First-home buyer activity has lifted throughout 2023

PropTrack’s data highlighted that although the number of first-home buyers purchasing is well below the highs experienced during the pandemic, first-home buyer activity has lifted throughout 2023 and is above its long-term average.

Ms Creagh explained that the share of new lending to first-home buyers in 2023 has consistently held above levels seen in 2022, currently comprising an 18.6% share.

The number of new first-home buyer loans has also increased relative to the same period in 2022, with the ABS lending indicators data showing a 6.8% increase in the number of new first-home buyer loans in October 2023 compared to October 2022.

Enquiry from those identifying as first-home buyers on properties listed for sale on realestate.com.au has also increased, climbing 10% year-on-year across the capital cities in November 2023.

Annual Change In Email Enquiry From First Home Buyers

She further explained:

“Challenging conditions in rental markets right around the country have likely incentivised some first time buyers – with the means to do so – to purchase sooner than they otherwise would have.

With rental markets expected to remain tight this is likely to continue in 2024, especially as mortgage rates stabilise.”

Activity from investors has also stabilised

PropTrack also noted that activity from investors has also stabilised with investor lending having climbed off historic lows seen through the pandemic to comprising over a third of new credit, currently the highest share since 2017.

Ms Creagh said:

“Although we continue to see a heightened volume of listings of investor-owned properties – indicating some investors are exiting the market – we have also seen new investors enter the market with an increase in investor-owned properties listed for rent and an increase in the number of new investor loans.

Enquiry from those identifying as investors on properties listed for sale on realestate.com.au has also increased, climbing 15% year-on-year across the capital cities in November 2023.”

Annual Change In Email Enquiry From Investors

About Brett Warren
Brett Warren is Director of Metropole Properties Brisbane and uses his two decades of property investment experience to advise clients how to grow, protect and pass on their build their wealth through property.
When Should I Propose To My Girlfriend? Quiz

Contemplating when to propose to your girlfriend? It can be an emotional rollercoaster, entirely natural to feel a bit jittery about such a significant move. That’s where our relationship expert comes in. Dhriti Bhavsar, a relationship counselor armed with a master’s degree in psychology, understands the weight of this decision. Crafting the “When Should I Propose To My Girlfriend?” Quiz, she provides a thoughtful guide for those standing at the intersection of commitment and uncertainty.

It’s crucial to wait to pop the question until you sense that your relationship has matured. Marriage brings its own set of challenges, particularly as your families merge. This decision becomes even more significant if you aren’t already living together since sharing a space can be rocky at the start. If there are still unresolved issues, it’s best to wait before proposing. Entering into marriage with lingering challenges might introduce additional strain that could potentially harm your relationship.

Whether you find yourself looking at rings as you pass by jewellery stores or if your girlfriend has been sending a few hints your way, Dhriti’s insights aim to make this monumental decision a bit less scary. So, if the thought of proposing to your girlfriend has your heart racing, take a moment, dive into the quiz, and let Dhriti’s expertise shed light on this crucial chapter in your relationship. It’s not just about when to propose but ensuring it feels right for both of you as you embark on this exciting journey together.

Ask Our Expert

Epson Home Cinema 5050UB: Big, Bold and Beautiful

The Epson Home Cinema 5050UB is a serious home theater projector for serious home theater enthusiasts. It features a motorized lens with horizontal and vertical lens shift, plus ample zoom. Its 4K enhancement technology offers lots of detail. Its biggest benefit over less expensive 4K projectors, however, is an excellent contrast ratio for deep, dark shadows and bright, popping highlights.

Like


  • Superb overall picture quality


  • Excellent contrast ratio


  • Motorized lens


  • Ample lens shift and motorized zoom

Don’t like


  • Could be quieter


  • Chonkers

There are only a few disappointments, and they’re minor. It doesn’t quite have the color or razor-sharp detail of its direct competitor, the LG HU810P. That’s not to say the 5050 isn’t sharp and colorful. It is, just a bit less so — although I liked the Epson’s overall picture quality a lot more than that of the LG. The 5050UB is also an absolute unit, several times larger than most of the projectors I’ve reviewed in the last year (including the LG).

In sum, the Home Cinema 5050UB is an excellent all-around projector that looks fantastic with all content. It offers a significant step up in picture quality over less expensive projectors, like the Optoma UHD35, and costs a lot less than something like the Sony VPL-VW325ES. It even gives its more expensive, laser-powered sibling, the LS11000, a run for its money. More on that below. Overall, the Epson 5050 is my go-to choice for anyone with a dedicated home theater who wants a projector worthy of the space.

Editor’s note, November 2022: For its excellent picture and value, we’re once again giving the 5050 our Editor’s Choice award. While the laser-powered LS11000 offers some additional benefits and performance over the 5050, it’s also a lot more money.

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

Specs 4(K) days

  • Native resolution: 4K enhancement (1,920×1,080 x2)
  • HDR-compatible: Yes
  • 4K-compatible: Yes
  • 3D-compatible: Yes
  • Lumens spec: 2,600
  • Zoom: Motorized (2.1x)
  • Lens shift: Motorized H/V
  • Lamp life (Medium mode): 4,000 hours

The 5050UB is a 4K- and HDR-compatible projector. As such, it can accept 4K and HDR signals, though keep in mind that no projector can do HDR very well

Like all Epson projectors the 5050UB uses an LCD light engine, not the DLP that’s found in most other projectors. The ones used on the 5050UB are not technically 4K native resolution. Instead, they’re a technology called “4K enhancement” that “shifts each pixel diagonally to double Full HD resolution,” according to Epson. This is done very quickly, so it’s just a higher-resolution image to the eye. Here’s a deeper dive into the technology. The short version: It looked plenty sharp to me, if not quite as razor-like as the DLP-powered LG; see below for details.

One of the 5050’s most notable features that sets it apart from less expensive projectors is a motorized lens. This offers ±96.3% vertical and ±47.1% horizontal movement, which should be enough to let the 5050 fit in just about any home. There’s also a significant motorized zoom of 2.1x. 

6thingsprojectorstill.jpg

Watch this: Six things to know about home theater projectors

Epson claims the 5050UB can produce 2,600 lumens. I actually measured slightly more than that… in the less accurate Dynamic color mode. In the more accurate Bright Cinema mode I measured roughly 192 nits, or about 1,732 lumens. This puts it among the brightest projectors we’ve ever measured. 

Lamp life is on the low side. Even in the Eco mode, Epson rates it at up to 5,000 hours. Some projectors of similar brightness we’ve reviewed in the last year were capable of upward of 15,000 hours in their most lamp-conserving modes. That said, 5,000 hours is still over three years of use at four hours a night.

epson-5050-9-of-10

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

Connectivity

  • HDMI inputs: two HDMI 2.0
  • PC input: Analog RGB
  • USB ports: 2
  • Audio input and output: No
  • Digital audio output: No
  • Internet: LAN
  • 12v trigger: Yes
  • RS-232 remote port: Yes
  • Remote: Backlit

Both HDMI inputs are HDMI 2.0 and can accept up to 4K60. As you might expect from its intended use as a projector for a dedicated theater, it lacks an audio out. Epson assumes, rightly in my opinion, that anyone getting a 5050 would have a traditional projector arrangement with either a receiver or at least a soundbar for audio.

Along the same lines, there are lots of control options for home automation systems, including a 12-volt trigger, RS-232 and a LAN port.

The remote is a big boy (just like the projector it controls) and has a pleasant amber backlight. If you have a 2.35:1 screen, as I do, you might reach for this remote for more than just on and off, since you can zoom the projector and fill the screen with 2.35:1 content without getting off the couch. That’s always a bonus.

epson-5050-6-of-10

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

Picture quality comparisons

LG HU810P

The LG HU810P is the most notable competition for the 5050. They’re the same price but the HU810P uses newer technology, namely two lasers and a phosphor instead of the 5050’s more traditional lamp. I connected both using a Monoprice 1×4 distribution amplifier, and viewed them side-by-side on a 12-foot-wide 1.0-gain screen.

Right off the bat, both are great projectors, but their strengths and weaknesses are almost polar opposites.

As far as light output goes, they’re very similar. In their respective most accurate modes, the LG can do 166.3 nits to the Epson’s 192. Objectively, that’s a fair bit of difference, but subjectively, side-by-side, they both just look bright. So we’ll call that more or less a tie.

Color, though, goes to the LG. The lasers, with help from a phosphor, are absolutely deeper and richer. Throw on some HDR content and the deep crimson reds and vibrant purples are far beyond what the 5050UB can produce. This is sort of like saying a Porsche is slower than a Ferrari, however, since the 5050UB is no slouch in the color department. On its own it looks great, the LG in this regard looks better. 

epson-5050-8-of-10

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

It’s a similar story with detail. The LG uses a 4K DLP chip to create an image, and detail is that technology’s main strength compared to LCD with pixel shifting, which is what Epson uses. The image just looks a little sharper, especially with motion. However, if you’re not watching them side by side, I’m not sure you’d notice. The 5050UB certainly doesn’t look soft, it’s definitely 4K to my eye. 

The next aspect of picture quality is where the tide turns toward the Epson by a lot. In a word, or technically two: contrast ratio. Even without using its iris, the native contrast of the 5050UB’s three LCD chips is significantly higher than the LG — 10 times higher. So the image has significantly more punch and is less washed out. Even if you dial the LG’s lasers and iris back as much as possible, it only just matches the Epson’s black level while that projector is in its brightest and most color temperature-accurate mode. 

Which is to say, the Epson’s black levels are roughly the same while at the same time (in the same mode) it is capable of having highlights or bright parts of the same image that are seven times brighter than when the LG’s lasers are dialed all the way down and the iris is closed. Flipping that around, if you match their light outputs, the Epson’s black levels in the same mode are nine times darker. 

epson-5050-10-of-10

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

What does this look like? An easy example is watching any movie with letterbox bars. If I set the projectors to be roughly the same brightness overall, the letterbox bars on the LG are gray. If I match their letterbox bars by reducing the LG’s laser power and closing its iris, it ends up looking dim compared to the Epson.

So when watching any content, the deep blacks of the 5050UB, while maintaining bright highlights, make for an extremely pleasing image. 

Comparison to the Epson Home Cinema LS11000

While reviewing Epson’s own LS11000, I compared it to the 5050. The LS11000 is $1,000 more expensive, and uses a laser instead of the 5050’s UHP lamp. Since there will be no lamp replacements for the life of the projector, the total ownership cost difference between these two projectors is less than it initially appears.

A front view of Epson LS11000 projector

The Epson LS11000.

Geoff Morrison/CNET

Sharpness is one of the most noticeable differences between these two. The LS11000’s pixel shift quadruples the pixels from its 1080p chips, so it’s 1080pX4 compared to the 5050’s 1080pX2. So between those two projectors the LS11000 is definitely sharper, which makes sense because it has twice the resolution. Both are less detailed than a 4K DLP, but sharpness is that technology’s biggest strength.

Contrast is a different story, and a surprising one. I measured the 5050’s contrast ratio at 5,203:1 vs. the LS11000’s 1,808:1, which is significantly worse. Even the LS11000’s dynamic contrast is lower, where the laser power tracks the brightness of incoming video signal and adjusts accordingly. However, this mode is more useful on the LS11000, since this adjustment happens pretty much instantly, far faster than the mechanical iris on the 5050. So even though the numbers suggest the 5050 blows the LS11000 away, subjectively and side-by-side they’re fairly comparable. That’s impressive, especially since the 5050 is cheaper and far older.

With SDR the LS11000 looks a little better and has more natural color. With HDR the LS11000 does a better job reproducing a wider color gamut. However, the difference isn’t huge in either case.

Epson Home Cinema LS11000

Geoff Morrison/CNET

All told, the LS11000 is a diagonal step from the 5050. Overall it does look better, but not the 25% better implied by its price. However, if you include the “total cost of ownership,” which in this case means $330 lamps every 2.5 years or so with the 5050, the price is eventually roughly the same. So with a bit better performance and that laser keeping the ownership costs in check, the LS11000 is worth considering if you’re looking at the 5050, despite being, on paper, $1,000 more expensive.

For more, read our in-depth Epson Home Cinema LS11000 4K laser projector review.

Charge your friends admission

The Home Cinema 5050UB is an excellent projector. At $3,000 it’s certainly not cheap, but for those looking to buy a PJ for a dedicated home theater or a light-controlled living room that can do its black levels justice, the image quality is definitely a step above less expensive projectors. Is it, say, over twice as good as the $1,300 Optoma UHD35? Perhaps. The Optoma is very good for the price, but that’s certainly the caveat: “for the price.” It holds its own, but it has a way worse contrast ratio and doesn’t handle HDR nearly as well as the Epson. 

I think most people would be perfectly content with the UHD35. But for enthusiasts looking for a more “home cinema” experience the… oh wait, I just said the name of the thing in the thing. Let me try that again. For those looking for a more “home theater” experience, the Epson Home Cinema 5050UB does just about everything right and looks fantastic.

Geek Box

Test Result Score
Black luminance (0%) 0.046 Average
Peak white luminance (100%) 192.3 Good
Derived lumens 1732 Good
Avg. grayscale error (10-100%) 7.624 Poor
Dark gray error (20%) 6.223 Average
Bright gray error (70%) 7.432 Poor
Avg. color error 3.636 Average
Red error 3.527 Average
Green error 2.199 Good
Blue error 4.345 Average
Cyan error 5.111 Average
Magenta error 2.461 Good
Yellow error 4.173 Average
Avg. saturations error 8.34 Poor
Avg. color checker error 8.5 Poor
Input lag (Game mode) 28.4 Good

Measurement notes

I found the Bright Cinema color mode offered the best combination of light output and accuracy. In the six-color temperature mode, the 5050UB was pretty spot on D65 across the grayscale range. In addition, all primary and secondary colors were spot on their Rec. 709 targets. This is one of the most accurate projectors we’ve reviewed in the last year. 

The native contrast ratio was excellent for a projector, with an average of 5,203:1 across various modes. For comparison, the second best contrast ratio we’ve measured recently was the BenQ HT2050A with a native contrast ratio of 2,094:1.

With the lamp mode (called Power Consumption) set to High and the iris off, the 5050UB puts out an impressive 192.3 nits, or roughly 1,732 lumens. The Eco mode drops the light output by about 30%. If you turn on the iris, which opens with bright images and closes with dark images, the dynamic contrast ratio rockets up beyond 100,000:1.

While the Bright Cinema mode looked better overall, the Cinema mode offered wider colors for HDR content. However, it was also much dimmer. I didn’t find the ~10% greater color gamut for ~60% less light to be a worthy trade-off, but feel free to check it out. The contrast ratio was about 40% better in this mode as well, which was only slightly noticeable. 

If you need even more light, the Dynamic color mode puts out an impressive 323.6 nits, roughly 2,914 lumens, though the overall image isn’t as good or accurate. 

Mary Earps: Goalkeeper, brand, icon

If you take a stroll along Sir Matt Busby Way, heading towards Old Trafford, and take a left down Railway Road, Mary Earps is waiting to greet you.

Not in physical form, obviously, but in her iconic celebratory pose, arms wide and fists clenched, mouth wide open as she roars in joy. Earps is the Nottingham-born Manchester United powerhouse, the Lionesses’ moral compass, and officially the best goalkeeper in the world.

“Welcome to Manchester”, the mural reads, which is a nod to a time, in 2009, when Manchester City unveiled a billboard of Carlos Tevez’s controversial switch from Old Trafford to the Etihad.

The artwork was created in August, initially for a commercial shoot to promote the 2023-24 Women’s Super League (WSL) season getting under way. It was then supposed to come down but, such is Earps’ popularity, it remains on the side of the house.

“We were told it was going to be a small sticker, so we were expecting it to be maybe half the house, but we came back after being away and it was the entire wall,” Sam, the homeowner, says. “We were told we would be paid £150.

“As I was packing my stuff to leave to make arrangements for my dad, who had recently passed away, they called and offered us £500 if we would keep it up for six months. I just remember saying, ‘Yeah, sure’, as I had other things on my mind.

“We got back a few weeks later to see that it was much bigger than we thought. There were rumours everywhere that we were being paid £5,000 for it, but that simply isn’t true!”

Earps’ rise over the past two years has been outstanding: 2022 European Championship winner, 2022 Best FIFA Goalkeeper, 2023 Finalissima winner, 2022 and 2023 Arnold Clark Cup winner, and World Cup runner-up in 2023 (she also won the tournament’s Golden Glove award for keeping the most clean sheets).

Just last week she was named as a finalist alongside Spain’s Cata Coll and Australia’s Mackenzie Arnold to be named the Best FIFA Goalkeeper for a second year running. And now, she has been named the BBC’s Sports Personality of the Year.

But this article is not about her on-field success.

Earps has become a commercial force in her own right, a social media star, someone who has brands queuing up to work with her — and she has done all of this by remaining her authentic self.

What started on TikTok as a light-hearted way to shine a light on women’s football has seen her become a cult figure.

Whether it is taking on Nike — and winning — over its failure to stock women’s goalkeeper shirts, or leaving young supporters in tears as they meet their idol, or successfully launching her own clothing range, Earps’ influence has become undeniable.

GO DEEPER

Mary Earps’ Nike comments were fearless – this is why what she said really matters

“To have a personal brand beyond being an elite athlete, what’s required is a combination of success on the pitch with marketability and appeal off the pitch,” Misha Sher, global head of sport, entertainment and culture at EssenceMediacom, tells The Athletic. “The athlete needs to have broader appeal in popular culture and that’s rare.

“Mary has got the personality, opinions and she stands up for things that people care about when it comes to equality. That bodes well. She also happens to be the highest-profile goalkeeper in the world’s biggest sport.”

Since the Lionesses won the Euros in July 2022, Earps’ social media following has gone up — substantially — across the board. On Instagram, over the past three years, it has climbed from 29,000 to over 700,000. Her growth as a presence on TikTok is equally impressive — she has gained more than one million followers since posting her first video in August 2021.


Mary Earps’ future at Manchester United is uncertain (Charlotte Tattersall – MUFC/Manchester United via Getty Images)

Her stance against Nike during the Women’s World Cup in Australia was authentic, measured and cut through to a wider audience.

“If you determine an athlete’s commercial value by their ability to endorse brands, sell products, together with on-pitch performance and their personal brand, demographic appeal and social media, then she is an absolute winner,” Lisa Parfitt, co-founder of sports marketing agency The Space Between, says.

“The Nike scenario shows she has a real awareness of social issues and uses her platform to advocate for equality.

“What was most interesting about that for her is that she has shown her influence to sell products. The irony was there wasn’t any product to sell. But Nike has since released goalkeeper jerseys and they sold out not long after being on sale.

“That is incredibly powerful for any athlete to be able to show the impact and influence they have is able to drive commercial sales.”

Earps is represented by The Purpose Agency, which is part of the Aim Sky High Talent Group, led by Christina Taylor. Her current long-term brand deals include Swedish drink NOCCO. More are expected to follow in 2024.

Even though brands are now queuing up to work with the England goalkeeper, there is a conscious decision only to partner with companies that align with her morals and way of thinking.

“In Mary’s future, you would expect her to be working with brands where she can really see there is an opportunity to do something different or make a difference to a cause she cares about,” Parfitt says. “You are unlikely to see her doing deals for the sake of deals.”

In June, the 30-year-old launched ‘MAE27’, her own clothing brand, which stocks T-shirts and hoodies with her slogan ‘be unapologetically yourself’ across the front. Prices range from £26.50 to £55 and when the most recent colours were launched, they sold out in three minutes — and that included the website crashing.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

How to turn a Women’s World Cup star into a global brand

Earps takes a hands-on approach to her range, whether it is being in the shop to feel and choose the material of the T-shirts or turning up with the exact font she wants to use for the slogan.

Although money entering professional women’s football continues to grow, it is no secret that players tend to earn more from commercial deals than they do playing contracts. Earps was one of the first female players to utilise TikTok, realising there was an opportunity to showcase women’s football as it was not broadcast to the extent it is now.

Earps’ first post on the social media platform in August 2021 featured her kicking a ball in her Manchester United training kit, asking viewers to guess her position, before changing into a dress with the caption ‘I’m a keeper’. It had over 500,000 views.

Other videos on her profile have surpassed six million views. What may come as a surprise, especially in an era when professional athletes have agencies managing their social media profile, is that Earps creates all of her own content, even down to idea generation and the editing process.

“Social media has become a filtered environment and Mary is absolutely unfiltered, and that is what people love about her,” Parfitt adds. “That is what brands are looking for. They want to work with people who are unfiltered and willing to give everything.

“You have to look at the rawness of what a commercial partnership is. Yes, you want to support each other and have shared values, but ultimately it is about commercial value and selling products.”

Turning Earps into a commercial powerhouse will not happen overnight, Sher says, pointing to the fact she will have to “build” something over several years.

“What is Mary Earps doing five years from now? Does she own her own brand? Does she have a production company? Is she a co-founder of a tech business?” Sher asks. “You then start to work out about the types of things you could be doing now that allows that to happen in five years.

“Creating a powerful personal brand that means something to people is different to launching a logo. Mary has an amazing opportunity to build on her personality, authenticity and relatability, but it needs to have a vision and you have to work towards that vision.”

For Earps, success on the pitch domestically and internationally is her sole focus. Her contract at United expires next summer and she is yet to sign a new deal. There has been continued speculation that she will join Arsenal, linking up with Alessia Russo, her former United team-mate, who made the switch to north London in July.

She is a popular member of the dressing room at Carrington and, along with Ella Toone, attracts more media requests than any other player.

It is relevant to ponder whether being aligned with United, one of the most recognisable football clubs and brands in the world, will help grow her commercial profile. Russo’s transfer to Arsenal suggests it is not the be-all or end-all.

“Mary’s greatest value is currently as a Lioness,” Parfitt explains. “The Lionesses have cut through to a mass UK and global audience and are associated with success.

“The England platform is probably more influential for Mary than Manchester United Women at the moment but that’s simply because of the growth trajectory of the domestic game, which is playing catch-up to England at the moment.”

Earps recently went viral, again, after United’s 4-0 win against Tottenham Hotspur on December 10. A video emerged online of a young girl, Betsy, being embraced by Earps.

“It is a really beautiful human moment and it was such a natural thing,” Rob Boulton, Betsy’s father, tells The Athletic. “She was so comforting to Betsy, who in that moment became a bit overwhelmed.

“Mary hung around for about 40 minutes after the game. The only way I can describe it is Beckhamesque. It was incredible to see the aura around her in a really positive way.

“All of the children went to the barriers and were desperate to get an autograph or photo. Mary was just amazing with all of them. She has a magnetic personality and it is really difficult not to like her. She appeals on two different levels.

“For the children, they buy into a particular player and she is brilliant from that aspect. From an adult point of view, the argument she had with Nike showed she stands up for what she believes in and her morals are in the right place. I look at her and think she is exactly the type of role model I want for my daughters.”

From a branding and marketing perspective, the fact Earps has captured the attention of so many young supporters bodes well for the future.

“In her own words, she is unapologetically herself,” Parfitt says. “And if a brand wants to engage with women and young women, this idea of being yourself and standing for something is what cuts through. Women want to see themselves represented in these people.”

For Sher, the path Earps should look to follow from a commercial point of view is the same one travelled by Ian Wright, the former Arsenal and England forward.

“If you look at how Ian has carefully built a powerful personal brand with his authentic personality at its heart, there is so much to admire,” Sher says. “When I look at Mary, she has the chance to do something global, but it is very difficult to do that.

“Five years from now, I can see Mary doing the types of things Ian is doing because she has got that personality. Ian is everywhere, but only in places where it makes sense for him to be. One day he is filming a documentary, the next day he is launching his own line for Adidas and then he’s on a catwalk at London Fashion Week.

“There is something about Ian, his personality and how he goes about things that is not dissimilar to the way Mary is.

“Of course, everyone has their unique traits and circumstances but I do think Mary could learn a lot from the way Ian has navigated his career to leverage all the authenticity of his personality to build a very successful career after retiring.”

Earps’ focus, for as long as she is playing professional football, will be fixed on changing women’s football for the better and adding to her already impressive trophy haul. The work to turn her ever-growing popularity into a commercially-viable entity is ongoing, and will continue to gather pace behind the scenes.

“It takes years to craft and reinforce,” Sher says. “If you take a step back, most companies we engage with, be that Nike or Apple, weren’t overnight successes. They first had a vision, a story and were able to craft a narrative and that story has been reinforced in the eyes of consumers for many years.”

Many athletes lose sight of who they really are on their way to the top. Media advisors train them to be boring, to avoid talking about myriad topics, and turn them into a polished version of who they used to be.

But Earps is different, and it is no coincidence her popularity has grown due to the nature of her personality. In a world where footballers are encouraged to sit on the fence, she is authentic, no matter the topic.

“She is at the start of her journey and now there is a recognition she is a powerful brand and there are huge amounts of opportunities for brands to work with her,” Parfitt adds.

“‘Be unapologetically yourself’ may be a slogan to some, but to Earps it is who she is — and her prowess on the pitch, and as a commercial entity off it, is going to benefit from it.”

(Top photo: Dan Sheldon/The Athletic)

Space-Saving Apple Device Charging Comes at a Cost

Key Takeaways

  • The Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 is a compact and efficient charger for iPhone and Apple Watch, but its high price makes it less appealing.
  • Its size makes it perfect to use in smaller spaces, and it is excellent for StandBy mode on the iPhone.
  • The stand is available in two colors—lighter sand and darker charcoal.


At the end of the day, charging stations are a great option for Apple fans to juice up an iPhone and Apple Watch at the same time. While the Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 does a great job doing just that, its high price makes it hard to recommend for most users.

Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 Wireless Charging Dock with MagSafe 15W

The Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 is designed to charge both an iPhone and Apple Watch simultaneously. The charger takes up less space than a HomePod mini and weighs under a pound. Soft-touch material covers the entire iPhone charger and on top is an adjustable stand that can rotate from 0 to 70 degrees. You can charge your iPhone in either portrait or landscape orientation. The charger is also compatible with StandBy mode for an iPhone. On the side, the Apple Watch charger is Fast Charging compatible. 

Brand
Belkin

Color
Sand or Charcoal

Speed
15W

Weight
15.87oz

Adapter included
Yes

Pros

  • Size makes it perfect to use in smaller spaces
  • Great for StandBy mode on the iPhone
  • Soft-touch material looks great
  • Power adapter included
  • Can also charge AirPods
Cons

  • Too expensive for what it provides
  • Can’t charge AirPods at the same time as your Apple Watch and iPhone
  • Cord is permanently attached to charger

A Small But Mighty Charger

Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2in1 top apple watch
Brent Dirks / MakeUseOf

I’ve used many multipurpose chargers, so the biggest surprise with the Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 is its size. It’s very compact and much smaller than I thought. Even with the arm that sticks out for Apple Watch charging, the entire package is less than the size of a HomePod mini. That’s a great thing if you’re looking to charge your devices where space is at a premium.

The base of the charger is covered with a soft-touch fabric. There are two colors to select from—a darker charcoal and lighter sand. I tested the charcoal option, which looks great and doesn’t appear to accumulate dirt or dust—a common problem with darker electronics.

On the side, the Apple Watch charging arm is metal and can show fingerprints with enough use. I would have preferred the arm to better match the rest of the charger, but it’s not a huge issue, especially since it can’t be seen when the watch is being charged.

Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2in1 cord
Brent Dirks / MakeUseOf

While the charger is small and compact, it’s more than heavy enough and has a non-slip base so there’s no need to worry about it moving accidentally.

A 5-foot cable that ends in USB-C connects to the provided 30W power adapter. Likely to keep the charger’s small size, the cable is permanently attached. That’s disappointing, since if the cord ever frays or breaks, the charger itself is rendered useless.

Thankfully, the cable is braided and seems to be strong and sturdy. But since it’s permanently attached, I would have liked to have seen it a bit longer, maybe even by a foot or two, since you’ll likely need to snake the cable under a nightstand to a power outlet.

Perfect for iPhone StandBy Mode

belkin boostcharge pro 2in1 side
Brent Dirks / MakeUseOf

The MagSafe iPhone charger is the star of the show. It can charge at 15W, the maximum speed possible for wireless. The iPhone stand can also adjust from 0-70 degrees and charge in portrait or landscape orientation.

I found it more natural to use the landscape, so I could watch a video while charging. This also allows you to use StandBy mode. One of the best features introduced with iOS 17, it lets you view several widgets, ranging from the time to weather and more, while charging your iPhone.

And if you have an iPhone 14 Pro/Pro Max or iPhone 15 Pro/Pro Max, StandBy mode is even better with the always-on display. When the iPhone senses a dark room, the display will also dim and show a red tint to not disrupt your night vision. The Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 has spent more than two weeks on my nightstand, and it has been great with StandBy. It’s nice to roll over in the middle of the night and see the time and more on the large iPhone screen.

You’ll drape an Apple Watch over the disc when ready to charge. If you have an Apple Watch Series 7 or later or any Apple Watch Ultra, it’s Fast Charging compatible. That will juice up a watch from 0 to 80 percent in around 45 minutes.

Because the Apple Watch charger is elevated, you can’t use the handy Apple Watch Nightstand Mode that will show the time and more when you touch the screen. It’s not a big loss when using this Belkin option, thanks to StandBy Mode.

belkin boostcharge pro 2 in 1 apple watch airpods
Brent Dirks / MakeUseOf

There is one missing piece of the equation—no dedicated spot to charge AirPods. You can still charge AirPods, just not at the same time as your iPhone or Apple Watch.

Any AirPods, as long as they have a wireless charging case, can use the iPhone charger while lying completely flat. With the AirPods Pro, the first-generation model (along with the third-generation AirPods) can use the MagSafe charger, so they won’t have to lie completely flat. The second-generation AirPods Pro can also use the Apple Watch charger.

My bedtime routine is to grab my Apple Watch, iPhone, and AirPods Pro and place them on a charger so I’ll know in the morning that everything is 100 percent ready to go. Using the Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 has been an exercise in frustration. I’ll have to start charging my Apple Watch and iPhone and then remove one when complete to juice up the AirPods as well.

On the other hand, if you don’t have AirPods and find the current assortment of 3-in-1 chargers annoying because of the space taken up by an empty charging pad, the neatness of the Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 is ideal.

Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 Review: Great Function with a High Price

There is a lot to like about the Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1. It doesn’t take up a lot of room on your nightstand or desk, looks great, and can charge your popular Apple products.

But the $129.95 retail price makes the overall package a no-go for anyone without money to burn. Belkin has other options for around the same price with the ability to charge the AirPods, an Apple Watch, and an iPhone simultaneously. And you can find many other 2-in-1 options from great brands for half as much.

Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 Wireless Charging Dock with MagSafe 15W

Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 Wireless Charging Dock with MagSafe 15W

The Belkin BoostCharge Pro 2-in-1 is designed to charge both an iPhone and Apple Watch simultaneously. The charger takes up less space than a HomePod mini and weighs under a pound. Soft-touch material covers the entire iPhone charger and on top is an adjustable stand that can rotate from 0 to 70 degrees. You can charge your iPhone in either portrait or landscape orientation. The charger is also compatible with StandBy mode for an iPhone. On the side, the Apple Watch charger is Fast Charging compatible. 

Spectacular scenery of Longtou Mountain after snow

A photo shows a bird’s-eye view of the snow-covered Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, Shaanxi Province, on December 19, 2023. /CFP

A photo shows a bird’s-eye view of the snow-covered Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, Shaanxi Province, on December 19, 2023. /CFP

The snow-covered Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, Shaanxi Province, is shrouded in mist on December 19, 2023. /CFP

The snow-covered Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, Shaanxi Province, is shrouded in mist on December 19, 2023. /CFP

The snow-covered Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, Shaanxi Province, is shrouded in mist on December 19, 2023. /CFP

A bird's-eye view photo taken on December 19, 2023 shows the winding mountain roads in the snow-covered Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, Shaanxi Province. /CFP

A bird’s-eye view photo taken on December 19, 2023 shows the winding mountain roads in the snow-covered Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, Shaanxi Province. /CFP

A bird’s-eye view photo taken on December 19, 2023 shows the winding mountain roads in the snow-covered Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, Shaanxi Province. /CFP

A photo shows a view of the snow-covered Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, Shaanxi Province, on December 19, 2023. /CFP

A photo shows a view of the snow-covered Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, Shaanxi Province, on December 19, 2023. /CFP

A photo shows a view of the snow-covered Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, Shaanxi Province, on December 19, 2023. /CFP

The Longtou Mountain Scenic Area in Hanzhong, northwest China’s Shaanxi Province, has turned into landscapes of ink wash paintings after recent snowfall. The mountain – featuring rare flowers and wildlife, colorful forests, seas of clouds and spectacular snow views across various seasons – attracts visitors with its fascinating alpine natural scenery.

Logan Lerman surprises new Percy Jackson with a message

The crown has passed from one half-blood to another.

Logan Lerman, who portrayed the titular character Percy Jackson in the 2010 and 2012 big-screen adaptations of the popular fantasy book series, sent a surprise message to the cast of the newly premiered Percy Jackson television show, “Percy Jackson and the Olympians” on Disney+.

Several of the show’s cast members and Rick Riordan, the author of the book series, were guests this week on the “Happy Sad Confused” podcast, hosted by Josh Horowitz, who read the message out loud during the show’s live recording at the 92nd Street Y in New York City.

“The show looks amazing and I can’t wait to see you all crush it in your roles,” said Lerman, 31. “You’re making a lot of people happy bringing these characters to life.”

Times television critic Robert Lloyd was similarly positive about the new series, which premiered Wednesday, writing it was “as good as can be” and that it “does a lovely job of mixing its extraordinary and ordinary worlds.”

In Lerman’s message, he shouted out Walker Skobell, who portrays lead character Percy Jackson, a 12-year-old who learns he is the son of the Olympic god Poseidon.

“I can’t imagine a better fit for Percy Jackson than Walker. You were so brilliant in ‘The Adam Project,’” Lerman said. “Hope you like eating blue food the next few years, because I think you’ve got a hit show on your hands.”

Skobell, 14, said he appreciated Lerman’s message, and although he’s never met the former Percy Jackson in person, he’s messaged him online.

“I watched one of his movies, ‘Perks of Being a Wallflower,’ I really liked it,” Skobell said. “I thought it was so good I like DM’d him and told him it was good.”

Kia Clavis: Hyundai Exter-Based Micro SUV From Kia Likely To Launch in 2024 With Boxy Design and Rugged Looks, Say Reports

New Delhi, December 20: Kia Motors, a subsidiary of Hyundai Motor Group, will reportedly introduce its new compact SUV model, Kia Clavis in 2024. Kia Motors has become a famous automobile brand in India by introducing the Kia Seltos, Kia Sonet, and Kia EV6. According to the reports, the new Kia Clavis will be a micro SUV based on Hyundai Exter. The reports said the new Kia car is internally referred to as “Kia AY” to keep the details confidential.

As per the reports, the new Kia Clavis will be unveiled globally at the end of 2024. Kia has launched popular SUVs like Sonet and Seltos, MPVs like Kia Carens and the minivan like Kia Carnival for Indian market. The reports said that the company is developing subcompact electric SUVs that will soon be introduced in India in the next two years. Further, the company is said to be launching a new-generation Carnival MPV and EV9 electric SUV in India soon. Tesla Removes Disney Plus From Some of Its Vehicles Amid Elon Musk Having Online Fight With CEO Bob Iger: Report.

Kia Clavis Specifications and Features (Expected):

According to a report by Financial Express, Kia Clavis petrol-variant is expected to launch with the same a 1.2-litre naturally inspired petrol engine as Hyundai Exter. The report said that the engine provides 82bhp power and 114Nm maximum torque. Besides, the car will reportedly have two 5-speed MT and AMT transmissions. 

As per reports, Kia Motors may also introduce electric and CNG options of Kia Clavis for the Indian market. The Kia Clavis EV will reportedly be based on a modified internal combustion engine for EV. The upcoming Kia Clavis is expected to sit between Kia Sonet and Kia Seltos. Volkswagen Group Announces To Adopt Tesla’s North American Charging Standard: Report.

As per reports, Kia can absorb a broader market in India by introducing the new compact entry-level SUV. The report by Autocar India cited that the Kia plans to produce 1 lakh units in a year in the internal combustion engine-equipped range. The report mentioned that the company will introduce Clavis as a lifestyle vehicle with a boxy design and a tougher SUV-like presence. 

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 20, 2023 04:12 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

America’s Big AI Safety Plan Faces a Budget Crunch

The lawmakers’ letter also claims that NIST is being rushed to define standards even though research into testing AI systems is at an early stage. As a result there is “significant disagreement” among AI experts over how to work on or even measure and define safety issues with the technology, it states. “The current state of the AI safety research field creates challenges for NIST as it navigates its leadership role on the issue,” the letter claims.

NIST spokesperson Jennifer Huergo confirmed that the agency had received the letter and said that it “will respond through the appropriate channels.”

NIST is making some moves that would increase transparency, including issuing a request for information on December 19, soliciting input from outside experts and companies on standards for evaluating and red-teaming AI models. It is unclear if this was a response to the letter sent by the members of Congress.

The concerns raised by lawmakers are shared by some AI experts who have spent years developing ways to probe AI systems. “As a nonpartisan scientific body, NIST is the best hope to cut through the hype and speculation around AI risk,” says Rumman Chowdhury, a data scientist and CEO of Parity Consulting who specializes in testing AI models for bias and other problems. “But in order to do their job well, they need more than mandates and well wishes.”

Yacine Jernite, machine learning and society lead at Hugging Face, a company that supports open source AI projects, says big tech has far more resources than the agency given a key role in implementing the White House’s ambitious AI plan. “NIST has done amazing work on helping manage the risks of AI, but the pressure to come up with immediate solutions for long-term problems makes their mission extremely difficult,” Jernite says. “They have significantly fewer resources than the companies developing the most visible AI systems.”

Margaret Mitchell, chief ethics scientist at Hugging Face, says the growing secrecy around commercial AI models makes measurement more challenging for an organization like NIST. “We can’t improve what we can’t measure,” she says.

The White House executive order calls for NIST to perform several tasks, including establishing a new Artificial Intelligence Safety Institute to support the development of safe AI. In April, a UK taskforce focused on AI safety was announced. It will receive $126 million in seed funding.

The executive order gave NIST an aggressive deadline for coming up with, among other things, guidelines for evaluating AI models, principles for “red-teaming” (adversarially testing) models, developing a plan to get US-allied nations to agree to NIST standards, and coming up with a plan for “advancing responsible global technical standards for AI development.”

Although it isn’t clear how NIST is engaging with big tech companies, discussions on NIST’s risk management framework, which took place prior to the announcement of the executive order, involved Microsoft; Anthropic, a startup formed by ex-OpenAI employees that is building cutting-edge AI models; Partnership on AI, which represents big tech companies; and the Future of Life Institute, a nonprofit dedicated to existential risk, among others.

“As a quantitative social scientist, I’m both loving and hating that people realize that the power is in measurement,” Chowdhury says.

Crypto Price Today: Bitcoin Jumps Back Up Over $43,000, More Altcoins Saw Profits Than Losses

Bitcoin, along with most cryptocurrencies, saw profits on Thursday, November 21. Bitcoin managed to spike in value by 2.26 percent in the last 24 hours. With this, Bitcoin has managed to regain the price point of $43,672 (roughly Rs. 35 lakh). Over the last day, Bitcoin value has risen by $1,608 (roughly Rs. 1.33 lakh). As per market analysts, the next hurdle for BTC is at $44,500 (roughly Rs. 37 lakh) and surpassing this could propel the price towards the $48,000 (roughly Rs. 39.9 lakh) resistance level.

Ether rose in value marginally by a mere 0.07 percent on Thursday. At the time of writing, the price of ETH stands at $2,203 (roughly Rs. 1.83 lakh).

“Historically, December month proves to be a major price action month and it is yet to be seen whether BTC has already made a local top or the bull market has just started to heat up,” the CoinSwitch Markets Desk told Gadgets360.

Ripple, Solana, Cardano, Dogecoin, Polkadot, Polygon, Chainlink, and Shiba Inu are among other cryptocurrency trading in profits on Thursday.

“One of the hottest investments of the season, Solana is also continuing its rally, with SOL (+11.9 percent) hitting the $80 (roughly Rs. 6,658) mark for the first time since May 2022 alongside being just touching distance away from being the 4th largest crypto after BTC, ETH, and USDT and beating BNB,” the CoinSwitch Markets Desk told Gadgets360.

Bitcoin Cash, Uniswap, and Stellar also managed to mint small gains.

The overall crypto market cap rose by 2.03 percent in the last 24 hours to stand on the valuation of $1.63 trillion (roughly Rs. 135,71,298 crore), showed CoinMarketCap.

Meanwhile, some altcoins that registered losses on Thursday include USD Coin, Litecoin, Cronos, Sushiswap, and Braintrust.

“VCs are predicted to re-commit to Web3 after a lacklustre year with focus on areas such as gaming. This might see a boost for gaming tokens in the coming months. The SEC’s continued engagement with stakeholders such as BlackRock and Grayscale indicates their willingness to foresee this development come to fruition during the decided approval window,” Rajagopal Menon, Vice President, WazirX told Gadgets360.

Market experts have also highlighted that crypto related stocks are performing rather well as the market exudes a ‘Strong Buy’ sentiment. While there is a bullish sentiment based on the RSI of Bitcoin, its Bollinger Band indicates the potential of price volatility.


Cryptocurrency is an unregulated digital currency, not a legal tender and subject to market risks. The information provided in the article is not intended to be and does not constitute financial advice, trading advice or any other advice or recommendation of any sort offered or endorsed by NDTV. NDTV shall not be responsible for any loss arising from any investment based on any perceived recommendation, forecast or any other information contained in the article. 

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
Everything you need to know

Campaign management software helps you automate the manual tasks of planning, launching and measuring the impact of your marketing campaigns.

Modern marketing campaigns often have many moving parts. Campaigns may involve multiple:

  • Internal departments (e.g., creative, media, brand, legal).
  • External partners (e.g., agencies, media, co-marketing).

Campaign management software helps keep stakeholders organized. Once the campaign is live, these tools help:

  • Automate data collection on performance
  • Generate insights.

Understanding the role of campaign management software

The biggest benefit of campaign management tools?

Organization.

All team members working on a marketing campaign must be organized before, during and after launch to be efficient and informed.

The right campaign management tools will improve collaboration and help teams move faster at each campaign stage, from preparing assets before launch to summarizing results after the campaign.

However, no true end-to-end, plug-and-play campaign management tool really exists.

But you can look for best-of-breed solutions that integrate well with existing tools and skill sets to build an ecosystem that meets your campaign management needs.

Key features and capabilities of marketing campaign management software

Marketing teams will benefit from campaign management solutions that help them across the campaign lifecycle of planning, tracking and analyzing.

The more tightly the tools are integrated, either out of the box or through the efforts of developers or marketing operations professionals, the better the experience will be for the marketers who use them.

Adopting several point solutions that cannot share information won’t create the efficiency you’re looking to gain from campaign management tools.

Campaign planning and scheduling

Aligning all the people and assets poses a significant challenge for teams, especially in distributed workforces.

Project management tools from several vendors can be used to track progress, assign work and send notifications. These tools offer automation, integrations and personalization capabilities that allow your team members to use them in a way that fits their work style.

The vendors with tools that will help your team with its campaign planning and scheduling include:

  • Asana
  • Monday.com
  • SmartSheet
  • ClickUp
  • Trello
  • Wrike

Audience segmentation and targeting tools

Using data and segmentation helps you avoid the inefficiency inherent in spray-and-pray marketing tactics. But you must have detailed audience and tool data to help segment that data into lists.

Many well-known cloud-based marketing tools can build lists based on certain criteria. Many also include the functionality to engage with the list members via email or create campaigns running on other channels (like paid ads) and connect to data sources to import data from those channels.

The vendors that make tools to help with audience segmentation and targeting include:

  • HubSpot
  • Salesforce
  • Adobe
  • ActiveCampaign
  • Keap
  • Klaviyo

Content creation and personalization

Many segmentation and targeting vendors also offer personalized marketing outreach. Customer data platform (CDP) vendors also help marketers craft personalized messages.

The combination of data and personalization functionality allows you to deliver the right message to the right person at the right time, which is a powerful combination for influencing prospects.

Multi-channel campaign execution

“Marketing cloud” vendors also offer visibility into your campaigns across channels, though it will likely require some work from the tool’s administrator or a marketing operations pro to get this working.

Leadership teams love high-level, holistic views, so the fewer data sources for your team to track down the better. You don’t want your team to spend valuable time collecting data from disparate sources to put in a slide deck for campaign updates and reviews.

Tracking and analytics

You might find that your existing campaign management software can’t work with all the data generated by their campaigns.

If that’s the case, you can pull together reporting tools from vendors like SAS, Tableau, SmartSheet and others to help manage your data and monitor campaign results.

Benefits of campaign management software

It’s difficult to coordinate, optimize and report on your campaigns without campaign management software.

While the exact tools and functionality you need will depend on many factors (i.e., your existing martech stack, your budget and your team), the right combination of tools will increase your efficiency and contribute to better outcomes.

Among the benefits of using campaign management software:

Improved efficiency and productivity

Some tools will help your team automate the often-mundane tasks that are simply part of marketing campaigns (e.g., deadlines, reporting). Other tools will help improve collaboration between the various roles that come together to create a marketing campaign.

Enhanced collaboration

Planning a marketing campaign often involves an assembly line that takes ideas from concept to reality and then introduces them to the market across various channels. That requires some job functions, and depending on your organization, possibly several departments.

Campaign management tools that establish deadlines and responsibilities keep the assembly line moving.

Data-driven decision making

Campaign management tools that collect and analyze data are important for quickly identifying how a campaign or portion of a campaign is performing. Having this data readily available allows for optimizations, such as diverting budget from an under-performing channel to an over-performing channel or making adjustments to creative units.

Software that helps analyze data also plays a key role in explaining the outcomes of a campaign to leadership teams that just want to know what they got for their investment in a campaign.

Considerations for choosing the right campaign management software

If you’re like most marketers, you’re trying to navigate lofty business goals, resource shortages and a variety of tools in a martech stack you inherited from someone else.

Licensing costs will play a critical role in investing in any technology. Here are four other criteria you can use to help make sound decisions around campaign management tools.

Scalability and flexibility

Tools that are too rigid and can’t grow with the organization make for poor investments.

Marketing is constantly changing, from the channels to the regulations that govern data collection and use, to new leadership with new ideas. You need to focus on tools designed to withstand these changes.

A constant cycle and ripping and replacing tools will hinder progress toward your goals.

User-friendliness and training

Many marketing teams are filled with people who can do a little bit of everything.

Deploying campaign management software with a steep learning curve delays progress but also creates bottlenecks when only certain people are capable of using it correctly.

Everyone needs training when a new tool is deployed, so make sure the vendor supports it. But the easier tools are to use the better.

Customer support and service

Even with training, your team is likely to hit some snags along the way. Good customer service from your campaign management software vendor can help your team keep moving, share best practices and introduce new features and functionality.

Look for the areas where your team has the most need. Start there.

If your campaign is getting stuck at the same point in the assembly line, then that’s your first area to address.

While software is certainly one way to solve a problem, don’t neglect other opportunities to increase efficiency.

If it’s a problem with people or processes, software alone is unlikely to fix it.

India’s Total Debt Surges to Rs 205 Trillion in September Quarter: Report

According to a comprehensive report compiled from data sourced from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), Clearing Corporation of India, and the Securities and Exchange Board of India, India’s total debt has witnessed a significant uptick in the September quarter. The total outstanding bonds traded in the market surged to USD 2.47 trillion (Rs 205 lakh crore), marking an increase from the USD 2.34 trillion (Rs 200 lakh crore) reported in the March quarter of the previous fiscal year.

Government Debt Dynamics

In the September quarter, the central government’s debt soared to USD 1.34 trillion (Rs 161.1 lakh crore), up from USD 1.06 trillion (Rs 150.4 lakh crore) in the preceding March quarter. This increase is detailed in data provided by the Reserve Bank of India and highlighted by Vishal Goenka, Co-Founder of Indiabonds.com. Notably, the central government’s debt now accounts for 46.04% of the total debt, amounting to Rs 161.1 lakh crore.

Breakdown of Debt Components

  1. Central Government Dominance: The central government’s debt holds the lion’s share at 46.04%, underscoring its significant role in the country’s debt landscape.
  2. State Governments’ Share: State governments contribute 24.4% to the total debt, equivalent to USD 604 billion (Rs 50.18 lakh crore).
  3. Treasury Bills: Treasury bills, worth USD 111 billion (Rs 9.25 lakh crore), constitute 4.51% of the total debt.
  4. Corporate Bonds: Corporate bonds command a 21.52% share, totaling USD 531 billion (Rs 44.16 lakh crore) in the second quarter of the current fiscal year.

Questions Related to Exams

Q: What is the total debt of India in the September quarter?

A: India’s total debt reached Rs 205 trillion, with outstanding bonds trading at USD 2.47 trillion.

Q: How much is the central government’s debt, and what percentage does it constitute?

A: The central government’s debt is Rs 161.1 trillion, constituting 46.04% of the total debt.

Q: What is the contribution of state governments to the total debt?

A: State governments contribute 24.4% to the total debt, amounting to USD 604 billion.

Q: What role do treasury bills and corporate bonds play in the debt composition?

A: Treasury bills make up 4.51%, and corporate bonds constitute 21.52% of the total debt in the second quarter.

 

 

 

 

India's Total Debt Surges to Rs 205 Trillion in September Quarter: Report_50.1

California’s Ambitious Medicaid Experiment Gets Tripped Up in Implementation

SACRAMENTO, Calif. — Nearly two years into Gov. Gavin Newsom’s $12 billion experiment to transform California’s Medicaid program into a social services provider for the state’s most vulnerable residents, the institutions tasked with providing the new services aren’t effectively doing so, according to a survey released Tuesday.

As part of the ambitious five-year initiative, called CalAIM, the state is supposed to offer the sickest and costliest patients a personal care manager and new services ranging from home-delivered healthy meals to help paying rental security deposits.

But a quarter of the health care insurers, nonprofit organizations, and others responsible for implementing the program don’t know enough about it to serve those in need, and many are not equipped to refer and enroll vulnerable patients, according to research by the California Health Care Foundation. (KFF Health News publishes California Healthline, an editorially independent service of the California Health Care Foundation.)

The survey found that only about half of primary care providers and hospital discharge planners are very or somewhat familiar with the initiative, even though they are essential to identifying patients and referring them for services.

“These workers are on the front lines and if they don’t know about it, that’s a pretty easy win to educate them so they can help more people,” said Melora Simon, an associate director at the foundation, which conducted the survey between July 21 and Sept. 12. The initiative debuted in January 2022.

“These workers are most likely to see people in the hospital, in crisis,” she added, and “have the opportunity to do something about it.”

The roughly two dozen managed care insurance companies serving patients in Medi-Cal, California’s Medicaid program for low-income people, are responsible for identifying and enrolling patients into the program, and providing the new services. To make this happen, they contract with local government agencies, community nonprofit groups, social service organizations, hospitals, community clinics, and more. Those organizations can also make referrals and link patients to new services. The foundation surveyed 1,196 of these so-called implementers.

Most of the respondents said state payment rates do not cover the cost of providing expensive social services, and half say the workforce they need to deliver them is “tapped out and overwhelmed.”

About 44% also cited inconsistencies and different rules imposed by managed care plans, making participation very or somewhat challenging. For example, some insurers provide on-the-spot Uber rides for doctor appointments while others offer only a bus pass. Plus, not all plans offer the same services.

The survey did pinpoint some early successes. For instance, about half of respondents said the initiative has enabled them to serve more people, and that their ability to manage the comprehensive needs of patients has gotten better.

Tony Cava, a spokesperson for the state Department of Health Care Services, which administers Medi-Cal, acknowledged that the survey findings “resonate” and said the state is working to streamline and standardize patient referrals and authorizations.

“Implementers are on board with the core goals, and we are seeing improvements. But there is room to increase familiarity with CalAIM and broaden and deepen networks,” Cava said.

He said CalAIM represents a major shift in how Medi-Cal delivers care, and that the “kind of seismic system change that we are undergoing takes time.”

“Rather than reactive, we are moving toward a system that is proactive and considers all factors affecting health — the social drivers of health — and not simply what may happen inside of a medical facility,” he added.

The department provides financial and technical assistance to implementers, though only about one-third of survey respondents have found the training, technical guidance, and other resources adequate.

Van Do-Reynoso, chief healthy equity officer for CenCal Health, the Medi-Cal health insurer serving Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo counties, acknowledged that it has been difficult to provide a full complement of CalAIM services. She cited a variety of obstacles such as inadequate reimbursement, lack of housing, and working with social services agencies unfamiliar with the health care system.

Nearly 3,000 CenCal enrollees are receiving CalAIM services, she said, many of them housing- and homelessness-related.

“We are working hard to better engage with hospital CEOs, community providers, and medical providers,” Do-Reynoso said. “People are getting housed. They’re practicing sobriety. It has only whetted our appetite to continue doing this work.”

When Newsom launched CalAIM, the Democratic governor promised it would transform Medi-Cal. The goal, his administration said, is to improve health and prevent people from winding up in costly institutions like the emergency room and jail, and to help move homeless people into housing.

It’s unclear how many of the 15.2 million Californians enrolled in Medi-Cal are eligible for new services and benefits, but several large populations qualify, including homeless Californians, people leaving jail or prison, foster children, people with severe mental illness or addiction, and older nursing home residents who want to transition home.

So far, about 141,000 Medi-Cal patients have a personal care manager through CalAIM, according to Cava, though hundreds of thousands more likely qualify. About 76,000 patients are receiving other social services, which are optional for plans to offer, he said.

In some cases, qualified Medi-Cal enrollees are turning down new services because they are being offered at the wrong time or by the wrong person, Simon said. For instance, a homeless person might not accept services from a police or code enforcement officer.

Insurers say they want to do more but need more help from the state.

“I am very hopeful that a year from now, we are going to be able to demonstrate even greater strides,” Do-Reynoso said. “What we hear often is what is reflected in the survey. We need higher rates, more communication, a more streamlined approval process.”

This article was produced by KFF Health News, which publishes California Healthline, an editorially independent service of the California Health Care Foundation. 

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Turtle Beach Stealth Ultra Controller Review – A Worthy Elite Series 2 Rival

Xbox owners haven’t had many wireless controller options in the Xbox Series X|S and Xbox One eras. Microsoft’s wireless protocol has largely been limited to standard first-party controller and high-end Elite Series 2. Great third-party wired controllers exist for Xbox, but we’re only now starting to see officially licensed wireless controllers from manufacturers outside of Microsoft. PowerA released a solid mid-range Xbox controller earlier this year, and now Turtle Beach has joined the party with the officially licensed Stealth Ultra, a premium alternative to the Elite Series 2. Turtle Beach’s Stealth Ultra is pricey at $200, but it’s an incredible controller that’s worth your consideration.


The Stealth Ultra retains the conventional Xbox controller layout. Though it doesn’t have the same heft to it as the Elite Series 2, it has superb ergonomics with textured grips and a premium finish. As far as inputs go, I actually prefer the Stealth Ultra to the Elite Series 2, which was a surprise since the Elite Series 2 has long been my favorite controller. Buttons, triggers, and sticks are a cut above their Elite Series 2 counterparts (and most controllers in general).

Face, shoulder, and rear buttons, as well as the D-pad, are all activated via microswitches. This reduces actuation distance, provides near-instant feedback, and produces a satisfying click comparable to pressing a gaming mouse. In addition to offering a higher level of precision, the microswitch buttons simply feel great. Turtle Beach is not the first manufacturer to implement microswitches into its controller; Razer’s Wolverine line for Xbox and PS5 offers microswitch inputs, too. If you’ve ever tried the Wolverine, the Stealth Ultra feels quite similar. If you’re new to microswitch inputs, you’re in for a treat.

There are four remappable back buttons built into the controller. These textured action buttons are located where your fingers tend to naturally rest, making them easily accessible. Back buttons and paddles are typically the first feature you expect with a competitive controller, and they don’t disappoint here. Microswitches are once again utilized to reduce input response time.

The one-piece, solid design of the Stealth Ultra’s D-pad looks peculiar at first glance, but my skepticism disappeared after spending some time with it. The recessed center is clever, allowing you to quickly pivot your thumb in any direction to register movements. Up, down, left, and right inputs are raised higher than diagonal directions that require pressing in two directions. It’s fairly similar to the default D-pad that comes with the Elite Series 2, with the main difference being the microswitches that offer increased speed.

We’ve seen an uptick of controller manufacturers combatting stick drift by using Hall Effect sensors. Unlike normal analog sticks, Hall Effect sticks don’t rely on components rubbing against each other to register movements. Instead, Hall Effect sticks use magnets to accomplish the same task. This makes the controller, in theory, immune to pesky stick drift. I can’t speak on the longevity of the Stealth Ultra’s sticks yet, but they feel excellent, and Turtle Beach is clearly quite confident in them–the word “antidrift” is emblazoned under each stick. Like other Turtle Beach products, the Stealth Ultra comes with a one-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Turtle Beach Stealth Ultra and charging dock

Unlike many other premium controllers, the Stealth Ultra doesn’t have swappable parts. Physical customization features are limited to trigger locks and two pairs of rubber caps that wrap around the default sticks. There’s a pair of concave caps and textured dome caps. The main benefit of these is they effectively make the sticks larger, so they could be useful for those with larger hands (the default analog stick toppers are the same size as the first-party Xbox controller). But you won’t find support for swappable D-pads or modules here. Considering all of the controls are exemplary already, the lack of swappable parts doesn’t feel like a meaningful loss–especially when there’s so much to love with the internal customization.

I saved this part for last because if the core experience with a $200 controller is anything short of amazing, it doesn’t really matter that it has a built-in display that can be used to tinker with all sorts of settings. But the Stealth Ultra, as a pure controller, is indeed very good, so its novel feature only enhances an already great device.

You can think of the small display as built-in customization software. Whereas the Elite Series 2, 8BitDo Ultimate, Razer Wolverine V2, and other pro-style controllers require a proprietary app to make in-depth adjustments, the Stealth Ultra lets you customize your experience on the fly. With the press of the “+” button, you can switch from controlling the action on your TV to tinkering with settings on the small color screen, dubbed the Connected Command Display.

Turtle Beach Stealth Ultra back buttons
Turtle Beach Stealth Ultra back buttons

Gallery

Turtle Beach gave players a lot to work with here. For starters, you can cycle through 10 different profiles–a lot more than the usual three for these sorts of controllers. Within each profile, you can remap the four back buttons on the fly, create dead zones for sticks and triggers, adjust vibration intensity on left and/or right sides, and modify lighting color and effects. You can remap the back buttons to most inputs, with one notable omission being RS and LS clicks. Since many games use a stick press to initiate a run, it’s always nice to map a back button to that action instead.

The Stealth Ultra has RGB light strips on the handles. My hands blocked a portion of the light strip while playing, but the lights were visible next to the face buttons and left stick. Along with a wide assortment of hues, the light strips can pulsate, cycle through multiple colors, breathe, etc. Plus, you can adjust the intensity of the effects. Gradient color settings didn’t appear to work sometimes on my controller, but overall the lighting features are pretty cool. Don’t worry, though–you can turn the lights off altogether, if you so choose.

Many of the cool features found in Turtle Beach’s other Xbox controllers are present here, too. The optional Pro-Aim Focus Mode can be activated by mapping it to one of the back buttons. When on, Pro-Aim temporarily alters thumbstick sensitivity, which you can use for things like long-range shots. With a wired headset connected to the 3.5mm audio jack, you can enhance and mix your audio with onboard presets and sliders. What’s cool here is that Turtle Beach’s presets, though built into the manufacturer’s headsets, work with any wired headset. The marquee one, Signature Sound, actually does produce crisper, cleaner audio–however, if you have a DAC, you’ll still want to use that instead. Other presets alter bass and treble, and the last of the four enhances voices (chat and in-game audio). You can also mix your audio and mic settings with sliders.

The Connected Command Display can also display your notifications if you sync your phone to your Stealth Ultra. It’s a quirky feature that I guess stops you from looking at your phone while playing (though you’re still looking away from the screen and can’t respond on the controller). Personally, receiving texts or social media notifications while gaming sounds hellish to me, but this will probably be of interest to some. Plus, it has some gaming utility if you use Discord while playing online.

Connected Command Display
Connected Command Display

Being able to manage settings on the controller itself is a very convenient and useful feature. However, if you want to tinker with settings on a larger display, Turtle Beach has released Control Center 2, a new PC and Xbox app that syncs to the Stealth Ultra. Both versions of the app work fairly well and have easy-to-use layouts. The main issue I experienced is the app detected the wrong aspect ratio for multiple of my monitors, so I had to tinker with it to see all of the fields. The mobile version of the app is mainly for notifications, but you can cycle through profiles on it.

Though I focused on Xbox in this review, the Stealth Ultra is every bit as good on PC. In addition to supporting the 2.4GHz dongle used for the wireless connection on Xbox, you can sync the Stealth Ultra via Bluetooth on PC (as well as Android). Alternatively, you can use the lengthy USB-C to USB-A cable provided in the box for a wired connection. I didn’t notice any input latency with the dongle connection–it works as well as official Xbox controllers.

I was able to get 25-30 hours of battery life on a full charge with the LED lights turned off. Your mileage here will certainly vary based on lighting effects as well as screen-brightness settings. But if you run out of juice while playing, the Stealth Ultra’s docking station–which shares its style with the Elite Series 2–will fully charge the battery in two hours. The controller, dock, and cable can be stored in the main compartment of the included hardshell case. A small zippered pocket has enough room for the thumbstick caps and dongle.

The bottom line

The Turtle Beach Stealth Ultra is a worthy competitor to the Elite Series 2. At $200, it’s pricier, especially when you consider how often Microsoft’s pro-style controller is on sale, but the feature set offered here makes it stand out in a big way. Premium build quality, well-designed controls, and the onboard suite of customization features make the Stealth Ultra a controller that’s hard to knock in any meaningful way. Unlike some third-party alternatives for competing platforms, you’re not losing out on any major features by opting for Turtle Beach over Microsoft (except being able to turn your console on with the Xbox button). While I still think the Elite Series 2’s weighty feel is unrivaled, everything else on the Stealth Ultra is a notch above. The big question mark with the Stealth Ultra is how all the internal tech, specifically the screen, will hold up over time. If other manufacturers release Elite Series 2 competitors, the Stealth Ultra will be hard to beat. The bar has been set very high.


Disclosure: Turtle Beach provided a sample of the Stealth Ultra to test for this review.

Night sweats reveal the severity of sleep apnea

A collaborative effort between the University of Córdoba and IMIBIC uses, for the first time, changes in sweat metabolism to diagnose the severity of sleep apnea

In Greek, apnea (ἄπνοια) denotes the “absence of breathing.” Hence, obstructive sleep apnea is a disease defined by interruptions in breathing, which recurs while the person suffering from it is asleep. A feeling of breathlessness, fatigue and drowsiness are symptoms that patients suffer. This disease is also related to the incidence of cardiovascular disorders, so to deal with these related problems, adequate diagnosis of the severity of the disease is necessary.

Alterations in the metabolism of people with sleep apnea are key to determining the severity of the disease. These changes are usually analyzed in blood or urine. However, in search of a less invasive and more accessible alternative, a team from the Department of Analytical Chemistry at the University of Córdoba and the Maimonides Institute for Biomedical Research in Córdoba (IMIBIC), formed by researchers Laura Castillo, Mónica Calderón, Feliciano Priego and Bernabé Jurado, has verified, for the first time, the potential of sweat samples to ascertain the severity of sleep apnea.

“By analyzing sweat metabolome and its alterations, mainly at night, we were able to see what stage of the disease the patients were in,” explains Laura Castillo, the study’s lead author. For her, the advantages of using sweat over other samples are clear: “it is a non-invasive and clean sample since, unlike the case with blood, we don’t have to remove proteins, and it’s much easier to analyze and detect metabolites.”

In this study, sweat samples from before and after sleep were analyzed from a series of individuals with sleep apnea at different stages, as well as from a control group without the disease.

In these samples, using the gas chromatography technique, coupled with high-resolution mass spectrometry, 78 metabolites were identified and their changes were studied, mostly related to energy production and oxidative stress. “We could see how the sweat metabolism itself indicates those alterations during sleep as a result of which the person’s energy production worsens and their oxidative stress increases,” says Castillo. Thus, with a personalized follow-up using the sweat excreted during the sleep of a person with the disease, its development can be tracked, and its possible effects, such as cardiovascular problems, can be monitored. This metabolomic profile also made it possible, in the trial, to distinguish between those who suffered from the disease and those who did not have it and belonged to the control group.

An index to learn more about the disease

In addition to establishing sweat as a good sentinel when it comes to determining the stage of the disease, this work also reveals the importance of taking into account the oxygen desaturation index when diagnosing it.

The diagnosis of sleep apnea is currently based on the Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI), which measures sleep apnea based on the episodes of shortness of breath one suffers per hour (for example, the disease is severe when one has 30 or more episodes per hour). According to the team, this index “does not provide all the information about the disease or the patient’s situation at a given time” since it counts how many events there are, but not their severity.

Therefore, in their study they also verify the importance of using the oxygen desaturation index, which shows how serious the episodes are by measuring the number of events in which oxygen saturation has decreased by more than 3%. After verifying the linear relationship between this index and the AHI, its validity has been confirmed, since, in addition to the data provided by the AHI, it also measures severity, taking into account oxygen saturation loss.

Guide to Spain’s Galicia’s gastro galaxy- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

Far from touristy Barcelona and the party beaches of Ibiza, Galicia is the ideal place to start your own Spanish gastronomic pilgrimage. An autonomous region, it is tucked away in the north-western corner of the country, with Portugal at its southern border and the wild Atlantic crashing on its shores. It’s also the end point of Camino de Santiago, a network of ancient routes to the shrine of Saint James in the cathedral of Santiago de Compostela.

After visiting the monumental cathedral, head over to Mercado de Abastos (food market) in the old town. While a market has been at this spot for three centuries, the current building dating back to 1941 comprises a series of long, light-filled halls with soaring ceilings. Its stalls are filled with the region’s freshest fruits and vegetables, meats, and—given Galicia’s long coastline—plenty of seafood. You will also find Galician DO (designation of origin) cheese like the creamy Cebreiro, smoky San Simón da Costa and the buttery Queso Tetilla, named for its pear shape with a pointed top (tetilla is Spanish for nipple).

It is likely that the produce you see in the market will be on your plate at one of the many eateries in town. In the bright and cheerful A Noiesa restaurant, try delicacies like pimientos de padrón (small peppers blistered in oil with a sprinkle of sea salt) and empanada (savoury pie stuffed with meat or seafood). “When in Galicia, don’t ask for paella,” says guide Ruben Araúxo; instead order arroz con mariscos, a rice casserole with assorted seafood like mussels, clams, scallops, etc. Unlike paella, the dish comes to the table with some stock still in the pot.

seafood platter

As you eat, the liquid gets absorbed into the rice giving it a rich flavour. If you’re keen to see where the shellfish comes from, an hour’s drive south of Santiago de Compostela will bring you to the coastal town of O Grove, where the Rías Baixas estuary meets the Atlantic Ocean. Hop on a catamaran to visit the shellfish farms that dot the waters; round off the experience with on-board lunch—either a huge shellfish platter or all-you-can-eat mussels.

An iconic dish of the region is pulpo a la Gallega or Galician-style octopus. It’s a traditional street snack; fishermen would cook freshly netted octopus in large copper pots. Try it at Casa Gazpara in O Carballiño where it’s prepared in traditional style, albeit in a stainless steel vessel. The octopus is slowly boiled in water, sliced and generously drizzled with olive oil, and finally dusted with salt and sweet paprika. It’s usually eaten with boiled potato and crusty bread on the side.

When it comes to Galician desserts, there’s no escaping tarta de Santiago or cake of Santiago. A rich cake made with almond flour and dusted with powdered sugar, it often features the elaborate cross of Saint James on top. Most restaurants serve it, and your hotel will certainly have it on the breakfast buffet. If you want to bring it back home, visit the Casal Cotón store in the old town.

Mercado de Abastos

Galicia produces excellent wines across five DO regions—Rías Baixas, Ribeiro, Ribeira Sacra, Valdeorras and Monterrei. At Pazo de Rubianes in Rías Baixas, successive generations of the same family have been making wine since the 15th century. The manor house’s extensive gardens and vineyards are open for visiting, followed by a wine-tasting of their crisp, aromatic white wines made from Albariño grapes.

At the other end of the spectrum are the elegant, fruity reds from Ribeira Sacra made with Mencía grapes. Here, they practise ‘heroic viticulture’, making wine against geographical odds. The vineyards stand on steep mountain slopes (an average of 45 degrees) overlooking the Sil River. Harvesting is a manual and strenuous process. The best place to witness this is at Regina Viarum, which offers an immersive winery tour followed by a tasting session on a glass balcony with spectacular views of the river canyon.

As a by-product of the wine-making process, many wineries also produce a distilled grape spirit called orujo. It is often flavoured with herbs or coffee beans and consumed as a digestif. It is also used to make the fiery punchqueimada. Orujo, sugar, coffee beans, lemon zest and cinnamon are mixed in a large clay bowl, and then set on fire while chanting Gallego spells. In a land where superstitions rule supreme, it’s a delicious way to ward off evil spirits.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Law School Experience: Gujarat National Law University

Disclaimer: Law School Experiences are the personal opinions of a particular student about their college. These pieces are NOT Lawctopus’ official take on the law school.

Name of the student

Dev Shroff

Full name of your college

Gujarat National Law University

State/UT of your college

Gujarat

Tell us a few good things about your law college.

My law college boasts a myriad of commendable features that make it truly exceptional. To begin with, the college takes pride in its outstanding placement record, ensuring that students are presented with remarkable career opportunities upon graduation.

This commitment to securing their futures underscores the institution’s dedication to its students’ success. Moreover, the fact that a significant portion of the administrative and teaching staff converse in my mother tongue, Gujarati, fosters a comfortable and conducive learning environment. This linguistic alignment not only aids in better comprehension but also creates a sense of belonging.

The college strikes a harmonious balance between academic pursuits and extracurricular activities, recognizing the importance of holistic development. This enables students to not only excel in their studies but also to explore their interests outside the classroom. The inclusion of engaging and enjoyable law subjects in the curriculum adds an element of excitement to learning, fostering a deeper understanding of the subject matter.

Finally, the sprawling and picturesque campus serves as an inspiring backdrop to the academic journey, creating a serene atmosphere that encourages learning and growth. All these aspects combined make my law college an institution of excellence that nurtures both academic accomplishments and personal development.

Mention a few bad things about your law college.

While my law college certainly has its strengths, it’s important to acknowledge a few areas where improvements could be made.

Firstly, there have been instances where the administrative department has taken some time to respond to student grievances, causing delays in addressing important concerns. Additionally, the quality of the mess food leaves something to be desired, as not all students find it suited to their tastes or dietary preferences.

Moreover, the absence of air conditioning in the hostel rooms can be uncomfortable, especially during hot weather. However, it’s worth noting that these drawbacks are overshadowed by the numerous positive aspects of the college.

The strong placement record, linguistic comfort with staff, balanced approach to academics and extracurriculars, engaging law subjects, and the campus’ scenic beauty collectively create an enriching and fulfilling educational experience.

How has your experience in law college been till now?

Well, let me tell you, my journey through law college has been nothing short of an adventure-filled roller coaster ride!

From diving headfirst into uncharted waters to trying out sports I didn’t even know existed (I’m convinced I invented a few new ones by accident), my college experience has been wonderfully chaotic. Anchoring events boosted my confidence to the point that I now introduce myself to theme music wherever I go.

I’ve managed to master the art of juggling more roles than a Shakespearean actor—from being an international table tennis whiz to acing my studies and even joining the keyboard symphony while deciphering the secrets of becoming a company secretary.

I was part of so many organising committees that I think I’ve started believing I’m the ‘committee whisperer.’ College fests? Oh, I didn’t attend them; I practically headlined them (or at least that’s what I keep telling my room mirror).

So, yes, my studies remained a priority, but so did my quest to prove that sleep is optional. All in all, if law college were a circus, I’d be the multitasking clown juggling statutes, sports, and sarcasm in equal measure!

How’s the faculty?

The faculty at my law college is truly remarkable. They approach teaching with dedication and diligence, particularly when it comes to the intricate world of law subjects. While there might be a few exceptions, the majority of the professors are certainly up to the mark.

Their expertise and commitment shine through in their lectures and interactions with students, fostering a conducive learning environment. Their guidance ensures that we receive a comprehensive education that equips us with the complexities of the legal field.

Rated: 4/5

How’s the infrastructure (except for hostels)?

The infrastructure at my law college is truly impressive, offering a wide range of facilities that cater to diverse interests and needs. For sports enthusiasts, the college boasts extensive facilities, including a cricket field, a football field, an indoor arena, and even a volleyball court, providing ample space for students to stay active and engaged.

The pride of the campus is its sprawling library, which is the largest among all the National Law Universities, offering a treasure trove of resources for both academic and personal growth. The moot rooms are designed to simulate real-world legal scenarios, allowing students to hone their advocacy skills in a practical setting. The presence of mess and night mess facilities ensures that students’ gastronomic needs are well taken care of at all hours.

Separate hostels for boys and girls offer a sense of security and convenience. The administrative block stands as a testament to the institution’s organisational efficiency and commitment to excellence. All in all, the college’s infrastructure creates an environment that promotes holistic development and enriches academic pursuits.

Rated: 4/5

How’s your hostel experience?

Ah, the hostel life—it started as a bit of a weather rollercoaster. In the summer, I was living in a portable sauna, and come winter, I could have given polar bears a run for their money in the insulation department.

It was like my room had mood swings—hot and bothered one moment, and then cold and standoffish the next. And let’s not even get started on the common bathrooms. I became a bathroom ninja, timing my visits with military precision to avoid the morning rush. But hey, over time, I guess I got accustomed to this ‘extreme temperature emotional training.’

And amidst all the temperature drama, there was some order—the infrastructure was surprisingly adequate, and the regular cleaning gave my room a sense of cleanliness that I can only compare to a freshly laundered judge’s robe. So yes, hostel life threw me into the ring with the elements, but I emerged battle-hardened and with a newfound appreciation for thermostats and bathroom schedules!

Rated: 3/5

How are your peers?

My peers are an incredible bunch—a supportive and friendly community that’s like having a personalized squad of legal superheroes. The best part? No capes are required. From day one, I realized that the era of menacing ragging was nowhere to be found—just a bunch of fellow students who were more interested in camaraderie than causing chaos.

Need help with notes? No problem. Confused about a concept? They’ve got my back. Whether it’s a quick chat in the hallway or a full-blown study session, they’re always approachable and willing to share their knowledge. The bond we share is stronger than a contract written in titanium—a mutual understanding that we’re all in this together, ready to lend a hand and an ear whenever needed. So yeah, my peers are basically my legal family, and I’m lucky to have a team that’s got my legal six any day of the week.

Rated: 5/5

How are the placements at your law college?

The placement scenario at my law college is truly promising and diverse. A significant number of the top rankers secure placements in renowned Tier 1 law firms, which is a testament to the quality of education and training we receive. However, the spectrum of opportunities doesn’t end there. Many of my peers opt for in-house counsel roles, carving out a niche within corporate entities.

A considerable portion also pursue careers in litigation, embracing the courtroom with determination. Some choose the path of the judiciary, aiming to contribute to the legal system from the bench. It’s not just about law firms and courtrooms, though.

A considerable portion of students are gearing up for various professional exams like UPSC, CA, and CS, showcasing the versatility of our education. With a commendable placement rate of almost 50% every year, it’s evident that the college is dedicated to fostering well-rounded legal professionals who can shine across a wide array of legal avenues.

Rated: 5/5

How are the co-curricular activities at your law college?

The co-curricular activities at my law college are an embodiment of variety and vibrancy. From cultural extravaganzas that showcase our creative sides to academic pursuits that challenge our intellect, and even sporty endeavours that keep us active and engaged—you name it, we’ve got it covered. It’s like a buffet of opportunities, and trust me, we’re all grabbing our plates and digging in.

The college is a hub of committees, clubs, and research centres that cater to a wide range of interests. Whether you’re inclined towards debating, environmental awareness, legal aid, or just about anything else under the sun, there’s a place for you to flourish.

Our co-curricular activities are not just on paper; they’re pulsating with life and energy. It’s like a bustling carnival of knowledge, creativity, and teamwork that ensures there’s never a dull moment on campus. In short, we’re not just learning the law; we’re living it in every way possible.

Rated: 5/5

What are some of the things you’d advise a first-year student who enters your college?

Welcome aboard, future legal eagle! First things first, take a deep breath and remind yourself that it’s okay to feel a tad overwhelmed initially. Trust me, everyone’s been there. The journey might seem like a steep mountain at the start, but you’ll soon find your rhythm and soar.

Embrace the experience with an open mind; there’s a world of exciting opportunities waiting for you. From the classroom to the sports field, cultural events to committees, there’s a whole universe to explore. And here’s a little secret: the friendships you’ll forge here will be like legal bonds—unbreakable and full of support.

Remember, when the going gets tough (and it will), reach out for help—whether from peers, faculty, or even yours truly. We’re all in this together, and your journey is about to be an incredible one. Strap in and get ready to write your legal saga!

Is there anything else you’d like to mention?

Join GNLU; it will all be worth it in the end!

This Law School Experience was submitted by Dev Shroff, a 3rd-year student of Gandhinagar National Law University, through Priti Kumari (Lawctopus’ Campus Leader)

Disclaimer: Law School Experiences are opinions shared by individual law students and tend to be personal and subjective in nature. The law school experiences shared on Lawctopus are NOT Lawctopus’ official views on the law school. We also do not edit law school experiences (except to ensure readability) to ensure that the author’s voice remains intact.

Year-end travel 2023: Have ₹1 lakh? Kazakhstan is an option | Travel

Kazakhstan (name Kazakh translates to wanderer or independent), the largest country in Central Asia and the world’s largest landlocked country once upon a time fell on the main route of the Great Silk Road that ran through the south of the country. And some of the cities as old as time are still existing today. Known for its mineral resources and historical remnants, Kazakhstan is a thing of beauty – from verdant mountain plateaus, turquoise lakes to ornate mosques, buildings & monuments narrating the days of its Soviet parentage and bustling cities where the modern and the traditional both walk together. (Also read: Year-end travel: 10 adventure hotspots in India )

This new year, if your holiday budget is 1 lakh, travel to Kazakhstan, the world’s largest landlocked country.(Pixabay)

In 2024, throw a dart on a map of not-so-explored destinations and head to Kazakhstan. And you do not have to loosen the pursestrings much, 1 lakh is a good budget for a 5-7 day trip including return flights.

Stay tuned with breaking news on HT Channel on Facebook. Join Now

Here’s a quick guide to must see/eat/do in Kazakhstan and a few packages that fits a budget traveller’s pocket perfectly.

Important cities: Almaty, Astana, Shymkent, Baikonur, Semey, Aktau, Karaganda, Turkistan, Aktobe.

Must-see/do: Aral Mountains, Baikonur Cosmodrome, Kaindy Lake, Bayzhansay Ghost Town, Valley of Balls, The last wild apple forest (Fuji & granny Smith apples can be traced to Kazakhstan), Zharkent Mosque, Charyn Canyon, Zelyony Bazaar, Ascension Cathedral, Ruins of Sauran, Balbals of Oskemen, Stronger Than Death Monument, ALZhiR Museum-Memorial Complex, Lake Balkhash, one of the largest lakes in the world. Do not miss the Silk Route tour. Take time out for wildlife adventure – there are 14 national parks, 10 nature reserves, 7 reserves.

Must-eat:

• Sucuk or sujuk, a semi-dry, spicy sausage.

• Lagman or latiaozi (literally, pulled noodles) that comes in various combinations.

• Kespe, a soup made with noodles, lentils, and yogurt

• Beshbarmak (literally, 5 fingers), a dish made of horse, mutton, beef, or a combination of those meat served along thin pasta squares.

• Baursak, a fried bread.

• Kumis, fermented horse milk, is the country’s national drink.

What to buy: Kazakhstan chocolate, Kurt (a high-caloric sour milk product), Kamcha (a traditional wooden wall hanging to ward off evil eye), clothes & souvenirs made of felt, decorative yurts (miniature version of nomads’ house), traditional headdresses and costumes.

Where to buy: Esentai Mall, Zelyony Bazaar, Dusty Plaza, Maga Alam-Ata, Fashion Avenue, Almaty Mall, Colibri.

Packages:

Highlights of Kazakhstan: 7 days

Itinerary: Almaty – Big Almaty Lake – Astana – Almaty – Charyn Canyon

Price: Starts at 209,000 Tenge (INR 38,000)

Book on: visitkazakhstan.kz

Nature Parks of Almaty: 10 days

Itinerary: Almaty – Altyn Emel – Charyn Canyon – Ile Alatau – Almaty

Book on: visitkazakhstan.kz

Baikonur Spaceport Tour: 3 days

Price: Starts at 157,000 Tenge (INR 29,000)

Book on: visitkazakhstan.kz

Fishing in the delta of Ili river: 6 nights/7 days

Itinerary: Almaty – Aral-Tobe – Beimene passage – Aral-Tobe village – Almaty

Book on: visitkazakhstan.kz

Classical Kazakhstan: 3 nights/4 days

Price: Starts at INR 45,000+

Book on: thomascook.in

Stunning Kazakhstan: 4 nights/5 days

Price: Starts at INR 66,000+

Book on: thomascook.in

Simply Almaty: 3 nights/4 days

Price: Starts at INR 38,000+ (includes return flight)

Book on: makemytrip.com

Return Flight (Economy): New Delhi-Almaty-New Delhi starts at INR 25,000+.

Visa: Indian passport holders can enter Kazakhstan for a stay of 14 days without any visa. The Kazakhstan government permits 3 trips within 180 days with a maximum stay of 14 days per trip, i.e., 42 days in a 180-day period.

Good to know:

Currency: 1 Kazakh Tenge = 0.18 INR

Language: English is not as widely spoken as it is in Western Europe but you can easily manage even if you do not know a word of Russian, the country’s lingua franca.

Local transport: Metro is only available in Almaty. Short, medium-length trips can be done with intercity buses. Taxis are available at bus/railway stations. Trains are a good option. You can also rent self-drive cars.

Wi-fi: Check with hotel/restaurants/cafes for free wi-fi.

Security tips: Exercise high degree of caution.

• Beware of pickpockets in malls, buses, parks, shopping areas

• Don’t walk or travel alone, especially at nigh

• Don’t wear flashy jewellery or carry large amounts of cash

• Be vigilant if approached by strangers seeking assistance

• If you’re threatened, hand over valuables without resistance

• Ensure that your belongings, including your passport and other travel documents, are secure at all times

• Pay careful attention when others are handling your credit/debit cards.

• Thieves posing as police officers approach foreign travellers and ask them to pay alleged fines. Insist on going to the police station to pay fine.

• If you have booked airport transfer, check the id of the driver before getting into the car.

GSK adds to ADC dealmaking with second Chinese biotech pact

Dive Brief:

  • GSK is deepening its investment in cancer treatments called antibody-drug conjugates, announcing Wednesday plans to pay $185 million to China-based Hansoh Pharma to license an experimental drug that has shown promise in lung, bone and soft tissue cancers.
  • Per deal terms, GSK could owe up to $1.5 billion in additional fees based on achievement of certain milestones, along with royalties for sales outside China and nearby markets where Hansoh will retain commercial rights. It is similar in scale to a deal the two companies signed in October for a Phase 1 drug being tested in gynecological cancer.
  • Spurred on by the success of drugs like AstraZeneca’s Enhertu, big drugmakers have spent billions of dollars this year to lock up rights to antibody-drug conjugates. Pfizer paid $43 billion to acquire developer Seagen, which has four marketed ADCs, and AbbVie paid $10 billion for ImmunoGen, while Merck & Co., Eli Lilly, Bristol Myers Squibb and BioNTech all signed licensing deals.

Dive Insight:

The recent rush of investment into ADCs contrasts with their first arrival on the market. Pfizer launched Mylotarg in 2000 to treat leukemia, but later withdrew and reintroduced it at a lower dose. The second ADC approved in the U.S., Seagen’s Adcetris, didn’t come for another 11 years.

Since then, nearly a dozen more have been introduced, sparking additional interest in the drug class. They combine the tumor-targeting capabilities of engineered antibodies with the tumor-killing capacity of chemotherapies, delivering more potent treatments directly to engineered tissues while minimizing side effects.

GSK successfully launched an ADC, Blenrep, the first drug to target a protein called BCMA that is found on multiple myeloma cells. It was pulled from the market in 2022 after failing a confirmatory trial, but could be on track for reintroduction now that it’s undergone additional clinical study.

With its Hansoh deals, GSK is moving toward solid tissue tumors. The ADC involved in Wednesday’s deal is called HS-20093 and targets an immunoregulatory protein called B7-H3. It is paired with a chemotherapy known as a topoisomerase inhibitor that’s similar to what’s used in Enhertu.

At the American Society of Clinical Oncology meeting in May, Hansoh reported data from a Phase 1 dose-finding trial in people with small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, sarcoma and other types of solid tumors who had undergone at least three previous treatment lines. Fourteen of 40 evaluable patients in that trial saw their tumors shrink after treatment with HS-20093.

The October deal with Hansoh was for an experimental project called HS-20089, which targets a different tumor-specific antigen called B7-H4 but is also combined with a topoisomerase inhibitor. GSK paid $85 million upfront for rights outside of China, with $1.5 billion in success-based milestones and sales royalties potentially due.

GSK hasn’t been alone in looking to China for ADC innovation. Earlier this month, Bristol Myers signed a deal with SystImmune, a U.S.-based subsidiary of Sichuan Biokin Pharmaceutical, for an ADC in testing for breast and lung cancer. Last year, Merck formed a broad partnership with Kelun-Biotech.

Harnessing Mobility: How Walkin’ Wheels Dog Wheelchairs Enhance Physical Therapy

The Walkin’ Wheels dog wheelchair is a mobility assist device that provides dogs with the support they need to stay active. The Walkin’ Wheels wheelchair features full adjustability in length, width, and height to offer pets a customized fit. Many injured or paralyzed dogs will use a wheelchair during recovery and for additional support during physical therapy sessions.  

It’s essential to keep all dogs active, especially the older ones or those that face mobility issues. When a dog suffers from mobility challenges, it may become inactive, leading to weight gain and muscle loss, which can further exacerbate its condition. Incorporating a wheelchair into physical therapy is a great way to support your dog as they work to stand, walk, and work through their various exercises.  

The Role of Walkin’ Wheels Dog Wheelchairs in Physical Therapy  

Supporting Mobility with Walkin’ Wheels 

Although the exercises and methodology will vary by dog, a rehab specialist will work with your dog during physical therapy to build up muscle strength and increase range of motion and flexibility. Introducing a wheelchair can aid in maintaining and improving mobility. The cart’s support will reduce the pressure placed on a dog’s limbs while encouraging them to walk and continue to use their back legs. Some pets may rely on a wheelchair for all exercise, whereas other dogs may only need a wheelchair for a short period of time as they build up their strength and stamina.  

Choosing the right cart for your dog’s physical therapy is crucial and depends on the area that most needs support. Walkin’ Wheels rear wheelchairs offer support to weak hind legs, while the full-support wheelchair is designed to aid both front and back legs. The Walkin’ Wheels wheelchair is the most adaptable canine cart available. A dog undergoing rehabilitation may begin with a quad wheelchair, and as their front legs regain strength, the front attachment can be removed only to support the hind end. For those with a progressive condition such as DM, the rear cart can be converted into a full support wheelchair as needed. 

Enhancing Physical Therapy Outcomes with Walkin’ Wheels 

A wheelchair helps assist your pet in remaining active and getting exercise. Their cart can help enhance their physical therapy sessions by helping a dog stay upright in a natural standing position, work on maintaining their balance, and reduce the weight placed in their legs as their therapist works with them. Not only does this significantly benefit their physical well-being, but in between sessions, the cart can be used to support your dog on their daily walks and make it easier for them to go potty. Your dog’s wheelchair can be used daily and consistently to help them to stay mobile. When used in conjunction with physical therapy, a wheelchair can help improve your dog’s quality of life.  

Preparing for Physical Therapy with a Walkin’ Wheels Dog Wheelchair  

Consultation with a Veterinarian 

Your veterinarian plays a key role in helping you decide if your dog is a good candidate for a dog wheelchair. Treating canine mobility loss begins with a diagnosis. Your veterinarian will work to help you understand the underlying cause of your dog’s mobility loss and develop a treatment plan that best fits your pet’s needs.  

A veterinarian will assess your dog’s need for a Walkin’ Wheels wheelchair based on their gait and overall mobility. Determining if a wheelchair is the best choice for your pet often begins with a simple towel test. In this test, your vet will support your dog’s hind end – if the dog can walk forward while supported, they are an excellent candidate for a dog wheelchair. It’s important to understand that a wheelchair is only one piece of your dog’s treatment plan. Your dog’s therapy plan will include other methods of treatment as well, including pain management and various therapies. Your dog’s tailored therapy plan may include hydrotherapy, massage, exercises, acupuncture, and laser therapy, to name just a few.  

Choosing the Right Walkin’ Wheels Wheelchair 

The Walkin’ Wheels wheelchair is available in a range of sizes – the right cart for your dog will be determined based on your dog’s weight and rear leg height, as well as their condition. Here’s a quick guide to choosing the right cart for your dog based on their diagnosis: 

Rear Wheelchair 

  • Intervertebral Disc Disease 
  • Early-stage Degenerative Myelopathy (only back legs effected)  
  • Hip Dysplasia 
  • Knee injury – such as a CCL or ACL tears 
  • Hind limb paralysis  
  • Osteoarthritis in the hind legs 
  • General difficulty walking  
  • Occasional loss of balance 
  • Surgical recovery 

Full Support Wheelchair 

  • Cerebellar Hypoplasia 
  • Late-stage Degenerative Myelopathy (both back and front legs impacted) 
  • Neurological conditions 
  • Loss of strength in all four legs 
  • Balance struggles  
  • Additional stability for front limb amputations 

Proper fitting is critical to ensure your dog gets adequate support in their Walkin’ Wheels wheelchair. During therapy sessions, it’s pretty common for a dog’s body to change. This means the fit of your dog’s cart may need to be adjusted throughout their treatment. Luckily, an adjustable dog wheelchair can adapt to any physical changes in your dog’s body. If a dog gains or loses weight, the wheelchair width can be adjusted to accommodate. An adjustable wheelchair is ideal for dogs that are still growing, as that cart can grow with them.  

Check in regularly with your veterinarian over the course of your dog’s therapy treatments. Your rehab specialist should keep your vet up to date on your dog’s progress, but make sure to schedule regular vet visits so that your vet can help advise your dog’s treatment plan as needed. Sometimes, a dog’s progress may seem very gradual, but a lot can happen in a short time, and your vet may see a significant change that isn’t noticeable to you.  

Incorporating the Walkin’ Wheels Dog Wheelchair into Physical Therapy  

Introduction of Walkin’ Wheels 

Dog wheelchair for dog rehabilitation therapy

The timing of when your dog should begin using the Walkin’ Wheels wheelchair during therapy will be decided by your veterinarian and rehab specialist. For example, a dog in physical therapy after surgery will likely need to wait until their wounds are healed before using a wheelchair. A gradual introduction is also likely for a dog dealing with a spinal condition, like IVDD, which often requires weeks of crate rest before the dog is cleared for using a wheelchair. Other pets may be able to start using a cart much sooner. Always work with your veterinarian to decide when the time is right for your dog to begin using a wheelchair in therapy.  

When your dog gets the all-clear for wheelchair use, understand that introducing them to their new wheels will be on their own time. A gradual introduction of your dog’s cart may be needed. Your dog’s therapist may only recommend wheelchair use for a short duration at the beginning or during specific exercises. Many pets need to build up their stamina and will gradually increase their cart time over a few weeks. And remember that using a wheelchair is as new to your dog as it will be to you. Positive reinforcement and patience are crucial to helping your dog adjust to their new wheelchair.  

Targeted Exercises with the Walkin’ Wheels 

How and when your dog uses their new wheelchair for physical therapy will depend on the guidance of your physical therapist and may change over time. Here are a few examples of how your dog’s cart may be used during therapy sessions: 

  • Patterning and gait training – the wheelchair will support your dog as the therapist physically moves your dog’s feet to encourage them to step and move their back legs.  
  • Underwater treadmill – provides balance and keeps pets upright as they work through treadmill exercises.  
  • Flexion and extension – to help open the knee and or hip to promote range of motion.  
  • Therapy stands – used for additional support during acupuncture, massage, or laser therapies. 
  • Strength training – supportive aid during exercises to promote strength and stamina   

All these different therapies and exercises complement your dog’s use of the Walkin’ Wheels and are often done simultaneously with wheelchair exercises. A multi-modal approach is often the best choice to improve a dog’s mobility and well-being.  

Real-Life Success Stories with Walkin’ Wheels 

LuLu our beagle puppy is recovering from a spinal operation. The wheels have done miracles in helping her learn to walk again. She has not fully recovered yet but progress with the wheels has been great. 

– Lemual C. Stewart Jr. (Lulu’s dad)

Cutter’s cart has been amazing and a godsend. It has really improved her walking – even on her own! I’ve spread the word about you guys to tons of people around here & in Boston! 

– Dr. Julie Zitz, DVM, DACVS, MA

Paralyzed dog uses wheelchair during water therapy

Some of the things that I really like about it, one is cost. Cost is a reasonable cost that most owners can absorb and the adjustability. The adjustability also gives us the benefit of, as they improve to maybe allow them to try and use their rear legs more when maybe in the beginning, their rear legs had to be just elevated. And there are different components, different harnesses, different attachments that allow a dog to be maybe not completely weight bearing, where the rear legs are held up in stirrups to a lower level of support where they can exercise more with a cart for support, but more using their own limbs by themselves. 

– Dr. David Levine, PT, PHD, DPT, CCRP 

Conclusion

Incorporating a Walkin’ Wheels dog wheelchair into your dog’s physical therapy will encourage them to walk and build their strength over time. With the wheelchair’s support, your dog can easily manage their exercises while limiting the risk of further injury and promoting overall wellness. During therapy, your dog will work to regain their leg strength and muscle tone through structured exercise, while the wheelchair lessens the weight placed on aching joints and helps them stay active for longer. If your pet is facing mobility changes, talk to your veterinarian about exploring the Walkin’ Wheels as a possible solution for your best friend. It’s always important to seek professional guidance before beginning any rehabilitation plan. Provide contact information for inquiries or assistance with Walkin’ Wheels dog wheelchairs. 

Does your dog use a Walkin’ Wheels dog wheelchair already? We’d love to hear your dog’s success story or experience with using Walkin’ Wheels during physical therapy. Please share in the comments below or email us at [email protected] 

Buy a full support dog wheelchair

The most important lesson to teach your children about money

We live in a world of consumption, where people seek immediate gratification with the latest and greatest gadgets and products as soon as they hit the shelves.

Think about Apple and the ridiculously long line of people who queue for their updated iPhones!

When it comes to money management and becoming rich, though, patience and delayed gratification make all the difference.

Patient people are more likely to save their pennies than seek “easy” (and expensive) credit because they are happy to wait for a new car or big-screen TV.

They don’t have to have it all yesterday!

The power of delaying

One of the common Rich Habits that I’ve found among successful people is their ability to delay gratification.

Successful people possess higher patience and an aptitude to postpone the enjoyment of their work.

They have the ability to work hard to accomplish a goal that isn’t achieved for a long time.

Learning to delay gratification rather than seeking immediate satisfaction is essential for success, particularly when it comes to things like investing, business and making money.

Yet it’s not easy to change ingrained habits and the approaches to life that you’ve been practicing since childhood, but once you’re aware of the importance of the concept of delayed gratification, it’s entirely doable.

Start with small alterations to your thought patterns by acknowledging your habits intended to provide immediate gratification.

Remember, if it comes too quickly, chances are you will lose it again just as easily.

All good things take time!

As Warren Buffet wisely said: “Wealth is the transfer of money from the impatient to the patient.”

What does delayed gratification mean?

If you’re wondering what I’m on about let me explain…

The definition of delayed or deferred gratification is the ability to resist the temptation for an immediate reward and therefore wait for a later reward.

The later reward is generally much larger than the immediate one, and that’s why it’s worth the wait.

Research into the ability to delay gratification shows that there are a number of other positive outcomes from this skill, including academic success, physical and psychological health, and social competence.

Similarly, a person’s ability to delay gratification relates to other skills such as patience, impulse, self-control, and willpower, which are all involved in self-regulatory behaviour.

So, if we think about the rich and successful, one of their key Rich Habits is the ability to delay a smaller instant reward for a later more generous one.

But we need to remember that this skill isn’t natural for most people.

Children Learn Money

Humans are wired for instant gratification.

We love it!

While evolution made us that way long before our modern monetary system came about, unfortunately, the desire for instant gratification doesn’t help us when we’re trying to become wealthy.

In fact, it hurts us.

That’s one of the reasons many high-income earners are not ‘rich.’

You’ll often find the more they earn, the more they spend and they end up on a treadmill where they tend to spend more than they earn because they need to support a lifestyle that has little or no enduring value but has high fixed costs to maintain.

Typically they spend on things like big houses, fancy cars, and impressive vacations.

They live a life of instant gratification, where they live in a peer group of other big spenders and where they have to work harder and harder to maintain the lifestyle they no longer feel they have the time or energy to enjoy.

This is what we typically call the rat race! 

Delayed gratification and money

When it comes to the latest gadget or fad, most people have no self-control.

This is made even worse in the technological world we now live in where we all have access to instant money – real or otherwise.

Too many people use their credit cards for impulse purchases that in reality, they have no way of repaying any time soon.

Unfortunately, this type of mindset can quickly lead to financial ruin.

It’s time, to be honest with yourself– are you a slave to instant gratification?

If so there are a number of strategies to break the cycle, but first, you must recognise this Poor Habit.

Children Money

Let me be clear: Consumer debt is never OK.

Using your credit card for impulse purchases or taking on unnecessary debt for such non-appreciating assets as cars or, worse still, a personal loan to go on holiday is never a good idea.

Too many people see the limit on their credit card as their money – it’s not.

When you take on consumer debt it involves using dollars you’ll hopefully earn in the future for current expenses (or splurges) and paying the bank interest for the privilege of doing so!

This means that the “bargain” price you paid today is likely to cost you much more over the long run because you’re using credit to pay for it.

One key difference between people with consumer debt and those without, everything else being equal, is that the person with no consumer debt has mastered delayed gratification, while the person with consumer debt has not.

In its simplest form, the ability to wait 15 minutes to get two marshmallows instead of one marshmallow is delayed gratification – more on this fact a little later!

The ability to wait to buy something after you’ve saved for the item, rather than impulsively purchasing something as soon as you realise you want it, is delayed gratification.

The ability to invest money today to have money when you retire is delayed gratification.

The real question is; how do you learn delayed gratification?

Like I said: learning delayed gratification isn’t easy but it can become a skill in your Rich Habit toolkit if you follow a few simple tips.

1. Write down a list of money goals and put them somewhere that you can see them every day.

Another idea is to tell someone else what your money goals are, perhaps a mentor, who can then help keep you accountable to them.

2. Every time you’re tempted to purchase something consider whether it’s a want or a need.

If it’s a want, such as a new suit or handbag, then delay for at least 24 hours before deciding whether to buy it.

Most of the time, that 24-hour period will be enough time for you to see that you don’t need it at all.

For more expensive purchases, then you should delay for even longer.

Should you move in with your boyfriend? Quiz

Entering the realm of cohabitation is a major move—no pun intended. It’s a decision that can send your thoughts into a whirlwind, and you might find yourself second-guessing everything. But hey, that’s completely normal! It’s not just about sharing space; it’s about merging lives, routines, and so much more.

Dhriti Bhavsar, a seasoned relationship counselor with a master’s degree in Psychology, understands the weight of these choices.. That’s precisely why she crafted this quiz, designed to help you navigate the “should I move in with my boyfriend” conundrum.

And here’s the thing, moving in together isn’t just about coordinating furniture and closet space. Suddenly, when you have a disagreement, there’s no escape—physically, at least. It’s a big deal because you’re sharing more than just a home; you’re sharing a space where fights, make-ups, and everything in between play out on a daily basis. Plus, breaking up isn’t as simple when you’re both on the same lease. That adds a whole new layer to the mix.

So, whether he’s popped the question about cohabitating, or you’re debating if it’s time to bring it up, take a breather and dive into this quick 11-question quiz. It won’t take up more then 5-10 minutes of time, but it’s bound to shed some light on whether moving in together is the right move for you.

Ask Our Expert

BenQ HT2050A Review: Great (Big) Picture for the Money

If you’re shopping for a projector between $500 and $1,000, prepare to face a sea of clones. Sizes, designs and even button layouts are often nearly identical from one brand to the next. But there’s something different about the BenQ HT2050A. Although it has a similar price to the competition, it’s larger and there’s a more aesthetically pleasing, curvy design. It looks less like the repurposed business projector and more like something you’d want in your house. And the difference is more than skin deep: This projector’s performance is a step above as well. 

Like


  • Bright picture with great contrast


  • Accurate, realistic colors


  • Lens is shift a rarity at this price

Don’t like


  • Lens shift and zoom don’t adjust far


  • Rainbows, if they bother you

Better
contrast ratio
and color than its counterparts create some of the best picture quality we’ve seen in this price range. Darker blacks, paired with bright whites, all with accurate color, make for a pleasing image. The cherry on top is a small amount of vertical lens shift, which is rare in this price range and almost nonexistent in single-chip
DLP projectors
. This means more people will be able to fit the projector in their homes. In short the BenQ HT2050A is one of the best projectors you can get for the price. 

Editors’ note November, 2022: Despite being several years old, the HT2050A still offers great picture quality for a great price, and remains one of the best deals going for home projectors. It once again earns our Editors’ Choice award.

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

BenQ HT2050A basic specs

  • Native resolution: 1080p
  • HDR-compatible: No
  • 4K-compatible: No
  • 3D-compatible: Yes
  • Lumens spec: 2,200
  • Zoom: Manual (1.3)
  • Lens shift: Manual
  • Lamp life (Normal mode): 3,500 hours

Like the other projectors in this price range, the HT2050A lacks 4K and HDR. It is 3D capable, though the glasses aren’t included.

BenQ claims 2,200 ANSI lumens. I measured approximately 1,591. It’s normal for projectors to measure lower than their claimed specs. This is a bright image, similar to the Epson HC2150 and only slightly less than the newer Epson HC2250.

Lens shift in this price range is rare, and rarer still with DLP projectors, so its inclusion here would be one of the HT2050A’s main selling points even if it didn’t look as good as it does. That said, the lens shift isn’t a lot. BenQ says it adjusts the vertical range by 10%. So depending where you place the projector, you’ll have a few inches of vertical leeway, but that’s it. Still, it definitely helps and is better than the nothing you get with most single-chip DLP projectors.

6thingsprojectorstill.jpg

Watch this: Six things to know about home theater projectors

The zoom range is only average however, falling behind the Epson. So you won’t be able to place it quite as close, or as far, from the screen. In that way it’s similar to many other DLP projectors in this price range.

Also average is the lamp life, at 3,500 hours in Normal mode. This goes up to 7,000 hours in the SmartEco mode, which maintains the maximum brightness of the Normal mode but drops lamp power during dark scenes for a better black level. Though you can occasionally see this happen, it’s fast enough that it’s fine to leave in this mode (unless you notice and hate it).

benq-ht2050a-18-of-12

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

Connectivity and convenience

  • HDMI
    inputs: 2
  • PC input: Analog RGB
  • USB port: 1 (1.5A power)
  • Audio input and output: Yes
  • Digital audio output: No
  • LAN port: No
  • 12-volt trigger: Yes
  • RS-232 remote port: Yes
  • MHL: Yes
  • Remote: Backlit

Both HDMI inputs have HDCP 1.4, meaning you can send each input any video source you want. This isn’t the case with some competitors, which only have HDCP 1.4 on one of the HDMI inputs. The USB connection has a claimed 1.5 amp output, letting you power a streaming stick directly with no external power adapters. 

The HT2050A has several legacy analog video inputs, which is a rarity these days. Not only do you get component video, but composite as well. So if you want to directly connect something like a Nintendo Wii, or, I don’t know, a LaserDisc player or something, you can do it with no extra adapters. These connections share RCA analog audio inputs.

There are also 3.5mm audio input and outputs, the latter to connect to an external speaker or
soundbar
.

The RS-232 and 12-volt trigger are useful for those with more elaborate home theater systems.

The remote is backlit with a relatively dim orange backlight. This is a good thing: Many of the current crop of projector remotes have a bright blue backlight. Using them can be like forming your own personal B-type star while you’re just trying to change the inputs in the dark.

benq-ht2050a-20-of-12

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

Picture quality comparisons

I compared the HT2050A to the Epson HC2150 and the Viewsonic PX727HD. The latter, like the BenQ, is DLP. The Epson, like the majority of Epson’s projectors, is LCD. I connected these via a Monoprice 1×4 distribution amplifier and viewed them all on a 102-inch 1.0-gain screen.

Right away the differences were apparent. Firstly, the Viewsonic was far dimmer, and didn’t have the contrast ratio of the other two. This put it at a distant third, so I spent most of my time comparing the Epson and the BenQ.

Both projectors are far brighter than even high-end projectors from a few years ago. What’s more obvious than the numbers would suggest is how much better the black level, and therefore the contrast ratio, is on the BenQ. This is clear when viewing widescreen movies, with the black bars several shades darker on the BenQ. Because their light output is roughly the same, this gives the HT2050A a bit more dimensionality to the image and more apparent depth. 

A good example of this is the contrasty scene in Avengers: Infinity War where Thor and his pet rabbit help Tyrion Lannister forge the Stormbreaker battle axe. Nidavellir’s colorful neutron star and magical effects are brightly offset compared to the darkness of space and the shadows of the forge. These shots don’t look bad on the Epson, but the shadows are far more gray than on the BenQ, giving the latter a more pleasing look overall.

benq-ht2050a-17-of-12

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

Color is another point in the BenQ’s favor. It’s just a little richer and more realistic. Greens especially look more natural. The grass in the Battle of Wakanda, also in Infinity War, for example, is just a more vibrant and realistic shade of green. The blue of the shield wall is a stronger, more vivid blue, without the sky looking like candy.

Another place where the BenQ wins out over the Epson is with motion resolution. All LCD-based displays have some degree of motion blur. DLP-based projectors don’t, thanks to the way they create an image. This is most obvious in the way the BenQ maintains detail when things move. Take the camera-panning action of Live Die Repeat: Edge of Tomorrow. When there are closeups of Emily Blunt or Tom Cruise’s faces, you can still see fine details throughout.

benq-ht2050a-13-of-12

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

On the other hand there’s DLP’s long-standing problem: rainbows. These are multicolored trails left by bright objects on screen. You may also notice them if you move your eyes quickly. Most people either don’t see them, or aren’t bothered by them, so they may not be an issue for you. But people who are bothered by them are really bothered by them. In that case, no single-chip DLP projector is likely to work. You’ll have to go with an LCD option like the Epson HC2150, or a higher priced LCOS projector (
Sony
or JVC) or a much more expensive three-chip DLP projector.

With its high light output, great-for-its-price contrast ratio and accurate color, the HT2050A is a great choice for someone looking to replace their TV, or who wants a projector for the occasional movie night. The icing on the cake is the lens shift, which should allow the 2050 to fit in a lot more homes than most projectors in this price range.

Geek Box

Test Result Score
Black luminance (0%) 0.089 Average
Peak white luminance (100%) 176.7 Good
Derived lumens 1591 Good
Avg. grayscale error (10-100%) 6.608 Average
Dark gray error (20%) 3.43 Average
Bright gray error (70%) 8.499 Poor
Avg. color error 2.759 Good
Red error 5.578 Average
Green error 1.391 Good
Blue error 3.254 Average
Cyan error 3.187 Average
Magenta error 1.871 Good
Yellow error 1.274 Good
Avg. saturations error 2.07 Good
Avg. color checker error 2 Good
Avg. luminance error 3.5 Average
Input lag (Game mode) 16.4 Good

Measurement notes and suggested picture settings

Before calibration the 2050A’s most accurate picture setting was Cinema, which was OK. Its grayscale wasn’t too close to D65, especially with brighter images. This was highly adjustable, however, and was easily dialed in to be accurate. Colors were fairly accurate out of the box: They were all close to their targets except for magenta, which was a little off, but not badly. Colors, just like color temperature, were adjustable. And after calibration, they were far closer.

There’s no iris on the 2050A, but it does have a variable lamp. Eco mode is about 33% dimmer than Normal mode. The contrast ratio in the Normal and Eco modes averaged 2,094:1, which is pretty good for a projector in this price range. The DynamicEco mode, which bases the lamp power on the average picture level of the image, creates a dynamic contrast ratio about 50% higher than the other lamp settings, but the contrast ratio within a single image is still 2,094:1.

Best Picture Mode: Cinema

Expert settings (suggested):

  • Brightness: 51
  • Contrast: 41
  • Sharpness
    : 7
  • Color: N/A
  • Tint (G/R): N/A
  • Color Temp: Normal
  • Gamma Selection: 2.2
  • Brilliant Color: On
  • Noise Reduction: 7
  • Fast Mode: Off

NFL Power Rankings Week 16: 49ers, Ravens on top, plus a surprise from every team

We’re coming down the stretch of the NFL season, and the playoff seedings and Power Rankings are starting to sort themselves out, but that doesn’t mean there haven’t been some surprises along the way. Today, we’re going to look at one surprising aspect of each team’s season.

And then we’re going to start looking forward to a No. 1 vs. No. 2 matchup in Week 16 of the season.

(Last week: 1)

Sunday: Beat Arizona Cardinals 45-29

Surprise: Brock Purdy

We’ve let all the talk about whether the second-year quarterback is a top-10 quarterback in the league or even possibly the MVP obscure what remains at its heart the most remarkable story in the league. Purdy, the last pick of the 2022 draft, is now 16-3 as a starting quarterback. His passer rating (119) and expected points added per dropback (.32) lead the NFL and both would rank among the top five in the last 10 years in the league, according to TruMedia.

Up next: vs. Baltimore Ravens, Monday, 8:15 p.m. ET

(Last week: 3)

Sunday: Beat Jacksonville Jaguars 23-7

Surprise: They’ve clinched a playoff spot

Baltimore didn’t even enter the season as the favorite in its division, and now it’s the only team in the AFC to clinch a postseason berth. Lamar Jackson has been Lamar Jackson and the Todd Monken hire at offensive coordinator looks inspired. The Ravens have won eight of their last nine. Watching their defense, which leads the NFL with just 16.1 points per game allowed, go against the 49ers offense next week will be a treat.

Up next: at San Francisco 49ers, Monday, 8:15 p.m. ET

GO DEEPER

What we learned in NFL Week 15: Beware the Ravens and Bills, trouble in Pittsburgh and more

(Last week: 5)

Sunday: Beat Dallas Cowboys 31-10

Surprise: That they’ve lost six games

The Bills proved Sunday they’re one of the best teams in the league and a Super Bowl contender. More importantly, they got themselves closer to the playoffs, moving into the No. 9 spot in the AFC. Of course, the answer may be as simple as turnovers. The Bills are plus-11 in turnover margin in their wins (fourth in the league) and minus-eight in their losses (20th in the league). They didn’t turn the ball over against the Cowboys and rushed for 266 yards, their highest total since 2016.

Up next: at Los Angeles Chargers, Saturday, 8 p.m. ET

(Last week: 7)

Sunday: Beat New York Jets 30-0

Surprise: Why nobody else just drafted all the fast guys

Tyreek Hill didn’t play Sunday because of an ankle injury, and Miami still had three of the fastest people in the world on the field. Jaylen Waddle had a season-high 142 receiving yards on eight catches, and Raheem Mostert and Devon Achane had a combined 105 yards. The Dolphins have won four of their last five and can beat anybody in the league with their home run power.

Up next: vs. Dallas Cowboys, Sunday, 4:25 p.m. ET

(Last week: 2)

Sunday: Lost to Buffalo Bills 31-10

Surprise: How they play on the road

Dallas, which is 7-0 at home, is now below .500 on the road, dropping to 3-4 with Sunday’s loss. The Cowboys lead the league in scoring (39.86 ppg) and scoring margin (plus-171) at home but are 15th in scoring (21.71 ppg) and have a minus-4 scoring margin on the road. This is not good news for a team that probably is going to have to play at Philadelphia or at San Francisco to get to the Super Bowl. It has played in both of those stadiums this year and lost by a combined score of 70-33.

Up next: at Miami Dolphins, Sunday, 4:25 p.m. ET

(Last week: 4)

Monday: Lost to Seattle Seahawks 20-17

Surprise: The panic

The Eagles are the most hand-wringing 1o-win team in the NFL. They already have clinched a playoff spot and still have a good chance to win the NFC East, yet the team and its fans believe the sky is falling because it has hit a rough patch against talented opponents. The Eagles took control of the defense away from coordinator Sean Desai and handed it to Matt Patricia for Monday’s game. That didn’t work so well on the final drive as Drew Lock took the Seahawks 92 yards for the game-winning touchdown, but Philadelphia still has some of the most talented offensive and defensive lines in the league and will be fine in January.

Up next: vs. New York Giants, Monday, 4:30 p.m. ET

(Last week: 8)

Saturday: Beat Denver Broncos 42-17

Surprise: Sam LaPorta

It’s not shocking that the rookie tight end is good, but this good? LaPorta had three touchdown catches Saturday night and now has nine on the season, the fourth-most receiving touchdowns in the league. LaPorta, the No. 34 pick in the 2023 draft, already has 758 receiving yards, the sixth most by a rookie tight end in the history of the league. If he hits his average the rest of the season, he will end up third behind only Mike Ditka and Kyle Pitts.

Up next: at Minnesota Vikings, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Examining NFL’s 3 coaching vacancies and 9 other teams facing decisions: Sando’s Pick Six

(Last week: 6)

Sunday: Beat New England Patriots 27-17

Surprise: How hard it has been

Kansas City guaranteed its 11th straight winning record under Andy Reid, but it wasn’t without more drama. Kadarius Toney dropped a pass that turned into an interception, and the Patriots led 10-7 until the final minute of the first half. The defending Super Bowl champion is the No. 3 seed in the AFC right now. The good news is rookie receiver Rashee Rice had his fourth straight game with at least seven catches and 64 yards to take some of the pressure off Travis Kelce.

Up next: vs. Las Vegas Raiders, Monday, 1 p.m. ET


Myles Garrett and the Cleveland defense have the Browns closing in on a playoff berth. (Nick Cammett / Getty Images)

(Last week: 12)

Sunday: Beat Chicago Bears 20-17

Surprise: That nobody hired Jim Schwartz earlier

Cleveland’s defensive coordinator spent the last two seasons as a senior defensive assistant in Tennessee. Then the Browns put him back in charge of a defense, and Cleveland leads the NFL in defensive splash plays (363). The Browns have a league-high 65 tackles for loss that aren’t sacks and 41 sacks, which ranks eighth in the league, to go along with it. The defense has saved a season in which the offense lost running back Nick Chubb and quarterback Deshaun Watson.

Up next: at Houston Texans, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET

(Last week: 11)

Sunday: Beat Washington Commanders 28-20

Surprise: They’re in the playoffs at the moment

This was supposed to be a reset year for the Rams, and it looked like it when they started 3-6. Since then, Sean McVay’s crew is 4-1 with the only loss coming to the Ravens. During the winning streak, the Rams are fourth in the league in scoring (29.8 ppg), and Matthew Stafford is fifth in the league in passer rating (105.2) and second in passing touchdowns (13). It’s been good enough to get them to the seventh seed, for now at least.

Up next: vs. New Orleans Saints, Thursday, 8:15 p.m. ET

(Last week: 14)

Sunday: Beat Minnesota Vikings 27-24

Surprise: They’re still in it

Jake Browning won his third game in a row Saturday, and the Bengals are now 3-1 since Joe Burrow’s season ended because of injury. Cincinnati, which is third in scoring in the last three weeks (31.7 ppg), was written out of the playoff race when Burrow went down but is the No. 6 seed in the AFC as of now. The problem is the Bengals have to play Kansas City, Pittsburgh and Cleveland down the stretch.

Up next: at Pittsburgh Steelers, Saturday, 4:30 p.m. ET

12. Seattle Seahawks (7-7)

(Last week: 17)

Monday: Beat Philadelphia Eagles 20-17

Surprise: The defense

Pete Carroll is known for defense, but the Seahawks are 27th in the NFL in defensive EPA per snap and have given up more plays of 10-plus yards (190) than all but two teams in the league. However, the defense got the job done Monday night, holding an illness-slowed Jalen Hurts and the Eagles to 17 points to stop a four-game losing streak. They’re just one spot out of a playoff spot with the Titans, Steelers and Cardinals left on their schedule.

Up next: at Tennessee Titans, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET

(Last week: 13)

Sunday: Beat Tennessee Titans 19-16 in OT

Surprise: Another Kyle Shanahan disciple

Is there no end to the number of really good play callers San Francisco’s head coach can create in his lab? Texans first-year offensive coordinator Bobby Slowik is 36 years old and had only one year as a full-fledged member of the 49ers staff before joining DeMeco Ryans in Houston. Before that, Slowik had several secondary roles in San Francisco. On Sunday, he helped backup quarterback Case Keenum to a victory that keeps the Texans in the playoff race and keeps him on the radar for head coaching jobs.

Up next: vs. Cleveland Browns, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET


The Colts, featuring tight end Mo Alie-Cox, are one of the surprise teams in the NFL this season. (Justin Casterline / Getty Images)

(Last week: 15)

Sunday: Beat Pittsburgh Steelers 30-13

Surprise: This team is in the playoff race

The Colts were 4-12 last season. They lost quarterback Anthony Richardson, the No. 4 pick in the draft, in the fourth game of the year. Jonathan Taylor has played in only seven games. And yet, Indianapolis is eighth in the league in scoring (24.6 ppg) and has the No. 7 spot in the playoff race right now. Shane Steichen is making a strong case for coach of the year.

Up next: at Atlanta Falcons, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET

(Last week: 9)

Sunday: Lost to Detroit Lions 42-17

Surprise: Sean Payton-Russell Wilson is kind of working

Or at least it was until Saturday night when Payton had a very animated, and seemingly one-way, conversation with Wilson on the sideline. It was what everyone expected from their relationship headed into the season, but things had been going pretty well. After a career-low 84.4 passer rating in his first season in Denver, Wilson has bounced back to a 97.5 this year and has at least made it plausible he could be Denver’s starting quarterback next season.

Up next: vs. New England Patriots, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET

(Last week: 16)

Sunday: Lost to Baltimore Ravens 23-7

Surprise: That Trevor Lawrence isn’t better

The No. 1 pick in the 2021 draft is good, but he was expected to be great. Lawrence is ninth in the league in passing yards (3,525) but just 21st in touchdown-to-interception ratio (1.8) and 23rd in EPA per attempt (.08). Sunday’s loss highlighted some of the frustrations with Lawrence, who threw an ill-advised pass at the end of the first half that cost the Jaguars points, and he simply dropped a ball without being touched on a scramble.

Up next: at Tampa Bay Buccaneers, Sunday, 4:05 p.m. ET

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

20 years after his career began, this NFL lineman keeps defying the odds

(Last week: 20)

Sunday: Beat Green Bay Packers 34-20

Surprise: They’re going to win the division

It’s not set in stone yet, but the odds are now 61.6 percent, according to The Athletic’s NFL betting model. This is the team that had the lowest preseason win prediction in the NFC South and lost six of seven games at one point this season. However, Tampa Bay has now won three in a row. Baker Mayfield, who Sunday became the first opposing quarterback ever to have a perfect passer rating at Lambeau Field, threw for 381 yards and four touchdowns against the Packers.

Up next: vs. Jacksonville Jaguars, Sunday, 4:05 p.m. ET

18. Green Bay Packers (6-8)

(Last week: 10)

Sunday: Lost to Tampa Bay Buccaneers 34-20

Surprise: How inconsistent they are

Beat the Lions and Chiefs? Lose to the Giants and the Buccaneers? Sure, the Packers have done all that in the last month. Oft-analyzed quarterback Jordan Love hasn’t been the biggest problem, either. The defense is 29th in success rate (56.4) and 23rd in yards per play allowed (5.4). On Sunday, the Packers surrendered the only perfect passer rating of Mayfield’s six-year career and 452 yards to the Buccaneers to fall into 11th place in the NFC.

Up next: at Carolina Panthers, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET

(Last week: 18)

Saturday: Lost to Cincinnati Bengals 27-24

Surprise: The Justin Jefferson mystery

In the seven games Jefferson has played, he’s averaging 97.43 receiving yards per game, which ranks behind only Tyreek Hill. However, after Saturday, Minnesota is 2-5 when he’s in the lineup. In games Jefferson has missed because of injury, the Vikings are 5-2. Nick Mullens became the fourth quarterback to start a game for Minnesota on Saturday. He threw for 303 yards and two touchdowns but also had two interceptions.

Up next: vs. Detroit Lions, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET

20. Pittsburgh Steelers (7-7)

(Last week: 19)

Saturday: Lost to Indianapolis Colts 30-13

Surprise: George Pickens is still on the team

The second-year wide receiver’s attitude has been enough of a problem that coach Mike Tomlin felt the need to tell the team’s official website that he and Pickens had “a great meeting” last week. It must not have been that great because Pickens had two embarrassing clips surface from Saturday’s game — one on which he put hardly any effort into a run block and one on which he seemed to run away from the opposing ball carrier after an interception. He leads the team with 52 catches for 814 yards, but it might not be worth all this.

Up next: vs. Cincinnati Bengals, Saturday, 4:30 p.m. ET

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Kaboly: The Steelers’ roster needs an overhaul (and not just because it lacks talent)

(Last week: 22)

Sunday: Beat New York Giants 24-6

Surprise: Derek Carr keeps getting away with it

Last week, the story was the New Orleans quarterback getting into another in-game argument with a teammate (adding center Erik McCoy to a list that includes wide receiver Chris Olave and offensive coordinator Pete Carmichael). This week, he threw three touchdown passes and had a 134.8 rating as the Saints won their second straight to stay alive in the playoff race.

Up next: at Los Angeles Rams, Thursday, 8:15 p.m. ET

(Last week: 28)

Thursday: Beat Los Angeles Chargers 63-21

Surprise: That offensive showing

Only one team, Miami in this year’s 70-20 win over Denver, has scored more points in a game since at least 2000. The Dolphins have Mike McDaniel calling plays and the fastest skill position group in the league. The Raiders have an interim head coach, Antonio Pierce, and a rookie quarterback, Aidan O’Connell, who even after Thursday is only 30th in the league in passer rating. It’s probably not enough to get Pierce the full-time job, but he’s 3-3 since taking the helm.

Up next: at Kansas City Chiefs, Monday, 1 p.m. ET

(Last week: 21)

Sunday: Lost to Carolina Panthers 9-7

Surprise: The offense is bad

Arthur Smith, who is in his third season, was hired for his offensive acumen. The Falcons have drafted an offensive skill-position player in the top 10 in each of the last three drafts. Their $46.6 million investment in their offensive line is the fourth-highest in the NFL. And yet they are 26th in the NFL in points (18.43) after scoring just seven Sunday against a one-win Carolina team. Now there’s a chance Smith is on his way out in Atlanta.

Up next: vs. Indianapolis Colts, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET

(Last week: 23)

Sunday: Lost to Cleveland Browns 20-17

Surprise: There’s still no answer on Justin Fields

With only three games left in the season, Chicago still doesn’t appear to have a clear answer about whether it should stick with Fields at quarterback or use the Panthers’ pick it acquired last March to take Caleb Williams or Drake Maye. Sunday was a “move on” game. Fields completed 19-for-40 passes for 166 yards and had a 46.5 passer rating. For the season, he is 23rd in passer rating (85.6) but is eighth in scramble EPA (17.72), according to TruMedia.

Up next: vs. Arizona Cardinals, Sunday, 4:25 p.m. ET

(Last week: 24)

Sunday: Lost to Miami Dolphins 30-0

Surprise: Garrett Wilson is a top-25 receiver

Despite Zach Wilson and everything else that has gone wrong in New York, Garrett Wilson has 882 receiving yards, the 22nd most in the league. If that doesn’t sound that impressive, remember that the Jets are 30th in the NFL with 170 passing yards per game. Wilson led New York in receiving Sunday, but it was a pretty hollow achievement considering he had only three catches for 29 yards.

Up next: vs. Washington Commanders, Sunday 1 p.m. ET

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Jets get embarrassed again, and Robert Saleh’s team future grows more tenuous

26. New York Giants (5-9)

(Last week: 25)

Sunday: Lost to New Orleans Saints 24-6

Surprise: They screwed up the 2024 draft

The Tommy DeVito story is great, or at least was until Sunday when New York lost for the first time in a month, but how fondly will it be remembered in New York in the future? The three wins that DeVito led before this have moved the Giants to the No. 7 pick in the 2024 draft at the moment. There’s still hope considering New York has to play the Eagles twice in the final three games, but for now the Giants still don’t have an answer to their quarterback problem.

Up next: at Philadelphia Eagles, Monday, 4:30 p.m. ET


Titans running back Derrick Henry went nowhere against the Texans on Sunday. (Christopher Hanewinckel / USA Today)

27. Tennessee Titans (5-9)

(Last week: 26)

Sunday: Lost to Houston Texans 19-16 in OT

Surprise: Derrick Henry is human

The last seven seasons had convinced us otherwise, but the Titans and their otherworldly running back are looking like they are near the end of their runs. On Sunday, Henry had the fewest yards (10) for any player with 20 or more touches in NFL history, and after the game, he indicated it could be his last season with the Titans. Tennessee was eliminated from the playoff race when Case Keenum led Houston to 10 points in the final 3:03 and overtime on Sunday.

Up next: vs. Seattle Seahawks, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET

(Last week: 27)

Thursday: Lost to Las Vegas Raiders 63-21

Surprise: That it took this long

The Chargers finally fired Brandon Staley, who fell to 24-24 in three seasons with Thursday night’s embarrassing loss. It was the fifth loss in the last six games for Los Angeles, which entered the season with playoff hopes and now is the second-worst team in the AFC, ahead of only the Patriots. Staley was hired because he was supposed to be an up-and-coming defensive guru, but the Chargers are 27th in points (24.6) and yards per play (5.6) allowed.

Up next: vs. Buffalo Bills, Saturday, 8 p.m. ET

29. Arizona Cardinals (3-11)

(Last week: 29)

Sunday: Lost to San Francisco 49ers 45-29

Surprise: Nothing really

This team is exactly what we thought it would be. There was a moment (remember the Week 3 win over Dallas?) when Arizona looked like it might be plucky, but the only wins since have come against the reeling Falcons and Steelers. The Cardinals have ended up where they want to be, in the mix to draft one of the top two quarterbacks in the league.

Up next: at Chicago Bears, Sunday, 4:25 p.m. ET

30. New England Patriots (3-11)

(Last week: 30)

Sunday: Lost to Kansas City Chiefs 27-17

Surprise: The record

Bill Belichick hasn’t had fewer than seven wins in a season since 2000, and he’s on track for the fewest wins in his 29-year head coaching career. The Patriots are 28-36 since Tom Brady left after the 2019 season, but nobody expected things to be this bad. New England is 28th in the league in scoring margin (minus-113) and is in the bottom third of the league in both rushing and passing yards per game.

Up next: at Denver Broncos, Sunday, 8:15 p.m. ET

(Last week: 31)

Sunday: Lost to Los Angeles Rams 28-20

Surprise: The Sam Howell lovefest

Ron Rivera said he pulled Howell from Sunday’s game to protect him because the Rams defense was in a position to be very aggressive in its pass rush. Then Jacoby Brissett went 8-for-10 and led two touchdown drives in the fourth quarter. Howell is seventh in the league in passing yards (3,568), but his negative plays have outweighed all that yardage. Howell leads the league in both interceptions (15) and sacks (59).

Up next: at New York Jets, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET

32. Carolina Panthers (2-12)

(Last week: 32)

Sunday: Beat Atlanta Falcons 9-7

Surprise: They won a game

In pouring rain in a nearly empty home stadium against an Atlanta team still in the race for the division title, Carolina put together a 90-yard drive and kicked the winning field goal as time expired. It doesn’t change how bad this season has been, but at least it made the Panthers feel a little better about themselves. “Obviously, we’re not gonna clinch anything, but it feels good to mess up their Christmas,” defensive end Brian Burns said.

Up next: vs. Green Bay Packers, Sunday, 1 p.m. ET

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

NFL QB EPA rankings: Brock Purdy is in Peyton Manning, Tom Brady and Aaron Rodgers territory

(Top photo of Bills running back James Cook: Rich Barnes / Getty Images)


“The Football 100,” the definitive ranking of the NFL’s best 100 players of all time, is on sale now. Order it here.

Which Storage Device Connection Is Best?

Quick Links

Key Takeaways

  • SATA drives prioritize storage capacity, making them inexpensive and easily available for everyday use.
  • SAS drives are faster and more reliable than SATA drives, making them a better choice for enterprise-level applications and servers.
  • SATA drives are better for adding mass storage to a PC or local NAS, while SAS drives are better for servers and enterprise environments.


Interfaces like SATA and SAS allow motherboards to interface with HDDs and SSDs, allowing them to load operating systems, run programs, and do almost everything computers can.

However, with so many different uses and so much jargon, it’s easy to get lost in terms like “SATA” and “SAS.” What are they? How do they differ? Which one should you choose?


What Is SATA?

The SATA or Serial Advanced Technology Attachment connector uses the standard 15 power pins and seven data pins. SATA drives are more popular as they prioritize storage capacity over speed, resulting in inexpensive and easily available mass storage.

CyberVam/Shutterstock

However, just because SATA drives focus on storage capacity doesn’t mean they’re slow. Most consumer-based SATA drives start at 5400 RPM but can go as high as 7200 RPM. While SATA drives aren’t as fast as SAS drives, it is more than enough for most folks to run their computers.

SATA drives are also cheap, hence being the perfect storage solution for most situations, such as running a DIY NAS or taking regular data backups. Even with SSDs taking over, SATA HDDs are still popular for mass storage.

What Is SAS?

SAS stands for Serial Attached Small Computer System Interface. It uses a similar connector to SATA, also using 15 pins for power and seven for data transfer. However, the split in the SATA connector between the power and data transfer pins isn’t as prominent.

sas hard drive connector close up
Adamantios/Wikimedia

SAS drives are faster and more reliable than SATA drives in terms of data transfer. A SATA connector is fast at storing data, but outbound data isn’t transferred at the same speed. SAS remedies this issue by transferring data out as fast as it goes in.

They’re commonly used in enterprise-level applications and servers designed to run 24/7. According to Toshiba, one of the most popular HDD manufacturers in the world, the mean time between failures (MBTF) for SAS drives is between 1.4 to 2.5 million hours of use between 5 and 55 degrees Celsius. In contrast, the MTBF for general-purpose SATA drives is only about 600,000 hours of use at the same temperature. Comparison site Diffen puts this difference at 1.2 to 1.6 million hours of use at 45 degrees Celsius for SAS and 700,000 hours to 1.2 million hours at 25 degrees Celsius for SATA drives.

They consume more power, though, and it’s common practice to have a SAS drive load up the OS on a server and use SATA drives for storage. This is also done because SAS drives focus more on data transfer speeds than storage, meaning SAS drives over 500GB can be quite expensive.

SATA vs. SAS: What’s the Difference?

SATA and SAS drives have pros and cons, so here’s a handy table to compare the two.

SATA

SAS

Connector type

15-pin power, 7-pin data (split connector)

15-pin power, 7-pin data (merged connector)

Speed

5400 to 7200 RPM, data transfers up to 6Gb/s

7200 to 15000 RPM, data transfers up to 12Gb/s (with dual-port SAS)

Reliability

700,000 to 1.2 million hours at 25°C, may fail during or after prolonged use

1.2 million to 1.6 million hours at 45°C, designed to be used 24/7

Price

1TB drives start at ~ $25

Relatively more expensive. 1TB drives start at $35-$40.

Use Cases

Consumer PCs, laptops, and storage solutions

Enterprise environments such as servers and data centers.

Of course, there are several other connection types, especially if you’re talking about consumer PC use. SATA, compared to NVMe and M.2, falls short regarding reliability and speed. Even PCIe SSDs can be a good alternative compared to SATA.

Should You Use SATA or SAS?

As you can probably guess, both technologies have specific uses. If you want to add mass storage to your PC or local NAS, SATA is a better option overall. Not only do you get plenty of storage for relatively less cost, but you also get decent data transfer speeds in case you’re moving data over to your internal HDD or over the network to a NAS.

However, if you’re looking for storage for a server, processing-intense workstation, data center, or any other enterprise environment, SAS is the better choice. You get faster, more reliable storage designed to run constantly without failure. That said, it does come at a slight premium: cost. A 1TB SAS drive can be significantly more expensive than a 1TB SATA drive owing to the latter’s popularity. The exact cost can vary from manufacturer to manufacturer, but SAS drives are the more expensive option in most cases.

Overall, the choice comes down to what you’ll be using your drive for. If you just want to chuck it in your computer to act as mass storage, you’re better off with SATA. However, if you’re looking to upgrade storage on a server or need the drive to be constantly active, SAS is the way to go.

Eat dim sum like a local in Guangdong Province

Shrimp dumplings, a mainstay of dim sum in south China’s Guangdong Province. /CGTN

Shrimp dumplings, a mainstay of dim sum in south China’s Guangdong Province. /CGTN

There are thousands of types of dim sum available across China. /CGTN

There are thousands of types of dim sum available across China. /CGTN

There are thousands of types of dim sum available across China. /CGTN

There are thousands of types of dim sum available across China. /CGTN

There are thousands of types of dim sum available across China. /CGTN

There are thousands of types of dim sum available across China. /CGTN

There are thousands of types of dim sum available across China. /CGTN

There are thousands of types of dim sum available across China. /CGTN

There are thousands of types of dim sum available across China. /CGTN

At dim sum restaurants, guests order many small dishes to share. /CGTN

At dim sum restaurants, guests order many small dishes to share. /CGTN

At dim sum restaurants, guests order many small dishes to share. /CGTN

At dim sum restaurants, guests order many small dishes to share. /CGTN

At dim sum restaurants, guests order many small dishes to share. /CGTN

At dim sum restaurants, guests order many small dishes to share. /CGTN

There’s brunch, and then there’s dim sum. In south China’s Guangdong Province where the dining tradition originated, dim sum restaurants are everywhere. No one would bat an eyelid if you were to eat it for breakfast, lunch and dinner!

Ryan Gosling puts out 3 new remixes of ‘I’m Just Ken’

As if there wasn’t already Kenough of the Barbie-themed ads and merch over the summer, get ready for “Now That’s What I Call Ken-mas!”

That’s right, Ryan Gosling and “Barbie” composer-pop whisperer Mark Ronson have teamed up once again to release a Christmas-themed version of one of the movie’s hit songs, “I’m Just Ken.”

The song answers the question: “What if Ken was more devoted to seasonal Yuletide sounds than movie musical allusions?” One question it does not answer is “Why?”

The repurposed track includes a slightly different vocal performance from Gosling — who still affects the toxic-masculinity tone of the original composition — and myriad bells, a timpani or two, and a cascade of stringed instruments for that Christmas feel.

“Do you think it’s too Christmas?” the “La La Land” star asks a candy cane-wielding Ronson in a room jam-packed with holiday decorations and cookies. It’s the official music video for “I’m Just Ken — Merry Kristmas Barbie.”

Gosling then wonders aloud, “There’s just a worry if we do too much Christmas no one’s going to watch it after the 26th.” He is quickly reassured that that won’t be the case and proceeds to lay down the track, but not before throwing on Ken’s signature shades — because “the world can have Ken’s voice, but only Barbie can have his eyes.”

Not a fan of Christmas music? Fair enough. Well, maybe try the upbeat new disco version of the song.

“Can you feel Kenergy?” Gosling’s backup vocalists sing in the ‘70s-inspired reimagining of the tune. This take has shades of Dua Lipa’s “Barbie” disco anthem “Dance the Night,” which peaked at No. 6 on the Billboard Hot 100. Aptly titled “I’m Just Ken — Purple Disco Machine Remix,” the track includes funky guitar riffs, beeping synths and all the drama of any good disco jam.

But wait — there’s more.

For the sensiKens of the world, Ronson and Gosling also put out an acoustic version of the song. Somehow more emotionally vulnerable than the original recording, “I’m Just Ken — In My Feelings Acoustic” employs acoustic guitars, a bigger string section, a whole lot of echoing vocals and more dramatic Kenergy than the entire theater departments at UCLA and USC combined.

The original film version of “I’m Just Ken” became a surprise hit amid the success of the billion-dollar “Barbie” box office run. The single peaked at No.87 on the Billboard Hot 100 in August.

Xiaomi Fires Three Employees for Spreading Rumours and Misinformation About Its First EV SU7

Mumbai, December 20: Xiaomi unveiled its first electric car, the SU7, in China on November 15, 2023. The company said it will start EV car production by partnering with Chinese automobile manufacturing companies and begin deliveries in February 2024. As committed, Xiaomi is closer to manufacturing its electric cars and offer to the customers. 

Recently, Xiaomi fired three employees who were spreading rumours and interrupting the company’s operations related to its cars. As per reports, the company also said to take legal action against two media outlets over its first car mode details leaked online. According to a report by Technode, Xiaomi is “known for its low-cost pricing advantage in the smartphone market”, and because of it, the company captured the attention of many brand enthusiasts. So such a interruption was not to be tolerated by the brand. ShareChat Layoffs: Indian Social Networking Service Platform Lays Off 15% of Workforce To Streamline Cost Base.

Xiaomi Fired Three Employees For Spreading Misinformation:

According to the report by The Economic Times, Xiaomi fired three employees from the company for misleading the market and spreading rumours about Xiaomi’s first EV cars. As per Technode’s detailed report, the three employees spread inaccurate information without seeking permission from the company and disrupted the operations of Xiaomi’s EV division. The report further said that the employees spread these rumours during conferences hosted by investment and brokerage firms.

The Technode’s report said that Xiaomi dismissed these three employees and will take legal action against them for breaching the code of conduct. Xiaomi also reportedly will take action against the leaks by two Chinese media outlets. In addition, the report also informed that the company is rumoured to debut its car during a press conference on December 28, but Xiaomi has yet to confirm it. Intel Layoffs: Chip Giant Lays Off 235 Employees in Its Fifth Round of Job Cuts in 2023, More Jobs Cuts To Happen in 2024.

As per the previous report, Xiaomi will likely introduce the new EV car in following variants: SU7, SU7 Pro, and SU7 Max. The Xiaomi SU7 will reportedly powered by Xiaomi’s Hyper OS and is expected to offer 210km top speed. The Chinese tech company will unveil its official range, features, specifications, and pricing for the global market in the coming months.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 20, 2023 07:07 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Sorry California, Amazon Will No Longer Sell You Donkey Meat

If you are planning to buy your donkey meat on Amazon this Christmas, you may have to look elsewhere. The world’s largest online retailer says it has stopped selling edible donkey in California, WIRED has learned.

Amazon’s new policy kicked in after months of negotiations with the Center for Contemporary Equine Studies, a nonprofit organization dedicated to protecting horses. In February, the center filed a legal complaint alleging that Amazon’s sale and distribution of products that contain ejiao—an ingredient made with donkey skin that’s popular in health supplements—violates a California animal-welfare law called the Prohibition of Horse Slaughter and Sale of Horsemeat for Human Consumption Act.

Horsemeat, the center argues, includes donkeys.

As part of a settlement to that complaint, Amazon has agreed to stop selling products that contain ejiao in California. According to court documents, Amazon denies any wrongdoing and disputes the center’s allegations. But in an interview with WIRED, Corey Page, an attorney with the law firm Evans & Page who represented the center in the lawsuit, speculates that “Amazon doesn’t settle cases it thinks it can win.”

“This is a signal that if anyone is doing this, they are doing something illegal,” he says. “If a company like Amazon decides it needs to stop sending products and promoting products that violate California law, then all other retailers should do the same.”

Amazon did not respond to a request for comment or questions about its new donkey-meat policy.

According to the settlement, Amazon has agreed to “undertake reasonable best efforts” to implement “internal measures” that prevent the sale of products containing ejiao “so that such products will not be available for sale to California addresses.”

It’s unclear how effective that approach will be. A June 2020 investigation from The Markup found that Amazon failed to enforce its own list of banned items including bongs, pill presses, and gun parts. A major 2019 investigation by the Wall Street Journal similarly found thousands of unsafe and banned products for sale on the site. A CNBC report that same year revealed Amazon was shipping expired baby formula and other consumables. Also in 2019, WIRED found books on Amazon pushing potentially fatal “treatments” for autism.

To test the terms of the donkey-meat settlement, WIRED filled an Amazon shopping cart with 10 edible items containing donkey and tried to ship it to our San Francisco office. Amazon prevented our sale at checkout with a message that read, “Sorry, this item can’t be shipped to your selected address. You may either change the shipping address or delete the item from your order.” In February, we were able to purchase ejiao products and successfully ship them to a California address.

Amazon is not the only retailer that has limited its sale of donkey meat in recent years. In 2018, Walmart and eBay committed to drop ejiao products after pressure from animal rights advocates who claimed that the high demand led to the brutal treatment of donkeys. A 2019 report by an advocacy organization called the Donkey Sanctuary details how workers in Tanzania bludgeoned donkeys with hammers to meet their slaughter quotas.

If you didn’t know, or had never thought about, whether Amazon sells donkey meat, you likely aren’t alone. In February, WIRED found more than a dozen products on Amazon that contained donkey; some even claimed to be “herbal” on their bottle. They had names like Chinese Special Snack Seedless and Ass Hide Glue Lumps. “It’s not herbal,” a lifelong vegetarian who unknowingly ate donkey after purchasing a dietary supplement on Amazon told WIRED at the time. “It’s literally made with donkeys.”

Shiba Inu Holders to Get ‘.SHIB’ Domain that Would Function on Web2.0, Web3

The developers behind the popular memecoin Shiba Inu have decided to bring a new offering to its investor community. The Shiba Inu team has applied to acquire the ‘.shib’ domain, which if approved, would let members of its community create email addresses with the ‘.shib’ suffix. This top-level domain (TLD) will work natively with Web3 elements like crypto wallets and be compatible with traditional email applications.

Presently, the Web3 domains that are in circulation like .crypto and .eth do not work natively with critical internet tools like web browsers and email. This is because they do not operate on the traditional Web2 Domain Name System (DNS).

The Shib team has partnered with D3, which is an Internet domain firm, in order to provide these ‘.shib’ usernames to its community members. D3, founded in 2023, aims to create the next generation of domains that would be interoperable between Web2 and Web3.

The domain startup posted an official update about its partnership with Shib on its X handle.

As part of the process that entails Shib’s application for this new domain, D3 will first seek approval from the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) — a US-based non-profit organisation that creates and enforces policy on the internet’s identifiers.

If things go well, Shib developers will offer ‘name tokens’ based on .shib that would eliminate the need for its community to create long, alphanumeric crypto wallet addresses to juggle assets among multiple blockchains.

As of now, the development has not ushered any significant change in its pricing. At the time of writing, the value of Shiba Inu stood at $0.000010 (roughly Rs. 0.000850).

In recent times, crypto-related domain names have come to garner major popularity around the world. Last year, authorities in the UAE announced that women entrepreneurs aiming to experiment in the Web3 arena could apply for a free domain name.

In June 2022, crypto exchange firm Blockchain.com decided to list 86 million ‘.blockchain’ domain names for up for grabs for free, supported by Unstoppable Domains.


Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
Join a masterclass on data storytelling

Data storytelling helps marketers present complex information in a relatable and compelling format – which plays a heavy hand in engaging consumers, influencing decisions and creating brand loyalty.

Join experts from Marigold for a 20-minute data storytelling masterclass and learn how to increase your conversions using data storytelling.

Register and attend “Data Storytelling Masterclass,” presented by Marigold.


Click here to view more Search Engine Land webinars.


New on Search Engine Land

About the author

Cynthia Ramsaran

Cynthia Ramsaran is director of custom content at Third Door Media, publishers of Search Engine Land and MarTech. A multi-channel storyteller with over two decades of editorial/content marketing experience, Cynthia’s expertise spans the marketing, technology, finance, manufacturing and gaming industries. She was a writer/producer for CNBC.com and produced thought leadership for KPMG. Cynthia hails from Queens, NY and earned her Bachelor’s and MBA from St. John’s University.

Largest District in Uttarakhand, List of Districts of Uttarakhand

Uttarakhand, nestled in the lap of the majestic Himalayas, is renowned for its pristine landscapes, spiritual significance and diverse culture. Among its many jewels, Chamoli stands out as the largest district of Uttarakhand state, encompassing a breathtaking expanse of natural beauty, ancient temples and vibrant communities. In this article, we embark on a journey to unravel the wonders of Chamoli, discovering why it holds a special place in the hearts of both nature enthusiasts and spiritual seekers.

Largest District in Uttarakhand

The state Uttarakhand has 13 districts in all, among which Chamoli district with the total area of 8,030 square kilometers, stands as the largest district of Uttarakhand. It is known for its religious significance, including the shrines and temples of Badrinath. The Chipko Movement, an environmental conservation movement, originated in Chamoli.

An Overview of Uttarakhand’s Largest District

Here are some key details about Chamoli, the largest district in Uttarakhand:

  • Nickname: Largest district in Uttarakhand
  • Headquarter: Chamoli, Gopeshwar
  • Popular Places: Badrinath, Gairsain
  • Area: 8030 sq. km
  • Population (2011): 3,91,605
  • Division: Garhwal
  • Establishment: 24 February 1960
  • Tehsils: 12
  • Official Languages: Hindi

Largest District of Uttarakhand – History

Chamoli’s history dates back to ancient times, with references in Vedas, Puranas, Ramayana and Mahabharata. The Gorkhas invaded the region around 300 B.C., leading to conflicts and the construction of protective forts.

Chamoli was initially part of Pauri Garhwal and became a separate district in 1960. After the Gorkha rule, it saw a series of historical events, including the devastating earthquake of 1803.

Administration of Chamoli District

Area: 3,080 sq. km

Tehsils: 12

Blocks: 9

Assembly Constituencies: 3

Chamoli is in the Garhwal division and shares borders with Tibet and various districts with Uttarakhand.

Education in Chamoli District of Uttarakhand

The literacy rate in Chamoli is 82.65%. Notable educational institutions include the Institute of Technology in Gopeshwar and various degree college.

Uttarakhand’s Largest District – Tourism

Chamoli is a popular tourist destination with attractions like Valley of Flowers, Auli, Badrinath Temple, Hemkund Sahib and Rudranath. Here are some of the places to visit in Chamoli:

  • Valley of Flowers
  • Auli
  • Rudranath Temple
  • Badrinath Temple
  • Hemkund Sahib

Weather in Chamoli

Minimum Temperature: 29° C

Maximum Temperature: 3° C

Average Temperature: 16.7° C

Rainfall: 1305 mm

Chamoli’s climate varies with altitude. The district experiences a warm and temperate climate, with winters from mid-November to March. June is the warmest month and January sees the lowest temperatures.

About the State of Uttarakhand

The genesis of Uttarakhand as a separate state traces back to August 1,2000, when the Lok Sabha passed a bill paving the way for its formation. Subsequently, on August 10, 2000, the Rajya Sabha endorsed the bill, and on August 28, 2000, the President approved the Uttarakhand State Bill. Originally named Uttaranchal, the state was later rechristened as Uttarakhand.

Uttarakhand District List

Chamoli with the area of 8,030 square kilometers stands as the largest district in Uttarakhand, followed by Uttarkashi, Pithoragarh, Tehri Garhwal and Pauri Garhwal.

Here is the list of districts of Uttarakhand:

Districts of Uttarakhand
S. No. District Area (in sq. km) Population (2011)
1. Almora 3,083 621,972
2. Bageshwar 2,302 259,840
3. Chamoli 8,030 391,114
4. Champawat 1,781 259,315
5. Dehradun 3,088 1,695,860
6. Haridwar 2,360 1,927,029
7. Nainital 3,860 955,128
8. Pauri Garhwal 5,399 686,572
9. Pithoragarh 7,100 485,993
10. Rudraprayag 1,890 236,857
11. Tehri Garhwal 4,080 616,409
12. Udham Singh Nagar 2,908 1,648,367
13. Uttarkashi 8,016 329,686

 

 

Readers Slam Hospital Monopolies and Blame the Feds for Understaffed Nursing Homes

Letters to the Editor is a periodic feature. We welcome all comments and will publish a selection. We edit for length and clarity and require full names.

Why Hospital Monopolies Are a Bad Idea

I recently read the article about Ballad Health by Brett Kelman and Samantha Liss regarding the Mountain States Health Alliance and Wellmont Health System merging to create Ballad Health, upon state approval (“These Appalachia Hospitals Made Big Promises to Gain a Monopoly. They’re Failing to Deliver,” Sept. 29). Well, it was approved, and here is another reason that monopolies are a bad idea. My husband is a teacher in Tennessee, and it complicated our open enrollment selections for 2024 insurance. We have used BlueCross BlueShield of Tennessee, a widely selected insurer in our state. We were sent notification that Ballad Health and BCBST were in negotiations and that there was a high probability that Ballad will soon be an out-of-network provider for those with BCBST plans. Luckily, the school district offers Cigna insurance as well, but not all providers accept that insurance (as I said, BCBST is a huge insurer in this area).

Please explain to me how it is OK for a monopoly to decide not to be in-network with any health plans. They should be required to be in-network with any insurer from this area. I find this very upsetting. I shouldn’t have to worry that if a catastrophic event were to happen that my insurance coverage would be reduced to 60%-40% from 80%-20%, all because my only option for emergency care (Ballad) chose not to negotiate with the largest insurance provider in my area. Just food for thought.

— Kimberly Ensor, Johnson City, Tennessee

On X, formerly known as Twitter, a user whose tagline is “a one-woman wrecking ball” had this to say about nursing home worker shortages:

This is DEVASTATING! If CMS is saying they cannot identify a safe nursing staff level for residents than how can surveyors hold homes accountable? It ain’t happening anyway. Biden’s policy is WEAK. CMS is a joke. The gov’t is throwing away $. Wash & repeathttps://t.co/1FZ0YRLfdm

— Politics, Policies & Pop Culture ✍️ (@out2sea90210) August 29, 2023

— Ashley Thomas, Cleveland, Ohio

The Crisis of Understaffed Nursing Homes

I wanted to thank you for providing a platform for discussion of nursing home staffing (“Exclusive: CMS Study Sabotages Efforts to Bolster Nursing Home Staffing, Advocates Say,” Aug. 29). As a nursing student entering my final semester at SUNY Downstate, I have seen firsthand the destitute conditions of understaffed nursing homes. Staffing ratios are abysmal and, as I see it, the only solution for the well-being of nursing home residents is a responsible staff-to-resident ratio.

I wholeheartedly agreed with the sentiment of the article: The Abt Associates study was a shameful attempt to undermine the movement toward standardized staffing ratios at nursing homes. People become residents at nursing homes for many reasons, but the fact is they are there, above all, because they need specialized care, which these homes need nurses to provide — services such as ventilator care, tube feedings, medication, continuous monitoring, and frequent interventions to prevent pressure injuries, and so much more. There is something terribly wrong when nursing homes cannot provide the services that define them, especially when families and residents depend on them to do so.

I do think there were some missed opportunities in the article. For example, Jordan Rau writes that “immobile residents are not repositioned in bed, causing bedsores that can lead to infection.” While this statement is true, it is rather vague. Infections are a life-threatening risk associated with pressure injuries, but the sores themselves are grotesque and painful, a point I think should have been included to emphasize the injustice of allowing pressure injuries to develop and worsen. Health care workers should make every effort to prevent them. And nurses should understand their roles as advocates in being a voice for patients who are unable to speak for themselves.

It’s easy for the public to imagine the residents of nursing homes as homogenous and stereotypical elderly people who have been forgotten as they became burdensome, which is not only false, but actively harmful and agist. People of all ages and backgrounds live in nursing homes, and their needs are as diverse as they are themselves. The only universal commonality they have is that they live in nursing homes and need respect, dignity, care, and an adequate number of nurses and staff to protect these needs.

— Tara L. Clark, Freeport, New York

A union activist who supports a national single-payer health system also weighed in on X:

CMS is the agency that is supposed to protect patients. But CMS, instead, follows the bidding of the nursing home industry. Shame! This is the same agency that presides over handing Medicare to the for-profit industry. https://t.co/xYpKySzkwJ

— Kay Tillow (@KayTillow) August 29, 2023

— Kay Tillow, Louisville, Kentucky

Avoiding Financial Ruin for Aging Elders

As Jordan Rau and Reed Abelson identify (“Facing Financial Ruin as Costs Soar for Elder Care,” Nov. 14), too many of today’s older adults are falling through the cracks. They may struggle with daily activities and declining health but don’t necessarily need 24/7 nursing home care.

Within the patchwork of long-term care, the Program of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly is underutilized. PACE offers integrated care through its campus-based model, where participants can receive comprehensive, coordinated medical care and social services in a combined Medical Clinic and Day Center, while also receiving at-home support with essential tasks like dressing, bathing, and eating.

This care is free to our dually eligible participants who are never saddled with copays, out-of-pocket costs, or deductibles. PACE has saved states thousands annually per participant. Further, participants are grateful to stay at home and remain engaged with family and friends.

PACE acts as a critical safety net for low-income seniors, so they and their families aren’t forced into financial ruin. For those not Medicaid-eligible, it costs less than the nursing home alternative.

To close our system’s gaps and lower spending, programs like PACE need to become a more prominent part of the discussion. Policymakers should expand access to PACE services so more people can benefit from this successful model of senior care.

— Richard Fish, CEO of One Senior Care, Erie, Pennsylvania

JoAnne Dyer echoed the dire warning about the draining cost of long-term care in an X post:

Something scary that you’re probably not thinking about but you probably should be thinking about. Long-term care can bankrupt you. Yes, you. You with your savings account and your 401k. https://t.co/OsaztigioN

— JoAnne Dyer (@7Madronas) November 15, 2023

— JoAnne Dyer, Seattle

More Power to Suzanne Somers

Age 76 is pretty long to fight an aggressive, metastatic breast cancer without chemotherapy (“Suzanne Somers’ Legacy Tainted by Celebrity Medical Misinformation,” Oct. 18). I’d say Suzanne Somers proved her point! None of us lives forever. I got a lumpectomy in 2015 and refused tamoxifen. Chemotherapy wasn’t needed. I refuse mammograms and gynecology. I am doing well. I found Ms. Somers’ book on cancer, called “Knockout,” very informative. I didn’t buy into the supplements angle, but it empowered me in my own fight, when there were no answers, to ask questions and research. Quality of life is more important.

— Kerry McCracken, Milan, Illinois

A Las Vegas reader reacted on X to the same article published by the Los Angeles Times, one of KFF Health News’ media partners:

Ruthless Progressives and their corporate media trolls will continue to hate you long after you’re dead and buried.https://t.co/BF3y1v1gki#Progressive #hate #corporatemedia #disinformation

— Grant David Gillham 🐎🗡️🌊🛩🔫🇲🇽🏍⛳🎸 (@CaptG2) October 19, 2023

— Grant David Gillham, Las Vegas

Over-the-Counter Narcan a Big Leap for Humankind

Thank you for sharing your article highlighting barriers to accessing Narcan (“Narcan, Now Available Without a Prescription, Can Still Be Hard to Get,” Oct. 11). While some experts have questioned the significance of making Narcan available over the counter, I firmly believe this development is a major milestone in our ongoing battle against opioid-related fatalities.

One may argue that this change is merely a “tiny, tiny baby step” and not deserving of applause; however, I would contend that every positive change, no matter how small or late in the game, is a vital part of a larger solution. Making Narcan available without a prescription is a tangible acknowledgment of the urgency of the opioid crisis and a recognition of the need for swift, accessible interventions.

Narcan’s OTC status can help reduce the stigma surrounding opioid overdose and encourage open conversations about addiction and harm reduction. It sends a message that saving lives is a priority, and it encourages individuals to be prepared to act in emergencies.

Still, there are certainly challenges related to affordability of OTC Narcan. While $45 isn’t an ideal price tag, community groups, first responders, state and local governments, and harm reduction groups — many of whom may purchase Narcan in bulk — can buy Narcan for a cheaper price, $41 per two-dose carton.

It is also important to continue educating pharmacists on the use of Narcan. Only 19 states require that pharmacists complete a training course prior to dispensing naloxone in any capacity. All pharmacists, especially those located in areas with high rates of opioid deaths, need to be firmly equipped with the necessary information on administering Narcan to be a trusted source among the public. Provider education is a key steppingstone to improving access.

Narcan’s OTC availability represents a positive shift in our approach to combating opioid overdoses, and it is a step that deserves acknowledgment and support. Let us not underestimate the impact of this change and continue working toward a future where every person has access to the tools they need to prevent opioid-related fatalities.

— Sana Imam, master’s student at George Washington University, Washington, D.C.

The HIV Prevention Trials Network chimed in on X:

As an over-the-counter product, Narcan ideally would appear on store shelves in the same way as ibuprofen and cough medication. https://t.co/fkzCZfwgFL

— HPTN (@HIVptn) October 11, 2023

A ‘Hit Piece’ on Rival Hospital Systems

I recently read your article of a couple of years ago comparing for-profit versus nonprofit medical schools (“Montana Med School Clash Revives For-Profit Vs. Nonprofit Flap,” June 7, 2021). I am an anesthesiologist with 24 years of experience, and almost every health care institution or hospital has become for-profit. In fact, most anesthesiology groups are managed by corporations like NorthStar Anesthesia, U.S. Anesthesia Partners, etc. Hospitals have merged into gigantic multibillion-dollar corporations like Ascension, Universal Health Services, HCA Healthcare, and CHI Health.

So why is it so bad to have a for-profit medical school, exactly? Almost every aspect of modern health care has become for-profit, and those nonprofit institutions have colluded with larger systems to shut down smaller hospitals. So this clearly is a “hit piece” on the for-profit educational system by their competitor, Touro College and University System.

I am one of the few doctors truly trained in a nonprofit — called the U.S. Army, where I did my residency in anesthesiology at Brooke Army Medical Center. This is quite an uninformed and unreasonable article, especially given the state of the corporate health care industry that is pervasive in our country. When I left the military for private practice, I could not believe what was being passed for elective surgery outside the military.

So let’s not get the pot and kettle confused here. Calling out a for-profit medical school in an era dominated by large multibillion-dollar health care corporations is certainly the pot calling the kettle black. And the rural Montana area is just as much of a deserving area for any medical school — for-profit or nonprofit — as the rural state of West Virginia, where I practice.

— Lance R. Hoover, Morgantown, West Virginia

Medicare Cuts Harm Seniors’ Access to Physical Therapy Care

It’s disheartening to hear stories of physical therapists who are increasingly struggling to afford their training and cost of living while facing lower pay (“Back Pain? Bum Knee? Be Prepared to Wait for a Physical Therapist,” Nov. 28). No one should have to give up their dream of being a physical therapist because they worry the pay is unsustainable — especially at a time when many patients already have limited access to therapy care.

Unfortunately, that’s the reality for many — especially since the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services recently finalized yet another year of steep payment cuts to physical, occupational, and speech therapy in its recently released Medicare Physician Fee Schedule Final Rule for CY 2024.

CMS’ final rule includes a troubling pay cut of at least 3.4% to therapy providers in 2024. But in some geographic regions, that cut could be as high as over 4% because of the highly technical formula CMS uses to determine reimbursement. Not only will this cut weaken the pipeline of new physical therapists entering the field, but it will also put significant financial strain on physical therapists currently practicing, hurting retention, and potentially leading to practice closings, which all negatively impact patient access to physical therapy.

Physical therapy care is a critically important non-pharmacological treatment option for our nation’s aging population. It helps patients manage pain, improve mobility, and protect their independence, while avoiding reliance on powerful painkillers and preventing potentially deadly falls. It even saves CMS money: On average, Medicare spending for beneficiaries who receive physical therapy as the first treatment option is 75% lower than the total average spending for Medicare patients who undergo surgery first.

Though it’s disappointing that CMS did not listen to the patient and provider communities when finalizing yet more cuts, there’s still time for Congress to act. I urge our lawmakers on Capitol Hill to work together and swiftly reverse the serious cuts in the new rule to help stabilize our nation’s health care system and expand access to physical therapy care for patients.

— Nikesh Patel, executive director of the Alliance for Physical Therapy Quality and Innovation (APTQI), Washington, D.C.

KFF Health News is a national newsroom that produces in-depth journalism about health issues and is one of the core operating programs at KFF—an independent source of health policy research, polling, and journalism. Learn more about KFF.

USE OUR CONTENT

This story can be republished for free (details).

The Day Before Keys Are Being Listed For $300 Each

Who would have thought that one of the most expensive games of the year The Day Before? Reseller sites have the game listed for between $233 to $304 according to Green Man Gaming (via Kotaku), several times more than what The Day Before cost when it was briefly available. It’s worth noting that while these sites are free to set their own prices for these games, it’s going to be a hard sell to convince people to buy the game at that price.

There is some precedence for this scenario, as in the years since Hideo Kojima’s PT was removed from the PlayStation Store, PS4 consoles loaded with that game have sold quite well through markets like eBay. The Day Before might become a sought-after piece of gaming history in the months to come, and key reseller sites–some of which have a spotty history due to how they do business as unauthorized sellers of games–are banking on the game’s short-lived post-launch history to be worth a hefty asking price.

Now Playing: The Day Before – Final Gameplay Trailer

There are better ways to spend $300–like 100 cups of coffee–especially when The Day Before will likely be inaccessible once its servers are taken offline soon. Launching in early access on Steam earlier this month, The Day Before had a lifespan of mere days before it was pulled from Steam. Even in its early state, the game was notoriously buggy and players would often run into game-breaking issues.

After the disastrous launch, the studio behind the project, Fntastic, announced that it was closing down as the game had “failed financially” and the developer lacked the funds necessary to continue.

Childhood trauma increases risk of chronic pain in adulthood, research to-date highlights

Physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, or neglect, either alone or combined with other types of childhood trauma, increases the risk of chronic pain and related disability in adulthood, according to new research.

These new findings underscore the urgency of addressing adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) — potentially traumatic events that occur before 18 years of age — and taking steps to mitigate their long-term impact on people’s health.

The study reviews research carried out across 75 years, involving 826,452 adults. Published in the peer-reviewed journal European Journal of Psychotraumatology, it reveals that individuals who have been exposed to various forms of traumatic events in childhood are at an increased risk of experiencing chronic pain and pain-related disability in adulthood, particularly those subjected to physical abuse. The cumulative impact of exposure to multiple ACEs further exacerbates this risk.

“These results are extremely concerning, particularly as over 1 billion children — half of the global child population — are exposed to ACEs each year, putting them at increased risk of chronic pain and disability later in life,” says lead author Dr André Bussières, from the School of Physical & Occupational Therapy at McGill University, in Canada.

“There is an urgent need to develop targeted interventions and support systems to break the cycle of adversity and improve long-term health outcomes for those individuals who have been exposed to childhood trauma.”

ACEs may affect a child or teenager directly through physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, or neglect — or indirectly through exposure to environmental factors like domestic violence, living with substance abuse or parental loss. Chronic pain, affecting between one-third and one-half of the UK population alone, is one of the leading causes of disability worldwide. Long-term painful conditions such as low back pain, arthritis, headache and migraine, can affect a person’s daily functioning to the point they can’t work, eat properly, or participate in physical activities.

Previous research has indicated a positive relationship between exposure to ACEs and chronic pain in adulthood. However, there are still gaps in knowledge — particularly around which type of ACEs are associated with specific pain-related conditions, or whether a dose-response relationship exists.

To help address these gaps, the authors carried out a systematic review that included 85 studies. Of those, results from 57 studies could be pooled in meta-analyses. They found that:

  • Individuals exposed to a direct ACE, whether physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, or neglect, were 45% more likely to report chronic pain in adulthood compared to those not exposed.

“These results underscore the urgency of addressing ACES, particularly in light of their prevalence and health repercussions,” says the senior author Professor Jan Hartvigsen, from the University of Southern Denmark.

“A more nuanced understanding of the precise relationship between ACEs and chronic pain will empower healthcare professionals and policymakers to devise targeted strategies to help diminish the long-term impact of early-life adversity on adult health.”

The authors propose that future research should delve into the biological mechanisms through which ACEs affect health across the lifespan, aiming to deepen understanding and develop ways to mitigate their impact.

Flavours of the Orient- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

BENGALURU: Whether you like eating a steaming bowl of ramen on a cold day or just enjoy looking at beautifully designed and constructed sushi from your favourite Japanese anime, food is definitely one of the most wholesome experiences in Japanese culture. The Japan Food Fest 2023 organised by the Consulate General of Japan in Bengaluru is coming back to the city on November 26, 2023, at Shangri-La Hotel to celebrate the rich flavours of Japanese cuisine.

Around 20 well-known restaurants in the city will be putting up stalls, and serving various delicacies. They will also have restaurants from other places like Puducherry and New Delhi. The fest will also feature a sashimi-cutting demonstration wherein a Japanese chef will showcase how sashimi is cut and made into rolls. “In order to deepen Japan-India relations, it is important to know, recognise, and respect each other’s culture. I believe that food is the basis of culture, and making Indian people taste Japanese food is a shortcut to learning about the Japanese culture at large,” says Nakane Tsutomu, Consul-General of Japan in Bengaluru.

The last edition saw around 1,900 people participating in the fest and this year, an upward of 2,000 people are expected. Tsutomu says, “I was surprised at the turnout at last year’s fest, it was unfortunate that I was not able to taste the food at the stalls due to the many friends and acquaintances who came to the event. The Sushi Exhibition held at Chitrakala Parishath in August this year attracted 5,500 visitors in two weeks. We are pleased to see the growing popularity of Japanese food in Bengaluru.”

Speaking about the city’s cultural inclusivity, Tsutomu says, “Bengaluru, with its favourable climate, has always attracted a diverse range of people from all over India. Therefore, I understand that Japanese culture, especially Japanese food culture, can be tried without prerequisites or barriers, and accepted as each person feels. Japanese food is said to be eaten with all five senses, and we hope that everyone in Bengaluru will enjoy it.” He further adds that technique and precision are very important to the cuisine.

“Some of the most important aspects of Japanese cooking are the five methods (cutting, boiling, grilling, steaming, and frying), five tastes (sweet, sour, salty, bitter, and umami), relished with five senses (sight, hearing, smell, touch, and taste), and five colours (red, yellow, green, white, and black) which is very pleasing to the eye.”

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Narsee Monjee Institute of Management

Disclaimer: Law School Experiences are personal opinions of a particular student about their college. These pieces are NOT Lawctopus’ official take on the law school.

This Law School Experience was submitted anonymously.

Full name of your college

SVKM’s Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies

State/UT of your college

Madhya Pradesh

Tell us a few good things about your college.

NMIMS Indore offers a diverse range of programs, fostering academic excellence and holistic development. With experienced faculty, state-of-the-art facilities, and industry connections, it prepares students for real-world challenges. The institute emphasizes practical learning, research, and extracurricular activities, shaping well-rounded and competent professionals.

Are there any bad things about your college?

NMIMS Indore has faced criticism for its high tuition fees coupled with inconsistent faculty quality. Limited industry exposure and placement opportunities have left students struggling for relevant job prospects. Additionally, infrastructural shortcomings and lack of comprehensive academic support have negatively impacted the overall learning experience.

How has your experience in your college been till now?

Students at NMIMS Indore enjoy a dynamic learning environment that combines rigorous academics with industry exposure. The campus fosters holistic development through diverse clubs, events, and workshops. Collaborative faculty and modern facilities enrich the overall experience, preparing students for successful careers.

How’s the faculty?

NMIMS Indore’s faculty embodies excellence and diversity. With extensive industry experience, they bring real-world insights to the classroom, fostering practical learning. Their commitment to research enriches the academic environment, while their student-centric approach ensures holistic development. The faculty’s dedication creates a vibrant learning community.

Rated: 5/5

How’s the infrastructure (except hostels)?

NMIMS Indore likely refers to Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies in Indore, India. The campus’ infrastructure is modern and well-equipped, featuring state-of-the-art classrooms, advanced laboratories, a well-stocked library, recreational facilities, and comfortable accommodation. The institution’s focus on top-tier infrastructure enriches the learning experience for students.

Rated: 5/5

How’s your hostel experience?

NMIMS Indore hostel offers comfortable and convenient accommodation for students. The facility provides well-furnished rooms, essential amenities, and a conducive environment for studying and socializing. With a focus on student well-being and academic success, it’s an integral part of the university experience.

Rated: 4/5

How are your peers?

Outstanding peer at NMIMS, Indore. They demonstrate remarkable dedication to academics, actively engages in class discussions, and collaborates effectively on group projects. Their insightful perspectives enrich the learning environment. 

Rated: 3/5

How are the placements in your college?

NMIMS Indore offers a promising placement record, with renowned companies participating in recruitment drives. Its rigorous curriculum and industry-oriented approach prepare students well. The campus’s growing reputation and strong alumni network further enhance placement opportunities across diverse sectors.

Rated: 4/5

How are the co-curricular activities in your college?

NMIMS Indore offers diverse co-curricular activities, fostering holistic development. From clubs like drama, music, and debate to sports events and industry interactions, students thrive outside the classroom. These activities enhance skills, encourage teamwork, and provide a well-rounded educational experience.

Rated: 4/5

What are some of the things you’d advise to a 1st-year student who enters your college?

Embrace every opportunity at law school! Engage actively in classes, join moot court or debate clubs to enhance advocacy skills, build strong relationships with professors, and network with peers. Balancing academics and extracurricular will enrich your legal journey and lay a solid foundation for a successful career ahead.

Disclaimer: Law School Experiences are opinions shared by individual law students and tend to be personal and subjective in nature. The law school experiences shared on Lawctopus are NOT Lawctopus’ official views on the law school. We also do not edit law school experiences (except to ensure readability) to ensure that the author’s voice remains intact.

New Year fitness resolution: Ways to turn your Yoga practice into a strong habit | Health

ByZarafshan Shiraz, New Delhi

Developing a daily Yoga routine can do wonders for our body and mind as we wrap up 2023 and gear up for Christmas festivities before entering New Year 2024 but staying committed to fitness goals this winter can look tricky. Hence, we got some Yoga experts on board who suggested that by including the following habits in kids, parents can instill a positive attitude toward fitness as leading by example is key.

New Year 2024 fitness resolution: Ways to turn your Yoga practice into a strong habit (Photo by Mikhail Nilov on Pexels)

In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Saurabh Bothra, CEO and Certified Yoga Instructor at Habuild, suggested some effective ways to make Yoga a consistent habit –

Stay tuned with breaking news on HT Channel on Facebook. Join Now
  • A new practice feels challenging because our body is not habitual to the new change and thus the discomfort is quite normal. So, start with small changes and slowly get used to it. Starting with just 10 minutes of Yoga is great!
  • Set a specific time and place for your practice. Sometimes we don’t get to the mat, not because of the lack of discipline but it’s just that we don’t have a fixed spot or time for it. As you read this, choose a spot and decide on a time for your yoga practice. This small commitment makes sticking to it easier.
  • Additionally, surrounding yourself with an active community. What we see more of, becomes our new normal. Being around people who exercise regularly can inspire you to incorporate yoga into your routine.
  • We need not be harsh on ourselves. You’ll be amazed at how much you can accomplish by being patient and gentle on your own journey.
  • Take it slow, enjoy the process, and before you know it, you’ll be bending, breathing, and flowing through life with ease!

Ravi Teja Akondi, CEO and Co-Founder at iMumz, recommended 5 tips for everyone who wishes to be regular with Yoga:

1. Understand your ‘why’ – Being aware of your intentions really helps you stay motivated

2. Find a good trainer – Though there are a lot of video resources out there, nothing can beat the experience given by a good teacher online/offline helping to make it a habit.

3. Do it in a community – We suggest this to not just regular people but to expecting mothers too to keep them active and have a healthy routine. Doing it in smaller groups and staying motivated helps in forming a habit.

4. Enjoy the process – Yoga is not just about the poses you do on the mat, but also about being aware of what you do, how you breathe, and what you eat by being conscious about it throughout the day.

5. Don’t push yourself too much – In Yoga, listening to your body is the key. Gradually bring changes within and it will help you become consistent. Here – when kids observe these habits in action, they naturally adopt them.

As ALS research booms, one treatment center finds itself in the spotlight

Merit Cudkowicz has spent her career treating some of the most unforgiving illnesses. She’s watched Alzheimer’s disease steal memories and Huntington’s disease take control of muscles. But the cruelest may be ALS, or amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, a rare, fatal condition that leaves patients unable to walk, talk and breathe as their nerve cells rapidly break down.

For years, Cudkowicz has directed the ALS clinic at Massachusetts General Hospital, where she became one of neuroscience’s most regarded voices for her hands-on approach to patient care and knack for getting the brightest researchers to work together. Yet, in spite of her best efforts, the clinic mostly grew at a sluggish pace. That was, until 2018.

The prominent American businessman Sean Healey had recently been diagnosed with ALS. As he looked into various treatment centers, hoping to find somewhere his money could go to good use, the one at Mass General caught his eye.

He soon met with Cudkowicz. “What could make a big difference? Because I might not survive this illness, but I want to make an impact on the field,” she remembers Healey saying. “I want to see that you can work fast. I know these academic places go slowly. Give me a proposal.”

Over the course of many nights, Cudkowicz and her colleagues put to paper a dream years in the making. Developing a drug can easily take a decade or longer — time ALS patients don’t have. What if there was a way to speed up the process, to simultaneously test a bunch of potential therapies instead of the traditional, one-at-a-time approach? Their pitch: a first-of-its-kind trial designed to do just that.

Healey liked it. Together with Affiliated Managers Group, the global asset management firm which he built, Healey gifted the clinic $40 million to launch that so-called platform trial and create endowments to seed a new generation of ALS researchers.

Five years later, the clinic — renamed the Sean M. Healey and AMG Center — is now arguably the most influential force in ALS research and care. It has a staff of more than 150, who provide treatment to around 900 patients. And its contributions have helped bring two new medicines to market, enticing drug companies to make ALS a greater priority.

“It’s the forefront of ALS,” said Nivedita Jerath, a medical director at the AdventHealth Neuroscience Institute in Orlando, Florida. “When you think of Healey, that’s all you think about. Healey equals ALS.”

In interviews with doctors, patients, drug company executives and the Healey center’s own staff, opinions of the clinic were overwhelmingly positive. Its platform trial remains a standout achievement, earning praise for getting results quickly and inspiring more people to participate in ALS studies. Some experts see it as a blueprint for further ALS clinical research.

Still, Healey’s standing and influence can make it a target for critique. All four drugs initially studied for its trial failed to meet key goals, raising questions about the center’s selection process. More broadly, doctors and drugmakers have found the trial burdensome at times due to the logistical challenges associated with juggling so many therapies.

Perhaps the sharpest assessments of Healey come from within. Cudkowicz wants the trial to move even faster. She’s also concerned some testing sites aren’t well-enough equipped to deal with the influx of interested patients.

“We feel the pressure to do it right,” Cudkowicz said. “So yes, I worry about [our work].”

“We don’t want to be still,” she added. “We’ve got to evolve with the field as we learn more about the disease.”

Merit Cudkowicz shows a pack of medication in a clinic at Massachusetts General Hospital.

Massachusetts General Hospital

 

A pioneering study

Platform trials weren’t a new concept. Oncologists had used the model in experiments like “I-SPY2,” a landmark breast cancer study that received recognition from top officials at the Food and Drug Administration. There were a couple examples in neuroscience, too, like an Alzheimer’s investigation run by the Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis.

Doing one in ALS, however, was uncharted water, so the Healey team sought outside opinions. They asked patients about what needed improving in clinical trials, spoke to drugmakers about what would keep them from participating in such a study. When companies wanted to know more about how the data would be handled, the center made efforts to put them at ease.

“Even though there are all these platform trials, there’s not a lot out there about tricky things like data sharing and when can you publicize results,” Cudkowicz said. “Those kinds of operational things, we just had to spend some time working out.”

Healey also turned to leaders of the cancer platform studies for feedback on whether it was measuring the right outcomes or had enough funding and testing sites.

The center ultimately tried to create an adaptable, multisite trial that would start with a handful of experimental medicines and add more over time. Each arm would test one medicine for six months and compare it against a shared placebo group — effectively maximizing the number of people who end up receiving some kind of therapy. After the six months, volunteers could continue onto an “active treatment extension period,” in which they all can receive the studied medicine.

Importantly, the Healey trial was less strict about who could enter compared to other ALS tests, which, in an effort to get the best possible results, often excluded patients who were too far along in the disease or had concurrent health issues. If patients still didn’t meet the platform trial’s eligibility criteria, they could try some of the medicines through “expanded access protocols.”

“We were confident we could do something that would be a win-win for everyone,” said Sabrina Paganoni, a physician-scientist at Healey and a co-director of Mass General’s Neurology Clinical Research Institute, which studies potential drugs for the brain and nervous system. Cudkowicz established the precursor to that institute in 1994.

With the design in place, Healey put out a call to developers to submit drugs for its study. More than 30 applied, nearly all small biotechnology companies attracted by the center’s deep bench of experts and, crucially, its promise to cover a significant amount of the trial’s costs.

Healey wasn’t accepting just any drug, though. It wanted only candidates that had advanced beyond the first stage of human testing. And for the initial crop, each had to work in a different way biologically.

The center ended up choosing drugs from Clene Nanomedicine, Prilenia Therapeutics, Biohaven Pharmaceutical and Ra Pharmaceuticals. A fifth, from Implicit Biosciences, was offered via expanded access.

“There’s an important badge of validation and scientific rigor that accompanies such a program, because so many important minds particular to the ALS space are involved,” said Rob Etherington, CEO of Clene.

For Prilenia, making the cut marked a turning point. The private biotech had been trying to show a drug known as pridopidine could protect nerve cells from degrading. It was all-in preparing a large trial in Huntington’s, and had no intention of branching into ALS, according to CEO Michael Hayden.

But the Healey study proved too tempting. While results later found pridopidine to not be significantly better than a placebo at slowing the disease, Prilenia said after-the-fact analyses suggested the drug benefited certain patients who were rapidly declining. The company is now planning a late-stage program in ALS.

“Without Healey, we would not have done this trial,” said Hayden, who added that he’s known Cudkowicz for a long time, so there was “already a level of trust.”

He isn’t the first to say as much. Ten years ago, two undergraduates at Brown University were investigating whether an experimental medicine they’d dreamt up might be able to combat the destruction of nerve cells. The students, Justin Klee and Josh Cohen, had created a company, Amylyx Pharmaceuticals, and were working through the complex task of pushing their therapy into human testing. Their first target: Alzheimer’s.

In 2014, Klee and Cohen were wrapping up another meeting with Amylyx’s top scientific adviser, the well-known neurologist Rudy Tanzi. But before they could leave, Tanzi stopped them. He said they really needed to talk to the person about to come into his office.

In walked Cudkowicz. Klee and Cohen gave her their elevator pitch, sharing what they had learned about the medicine and their plans to test it against Alzheimer’s. Intrigued, she offered one major piece of advice — start, instead, in ALS.

By the end of that brief introduction, Cudkowicz convinced the Amylyx founders to shift course. She set up meetings with high-profile experts and organizations that raise money for ALS research, connections “well beyond our pedigree” at the time, according to Cohen. “That’s really the story of how we got into ALS,” Klee said, “and it centers very squarely on Merit.”

That story would come to define Amylyx and its therapy, which last year won approval in Canada and the U.S. after showing it can keep ALS patients alive and better functioning for a little longer. Amylyx is now profitable — a rare accomplishment for any young biotech. Some Wall Street analysts expect that peak yearly sales of its drug, sold under the brand names Relyvrio and Albrioza, could approach $1 billion.

Around 3,900 of the roughly 30,000 ALS patients in the U.S. were on Relyvrio as of Sept. 30, according to Amylyx.

“It’s a little bit addicting. Once you see the impact a trial like that can have, you want to do it again,” said Paganoni, who piloted the study that led to Relyvrio’s approval. “That’s what I’m hoping to do with the platform trial.”

By early 2020, the Healey team had secured drugs and finalized their trial’s design. They just needed participants.

The logo of Amylyx Pharmaceuticals is seen through an office window.

The logo of Amylyx Pharmaceuticals is seen through an office window.

Permission granted by Amylyx Pharmaceuticals

 

Finding volunteers

Nick Marchionda first felt something wasn’t right six years ago, when, one evening at dinner, his fingers locked up as he held a fork. A bone doctor suspected arthritis. But that didn’t explain the symptoms to come. By 2020, his balance was increasingly off, leading to multiple falls at the supermarket bakery he’d managed for more than a decade.

A visit to a neurologist soon after confirmed the real culprit was ALS. “Boy, do I miss work,” said Marchionda, now 65, who had to retire early from his baking career in 2021.

The diagnosis marked the onset of an exceptionally difficult couple of years for Marchionda. His wife, Joanne, died from cancer in June. And over the past six months, his disease has worsened to the point where he requires a wheelchair and can no longer use his left arm.

Marchionda considers himself fortunate, though. He learned about the Healey trial from his wife’s oncologist at Mass General and was later one of 163 people selected for “Regimen D” — the arm testing Prilenia’s drug, which he believes helped his breathing and voice. Marchionda has since enrolled in a newer arm evaluating a therapy from Denali Therapeutics. “I want to be part of the solution to ALS,” he said.

Launched just weeks before the COVID-19 pandemic, Healey’s trial faced a three-month enrollment delay as investigators adjusted to working virtually. Yet it wasn’t long before patients flooded ALS clinics across the country with requests to join. Cudkowicz has estimated that the initial arms enrolled two- to three-times faster than is typical for an ALS study.

Years later, interest remains high. In Boise, Idaho, the Saint Alphonsus Regional Medical Center has seen an inflow of ALS patients since becoming a Healey site. It’s currently offering Denali’s candidate and the “Regimen F” therapy developed by Calico Life Sciences, as well as expanded access to the “Regimen E” drug, a type of sugar called trehalose.

According to Jackie Whitesell, a neurologist and site director at Saint Alphonsus, the center now follows about 50 ALS patients each year, including one who recently drove eight hours from Tacoma, Washington, for expanded access to trehalose. The added case load can be especially strenuous for small sites like Whitesell’s, which has at most three researchers at any given time.

In Seattle, the platform trial is so popular it’s edging out other kinds of ALS studies.

“Our department let us know this is what patients want,” said Michael Weiss, director of the neuromuscular diseases division at the University of Washington Medical Center. “So I think Healey is going to be the primary ALS trial design we’re going to be getting patients into, at least for the foreseeable future.”

Healey’s pull isn’t universal, however. In Orlando, Jerath’s clinic, which is not a Healey site, sees about 40 to 60 ALS patients annually. She said not one has brought up the platform trial in the five years she’s worked there.

Cudkowicz and her team try to get the word out. They frequently publish press releases and other news. And they host a weekly webinar providing updates on the platform trial alongside interviews with ALS experts. Even so, there’s a particular subset of patients who have “the bandwidth to be involved” in a study like Healey’s, Whitesell said.

At Jerath’s clinic, most of the patients are older, further along in their disease and don’t want to travel far. So, while open to learning about clinical trials, they’re usually more concerned about maintaining their quality of life or getting insurance to pay for the medication and equipment they need to survive, she said.

Those who have participated in the platform trial report a generally good experience. Whitesell, for instance, hasn’t heard any negative reviews from the patients she’s enrolled. Doctors and drugmakers tend to share those sentiments. “Most of us are big fans of it,” said Weiss, who’s a site investigator.

A platform trial is nonetheless a huge undertaking. Nearly every aspect — from funding each arm, to collecting and reporting data, to reviewing and releasing results — is exponentially more complicated than in a normal study. If these trials do become the standard, ALS researchers will be pressed to knock down the obstacles.

“Anything that is discovered takes weeks to months to have everybody get on the same page,” said Clene’s Etherington. “It’s certainly more hoops to jump through … but that’s the price one pays to achieve.”

Healey’s trial design has received some scrutiny. Etherington, for one, wonders whether six months is enough time to truly assess a therapy’s effectiveness. Cudkowicz says her team is considering a modification next year that would extend the testing period to eight or nine months. She’d prefer to go in the opposite direction, shortening the period, but that would require methods of measuring disease progression that aren’t yet available.

A longer testing period wouldn’t sit well patients like Mark Reedy, a 67-year-old former attorney who was diagnosed with ALS in May 2022. He participated in the platform trial’s trehalose arm from early February through mid-July, and had planned on continuing during the extension period. But that portion of the study abruptly ended as trehalose’s maker, Seelos Therapeutics, ran into financial problems which precluded it from providing more drug.

Reedy maintains the trial has been a very positive for him, but he’s tired of waiting for results.

“Here it is, five months later, and the data hasn’t come out,” he said. “I still don’t know if I was on the placebo or the actual substance they use to test. So that’s a little frustrating, because time is not on your side when you have this disease.”

There was also a monthslong lull after the pridiopidine arm closed as more drugs were being added to the study. During that stretch, Weiss recalls, “we didn’t have any regimens to offer, so there wasn’t any reason to even screen new patients.”

The center acknowledges areas where its trial has fallen short and has pledged to make fixes. On a spring webinar, Cudkowicz said she and her team were thrown, too, by the Seelos situation. She apologized to participants in the trehalose arm and promised that such issues would not come up in other regimens.

“You learn from doing a trial that’s never been done,” Weiss said. “There are going to be problems you can’t foresee entirely because there’s nothing to base your experience on.”

A person wearing medical gloves sets up an intravenous medication line.

Jen Scalia sets up an intravenous line in a clinic at Massachusetts General Hospital

Massachusetts General Hospital

 

Few successes

Today, more than a century after ALS was discovered, researchers don’t know what causes 90% of cases.

Eminent biotechs like Cephalon and Regeneron Pharmaceuticals got their start trying to answer that question. But the complex biology of ALS, like other brain disorders, tripped up promising drugs time and again, leading academia and the pharmaceutical industry at large to turn their attention elsewhere.

The field only started opening up in the 1990s. A team led by Cudkowicz’s mentor Robert Brown discovered the first gene linked to ALS in 1993. The first FDA-approved medicine for the disease came in 1995.

That same year, Cudkowicz and neurologist Jeremy Shefner co-founded the Northeast ALS Consortium, or “NEALS,” a network of nine sites throughout New England that collaborated on clinical experiments. The NEALS has since ballooned to 140 sites, providing a crucial foundation for the platform trial and many others.

Buy-in from drug developers didn’t come for a while longer. “It was a great clinic day if we got to tell patients about two studies,” said Jen Scalia, a nurse practitioner at Healey, recalling the dearth of clinical research when she joined the center in 2008.

Tides finally began to change in 2014. The viral “Ice Bucket Challenge” trend had raised millions of dollars for ALS research and thrust the disease into the public eye. Around the same time, “right-to-try” laws were catching on in some states, paving another inroad for patients to get ahold of unproven treatments.

In 2017, the FDA approved a second ALS medicine, Radicava. The agency more recently cleared two more options in Relyvrio and Biogen’s Qalsody, a therapy used only in adults with the genetic mutation Brown uncovered 25 years before.

Notably, all four marketed drugs have limited effects. The average life expectancy following an ALS diagnosis continues to be between two and five years. And clinical successes remain elusive; over the past several years, would-be ALS medicines from Biogen, Alexion Pharmaceuticals, BrainStorm Cell Therapeutics, Cytokinetics, Apellis Pharmaceuticals and Wave Life Sciences did not succeed in key studies.

The platform trial has not yet panned out, either. But failures also produce valuable data.

“Learning that something doesn’t work, as a scientist, is a positive thing,” Scalia said. “It’s not what we’re looking for. It’s not what I want. But it helps us be able choose the next drug better, knowing if there’s a certain pathway that may or may not work.”

Scalia has cared for many study participants during her tenure at Healey, and noticed reactions vary when drugs fail. Sometimes they feel validated. “They’ll say, ‘I had an idea. I was hoping more was going to happen. I didn’t feel like it was working.’”

More often they’re upset, worn down by the ever-growing pile of setbacks.

“They have medicines for MS and other diseases that they know will slow down progression,” Marchionda said. “ALS is not there yet, and it frustrates me that they don’t have something.”

If there is a common thread, it’s that more ALS patients than ever before are eager to participate in research. “We’re finding that the sites don’t have the capacity to keep up with the demand for people with ALS who want to be in trials,” Cudkowicz said. “It’s a very good problem to have, but it’s a huge shift. It used to be that we had a hard time finding people who wanted to be in trials.”

Like Marchionda, Reedy has re-enrolled in the platform trial and has been on Denali’s drug for about three months.

“I realize this is a contribution to the science, so I feel good about that,” he said. “We’ve got to keep moving the ball forward.”

With their study up and running, the Healey team believes adding more drugs will be easier. The trial has set up a total of seven arms to date. “Once you build the infrastructure — the stadium to play many games — then you can be much more efficient,” Paganoni said.

Companies are now submitting drugs for consideration on a rolling basis. The selection rationale is mostly the same, according to Cudkowicz. Applicants should know the doses they intend to test and how their therapies get into the brain. However, one difference from before is an openness to including candidates that overlap in how they work.

Two people look at a microscope slide being held up by a pair of gloved hands.

Neurologist Ghazaleh Sadri-Vakili examines microscope slides with a fellow researcher in her laboratory at Massachusetts General Hospital.

Massachusetts General Hospital

 

Healey’s impact

The Healey center exists, in many ways, as a response to years upon years of ALS being passed over by pharma companies and scientific institutions. Early results from a study — even one as closely watched as the platform trial — aren’t likely to belie its legacy.

Its rise comes at a pivotal time in ALS research. A highly active and organized patient community is demanding more from drug companies, lawmakers and regulators, and has already notched several major victories. In 2021, President Joe Biden signed into law what’s known in short as the “ACT for ALS,” which allocates $100 million annually over a five-year period to foster the discovery of new ALS treatments.

Additionally, the FDA, under pressure, has become more flexible in its evaluation of ALS drugs, as demonstrated in its approvals of Relyvrio and Qalsody.

The platform trial checks many of the boxes patients have campaigned for, with its smaller placebo group, more inclusive recruitment and relatively fast data turnaround. It’s also spurred momentum in the field by attracting investment from smaller biotechs like Prilenia as well as mid-sized drugmakers like Denali.

As the study tests its second wave of drugs, there’s debate over what role the platform design will play in ALS research moving forward. Weiss envisions it becoming the model for evaluating novel therapies and thinks other areas of neurology are “taking notes.” Etherington, conversely, doesn’t expect it to be the “end-all-be-all.”

What experts do seem to have in common is a belief that the recent boom will carry on. “My guess is Healey has just gotten more people involved in trials in general,” said Amylyx’s Cohen. “So I don’t know that it’s dividing the pie. I think they’ve actually made the pie bigger.”

Healey is well-positioned to continue its work. Philanthropic donations and a steady stream of grant funding have, according to Cudkowicz, kept the center “nicely insulated” from the financial challenges facing other hospital-based clinics, including ones in her own department.

Cudkowicz doesn’t want Healey to be the exception. She believes ALS treatment centers need more money — from foundations or pharma companies or the federal government — so they can hire staff whose full-time jobs are educating patients about and enrolling them in clinical trials.

That could further speed up research and development as Sean Healey, who died in 2020, hoped to do with his donation to Mass General five years ago.

“We just can’t give up on this illness,” Cudkowicz said. “We’re not going to always have home runs. But we can keep learning.”

Why a Drag Bag is Essential for a Paralyzed Dog

It is vitally important for a paralyzed dog or cat to be able to get the exercise they need and to maintain their independence as much as possible. A wheelchair is crucial for your best friend to get outside, enjoy their daily walk, and play. But what does your pet use indoors or when your dog is not using their wheelchair? The drag bag is the perfect indoor mobility solution for paralyzed pets. 

What is a Drag Bag?

The drag bag aids paralyzed pets in two ways: to protect them and to help them easily get around their home. When a paralyzed dog isn’t using their wheelchair, they spend a lot of time lying on the ground. Their only way to move is to scoot and drag themselves across the floor. Wearing a drag bag helps to protect your dog’s chest, legs, and paws from abrasions that can occur when your paralyzed dog pulls itself across the room.

When wearing the drag bag, your paralyzed dog or cat can scoot around with their front legs and drag their hind legs behind them without getting hurt. 

Benefits of a Drag Bag: 

  • Prevent rug burns and other injuries caused by dragging
  • Creates a barrier between your dog’s sensitive skin and the floor to protect your pet’s limbs from scrapes and rug burn caused by scooting across the floor
  • Drag bag slides easily across the floor, encouraging your paralyzed pet to stay active inside the home
  • Water resistant material is easy to clean and can be worn with a diaper for incontinent pets
  • Dog can lay down and rest when needed
  • Machine washable and air dries quickly
  • Easy to use, simply place your pet’s legs inside the protective drag bag, zip up the side, and attach comfortably around the neck. 
  • Features a mesh panel for ventilation and keep pet cool

How to Use the Drag Bag

Getting your paralyzed dog or cat ready for action and into their Drag Bag is easy. Unzip the drag bag, with the breathable mesh side facing up, and place your dog inside. Then, close the zipper and tabs and adjust the fuzzy fastener connecting strip for a comfortable and snug fit. It will keep your pet dry and comfortable and can also be used with a diaper if necessary.

Drag Bag or Dog Wheelchair – Which is Best for My Paralyzed Dog?

The short answer is that a paralyzed dog needs both a drag bag and a dog wheelchair. Each mobility solution offers its own unique advantages and uses. 

Best for Indoor Use – The Drag Bag

drag bag for paralyzed dog

It’s important to allow your paralyzed dog to stay active indoors. Smaller dog breeds can use their wheelchairs inside easily, but a larger dog may struggle around tight corners and bump into walls when in their cart. The drag bag lets your dog scoot around the house without hurting themselves. It also gives your dog the ability to lay down and rest whenever they need to.

It’s common for a paralyzed dog to also be incontinent. Unable to control their bladders, urine leaks and accidents happen. The drag bag is constructed out of water resistant material that will help minimize the mess and is roomy enough for your dog to wear a diaper or male wrap as added protection.

Best for Outdoor Use – Dog Wheelchair

A mobility cart is perfect for using outside. Your dog’s Walkin’ Wheels wheelchair is durable and built to help your dog navigate the terrain. The support of a dog wheelchair makes it easy for paralyzed dogs to enjoy their daily walk and run free. Your dog’s wheelchair can take your dog just about anywhere! Wheelchair dogs can run on the beach, hike mountains, and explore with the same freedom as any other dog.

Recommended for a Dog with Hind Limb Paralysis – Both

In many cases a paralyzed dog will benefit from using a wheelchair and a drag bag. The wheelchair is best for outside, whereas the drag bag can be worn when your dog isn’t using their wheelchair. Many paralyzed dogs will use both mobility solutions depending on where they are and what activity they’re doing. Remember, a paralyzed dog should never be in their wheelchair all day. A drag bag is the perfect solution to keep your dog active (and comfortable) when they’re not using their cart.

Recommended for a Dog with Weak Hind Legs – Dog Wheelchair 

Drag Bag for paralyzed dog

Dogs with hind leg weakness and still maintain mobility in their legs need to be able to move them. In their dog wheelchair, a dog can still walk on all four legs and get the exercise they need.

While using the wheelchair your dog can pee or poop naturally (and cleanly) while in their wheels. If your dog needs to be able to go outside and do their business, a canine mobility cart is the best choice for your pet. 

Best for Rehabilitation – Dog Wheelchair

Canine rehabilitation plays a major part in the life and health of handicapped dogs. Whether recovering from an injury or trying to maintain (or build) their strength and muscle tone, a dog in rehab needs to be able to stand and exercise. The dog wheelchair is an incredibly important tool on your dog’s rehabilitation.

In addition to providing them much needed support, the dog wheelchair makes it easier for your dog to get through their rehab exercises and can help your dog to stay active for longer periods of time.

Walkin' Drag Bag buy now

How to Obtain Financial Freedom Through Property Investment

Achieving financial freedom is a goal for most people.

Unfortunately, the reality is that not many people will achieve it.

So what is financial freedom?

There are lots of definitions but I like the one from T Harv Eker:

“Financial freedom is simple: it is the ability to live the lifestyle you desire without having to work or rely on anyone else for money.”

Let’s look at 17 steps that can help turn your financial dream into a reality through property investing.

1. Devise a plan

What are you trying to achieve?

How much cash do you want to live off and when do you want it?

How many properties will you need to do this?

How big an asset base will you require?

Having a plan shows you where you should be heading and takes emotion and luck out of the equation.

It will tell you what opportunities to follow and which opportunities you should ignore.

Over the years, you’re going to make more money by saying “no” to so-called opportunities than by saying “yes” to all the new schemes that get offered to you.

2. Develop the right mindset

This is one of the most important steps because it is the foundation for your wealth.

If you don’t get your head right then anything else you build will topple over.

Your wealth success mindset consists of your beliefs, your habitual thoughts, and your habitual actions.

But it is important that these three attributes are in-line with achieving and maintaining wealth.



3. Educate yourself

Acquire the appropriate skills and knowledge.

You’ll need to become financially fluent — learn about property, finance, and tax.

Research

And don’t be swayed by the many myths about money and wealth creation.

Luck plays no role in wealth creation.

You may have some good or bad luck from time to time, but over the long term, you accumulate exactly what you deserve based on your mindset and your application of knowledge and skills.

If you don’t have the knowledge or skills to create wealth, then the first investment you should be making is in your own wealth education.

If you think getting knowledge is expensive then try investing without it.

You’ll soon find out just how expensive ignorance can be.

4. Use the right strategy

Select an appropriate property investment strategy that fits with your cash flow and risk profile.

By the way…just buying a property is not a strategy. It is not a plan.

You need to strategy to bring your future into the present and plan for it.

Business Teamwork, Success And Strategy Concept

There are many ways to make (and lose) money in property and each has its advantages and disadvantages.

While many beginners invest for cash flow, that will never make them rich – cash flow keeps you in the game, but capital growth gets you out of the rat race.

My strategy is to build a substantial asset base of “investment grade” properties.

Growing wealth through property involves going through four stages, namely the:

  • Education stage: many failed investors leave this out
  • Accumulation stage: where you focus on growing your asset base.
  • Transition stage: now you start paying down loans to lower your LVR. If you’ve invested well and your properties have grown in value, this will happen organically as well.
  • Live off your cash machine

So things must be done in the right sequence – build your asset base first, then live off your cash machine – not the other way around.

pencil icon

Note: Why not let the team at Metropole build you a Strategic Property Planclick here and find out more and have a Complimentary Clarity Consultation

You see… the property you eventually purchase should be the physical manifestation of a whole lot of decisions that you have made in the right order because property investment is a process, not an event.

5. Assemble your team

Successful property investment involves more than just you.

That’s why it’s vital to assemble a team of experts who can assist you in working towards your dream of financial freedom.

Diverse Group Of Businesspeople Solving A Puzzle I Team Pazle

On your team should be the following people who are also property investment specialists:

And remember…if you’re the smartest person in your team, you’re in trouble.

6. Save a deposit

Saving a deposit for your first property is usually the hardest part of the journey.

There is a variety of ways to do this, but one of the simplest ways is spending less than you earn.

Deposit

Perhaps you can earn additional income via the gig economy as well.

Once you have a deposit, then you buy the best investment-grade property that you can and perhaps manufacture equity over time via a renovation.

Then you extract the equity and do it all over again.

7. Set up the correct ownership structures

You must begin with the end in mind

You are going to want a multimillion-dollar property portfolio and while it may seem a waste of money to set up a trust structure when you start, it is too expensive to change ownership structures later on.

So, get advice from the accountant on your team to ensure you have the correct structures from the start.

pencil icon

Note: Ken Raiss and his team at Metropole Wealth Advisory specialise in providing tailored strategic wealth advice including ensuring that you have the right structures in place to safely grow intergenerational wealth. Find out more about how Ken can help you here.  

8. Get finance pre-approved for your first purchase

When you are buying your first property, whether it’s a home or an investment, make sure you have your finance organised beforehand.

Not only will this improve your bargaining power, but it will also ensure that you have all your numbers worked out well ahead of time.

11 Signs Your Girlfriend Was Sexually Abused In The Past And How To Help Her

Relationships, at the best of times, are challenging affairs to navigate, and past sexual trauma makes them even more difficult. A WHO report states that 1 in 3 women are subjected to physical or sexual violence globally. Even more worrying is that 1 in 4 girls/women aged 15 to 24 years have experienced some form of sexual abuse or violence by an intimate partner. Have you been seeing everyday signs your girlfriend was sexually abused in the past, and is part of these alarming statistics? If you’re dating a sexual abuse survivor, then you need to educate yourself on this subject.

So, what constitutes sexual abuse and sexual trauma? According to psychologist Nandita Rambhia (MSc Psychology), who specializes in CBT, REBT, and couple’s counseling, sexual abuse is defined as “exposure of a person to any kind of inappropriate sexual behavior by another person. The abuse could be physical, sexual assault, molestation or rape, or could also include verbal sexual abuse. Sexual trauma occurs when sexual abuse causes the victim a great deal of stress and prevents them from functioning optimally.”

Let’s try to identify the signs your girlfriend was sexually abused in the past. So that you can support her with a greater degree of sensitivity and awareness.

11 Possible Signs Your Girlfriend Was Sexually Abused In The Past  

The American College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (ACOG) defines sexual abuse, especially child sexual abuse, as any type of sexual activity where consent is not or cannot be given. This will include any sexual contact that is accomplished by force or the threat of force. Legal definitions vary by state, and state guidelines are available here. If you go through these, you might even spot subtle signs your girlfriend was sexually abused in the past, even when she’s not vocal about it.

Some people think they ‘deserve’ to know the details of their partner’s past abuse. A Reddit user says, “Reliving it isn’t necessarily a healthy thing to do with you. Maybe in therapy with a trained counselor, but again, that’s her choice. This isn’t about you.” Another Reddit user says, “It’s a personal tragedy that I have no place in needing to know … Exposing the wound just so you can take a look inside when she hasn’t healed enough will just make things worse.”

This is why we’ve created a list of signs someone was sexually abused in the past, so you know exactly how to support your partner even when she’s not ready to share.

Related Reading: What Is Abuse In A Relationship?

1. Your partner has difficulty with intimacy

Having a difficult time building an intimate relationship is a common sign that your partner may have been sexually abused in the past. Those with a history of past sexual abuse often have difficulty in forming and maintaining emotional intimacy with their partners. This stems from their traumatic experiences of sexual abuse, which makes it difficult for them to trust others and be vulnerable with a man. The fear of being hurt again may manifest in several ways:

  • Reluctance to open up about their thoughts and feelings
  • Changing topics when the conversation gets deep
  • Signs of discomfort with physical touch like hugs and caresses

Recognizing these signs of sexual abuse for what they are will help deal with the issue. Do not read her responses as indicative of rejection or a lack of interest but rather as a coping mechanism. This will create a safe and supportive environment in which your girlfriend can learn to deal with her fears and become comfortable with intimacy. Empower her and focus on the things she can do well, instead of what she’s unable to.

2. She avoids sexual contact

Nandita says, “Avoiding sexual contact is one of the more obvious signs your girlfriend was sexually abused in the past. She may seem traumatized and scared of sexual touch.” This avoidance of sexual intimacy may take different forms, such as:

  • She flinches from physical touch
  • Her body may tense up during physically intimate moments
  • She remains unresponsive to any advances
  • She avoids any suggestion of engaging in sexual activity

Avoiding sexual relationships is common for those with a sexual abuse history or those who have been through childhood sexual abuse. The past sexual trauma will have affected your girlfriend’s understanding of what intimate relationships are all about. In her mind, intimacy and sex have negative associations with pain and trauma. Overcoming this can take a long, and often painful, process of healing and grief. 

Related Reading: Role of Consent: Can No Mean Something Else?

Some sexual abuse survivors try to avoid any triggers that may remind them of the incident(s). These will include locations, discussions, acts, or even positions that may make them feel vulnerable. It is important for you, as a partner and loved one, to be understanding and to provide emotional support.

The trauma of past sexual abuse may make your partner uncomfortable with physical intimacy

3. Signs someone was sexually abused in the past: Flashbacks and/or recurrent nightmares

The signs of your girlfriend having survived sexual abuse in the past are remarkably similar to PTSD or post-traumatic stress disorder. This remains true even if the incident occurred a long time ago. Pressurizing her in any way will just aggravate the situation and alienate her further. 

According to Nandita, “Symptoms of PTSD are common amongst those who have been sexually abused. These would include flashbacks of the past and recurrent nightmares. These are signs that her brain is trying to process and come to terms with the traumatic event of her past. Along with this, she may also suffer from disturbed sleep and insomnia. She might dissociate a lot too.”

Related Reading: How She Helped Him Heal From Sexual Trauma

4. She may suffer from depression, anxiety, and panic attacks

Nandita says, “For abuse survivors, certain situations may trigger heightened anxiety or depression. The situations may be centered around certain people or places, things that in her mind are associated with past trauma. The anxiety may manifest as emotional outbursts which seem disproportionate to the moment, seemingly caused by unrelated events.”

Dealing with these dating and social anxiety or panic attacks, says Nandita, will require acceptance and acknowledgment on both your parts that her current behavior is rooted in her past abuse. It will need to be treated with great love and compassion. Getting her to seek support from a trauma-informed mental health professional would also be greatly beneficial to her.

5. An abuse survivor might be clingy

Dating a sexual abuse survivor may mean having to put up with clinginess. This type of behavior is usually caused by the fear of being abandoned and may lead to an over-dependence on your relationship. While this can prove difficult at times, it would do well to remember that her past abuse caused these negative beliefs. 

Being clingy in a relationship is her coping mechanism, helping her deal with her vulnerabilities, and once again calls for plenty of patience, understanding, and compassion on your part, as well as gentle boundaries.

6. Your girlfriend might be a people-pleaser

She may be unable to say no to people, even when it is at the cost of her boundaries and will. This is typical people-pleasing behavior. While it is her way of ensuring stability and no confrontations, it does not make for healthy relationships. The behavior is typical of people who suffer from low self-esteem and is directly linked to her past sexual abuse, which has deeply affected her self-image.

“My partner went through sexual abuse at an early age,” shares 25-year-old Rick from Montana. “She often said yes to small things in the relationship, which I could detect she wasn’t really into. Certain trip plans, or where to eat, or how to spend a day. I started thinking that I don’t really know her. She ultimately told me some things about her past and has now been trying to, over the last six months, say ‘no’ when she’s not into something. It’s a big deal for her to be able to do this.”

Related Reading: What Women Want From Men

7. Sign that you are dating a sexual abuse survivor: She has low self-esteem and low self-worth

“Survivors of sexual abuse might feel a lot of shame, guilt, and humiliation over their past trauma due to societal stigma or upbringing. As a result, they often suffer from low self-esteem,” says Nandita. Sexual assault and sexual abuse survivors are often made to believe that they are to blame for the abuse. These feelings of shame and guilt over time contribute to a feeling of worthlessness. This can manifest in many ways:

  • Lack of self-confidence
  • Withdrawn behavior, especially in large groups
  • Indecisiveness: Approval is sought before/after almost every decision
  • Signs of self-harm or self-injury
  • Substance abuse

You need to remind yourself repeatedly that these behaviors are not a part of her natural personality but have been caused by her sexual abuse experience. She’ll need time, empowerment, and emotional validation to slowly rebuild her self-image and gradually lift her self-esteem. For more serious issues such as substance abuse and/or alcohol abuse, you should get her to seek professional help or, at the very least, seek support from friends or support groups to get her started on her healing journey.

8. You notice self-destructive patterns

What are the signs of sexual abuse that are sometimes the hardest to deal with? We asked our readers. “A pattern of self-destructive behavior. It was a coping mechanism that my girlfriend exhibited to deal with her intense emotions from past trauma. I had to stand on the sidelines and watch her punish herself for a long time,” shares Ling, 27, a reader from San Francisco.

Self-destructive behaviors may include:

  • High-risk sexual activity
  • Rash driving
  • Substance abuse
  • Talking about or even attempting suicide
  • Aggressive behavior and getting into fights and arguments
  • Refusing to eat or drink water

Related Reading: How To Deal With Domestic Abuse During Lockdown

In a study on childhood sexual abuse as a precursor to self-destructive behavior in adulthood, it was concluded that the more frequent the abuse and the longer its duration, the more depression and self-destructiveness was reported in adulthood. The above behaviors are caused by deep-rooted emotional pain and are not a conscious choice. So try to be more empathetic while approaching such situations and keep a non-judgemental frame of mind. And help her seek a mental health professional who can provide her with the tools to deal with these sexual abuse after-effects.

More on Abuse

9. There are physical symptoms of sexual abuse too

Physical signs of past sexual trauma may not be very apparent to you. A medical professional will be more adept at spotting these signs. Some of the common physical symptoms would include:

  • Chronic pain in the abdominal or pelvic region
  • Eating disorders 
  • Self-neglect 
  • As per a study, there is an increased likelihood of substance addiction as a result of past sexual abuse trauma 
  • Being physically inactive
  • Obesity

For these reasons, it is essential for your girlfriend to seek therapy. Getting her to do so would require plenty of patience on your part and should not be rushed.

Related Reading: Emotional Abuse Checklist – 18 Devastating Signs

10. Your girlfriend might display varied sex-related behaviors

As stated earlier, your girlfriend may have trouble with intimacy and sexual contact. But you may notice other effects too:

  • Her association of sexual activity with physical pain and violation may cause disturbances in her sexual desire levels as well as in arousal, causing her to experience a degree of sexual dysfunction
  • Or she may have a history of multiple sexual partners
  • She may have contracted sexually transmitted diseases, including HIV, in part due to low self-worth and not caring about her well-being 
  • Studies have shown that unwanted pregnancies or sex work are associated with sexual abuse, too
  • She might not want to have any discussion around sexual assault and harassment with you, or may go quiet when such conversations occur in a group setting

11. She might suffer from gynecological issues

A study on abuse and gynecologic health showed that 61% of raped or abused women had some form of sexual .dysfunction. Almost the same percentage had gynecologic problems. Your girlfriend may also be suffering from gynecological issues such as chronic pelvic pain, dyspareunia, vaginismus, and non-specific vaginitis. 

She is less likely to have had regular Pap tests and may be reluctant to consult a doctor, often brushing off any ailment as something minor. She needs trauma-informed care from someone who understands that it’s not easy for her to get an invasive procedure like a Pap test.

Important resources for sexual abuse survivors

All mental health experts would agree that the consequences of sexual abuse are varied and long-lasting, and the road to recovery is long and fraught with difficulties. Below are some resources that can help you deal with this subject:

Related Reading: Why Would She Stay In An Abusive Relationship?

How To Approach The Topic Of Sexual Abuse With Your Girlfriend 

Loving a sexual assault survivor means you need to be an ally to the movements where survivors and victims are believed. Should you suspect that your girlfriend has been sexually assaulted or sexually abused in the past, take care in how you approach this topic with her. Some recommendations on how to handle this tactfully include: 

  • Ensure that this conversation is attempted in a quiet and safe space with no distractions or interruptions 
  • Start by letting her know of your concern and that you desire to support her
  • Helping your girlfriend through trauma recovery from sexual abuse will require plenty of knowledge and empathy on your part
  • You need to understand the fundamentals of support to create a consistently kind, nurturing environment where she feels safe and not judged
  • She will be more likely to open up when she is ready to talk about it, and trying to force her may achieve the opposite effect
  • Do not judge her, and be respectful of her boundaries
  • Whenever you hear on the news or in your social circle that someone has been abused, show her where your solidarity lies so she knows you are a consistently safe person to speak to
signs someone was sexually abused in the past
Address the issue of sexual abuse of your girlfriend with a lot of patience, love, and zero judgment

An anonymous author on Quora who had experienced sexual abuse had this to say about broaching the topic with a loved one: “It is important that you treat it in a matter-of-fact way and not as a stigma.” She adds that you should tell her there are plenty of people who have been through the same ordeal, and that she’s not alone.

The first step in achieving this, says Nandita, is acknowledging that there is an issue. The desire to move forward and seek help will only come after this. The ACOG website states clearly that traumatized patients generally benefit from mental health care. In this regard, your girlfriend’s obstetrician/gynecologist can be a powerful ally in helping her heal by offering support and referring her to a therapist with significant experience in dealing with abuse-related issues.  

Related Reading: Mental Health Issues On The Rise – Identifying And Seeking Help

How To Help Your Girlfriend Heal From Sexual Trauma 

Nandita reminds you that, as a partner, you need to be extremely sensitive to the fact that she has suffered past sexual abuse. Being sensitive requires you to have a high level of understanding of the issue. She suggests dealing with it very slowly, with much patience and care. One of the first things to remember is that every survivor is different, having been affected in a unique manner. This makes their journey in recovering from the trauma unique. 

A Reddit user shares, “Don’t try and force her to talk about it if she isn’t ready. Keep making yourself available and be a good listener. Don’t treat her any differently, it could make her feel more alienated. Let her lead her own healing process, but be there to support her along the way.”

Here are some of the steps that you can take:

  • Go through survivor stories and research; learn about sexual abuse and its effects (during and after) and all the reasons a person doesn’t/can’t speak up
  • Be open-minded and attentive when listening to her
  • Never blame her. Tell her she didn’t deserve any of this
  • Focus on building trust with her by doing activities that make her feel safe and happy: As a team, adopt healthy habits such as eating healthy or regular exercise. Pick a hobby for couples and pursue it together
  • Avoid giving unsolicited advice
  • Avoid pressuring her when it comes to talking about the past
  • Avoid pressuring her when it comes to intimate matters. If you can’t do this, you should step away from the relationship gently
  • Encourage her to meet friends and family, and to maintain a journal
  • Don’t treat her like she’s fragile, and don’t pity her
  • Find out online or in-person support groups and share the information with her

Support Yourself While Supporting Your Girlfriend

Loving a sexual assault survivor is easy, if you’re a good ally to sexual abuse victims and survivors, regardless of their gender. But learning allyship, without pause, can drain you emotionally. Remember to take care of your emotional well-being and practice self-love. You can only help her if you are well, so do not hesitate to seek the help and support of friends and family, or your therapist.

Key Pointers

  • Here are some signs your girlfriend was sexually abused in the past: Difficulty with intimacy, either verbal or physical, different degrees of discomfort with sex, disturbed sleep, anxiety, or panic attacks
  • The long-term effects of sexual abuse vary widely and can affect a survivor in all areas of their life, from the physical to the mental as well as emotional
  • Dealing with a survivor of sexual abuse can be challenging and calls for a lot of understanding, empathy, and patience
  • Seeking help from a professional will go a long way in mitigating these challenges

Try to remain non-judgemental and patient in your dealings with her, and don’t associate her silence on this topic as an indication of lack of trust in you. If either of you needs support, skilled and licensed counselors on Bonobology’s panel are always here for you. We know you both got this.

Relationship Bully – What Is It And 5 Signs You Are A Victim

Date Rape: What It Is And What Are Date Rape Drugs?

What Happens When Neither Of You Asks For Consent?

Ask Our Expert

Anker Nebula Mars II Pro Review: Petite Portable Projector Performs Proficiently

The Nebula Mars II Pro by Anker is a cute, tiny portable projector.

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

Anker’s Nebula Mars II Pro is a surprising little portable mini projector. And I do mean little. It’s small enough to hide completely under a six-pack of Coke. With built-in streaming and a battery good for around three and a half hours of projection, the Mars II Pro is a great companion for a movie night in the backyard or somewhere farther afield. And in addition to being a projector, it’s also a big Bluetooth speaker.

Like


  • Compact size


  • Built-in battery lasts up to 3.5 hours


  • Surprisingly loud speakers

Don’t like


  • Worse brightness and contrast than home projectors


  • Inaccurate color


  • Limited app store


  • Requires charging brick

Video quality will be good enough for many viewers, but compared with a similarly priced home projector it’s far dimmer, with worse contrast ratio and color accuracy. Compared with other tiny, battery-powered projectors however, the image is very watchable and speakers sound surprisingly powerful. 

The main reason to get the Mars II Pro is if you want ultra-portable video, especially outdoors. It’s easy to put near a wall or screen and stream some Netflix within minutes, anywhere. If you plan to use it regularly in the same room inside, however, you’re probably better off with a more traditional projector.

Editor’s note, Dec. 1: Due to its performance, size and price, we’re giving the Nebula Mars II Pro our Editors’ Choice award as our favorite portable projector. While there are newer portable mini projectors that are brighter and easier to use, the ones that outperform this Anker — like the Xgimi Halo Plus — are also more expensive. The Mars II Pro is a great all-around projector for the price.

Basic specs

  • Native resolution: 1,280×720 pixels
  • HDR-compatible: No
  • 4K-compatible: No
  • 3D-compatible: No
  • Lumens spec: 500
  • Zoom: None
  • Lens shift: None
  • Lamp life (Normal mode): 30,000 hours

The Mars II Pro is smaller than you might think. It would fit easily inside any backpack with plenty of room to spare for a water bottle, hoodie or camera. Anker could have made the carrying strap out of cheap-feeling plastic, but has a faux-leather top and is soft underneath. It’s nice to touch.

There are buttons on the top for all the basic functions, but no controls for zoom or focus. This is logical since there’s no zoom and focus is automatic. An integrated slide-open lens cap also turns the projector on and off.

To get a 100-inch image, the Mars II Pro needs to be about nine feet from the screen. Resolution is 720p, which is pretty low for a projector these days and lower than the competing ViewSonic M2, which is 1080p. The LED lamp is rated at 30,000 hours. 

Max brightness is a claimed 500 lumens. I measured about 37 nits, which calculates out to about 337 lumens. For comparison, the ViewSonic M2 produces 349 lumens by my measurements, while the slightly more expensive, but far less portable, Optoma HD146X puts out around 1,146. 

Anker claims the internal 12,500-mAh battery is good for about three and a half hours viewing time, and about that long to charge back up again. If you keep it in the high brightness mode, that drops to one and a half hours. If you’re just using the Mars II as a Bluetooth speaker, Anker claims about 30 hours for audio-only playback.

Though not specifically mentioned as a feature by Anker, some apps treat the Mars II Pro as a mobile device, so you can actually download shows to its 8GB internal storage. 

anker-mars-ii-pro-15-of-11

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

Connectivity and convenience

  • HDMI inputs: 1
  • USB port: 1 
  • Audio input and output: 3.5mm output
  • Digital audio output: None
  • Wi-Fi: 802.11a/b/g/n
  • Remote: Not backlit

There is one HDMI input, which is plenty on a projector like this. The USB port lets you stream content from a USB memory stick, or you can charge a device (like your phone), using the Mars II Pro’s beefy battery. 

That’s it for physical connections, other than the power port, which requires a separate power brick. That’s a bummer: I’m a hardliner “everything portable should charge via USB.” If you want to charge the projector away from home, you’ll have to pack the brick too.

The Mars II Pro’s runs Android 7.1, which puts all the streaming capability inside the PJ. So all you need is to tether the projector to your phone or connect to some available Wi-Fi. 

You don’t get the full Google Play Store, however, or even Android TV. Instead, it’s Aptoide, a sort of culled or curated version of the Play Store. It’s a bit of a liability with the ViewSonic M2, and it’s no better here. There’s Netflix, YouTube, Amazon Prime Video, Hulu, Disney Plus and others you may or may not recognize. There’s HBO Nordic and HBO Go, but no US HBO or HBO Max. Chromecast is not supported. Overall it’s not bad, but you might not be able to find every service you’re used to.

The remote is wafer thin, but not backlit. That’s fine because you’re probably not going to use it. Instead, there’s the Anker Connect app (Android and iOS), which connects easily and does all the same things. In fact, some of the apps actually require the app. Control in the projector’s menus works fine, but it’s a bit clunky in the Netflix app for instance. Not a big issue, but it could be smoother.

There are two side-firing 10-watt speakers and a rectangular passive radiator in the front. That doesn’t sound like much, but it’s fairly loud and the sound quality is better than I expected from such a small device. This is one of the few projectors I’ve actually turned down to achieve a normal listening level.

anker-mars-ii-pro-20-of-11

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

Picture quality comparisons

I compared the Mars II Pro to the ViewSonic M2, another portable projector, and the Optoma HD146X, a traditional plug-in PJ. The M2 is very similar to the Anker, can run off a battery and also runs apps from the Aptoide store. The Optoma is a very different projector, and only a direct competitor in one sense: price. 

I have a feeling the Mars II Pro might attract the attention of someone not typically interested in projectors, so the Optoma is here as an example of what similar money can get you in a non-portable, standard projector. I connected these via a Monoprice 1×4 distribution amplifier and viewed all on a 102-inch 1.0-gain screen.

anker-mars-ii-pro-13-of-11

Top view with carrying strap

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

First up is brightness. The M2 and Mars II are remarkably similar. Their light outputs and contrast ratios are basically identical. In both cases, this amount is “fine.” Considering the size and their ability to run off batteries, somewhere around 300 lumens is acceptable. When creating a 100-inch image that equates to about 37 nits. That’s enough for a watchable, albeit dim, image. You’re better off moving the Anker closer, which will create a smaller but brighter image.

The Optoma, on the other hand, is significantly brighter than either one. On a same size screen I measured over 127 nits, which is over five times brighter than the Mars II. The Optoma is much more watchable at 100 inches. And if you use the Optoma’s most color accurate mode, it’s still twice as bright as the other two. 

And we definitely need to talk about color. The Mars II Pro has some of the least accurate colors of any projector I’ve ever reviewed. Blue is the only color out of the three primary and three secondary colors that is accurate. Green is oversaturated. Yellow isn’t but is quite greenish-yellow. Magenta is oversaturated and too blue. The result looks like you’ve got the color control a few ticks above where it should be. It’s not weird, per se, and overall it still looks better than the M2, but overall it’s definitely more Speed Racer than The Grand Budapest Hotel. 

Side by side with the Optoma, it’s night and day. Or at least Technicolor and Kodachrome. The Optoma isn’t super accurate itself, and actually errs on the side of being undersaturated, but its colors look far more natural than the Anker.

Unlike the Optoma, the Mars II doesn’t have extensive picture settings. It has two. You can adjust the color temperature: Normal, Cool and Warm, and even the most accurate (Warm) is still way too cool. You can adjust the lamp settings: Standard, Battery and Auto. Standard is its brightest. Battery is dim but gets you that three-plus hour view time. Auto switches between the two other modes depending on whether or not the projector is plugged in. That’s it. No brightness, contrast, tint. One result is that you can’t adjust contrast to restore clipped details in bright whites.

anker-mars-ii-pro-12-of-11

Geoffrey Morrison/CNET

Contrast ratio, like the brightness, is acceptable given the category. I measured an average of 354:1 across all modes. That seems low, and it is, but the majority of sub-$1,000 projectors are only two or three times that. The high end of that performance range, the BenQ HT2050A is 2,094:1. The ViewSonic is basically the same as the Anker, at 376:1. The Optoma is 568:1. 

The Anker’s image lacks punch but not as much as you might think. In fact, because the Anker’s black level is a little lower than the M2 it looks a little better. The M2 is very slightly brighter, which isn’t noticeable. That black level is even lower than the Optoma, but that projector is so much brighter this edge isn’t relevant. 

Lastly we come to detail. Both the M2 and HD146X are 1080p to the Anker’s 720p. On a 100-inch screen this is most noticeable if you’re close enough to notice the individual pixels, which are fairly large. If you shrink the image down to 60-80 inches, it looks detailed enough that it doesn’t look soft. 

Conclusion

Honestly, I wasn’t expecting much from the Mars II Pro. I’ve been underwhelmed with most battery-powered portable projectors I’ve reviewed. I’ve also found that companies not known for video gear tend to miss some important things when it comes to projectors. For instance, picture quality. 

Overall I’m impressed that Anker got a lot right with the Mars II Pro. At least when graded on the curve of price, size and battery power. Compared with an average home projector it comes up short in every performance metric, so If you’re looking for something that will never stray too far from an outlet, you’re better off with a more “traditional” projector. But if you want something portable to watch movies outside, the Mars II Pro has a great design, sounds good, is easy to use and has a more watchable image than the ViewSonic M2 — all for less money.


As well as covering TV and other display tech, Geoff does photo tours of cool museums and locations around the world, including nuclear submarinesmassive aircraft carriersmedieval castlesairplane graveyards and more. 

You can follow his exploits on Instagram and YouTube, and on his travel blog, BaldNomad. He also wrote a bestselling sci-fi novel about city-sized submarines, along with a sequel.

Michigan vs. Alabama: Big Ten coaches predict tough battle for Wolverines in CFP semifinal

Despite a dramatic regular season punctuated by an investigation over alleged sign-stealing, No. 1 Michigan rolled to a 13-0 record heading into the College Football Playoff matchup in the Rose Bowl against No. 4 Alabama. But college football coaches The Athletic spoke to for this scouting report are convinced Michigan hasn’t been the same team since the NCAA’s investigation became public.

“They’re different now,” said one Big Ten head coach. “It makes a huge difference to know when blitzes are coming, so when you pick it up, you can really attack it. After that (investigation and resignation of staffer Connor Stalions), they weren’t always at the right place at the right time.”

The Athletic interviewed 10 Big Ten coaches, scouts and analysts to break down Michigan and how it matches up with a late-blooming Alabama team. They were granted anonymity to provide candid observations about the Wolverines.

GO DEEPER

Meek: Michigan is better off facing Alabama than Florida State in quest for CFP validation

Scouting QB J.J. McCarthy: Still the guy?

Coaches mused on whether the decline in J.J. McCarthy’s production since the NCAA investigation became public was due to the sign stealing (or lack thereof), injury or Michigan’s backloaded schedule — or a combination of all of the above, the latter being most significant.

McCarthy threw 14 touchdowns in the first seven games and averaged 10.6 yards per attempt; in the last six, he threw five touchdowns and averaged 7.7 yards per attempt. In the Wolverines’ final five games, McCarthy only threw one touchdown pass.

“It does make you wonder,” said one defensive analyst whose team faced Michigan in the last month of the season. “Going into our game, I thought he was among the best in the country. Afterward, I didn’t think the same. Once all that stuff happened, he just doesn’t look the same. I don’t know if he’s hurt. I thought he was a Heisman candidate. Heisman quarterbacks don’t throw only eight passes in a game. I think before, he was ready for it and he was confident.”

“I don’t know what’s causing him to be hesitant and not as decisive as he was earlier,” said a Big Ten head coach who played Michigan. “He seems out of sync lately.”

One of the head coaches was adamant that the Wolverines had a significant advantage with signal-stealing intel, but he also pointed out that Michigan’s schedule was backloaded. The Wolverines faced the nation’s top three defenses (by yards allowed per game) in their last four games — and their other opponent was Maryland, which ranked No. 20 in the country in yards per play allowed. Coaches also buy that McCarthy has been bothered by a leg injury.

“I’ve heard he’s been banged up since the Penn State game,” said a Big Ten head coach. “He will have to make plays with his feet if Michigan’s gonna have a chance against Alabama. You ain’t gonna big boy Alabama (by just relying on your running backs). I think Alabama is way more talented. Michigan’s offense is not dynamic enough at the skill positions. Alabama’s gonna get heavy-handed with them. If Alabama can stop the run, Michigan has no chance. None.”

McCarthy has had some big performances in tough spots. The Wolverines were depleted last year at Ohio State, and he led them to a 45-23 comeback win when he threw three touchdown passes and ran for a fourth.

“I do think J.J. is very talented,” said one of the head coaches. “If he’s healthy, they’re gonna have to let him run more. When you can run like that, it puts so much pressure on your defense.”

“That’s the biggest thing he adds — it’s the unscripted scrambles,” a Big Ten defensive coordinator said. “If everything’s covered, he can get the first down and move the chains for them.”

The majority of the coaches interviewed said they believe McCarthy must play his best game of the season — and probably his life — for Michigan to beat Alabama.


The Wolverines have an explosive weapon in Donovan Edwards (right) but will miss Zak Zinter, who broke his leg in November. (Rick Osentoski / USA Today)

Scouting the O-line: The best in the Big Ten

In the previous two seasons, Michigan led the Big Ten in rushing behind an offensive line that won the Joe Moore Award. This year, Michigan ranks sixth in the league in rushing, averaging 162 yards per game — a decline of 77 per game from 2022.

“That O-line looks pretty. They’re like three deep of pretty guys, but you watch the film and Indiana stuffed them,” one of the defensive analysts said. “They’re not moving you off the ball like you’d think.”

What figures to be more problematic for Michigan is losing standout right guard Zak Zinter, who broke his leg during the Ohio State game. Right tackle Karsen Barnhart shifted inside to replace Zinter, and Trente Jones, who had played a lot this season as a jumbo tight end in 13 personnel sets, has become the right tackle.

“They’re not as good as they were up front last year,” said another defensive analyst. “The center (Olu Oluwatimi) was a lot better. This kid (Drake Nugent) is solid, but not as good. Zinter is very good, but now they don’t have him. (Trevor) Keegan is tough, but we thought they were better at tackle last year. Barnhart has been struggling. He’s probably better suited at guard.”

“I think Alabama will give them trouble with their front,” a Big Ten head coach added.

Despite this decline, most of the coaches still viewed Michigan’s offensive line as the best in the Big Ten. “They’re big and very sound fundamentally and disciplined,” said one of the head coaches. “They’ll check Alabama’s oil.”

Scouting the run game: On Corum and Edwards

The biggest star on offense has been running back Blake Corum, who had his 2022 season cut short by an injury to his left knee that required surgery. The 5-foot-8, 215-pound senior has run for 24 touchdowns this season, but his yards per carry are down from 5.9 last year to 4.7.

“Blake doesn’t look like he did last year,” one of the defensive analysts said. “He doesn’t have the juice. He’s getting chased down.”

In 2022, Corum had 15 runs of 20 yards or longer in 12 games. This year, he has seven in 13 games.

“I think Corum is really good,” said a Big Ten head coach. “He’s just so powerful. I don’t think he has the speed that some SEC guys have, but I do think he’s gotten better. He makes them go.”

“(Michigan) plays to his strengths,” said a Big Ten defensive backs coach. “(Corum) can’t take the 30-yard run and go 60. But he is a bull. He’s a one-cut guy. Not a home-run threat, but he is really, really good in the red zone and really good on check downs. ”

Donovan Edwards is more of the big-play threat. In 2022, Edwards blew the Ohio State game open by rushing for 216 yards (most of them on two long runs). But the former five-star recruit hasn’t been as effective this year. He’s averaging 3.5 yards per carry, down significantly from 7.1 a year ago.

“He has elite speed,” said a Big Ten head coach. “I don’t think he has great vision or great feel, but if he has a crease he can go. He’s just more of an athlete (than Corum). I don’t think he has the patience.”

“I was really scared of (Edwards), especially on third down,” said the Big Ten defensive backs coach. “They have a really good package with him.”

Scouting the pass game: Michigan’s biggest weakness?

Edwards’ versatility (30 catches) gives more punch to a passing attack that lacks big-time threats at wide receiver. According to the coaches interviewed, the receiving corps is the weakest position group. Roman Wilson is the leader in yardage (662 on 41 receptions with 11 touchdowns) while Cornelius Johnson is tops in catches (42 for 567 yards and one TD). Sophomore tight end Colston Loveland has 40 catches for 572 yards and four TDs.

Said another Big Ten defensive backs coach: “(Wilson) is a good player, but we didn’t fear him. When you watch the tape, he’s running a bunch of over routes. He plays hard. We thought (Johnson) was average. He’s tall and looks pretty out there, but he’s stiff and not great in and out of his breaks. (Freshman Semaj Morgan) is wiggly and even more dynamic than Wilson, but he’s not very polished.

“Loveland is a really good route runner, but he can’t block. (AJ Barner) is a complete tight end. He can’t run like Loveland. I like him. (Backup tight end Max Bredeson) is good. You know they’re running the ball when he’s in the game.”

“Roman Wilson is the only one we were worried about,” said a Big Ten head coach. “We thought we had to double him. He’s really good at getting in and out of his breaks. We didn’t think we could play man on him. Barner is very solid. He’s big and a good blocker. Loveland is elite. He runs like a wide receiver.”


Kris Jenkins (left) could be a top NFL Draft pick, coach Jim Harbaugh says. Jenkins’ agility is remarkable. (Steven Branscombe / Getty Images)

Scouting the defense: There will be pressure to step up

Michigan ranks No. 4 in the Big Ten in yards per play allowed, but that’s also good enough to rank No. 4 in the nation. (Yes, it might be an indicator of the caliber of offenses in the conference this season.) But one thing is certain: The Wolverines haven’t faced a quarterback who can run like Alabama’s Jalen Milroe. The last really good running quarterback Michigan faced was in last season’s CFP semifinal against TCU when Max Duggan ran for 57 yards and two TDs in a 51-45 shootout.

Duggan ran a 4.52 40 at the 2023 NFL Combine. And Milroe is even faster.

When Michigan made the CFP two years ago, it featured a superstar on defense: edge rusher Aidan Hutchinson. The Wolverines don’t have a player like that this year, but coaches believe this is a better unit overall.

“I like that D-line a lot,” said a Big Ten head coach. “They’re really, really deep. (Kris) Jenkins and (Jaylen) Harrell are very good players.”

Head coach Jim Harbaugh predicts Jenkins, a 307-pound senior, will be a top-10 pick in the 2024 NFL Draft. The son of the former NFL star with the same name has remarkable agility, clocking a 4.33 short shuttle and vertically jumping 34 inches.

Harrell leads the Wolverines with eight TFLs and 6.5 sacks. The other edge rusher, Braiden McGregor, is next with 7.5 TFLs, and Mason Graham, Josiah Stewart, Rayshaun Benny and Derrick Moore all have at least five TFLs. Kenneth Grant, a freakishly athletic 340-pound sophomore, has four TFLs and has impressed rival coaches.

Said one Big Ten head coach: “They’ve pushed the right buttons on that dude. He’s got freaky athleticism for 340. Holy smokes!”

Linebacker Junior Colson is Michigan’s leading tackler with 79. He and Michael Barrett (52 tackles) are very experienced, solid players. None of the coaches interviewed would describe either as elite, but both were considered smart and good scheme fits. The headliner of Michigan’s back end is nickel Mike Sainristil, an undersized 5-foot-9, 180-pound converted wideout who’s become the emotional leader of the defense.

NFL scouts may be leery of Sainristil because of his size, but Big Ten coaches are believers. Sainristil, the MVP of the Big Ten Championship Game, leads the team with five interceptions to go with 30 tackles, four TFLs, six passes broken up and two forced fumbles.

“He’s their most dynamic guy,” said another Big Ten head coach. “He’s great with the ball in his hands. He’ll keep proving people wrong. He’ll be a good NFL player, I promise you.”

“I love that kid,” said an offensive coordinator who faced Michigan in the first half of the season. “He scares you out there because he has that knack for making the big plays.”

Sophomore Will Johnson, a former five-star recruit, is second on the team with three interceptions and also drew praise.

“He’s a big-time talent,” said the OC. “We didn’t want to (mess) with him.”

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Michigan hasn’t fallen yet, but will gravity pull Jim Harbaugh’s program back to Earth?

Who wins: Michigan or Alabama?

Michigan opened as a two-point favorite over Alabama, but the line is down to one in some places. Alabama being the underdog didn’t seem right to most of the coaches, and the majority believe Alabama will beat Michigan. Some of that might be due to the fact that Michigan has lost each of its two Playoff semifinal games, and Harbaugh’s six consecutive losses in bowl games is glaring.

“What has Jim learned?” a Big Ten head coach asked. “Are his guys gonna be fresh and ready to go or worn down?”

“I think it’s the same old thing with Michigan,” said a Big Ten secondary coach. “They’re extremely talented, but if someone can hold up up front with them, I think they’re just too one-dimensional. … They’ve got to get explosive plays on the perimeter somewhere, and those are gonna be hard to come by because Alabama can match up with them outside and still be stern enough against the run.

“Michigan is going to have to play such a clean game.”

One head coach said he wouldn’t be shocked if Michigan won — but he’s picking Alabama. “If Milroe plays like he has lately, I think that’ll be too much for Michigan. There’s nobody like him in the Big Ten. (Alabama) has figured out how to use him, and that’s scary.”

Another head coach did point out that Michigan has the “kind of stuff” that keeps the Wolverines winning — after all, Michigan is 13-0 despite its head coach being suspended for almost half of the season, including during its toughest stretch.

“They don’t have any superstars, but they’re strong and they’ve got a bunch of really good college players,” he said. “They have a really good culture. None of them gives a s— who gets the credit. These guys clearly love playing with each other. They have the chemistry to win a championship.”

(Top photo: Justin Casterline / Getty)

How to Create a Free AI Avatar on TikTok

Key Takeaways

  • TikTok now offers AI avatar generation within its app, allowing users to create realistic avatars based on their facial features.
  • Users can select up to 10 photos of themselves and choose from up to five different avatar styles.
  • However, there are limitations: users can only create one AI avatar per day and cannot edit or customize an avatar after creation.


TikTok has introduced AI avatar generation capabilities to its app, so you can easily create AI portraits of yourself. Here’s what you need to know about the feature, and how to use it.


How TikTok’s AI Avatar Generator Works

Chances are, if you’ve used an AI avatar generator before, you’ve had to download a dedicated app or visit a website. TikTok’s AI avatar generator brings these capabilities to its app. So, you can watch a video one minute and create an avatar the next.

Similar to the Vana AI portrait generator, TikTok asks for a maximum of 10 photos of yourself and then uses artificial intelligence to create realistic avatars based on your facial features. You can select up to five different styles for your avatar.

The AI avatar generator will produce up to 30 avatars for you to choose from. You can then use your favorite one as your profile picture or save it to your device. While TikTok’s AI avatar generator is a fun feature addition, it also has a limitation: you can only create one AI avatar a day.

Like most AI avatar generators, you may want to enhance your AI portrait with Luminar Neo.

How to Create Free AI Avatars on TikTok

To create free AI avatars on TikTok, follow these steps:

  1. Open the TikTok app and navigate to your Profile.
  2. Tap on your profile picture.
  3. Tap on Try avatar > Create.
  4. Select 3–10 photos that will be used to train the model and tap Create.
  5. Choose your preferred avatar style(s) and tap Continue.

You can choose between downloading your avatars to local storage or using them as your profile picture. To download your avatars, tap Download in the top-right corner, select the ones you want to download, then tap the Download button.

To use an avatar as your profile picture, tap on the avatar you’d like to use, then tap Use for profile.

The Limitations of TikTok’s AI Avatar Generator

While the TikTok AI avatar generator is a cool and innovative feature, it also has some limitations that you should be aware of. You can only create a new set of avatars once a day. If you want to create another, you will have to wait for 24 hours before you can access it again.

Similar to other AI art generators, you cannot edit or customize your avatar after you create it. You can only choose from the available options that the TikTok AI avatar generator provides.

TikTok’s AI avatar generator is a fun way to express yourself and create a unique profile picture for your account. You can now create realistic and personalized avatars based on your photos right on the TikTok app. You can choose from different styles and customize your avatar’s appearance.

Ice sculptures cast spell of fun in Hulunbuir

Lit-up snowflake decorations hang above ice sculptures in the Hailar District of Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia on December 18, 2023. /CFP

Lit-up snowflake decorations hang above ice sculptures in the Hailar District of Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia on December 18, 2023. /CFP

A person goes down an ice slide in the Hailar District of Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia on December 18, 2023. /CFP

A person goes down an ice slide in the Hailar District of Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia on December 18, 2023. /CFP

A person goes down an ice slide in the Hailar District of Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia on December 18, 2023. /CFP

Visitors walk under ice sculpture arches in the Hailar District of Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia on December 18, 2023. /CFP

Visitors walk under ice sculpture arches in the Hailar District of Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia on December 18, 2023. /CFP

Visitors walk under ice sculpture arches in the Hailar District of Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia on December 18, 2023. /CFP

A visitor steps into the tunnel of an ice sculpture in the Hailar District of Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia on December 18, 2023. /CFP

A visitor steps into the tunnel of an ice sculpture in the Hailar District of Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia on December 18, 2023. /CFP

A visitor steps into the tunnel of an ice sculpture in the Hailar District of Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia on December 18, 2023. /CFP

Winter has a little extra magic in Hulunbuir, Inner Mongolia with these fantastical ice sculptures, rides and activities. From snowflake shapes to slippery slides and brightly-lit ice arches and tunnels, Hulunbuir’s Hailar District is chock-full of fun. More than 30 sets of ice sculptures stands in the district, drawing residents and tourists out in the cold for a good time. 

Mama June sued by Chickadee’s ex-husband over child custody

June “Mama June” Shannon is headed to court to fight the ex-husband of her late daughter, Anna “Chickadee” Cardwell, over custody of Chickadee’s 11-year-old daughter, Kaitlyn.

Michael Cardwell filed the suit against the “Mama June: From Not to Hot” reality star this week in a Wilkinson County, Georgia, court. Cardwell is not Kaitlyn’s biological father — he entered her life when she was 8 months old, he said — but nevertheless says he has been a consistent parental figure in her life.

Chickadee died on Dec. 9 at 29 years old after a battle with cancer. She was reportedly diagnosed with Stage 4 adrenal carcinoma earlier this year. Cardwell, who married Chickadee in 2014 and separated from her in 2017, is the biological father of Chickadee’s 8-year-old daughter, Kylee. In the court documents obtained by The Times, Cardwell claims that Kaitlyn’s biological father was never involved in her life and refused a paternity test, insisting he was not interested in being involved.

Cardwell, who received full custody of Kylee after Chickadee died, claimed via the court documents that he’s “fully and completely undertaken a permanent, unequivocal, committed, and responsible parental role” in Kaitlyn’s life. He said he was engaged in “consistent caretaking of the child and established a bonded and dependent relationship with the child.”

He further stated via the filing that Chickadee “fostered and supported” him forming an “independent relationship” with Kaitlyn after their split, despite his not being her biological father. According to the legal documents, Cardwell had the same visitation arrangement with Kaitlyn that he did with Kylee.

“Both petitioner and parent understood, acknowledged, accepted and behaved as though the petitioner is a parent of the child and accepted full and permanent responsibilities as a parent of the child without expectation of financial compensation,” read the filing.

Cardwell claimed the relationship between Mama June and Chickadee had been inconsistent. “Anna has had a very sordid relationship with her mother throughout her life and went various periods of time without speaking to her,” the filing reads. “Likewise, June’s presence in the minor child’s life has been inconsistent.”

On Monday, Mama June told TMZ that she “can see him in court.” The reality television star said that Kaitlyn wants to stay with her and her husband, Justin Stroud, and insisted that Cardwell obtaining legal custody “would be going against her wishes.”

“At the end of the day, the girls have lost their mother, so why put them through this,” she added.

Hyundai Sells Over Five Lakh Bluelink-Enabled Vehicles in India Within Four Years

New Delhi, December 15: Hyundai Motor India on Friday said that it witnessed a significant increase in the sales of its Bluelink connected cars as it sold more than five lakh connected vehicles in just four years. The connected car affinity has extensively increased from 5 per cent in 2019 to 30 per cent in 2023.

“Bluelink has witnessed a significant increase in penetration among Hyundai customers, showcasing the evolving preference for vehicles equipped with advanced connectivity features,” Unsoo Kim, MD & CEO, Hyundai Motor India, said in a statement. Simple Energy ‘Dot One’ E-Scooter Launched in India: Check Specifications, Design and Price Here.

“This significant growth is a testament to the profound trust the customers have shown towards Bluelink technology offering seamless connectivity for all journeys,” he added.

Bluelink is a connected car platform that enables an easy flow of critical information between a car and a car owner. Launched in 2019 in India, Bluelink is an AI-based technology, with an inbuilt SIM card and a 24×7 call centre that enhances safety, security and convenience. The platform is designed to perform more than 60 connected functions, including proactive Alerts, SOS/Emergency Assistance, Auto-crash Notification, Trip History, Remote Vehicle Status, VR, Value-Added Services, and more. Yamaha YZF-R3, Yamaha MT-03 Launched in India: From Specifications, Features To Price, Here’s Everything To Know About New Yamaha Bikes.

Last month, Hyundai launched the ‘Samarth’ initiative for the awareness and enablement of people with disabilities in India. The initiative is aligned with Hyundai’s global vision of ‘Progress for Humanity’ that aims to enable an inclusive, progressive world through the power of mobility. Through this initiative, Hyundai aims to help create a more aware and sensitized society towards people with disabilities in India.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 15, 2023 06:19 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

OpenAI’s Ilya Sutskever Has a Plan for Keeping Super-Intelligent AI in Check

OpenAI was founded on a promise to build artificial intelligence that benefits all of humanity—even when that AI becomes considerably smarter than its creators. Since the debut of ChatGPT last year and during the company’s recent governance crisis, its commercial ambitions have been more prominent. Now, the company says a new research group working on wrangling the supersmart AIs of the future is starting to bear fruit.

“AGI is very fast approaching,” says Leopold Aschenbrenner, a researcher at OpenAI involved with the Superalignment research team established in July. “We’re gonna see superhuman models, they’re gonna have vast capabilities, and they could be very, very dangerous, and we don’t yet have the methods to control them.” OpenAI has said it will dedicate a fifth of its available computing power to the Superalignment project.

A research paper released by OpenAI today touts results from experiments designed to test a way to let an inferior AI model guide the behavior of a much smarter one without making it less smart. Although the technology involved is far from surpassing the flexibility of humans, the scenario was designed to stand in for a future time when humans must work with AI systems more intelligent than themselves.

OpenAI’s researchers examined the process, called supervision, which is used to tune systems like GPT-4, the large language model behind ChatGPT, to be more helpful and less harmful. Currently this involves humans giving the AI system feedback on which answers are good and which are bad. As AI advances, researchers are exploring how to automate this process to save time—but also because they think it may become impossible for humans to provide useful feedback as AI becomes more powerful.

In a control experiment using OpenAI’s GPT-2 text generator first released in 2019 to teach GPT-4, the more recent system became less capable and similar to the inferior system. The researchers tested two ideas for fixing this. One involved training progressively larger models to reduce the performance lost at each step. In the other, the team added an algorithmic tweak to GPT-4 that allowed the stronger model to follow the guidance of the weaker model without blunting its performance as much as would normally happen. This was more effective, although the researchers admit that these methods do not guarantee that the stronger model will behave perfectly, and they describe it as a starting point for further research.

“It’s great to see OpenAI proactively addressing the problem of controlling superhuman AIs,” says Dan Hendryks, director of the Center for AI Safety, a nonprofit in San Francisco dedicated to managing AI risks. “We’ll need many years of dedicated effort to meet this challenge.”

Crypto Expands Financial Choices, Gives Independence Making it Attractive for Investors: Binance

The outlook of the investor community towards cryptocurrencies is, needless to say, an ever-evolving landscape. Several governments from around the world are working to regulate the crypto sector, given that the industry has amassed a large community worldwide in recent years despite its volatile nature. There are two big reasons driving the crypto craze internationally at this point, as per a recently conducted survey by Binance. The survey found that cryptocurrencies offer an alternative to traditional banking services and help bring financial independence for its holders with its decentralised element.

As part of its latest campaign titled ‘Crypto is Better with Binance’, the US-based crypto exchange surveyed 1,172 participants from Asia and Pacific, the Middle East, Europe, Africa, and Latin America, a report by CryptoPotato said citing Binance’s report.

Out of the totally surveyed group, 76 percent said they view crypto as a tool to reduce issues like income inequality and financial imbalance. About 45 percent respondents were attracted to crypto’s capability to fetch quick capital while 36 percent respondents praised crypto for being an alternative to centralised banking that is overseen by the government.

In the coming years, 23 percent of the surveyed participants reportedly said they would use crypto assets to generate their main source of income. Another 23 percent claimed they would use crypto investments as a means to save for home purchases, as per the report. Around 12 percent survey participants also stated they would utilise crypto assets for processing international transactions and remittances.

As per Statista, there are over 420 million cryptocurrency users around the world. In 2016, only five million investors were part of the crypto circle. In addition, data by CoinMarketCap suggests that currently there are over two million cryptocurrencies in circulation across 684 exchanges. These stats serve as evidence that the crypto industry is indeed growing around the world.

Meanwhile, about 45 percent of millennials and 46 percent of the Gen Z population are already approaching cryptocurrencies as a retirement plan in the US. The finding was published as part of a survey from the US asset manager Charles Schwab in October last year.

For now, India is the largest crypto market in the Central & Southern Asia and Oceania (CSAO) region, leading the world in grassroots adoption of this up-and-coming financial sector. A recent Chainalysis report, published in September 2023 said India ranked first out of 154 nations.

The report also said that Indonesia, Pakistan, Brazil, China, Turkey, Russia, UK, Argentina, Mexico, Bangladesh, Japan, Canada, and Morocco are other nations where crypto adoption is becoming a regular financial activity.


Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
Google is evaluating additional PMax brand safety controls

Google is actively looking into improving brand safety controls for Performance Max (PMax) following a damning report by Adalytics.

The research, which was published last month, accused the search engine of serving ads on inappropriate non-Google websites through the Search Partner Network (SPN). Google denied the accusations but began giving advertisers the choice to opt out of the SNP a week later.

However, with this temporary measure set to end on March 1, 2024, Google Ads liaison officer Ginny Marvin has now confirmed that new safety controls are being considered.

Why we care. With Google removing the ability to opt out of the SPN, advertisers will want reassurance that their ads wont appear alongside inappropriate content that will unlikely reach their target audience and could damage their brand’s reputation.

What Google is saying. When Marvin was asked about PMax brand safety during a PPC Chat Q&A, she said:

  • “As you probably saw, there’s a temporary option to request to opt out of Search Partner Network at the account level through March 1st. I don’t have any updates to share at this time, but this is temporary as the teams evaluate additional controls to put in place.”
  • “As an FYI, looking at data from October, over 90% of SPN impressions were from Top 100 sites and apps, including YouTube.”

What did Adalytics say? Numerous ad buyers, expecting their campaigns to run on Google.com, found that their ads were actually appearing on compromising websites within the SPN, according to Adalytics. The GSP network websites include:

  • Sites containing pirated content.
  • Hardcore pornographic sites.
  • Websites of companies located in countries such as Iran and Russia which may be under sanctions by the US government.

However, Dan Taylor, Vice President of Global Ads at Google, denied the allegations, claiming Adalytics has as a track record of publishing inaccurate reports that misrepresent Google’s products and make exaggerated claims.

Existing brand safety controls. As Google looks into adding more brand safety controls, you currently have tools at your disposal to manage the types of content your PMax ads can be displayed alongside in Search, Shopping, Display, and Video inventory:

  • Search & Shopping suitability controls
    • New PMax campaign-level brand exclusions prevent your ads from serving for specific brand queries in Search & Shopping.
    • Account-level negative keywords prevent your ads from showing for those queries in Search & Shopping.
  • Display & Video suitability controls
    • Content labels allow you to narrow the maturity level of YouTube & GDN content your ads can show on or next to. This is where you’ll find the one-click “content suitable for families” option, for example.
    • Inventory type – expanded, standard, limited – allows you to quickly choose the type of content best suited to your brand on YouTube & GDN.
    • Content type exclusions prevent ads from showing on certain areas of video content such as live streaming or embedded YouTube video.
    • Sensitive content categories allow you to exclude certain types of GDN content such as tragedy and conflict.
    • Exclude up to 1000 content keywords to prevent ads from showing on YouTube & GDN content related to those exact words.
    • Placement exclusions prevent your ads from showing on specific YouTube and GDN content. PMax respects account- and MCC-level placement exclusions.
    • PMax placement reports show the sites & apps where your ads appeared and are built expressly for GDN brand safety tools.
    • And new Search Terms Insights updates include more categories, API integration, custom date ranges & downloading.

Get the daily newsletter search marketers rely on.


Deep dive. Read our brand safety tips for YouTube and Google advertisers for more information on how to protect your brand.

Longest Bridge in India, List of Longest Bridges in India

India, a country known for its rich cultural heritage and diverse landscapes, is also home to impressive feats of engineering. Among these, the construction of bridges stands out, facilitating connectivity and economic growth. One such marvel is the longest bridge in India, a testament to the nation’s progress in infrastructure development. In this article, we will delve into the details of this engineering marvel, highlighting its significance and impact.

India’s Longest Bridge 2023

A bridge is a structure designed to span physical obstacles like rivers, valleys or roads, allowing unimpeded passage beneath it. India, known for its abundant rivers, has tackled the challenges posed by these water bodies by constructing a multitude of bridges. These include roads, rail-road combinations and remarkable feats of engineering by Indian professionals. The country boasts some of the globe’s finest components of a nation’s infrastructure, connecting economically synergetic locations and fostering increased economic activity.

Longest Bridge in India, List

Dhola Sadia Bridge, with the total length of 9.15 km, holds first spot on the list of longest bridge in India, followed by Dibang River Bridge, The Mahatma Gandhi Setu and The Bandra Worli Sea Link.

Here is the list of longest bridges in India:

Longest Bridges in India
S. No. Bridge Distance Opened Place   Connecting
1. Dhola Sadiya Bridge 9.15 km 2017 Lohit River Assam and Arunachal Pradesh
2. Dibang River Bridge 6.2 km 2018 Dibang River Arunachal Pradesh
3. Mahatma Gandhi Setu 5.75 km 1982 Ganga South Patna to Hajipur
4. Bandra Worli Sea Link (BWSL) 5.57 km 2009 Mahim Bay Bandra to Worli (South Mumbai)
5. Bogibeel Bridge 4.94 km 2018 Brahmaputra River Dhemaji to Dibrugarh
6. Vikramshila Setu 4.70 km 2001 Ganga Bhagalpur to Naugachia
7. Vembanad Rail Bridge 4.62 km 2011 Vembanad Lake Edappally to Vallarpadam
8. Digha-Sonpur Bridge 4.55 km 2016 Ganga River Digha, Patna to Sonpur, Saran
9. Arrah-Chhapra Bridge 4.35 km 2017 Ganga Arrah to Chhapra
10. Godavari Bridge 4.13 km 2015 Godavari river Kovvur to Rajamundry
11. Munger Ganga Bridge 3.75 km 2020 Ganges River Munger to Jamalpur
12. Chahlari Ghat Bridge 3.25 km 2017 Ghagra River Bahraich to Sitapur
13. Jawahar Setu 3.06 km 1965 Son River Delhi – Son nagar
14. Nehru Setu 3.05 km 1900 Son River Dehri – Son Nagar
15. Koila Bhomora Setu 3.01 km 1987 Brahmaputra River Tezpur to Kaliabor

Longest Bridge in India – Dhola Sadia Bridge

  • Length: 9.15 km
  • Opened: 2017
  • Type: Road
  • Connecting: Assam and Arunachal Pradesh
  • Location: Lohit River, Tinsukia, Assam

The Dhola-Sadiya Bridge, also known as the Bhupen Hazarika Setu, holds the distinction of being India’s longest bridge over water. Stretching across the mighty Brahmaputra, this 9.15 km bridge was inaugurated by PM Narendra Modi. Connecting Assam and Arunachal Pradesh, the bridge significantly reduces travel times, cutting the journey by five hours and 165 km between the two states.

India’s Second Longest Bridge – Dibang River Bridge

  • Length: 6.2 km
  • Opened: 2018
  • Type: Road
  • Connecting: Arunachal Pradesh
  • Location: Dibang River

The Dibang River is alternatively referred to as Sikang Bridge. India’s longest road bridges, the Mahatma Gandhi Setu and Bhupen Hazarika Setu, both across the Dibang River in Arunachal Pradesh. Spanning a length of 6.2 kilometers, this bridge is of strategic importance, facilitating swift access for the Indian Army to reach the Chinese border.

Third Longest Bridge of India – Mahatma Gandhi Setu

  • Length: 5.75 km
  • Opened: 1982
  • Type: Road
  • Connecting: South Patna to Hajipur
  • Location: Ganga River

Nelson Gandhi, also known as the Setu Bridge, spans the Ganges, linking Patna and Hajipur, ranking as the third-longest bridge in India. A prominent tourist attraction in the state, this river bridge stretches over 5750 meters and was inaugurated in 1982 by then-Prime Minister Indira Gandhi. Until the inauguration of the Dibang Bridge, it held the title of the longest bridge for a considerable period.

Fourth Longest Bridge in India – Bandra Worli Sea Link (BWSL)

  • Length: 5.57 km
  • Opened: 2009
  • Type: Road
  • Connecting: Bandra to Worli (South Mumbai)
  • Location: Mahim Bay

The Bandra Worli Sea Link, alternatively named the Rajiv Gandhi Sea Link, stands as the fourth-largest water bridge in India. This expertly crafted structure links Worli in South Mumbai with Bandra in the Western Suburbs of Mumbai. Comprising pre-stressed concrete steel viaducts and characterized by a cable-stayed design, the bridge is part of the Western Freeway project, encompassing bridges with a total length of 5.57 feet.

India’s Fifth Longest Bridge – Bogibeel Bridge

  • Length: 4.94 km
  • Opened: 2018
  • Type: Rail cum road
  • Connecting: Dhemaji to Dibrugarh
  • Location: Brahmaputra River

In Assam, the Bogibeel Bridge spans the Brahmaputra River, linking the districts of Dhemaji and Dibrugarh. Stretching across 4.94 km, it holds the distinction of being India’s longest rail/ road bridge. Notably, it is the country’s pioneer bridge featuring fully welded steel concrete beams designed to withstand earthquakes with a Richer magnitude of up to 7, given its location in a seismic-prone zone. This bridge, the second-longest rail-road structures in Asia, boasts a remarkable operational lifespan of 120 years.

 

Biden Wants States to Ensure Obamacare Plans Cover Enough Doctors and Hospitals

The Biden administration plans to push states to boost oversight of the number of doctors, hospitals, and other health providers insurers cover in Obamacare plans, under rules proposed in November.

The annual regulatory proposal, known as the payment parameters rule, also seeks to expand access to adult dental coverage in Affordable Care Act marketplaces and would require states to hold open enrollment periods for Obamacare plans at the same time of year. It’s likely one of the last major ACA policy efforts of President Joe Biden’s first term — and, if he loses reelection, could represent his final touches on the landmark health program created when he was vice president.

Biden has been a staunch supporter of Obamacare and has taken steps during his own first term in the White House to expand the program through rules and legislation, including measures that increased premium subsidies. In part because of those subsidies, enrollment has increased steadily and hit records under his watch.

The proposal for 2025 would continue administration efforts to expand coverage, making it easier for states to offer plans that include adult dental care. The rules also set additional guardrails on the growing number of states that have chosen to run their own ACA marketplaces.

The rules need to be finalized in the spring and would affect plans starting in January 2025, not long before Inauguration Day.

So expect some controversy.

Already, the ACA has entered the political debate, with the current GOP front-runner, former President Donald Trump, taking to his Truth Social site on Thanksgiving weekend to call the failure of the GOP to repeal the ACA “a low point for the Republican Party.”

Trump also said he was “seriously” considering alternatives, which harked back to his presidency when he frequently promised an Obamacare replacement was soon to be revealed. It never was.

Biden quickly seized on Trump’s comments, saying on Nov. 27 that “my predecessor has once again — God love him — called for cuts that could rip away health insurance for tens of millions of Americans.”

Many of the changes made during Biden’s term, especially to rules that spell out how the law is to be implemented, could be altered if a Republican wins the White House — just as occurred in the transition from the Obama administration to the Trump term and, again, when Biden took office.

When Trump came into office, for example, he made a number of moves to roll back ACA rules set by the program’s namesake, President Barack Obama, including sharply reducing funding for enrollment assistance, shortening the annual sign-up period, and allowing less expensive but less protective short-term plans to cover longer periods of time. Biden’s team, in turn, expanded funding for enrollment, added special enrollment periods, and has a proposal awaiting final approval that would restore restrictions on short-term plans, which don’t cover many of the benefits included in ACA plans and are often called “junk insurance” by critics.

“If the past is any guide, and the next administration is different, the first thing they will do is roll things back,” said Sabrina Corlette, a research professor and co-director of the Center on Health Insurance Reforms at Georgetown University.

Politics may be one reason the administration’s latest proposal doesn’t include larger changes to the ACA. Doing anything more aggressive in an election year “might disrupt a program that Biden fully supports,” said Joseph Antos, senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute, a right-leaning think tank.

But the proposal from the Department of Health and Human Services does respond to concerns about “network adequacy,” or whether insurers’ doctor and hospital networks are large enough to meet demand. The rules would require states to set numerical standards, such as a maximum “time and distance” that patients must travel to access in-network care, that are at least as rigorous as federal limits that kicked in this year.

The proposal would affect the 18 states, plus the District of Columbia, that run their own ACA marketplaces.

While many of them already set some network parameters, the standards vary. The administration’s latest proposal notes that 25% of existing state rules fail to set any quantitative requirements, such as how long or far a patient might have to drive to find a participating provider, or the acceptable ratio of the number of enrollees in a plan to the number of covered medical providers.

Requiring standards at least as tough as federal exchange rules across all states “would enhance consumer access to quality, affordable care,” the document says.

Some states “may not be doing enough to ensure compliance,” said Corlette. “States will have to step up their game.”

States would also have to review insurer networks to see if they meet the standards before giving the go-ahead to sell their plans. While the federal marketplace will, beginning in 2025, require insurers to meet new rules aimed at limiting patients’ wait times for appointments, especially for primary care and behavioral health, state marketplaces won’t yet have to impose similar standards.

More prescriptive state requirements for ACA insurers might draw some pushback during the public comment period for the rules, which runs through Jan. 8. They could also be a target for change if the GOP wins the White House, said Chris Condeluci, a health law attorney who worked as counsel to the Senate Finance Committee when the ACA was drafted.

“On the one hand, it makes sense to have standardized rules so everyone is working off the same song sheet,” said Condeluci. But he said there’s support for the idea that state marketplaces were not “to be nationally run or overly prescriptive from a federal government regulatory perspective.”

The HHS proposal also seeks to expand access to routine adult dental coverage by eliminating a prohibition against states including the care as an “essential health benefit” in their benchmark plans. The rules would also standardize open enrollment periods across all states, requiring them to begin Nov. 1 and run through at least Jan. 15. Most states already do that, although Idaho’s period currently begins Oct. 15 and ends Dec. 15, and New York’s begins Nov. 16 and ends Jan. 31.

The payment parameter notices, though dryly named, are a big deal not only for insurers, who plan their benefits and set their rates based in part on such rules, but also for consumers.

The ACA marketplaces “cover millions of people and it’s very important to make sure they are working and people understand what they are buying,” said Bethany Lilly, executive director of public policy at the Leukemia & Lymphoma Society.

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Suicide Squad: Kill The Justice League Preorders – Editions, Bonuses, Release Date, And More

Suicide Squad: Kill the Justice League launches on PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X|S on February 2, 2024. The anticipated online open-world co-op game will be available in both standard and deluxe editions on all platforms, and preorders for all versions are available now. You even get a few preorder bonuses for ordering ahead of time.

We’ll go over everywhere you can preorder Suicide Squad: Kill The Justice League on your platform of choice, plus all the bonuses you get for buying early–but first, we should point out that PC preorders are discounted at Fanatical.

The preorder deal drops the Suicide Squad: Kill The Justice League standard edition to $60.19 (normally $70) and the deluxe edition to $86 (normally $100), and includes all the preorder bonuses outlined below plus a 5%-off coupon code usable on a future purchase. Console players will find links to preorder in the next sections.


Suicide Squad: Kill The Justice League preorder bonuses

Suicide Squad: Kill The Justice League preorder bonuses

All Suicide Squad: Kill The Justice League preorders include a free DLC pack with classic outfits for each of the playable characters. Digital PS5 preorders also include an exclusive Rogue Outfits DLC pack, which adds four more character skins.

Additionally, preordering the Suicide Squad: Kill The Justice League deluxe edition grants you 72-hour early access to the game starting January 30. The early access bonus is included with digital and physical deluxe edition preorders on all platforms.

Developed by Rocksteady Games, the same studio behind the acclaimed Batman: Arkham series, Suicide Squad: Kill the Justice League is an open-world third-person shooter where players control various members of the eponymous troupe of villains and anti-heroes including Harley Quinn, Deadshot, King Shark, and Captain Boomerang. As the title implies, the squad’s mission is to kill the heroes of the Justice League who have succumbed to the evil Brainiac’s mind-controlling powers. The game features co-op multiplayer and live service elements like a battle pass, though an offline story mode will be added in a post-launch patch. Check out GameSpot’s roundup of everything we know on Suicide Squad: Kill The Justice League for more information about the game.

Disclosure: GameSpot and Fanatical are both owned by Fandom.

Toothbrushing tied to lower rates of pneumonia among hospitalized patients

Researchers have found an inexpensive tool that may help reduce rates of pneumonia for hospitalized patients — and it comes with bristles on one end. A new study by investigators from Brigham and Women’s Hospital, a founding member of the Mass General Brigham healthcare system, and Harvard Pilgrim Health Care Institute examined whether daily toothbrushing among hospitalized patients is associated with lower rates of hospital-acquired pneumonia and other outcomes. The team combined the results of 15 randomized clinical trials that included more than 2,700 patients and found that hospital-acquired pneumonia rates were lower among patients who received daily toothbrushing compared to those who did not. The results were especially compelling among patients on mechanical ventilation. Their results are published in JAMA Internal Medicine.

“The signal that we see here towards lower mortality is striking — it suggests that regular toothbrushing in the hospital may save lives,” said corresponding author Michael Klompas, MD, MPH, hospital epidemiologist and an infectious disease physician in the Department of Medicine at BWH and Professor of Population Medicine at Harvard Pilgrim Health Care Institute. “It’s rare in the world of hospital preventative medicine to find something like this that is both effective and cheap. Instead of a new device or drug, our study indicates that something as simple as brushing teeth can make a big difference.”

Hospital-acquired pneumonia occurs when bacteria in the mouth enter a patient’s airways and infect their lungs. Patients experiencing frailty or patients with a weakened immune system are particularly susceptible to developing hospital-acquired pneumonia during their hospital stay. However, adopting a daily toothbrushing regimen can decrease the amount of bacteria in the mouth, potentially lowering the risk of hospital-acquired pneumonia from occurring.

The team conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis to determine the association between daily toothbrushing and hospital-acquired pneumonia. Using a variety of databases, the researchers collected and analyzed randomized clinical trials from around the world that compared the effect of regular oral care with toothbrushing versus oral care without toothbrushing on the occurrence of hospital-acquired pneumonia and other outcomes.

The team’s analysis found that daily toothbrushing was associated with a significantly lower risk for hospital-acquired pneumonia and ICU mortality. In addition, the investigators identified that toothbrushing for patients in the ICU was associated with fewer days of mechanical ventilation and a shorter length of stay in the ICU.

Most of the studies in the team’s review explored the role of a teeth-cleaning regimen in adults in the ICU. Only two of the 15 studies included in the authors’ analysis evaluated the impact of toothbrushing in non-ventilated patients. The researchers are hopeful that the protective effect of toothbrushing will extend to non-ICU patients but additional studies focusing on this population are needed to clarify if in fact this is the case.

“The findings from our study emphasize the importance of implementing an oral health routine that includes toothbrushing for hospitalized patients. Our hope is that our study will help catalyze policies and programs to assure that hospitalized patients regularly brush their teeth. If a patient cannot perform the task themselves, we recommend a member of the patient’s care team assist,” said Klompas.

Dr Ehrenzeller reported receiving nondirected funding for a research visit from Swiss Study Foundation during the conduct of the study. Dr Klompas reported receiving a grant from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, and the Massachusetts Department of Public Health and royalties from UpToDate outside the submitted work.

United flavours of Moscow will take your taste buds on a culinary voyage- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

If there’s a cuisine you can’t find in Moscow, you’re probably not looking hard enough. The variety of dining options available in Russia’s capital reflects an inclusive city of 12 million people with migrants from all corners of the globe adding to its vibrant multicultural tapestry. Azeri, Greek, Serbian, Georgian? You name it, and Moscow has it.

As an ode to the city, kickstart your culinary explorations with hi-tech Russian cuisine at the two-Michelin star Twins Garden. Located high above Moscow’s rooftops, with a breathtaking view of the city, the handsome eatery’s accolades are a testament to its constant innovation. Think highly Gram-worthy food and wine, all smoke and sizzle. Founded in 2017 by twin brothers Ivan and Sergey Berezutsky, the food here has been developed in its own R&D laboratory combining gastronomy with science. While some products are fermented, others are 3D-printed or freeze-dried for effect. Vegetables and fruits are sourced from the eatery’s organic farm with sustainable wines crafted from homegrown vegetables, mushrooms and herbs.

The seven-course tasting menu at the highly recommended Rediscover Russia will take your taste buds on a culinary voyage across the world’s largest country. Each course is based on a particular region. For instance, ‘Kostroma’ is devoted to the eponymous city famous as Russia’s cheese capital. The server wheels in a trolley with five different cheeses—truffle, cheddar, parmesan, raclette and Beaufort—asking you to select the one you’d like your pasta to be flavoured with. Far from the run-of-the-mill floury one, the pasta is crafted from gluten-free trumpet clam meat and served with tomato sauce and macaroni chips.

The ‘Yaroslavi’ is based on the UNESCO heritage city that nestles along the Volga. Famous for its rabbit farming, this course proffers melt-in-the-mouth pan-fried rabbit combined with baked aubergine and cabbage. Stellar accompaniments include cauliflower puree cooked with milk extracted from Siberian cedar nuts, besides a vanilla truffle sauce and pickled cabbage.

Similarly, the ‘Rostov’ course—an ode to Lake Rostov that breeds the delicious rapan fish—includes the fish served with mushrooms, fresh greens and a seaweed pate. But wait. Before it is served, the plate is heated to 60°C, a process (during which it also changes colour and transparency), symbolising that everything in the world is in motion and changeable. The piece de resistance of the exceptional meal is the dessert—Vladimir—that will likely elicit many oohs and aahs for its skillful rendition of red cherries done five different ways.

Haute cuisine is increasingly becoming popular in Moscow, what with nine Michelin-anointed eateries. Check out the one-Michelin star Grand Cru restaurant where you can sample its signature French menu featuring seafood and vegetables complemented by unusual ingredients: Think josper-roasted squid from the Commander Islands with nori chips; seafood raviolo in smoked tomato soup or lamb tongue with pumpkin parmentier. The menu is seasonal and the wine list is revised daily incorporating nearly 2,000 different varietals. The tipples are all sourced from vineyards in the South of France where the terroir produces finely balanced vinos.

Not to be missed is Bagebi, a Georgian restaurant that serves traditional recipes in an inventive way. The artsy eatery’s mural-splashed walls and gigantic enamels and paintings are all the handiwork of legendary artist Zurab Tsereteli. The restaurant is named after a district in the Georgian capital Tbilisi. Relish steaming platters of kharcho (beef soup), khachapuri (cheese-filled bread), khinkali (dumplings) and more. It can all be washed down with delicious Georgian wines aged in qvevris (egg-shaped amphorae without handles), the process endorsed by UNESCO as an Intangible Heritage. 

The award-winning Kefi in downtown Moscow will also be a worthy stop on your gastronomic trail. The restaurant’s beef cheeks and crème brûlée come highly recommended. Try gems like dolmades (grape leaves stuffed with ground meat and rice), Lima Beans baked in an herby tomato sauce and keftedakia (beef meatballs), the protein’s succulence enhanced by the sauce’s umami. Don’t forget the olive oil-infused skordalia (garlicky potatoes) that will likely disappear from the plate sooner than you could utter ‘Rastapopulous’.

The rich waterbodies encircling Russia teem with a variety of exotic seafood that invariably finds its way to restaurant tables. Leveraging this bounty is Xolodok, a seafood bistro, located in downtown Moscow. From its exhaustive menu, order oysters done three ways; a trio of caviars (Beluga, Ossetra, Sevruga) served with blini and a main of capers-anointed salmon steak awash in a lemon-butter sauce.

After days of gluttony, during which you’ll rue not wearing pants with stretchable bands, the verdict will be unanimous: Perhaps there’s no dining scene in Europe as flamboyant, dynamic and exciting as Moscow’s.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

B.M.S College of Law, Bengaluru

Disclaimer: Law School Experiences are the personal opinions of a particular student about their college. These pieces are NOT Lawctopus’ official take on the law school.

Name of the student

Yeashoo H Vardhana

Mention the full name of your college

B.M.S. College of Law

State/UT of your college

Karnataka

What are the good things about your college?

We have a beautiful, luscious green campus with three large canteens, a coffee joint, and a Nescafe bar. The college has a legacy of more than sixty years and has several distinguished alumni. We have friendly, cooperative, highly skilled, and knowledgeable faculty and supportive staff. Our college provides the best opportunity to network and build contacts in the legal fraternity.

As we share a huge campus with our architecture and engineering sister institutions, we collaborate on various events and organize huge college fests every year. Our college is located in the divine Basavanagudi Region opposite the famous, renowned Big Bull Temple and Dodda Ganapati Temple, where huge idols carved out of Monolithic Rock are worshipped. We also have many famous restaurants nearby.

We also have metro and bus facilities at a walkable distance. Our college library also provides various online database facilities and has also stored old classic law books and journals. It also provides a beautiful, ventilated study area and Computer Lab. We are also equipped with a gym in our indoor stadium and are also trained in various sports. Our college also provides a free therapist and conducts various mental health workshops.

Can you name a few bad things about your college?

The management and college are wonderful, but students often dislike the syllabus and norms of Karnataka State Law University, to which our college is affiliated. Our syllabus needs to be updated and must include more practical-based learning and academic writing curriculum.

How has your experience in your law college been till now?

Even though I’m in my first year, I feel like I know everyone in my college. I appreciate the strict adherence to the Anti-Ragging policy in our college. I am thankful to my seniors who have helped me in Mooting and also have encouraged me to participate in Model United Nations and Mock Parliaments. I have been part of and have had the privilege to volunteer, organize and coordinate various events every week.

How’s the faculty?

We have very supportive faculty who are highly skilled and knowledgeable. They are very friendly and jovial towards us, the students. They recommended good books and also provided us with study materials to ace our exams and conduct interactive sessions which are available to students at all times.

Rated: 4/5

How’s the infrastructure (except hostels)?

We have a shared luscious green campus. There are huge spacious classrooms two auditoriums and seminar halls. We also have a spacious moot court for practical learning. We have a huge library with a beautiful and peaceful study area. The college is also equipped with a computer lab with more than 60 desktops. We have two large canteens and one small canteen. We have two coffee bars, one of which is a Nescafe bar. There is also a playground and a big indoor stadium.

Rated: 4/5

How’s your hostel experience?

We share a huge hostel complex with our sister institutions, B.M.S. College of Architecture and the B.M.S. College of Engineering. There is also a separate playground for the hostel. We have spacious dorms, a common hall and a huge canteen/mess. A vending machine and an ATM are situated in our Hostel. The college has separate hostel complexes for boys and girls.

Rated: 4/5

How are your peers?

All the students are mandated to adhere to the Anti-Ragging Policy and are compulsorily asked to sign the Anti-Ragging Affidavit. We have enthusiastic, kind and friendly peers, and friendly seniors and students of other sections. All students help out each other. There is also a Mentor-Mentee system where students learn and study with each other which also acts like a tutor and peer teaching groups.

Rated: 5/5

How are the placements in your college?

We have distinguished alumni who help the college and students to network amongst the legal fraternity. Our Internship and Placement Cell provides its services to all the semester and also trains the students for interviews. I came across this Campus Leadership Program from my Internship and Placement Cell, they constantly support, encourage and help students.

Rated: 5/5

What are the co-curricular activities in your college?

We have various committees, cells and clubs which devise a packed social calendar for the year and organize various activities, workshops and fests. Training is provided in various sports to compete in intra-colligate, inter-colligate, district-level, state level and national level competitions.

We also conduct national Moot Court Competition and train students for various Moot Competitions and Law Fests. There are music, dance, art and cultural clubs which organize many cultural events and activities throughout the semester. We also have an NSS (National Service Scheme) cell which conducts various social services and initiates various village development programs.

Rated: 5/5

What are some of the things you’d advise to a 1st-year student who enters your college?

Take part in all the activities in the college. Utilize the library to the fullest and grab onto all the opportunities provided by the college and utilize the pre-established vast professional network. Do not have backlogs as it will affect your KSLU (Karnataka State Law University) Ranking.

Anything else you’d like to mention?

When my close friends and batchmates recently met with an accident our college management, faculty and staff helped out financially and provided constant support and care. They consoled the family members and us and  made the college our second home with their nurturing ambience.

This Law School Experience was submitted by Yeashoo H Vardhana, a student of B.M.S. College of Law, Bengaluru as a part of the Campus Leaders Program at Lawctopus.

Disclaimer: Law School Experiences are opinions shared by individual law students and tend to be personal and subjective in nature. The law school experiences shared on Lawctopus are NOT Lawctopus’ official views on the law school. We also do not edit law school experiences (except to ensure readability) to ensure that the author’s voice remains intact.

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for December 20, 2023 | Astrology

All zodiac signs have their own characteristics and traits which define someone’s personality. Wouldn’t it be helpful if you started your day by already knowing about what’s going to come your way? Read on to find out whether the odds will be in your favour today.

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for December 20, 2023 (Pixabay)

ARIES (March 21-April 20)

IPL 2024 Auction is here! Catch all the updates LIVE on HT. Join Now

Take guidance on the fitness front. Stability on the financial front is foreseen and may allow you to plan on purchasing something big. Your decisions on the professional front will turn out to be correct. You can get a bit concerned for a family member settled out of town. An out-of-town trip with someone special will turn out to be most memorable. Prospects of owning property look bright, so go for it as this seems to be an auspicious day.

Love Focus: Those in love are likely to enjoy lover’s company.

Lucky No.: 9

Lucky Colour: Magenta

TAURUS (April 21-May 20)

You are likely to make a good start on the academic front. Resuming daily workouts is possible and promises to keep you in good health. You spend well, but you earn well too, so expect this happy situation to persist on the financial front. Some new assignments can be expected on the professional front. Much excitement is foreseen at home as you go all out to organise a function or party. You may plan to go out of town to celebrate something.

Love Focus: A thrilling time on the romantic front cannot be ruled out.

Lucky No.: 1

Lucky Colour: White

GEMINI (May 21-June 21)

Health remains good, as you start making some efforts in that direction. A distant relative or friend is likely to pay you a visit today. Your reputation on the social front gets enhanced. Those in business will be able to maintain good earning. Something that you do on the social front may give you instant recognition.

Love Focus: Get ready for romance to make your life exciting.

Lucky No.: 18

Lucky Colour: Green

CANCER (June 22-July 22)

Excellent financial planning will find you saving a lot of money. Good health keeps you fit and energetic today. Profits are foreseen for some from a side business. You will need to remain sensitive to the moods of spouse or a family elder. A memorable experience is in store for those travelling abroad. Possession of a house or apartment is likely to be offered soon.

Love Focus: Making a positive start on the romantic front is likely to give you oodles of confidence.

Lucky No.: 8

Lucky Colour: Dark Grey

LEO (July 23-August 23)

You may need to understand someone’s nature in depth to make any headway with him or her. It is best not to get embroiled in property dispute, if things can be sorted out mutually. A long journey appears both comfortable and enjoyable. A major purchase is on the cards for some. There is a likelihood of someone turning over a new leaf, so have patience.

Love Focus: Romantic mood may make you approach the one you love.

Lucky No.: 6

Lucky Colour: Brown

VIRGO (August 24-September 23)

Let better sense prevail in relationship matters or you may reach a point of no return. You may be compelled to divide your time between your current job and an added responsibility, but this will be a temporary phase. A misunderstanding threatens to crop up at home, so steer clear of all controversial subjects today. Your efforts on the monetary front may get richly rewarded. A better arrangement for commuting may be adopted by some.

Love Focus: Romantic front looks promising for those in love.

Lucky No.: 17

Lucky Colour: Saffron

LIBRA (September 24-October 23)

Use your will power to overcome any addictions or vices that you have succumbed to. A productive day is foreseen for those learning to drive or swim. Be judicious in what you eat and drink to maintain good health. An overseas journey awaits some and promises much fun. Reach out to someone who may be of help to you at a later date. Developments happening at work appear heartening and may keep you in an upbeat mood.

Love Focus: Someone on the romantic front is likely to win you over.

Lucky No.: 6

Lucky Colour: Red

SCORPIO (October 24-November 22)

Create the right environment to study first, before you begin to prepare for an exam or competition. Those into side business will find the day profitable. A youngster may need disciplining, but avoid being harsh. Minimising expenditure will enable you to save enough to buy something expensive. Plans for an overseas journey are likely to be in the final stages. Maintaining your vehicle in good condition is important.

Love Focus: Lover may give you a pleasant surprise today, so keep your fingers crossed!

Lucky No.: 8

Lucky Colour: Pink

SAGITTARIUS (November 23-December 21)

Controlled diet will help you in retaining good health. Going for good bargains will help you save a lot. Successfully completing an assigned job will give you the edge at work. Your help to someone on the family front is likely to be fully reciprocated. An outing with family and friends is likely and will prove refreshing and restful. Taking possession of a new house may become a reality for some. Something you are organising promises to be a thumping success.

Love Focus: Lovers will find time for getting together and enjoying each other’s company.

Lucky No.: 22

Lucky Colour: Purple

CAPRICORN (December 22-January 21)

Previous investments are poised to bring handsome returns. Professionally you are assured of whatever is due to you in terms of promotion or increment. You will make it a point to remain active, just to keep in shape. Someone’s arrival is likely to bring a wave of excitement on the home front. Travelling with like-minded people will be fun. Your social engagements are likely to make the day enjoyable.

Love Focus: Those in love can expect a fantastic time today.

Lucky No.: 11

Lucky Colour: Orange

AQUARIUS (January 22-February 19)

You hate being dictated to, but at times it is wise to listen to good advice. On the professional front, it is in your interest to work out the financial viability of a project before proceeding ahead. A bad deal can get you stranded with items you have little use of. Family youngster’s poor show on the academic front may become a cause for concern. Someone’s guidance will help you much in whatever you are currently involved in.

Love Focus: You will manage to find time to be with the one you love today.

Lucky No.: 9

Lucky Colour: Golden

PISCES (February 20-March 20)

Taking up physical workouts for a perfect figure and physique is likely to pay rich dividends. On the career front, whatever you have planned for the future may come to naught if you don’t remain focussed. Don’t bite more than you can chew in your craving for earning more. You may feel a bit let down by an associate on the academic front, so do discuss it out. Some changes to the house are likely to be initiated. A change of scene is likely, as you plan to take off for a short vacation.

Love Focus: Your initiative on the romantic front is likely to bear fruit.

Lucky No.: 7

Lucky Colour: Royal Blue

Investors still aren’t sold on UniQure’s gene therapy for Huntington’s

Dive Brief:

  • Shares of UniQure dipped more than 10% Tuesday morning after the biotechnology company released more data from a small study testing an experimental gene therapy for Huntington’s disease.
  • The new results include up to 30 months of follow-up from 39 patients enrolled in the study, which is evaluating two doses of UniQure’s therapy, called AMT-130. The company said there’s evidence both doses are generally safe and can preserve or improve neurological function in patients with the disease, which progressively impairs movement and cognition.
  • While UniQure leadership describes the results seen so far as “very promising,” analysts on Wall Street have found them puzzling. The low dose, for example, has appeared more effective and less variable than the high dose. How long either stays effective is also unclear. Nevertheless, UniQure intends to engage with regulators early next year to talk through the data it’s collected and “potential strategies for ongoing development of AMT-130.”

Dive Insight:

Huntington’s is caused by mutations in the gene responsible for making the similarly named “huntingtin” protein. While helpful to brain function in its normal form, the protein, when mutated, bunches together into toxic clumps that damage nerve cells.

AMT-130 is designed to silence that malfunctioning gene, and has become one of UniQure’s most closely watched programs.

In its update, UniQure said neurological function in patients given the high dose of AMT-130 was preserved or improved 18 months after treatment, compared to the start of the study. That was measured by a scoring system known in short as cUHDRS, which assesses the motor function, brain function and behavior of people with Hungtinton’s.

In the low dose arm, two other scales found neurological function was preserved at 30 months, according to UniQure.

The company added that, across all three measurements, AMT-130 showed “favorable trends” on the expected rate of decline compared to a natural history cohort. The cohort, which UniQure created with assistance from a nonprofit research organization, includes 31 patients with early Huntington’s disease who were similar to the participants in the AMT-130 study. Drugmakers use natural history data to better understand how a disease progresses without intervention.

Given the design of AMT-130, the study has been measuring the amount of mutant huntingtin present in the fluid surrounding the brain and spine.

There, average changes “continue to be variable,” according to UniQure, which claims that, because AMT-130 is administered deep in the brain, such measurements “are not believed to be materially representative” of mutant huntingtin levels in targeted brain regions. The company previously disclosed that mutant huntingtin levels varied across the studied two doses. In the low dose arm, they had declined an average of 8% two years after treatment, while in the high dose arm, they had increased an average of 40% one year after treatment.

UniQure’s study has also been charting levels of “neurofilament light chain,” a molecule that research suggests is indicative of brain and nervous system damage. It has become an increasingly important measure for drugmakers trying to prove their therapies can protect nerve cells. UniQure said Tuesday that, 30 months after treatment, average levels of the molecule had declined 6.6%. And for the high dose arm, they were “near baseline” at month 18.

UniQure said there have been four serious adverse events in the high dose arm that were deemed related to AMT-160. Three were central nervous system inflammation and one was severe headache later also attributed to central nervous system inflammation.

UniQure said patients with symptoms of this inflammation improved after receiving glucocorticoid medication. Six patients in the high-dose arm received perioperative steroids when they got AMT-130 to reduce the risk of inflammation.

UniQure shares were trading below $7 apiece late Tuesday morning.

Helping Your Pup Heal: Using a Dog Wheelchair for a Knee Injury

CL tears and cruciate injuries are common injuries for dogs. In fact, ACL ruptures occur more often in dogs than in humans! According to the National Library of Medicine, out of 100,000 dogs, approximately 2,610 will suffer from an ACL tear annually compared to under 75 humans in the same size group. In 73% of these cases, the dog will experience a rupture in both knees. Depending on the severity of the tear, a dog may have trouble walking or may be unable to bear any weight on its injured leg. Not only are canine knee injuries prevalent, but they can also severely impact a dog’s ability to stay active. A dog wheelchair can be used to prevent and rehabilitate knee injuries in dogs.   

Read on to learn more about canine cruciate injuries and how a wheelchair can help your dog stay active. 

Walkin’ Wheels Dog Wheelchair
German Shepherd DM harness
Buddy Up Harness

Understanding Knee Injuries in Dogs 

Knee injuries are among the most common dog orthopedic injuries. Unlike human knee injuries that are generally caused by physical activity or trauma, dog knee injuries usually occur slowly over time. Most cruciate tears in dogs result from natural wear and tear rather than a specific injury or event. It is important to monitor your dog’s physical activity and provide them with the necessary care to prevent or manage this issue. 

Signs and symptoms of dog knee injuries 

There are many physical signs to look for when a dog has an injured knee, including: 

  • Lifting their back leg up off the ground 
  • Refusing to walk or bear weight on their hind limb 
  • Limping or only placing partial weight on its back leg 
  • Joint stiffness 
  • Sitting awkwardly – may have one leg out to the side or sit with legs splayed 
  • Whines or is uncomfortable while lying down 
  • Swelling – this can be around the knee joint or even down to the ankle 

Dogs showing any sign of pain or any change in how they move should be brought to your vet’s attention right away. Only a veterinary professional can diagnose and treat your dog.  

What happens to the joint when a dog tears their ACL? 

Large dog runs in Walkin' Wheels dog wheelchair

When a dog tears their ACL, it can cause the joint to become unstable. Putting weight on the limb can create a shearing force on the joint, causing the femur to slide backward on the surface of the tibial plateau. This can be painful for your dog and potentially damaging to the joint’s cartilage. The abnormal motion can cause excessive wear and tear on the cartilage surface, leading to arthritic changes in the joint.  

Canine cruciate injuries usually begin as a partial tear that gradually worsens until it becomes a complete tear. In most cases, surgery is recommended to repair the tear. During the waiting period before surgery, or while recovering dogs tend to shift their weight to their good leg, which can strain their other knee. It is important to seek the help of a veterinarian to properly diagnose the severity of your dog’s knee injury and provide them with the necessary treatment.  

Can my dog use a wheelchair before knee surgery? 

Using a cart can be beneficial for dogs as they await knee surgery. Although most dogs will need knee surgery within a week or so, the period between initial tear and corrective surgery is an important time. With a knee injury the dog will hobble on three legs, this can cause discomfort. Using a wheelchair will provide balanced support, allowing a dog to stand naturally without tweaking their spine and prevent any unnecessary joint strain. Because the wheelchair makes it easier for your dog to move and walk, they are less likely to experience muscle atrophy or cause any further damage to their knees and other joints.  

The Role of a Dog Wheelchair in Knee Injury Recovery 

When a dog is injured, a wheelchair can be a helpful aid in their healing process. The cart acts as a crutch to reduce the weight placed on the injured joint and provides support, enabling your dog to walk without causing further harm. A wheelchair’s support will allow for increased mobility, supports weight bearing, prevents further damage to the affected knee and reduces the risk of injuring the healthy knee. 

Here are a few ways dogs can use and benefit from a cart after knee surgery: 

Getting outside after surgery 

Although crate rest is necessary after surgery, you will still need to get your dog up and get them outside throughout the day. It’s important that when your dog is standing that they don’t put any unneeded stress on the suture line or put too much strain on their other knee. A wheelchair can help limit the risk and prevent this from happening. By distributing the dog’s weight evenly across their body and supporting both legs, the cart helps your dog to stand properly. Without a wheelchair’s support the dog will place its full weight on the uninjured leg which can cause further injury and strain.  

Aiding the rehabilitation process 

Dog in wheelchair stands during laser therapy

After a period of two to four weeks of crate rest following the operation, dogs usually have their sutures removed and can begin the rehabilitation process. It is essential to work on the dog’s leg, knee, and muscles as it plays a crucial role in their recovery. When a dog’s leg is unused, it can lead to muscle atrophy and loss of strength. A dog wheelchair can aid in the rehabilitation process for dogs with knee injuries, both when they are working with their therapist and at home in between sessions.  

During rehab sessions a wheelchair can be used as a stand during underwater treadmill exercises or to help a dog stay upright during massage therapy or stretching. During a rehab session, the trainer will also teach the pet parent how to do similar exercises at home. Many of which will be required several times during the day. These exercises are incredibly important to help prevent muscle cramps, rebuild circulation, and promote healing and recovery. 

The wheelchair is just one tool available to support your dog’s recovery process. During your dog’s recovery, it’s also crucial to have regular veterinary check-ups to monitor progress and follow instructions from your vet and rehab specialist to ensure proper healing.  

Cart Use as an Alternative to Surgery 

Not every dog will be a candidate for corrective surgery. Dogs that are deemed at risk due to their age, general health, or even because their knee is too far gone for corrective surgery may have to rely on alternative methods. Without proper support it’s highly likely that a dog may struggle to get around or even tear their other cruciate. In these cases, a dog wheelchair can be used for continued mobility.  

Not only will the wheelchair encourage your dog to continue to use their back legs, but it will prevent your dog from straining its back or overcompensating on the remaining healthy leg. Over 50% of dogs will tear their other cruciate within a year of their first ACL tear. A cart will provide balanced support to prevent your dog from straining their other leg and to prevent injury. Even without surgical intervention, your veterinarian needs to stay apprised of your dog’s progress. Check in regularly to make sure your dog is following protocol and staying as healthy as possible. 

Conclusion

Dogs with a knee injury can significantly improve their mobility by utilizing a wheelchair throughout their recovery process. Like a human would use a crutch or a walker, a dog wheelchair is a great way to lessen the pressure on a dog’s injured knee while providing the stability and support needed to continue to walk. Staying active lowers your dog’s risk of muscle atrophy and helps prevent any further knee injuries. Provide your furry companion with the best possible care and mobility during their healing process with an adjustable dog wheelchair. 

Are You Chasing Success or Happiness?

For the next few minutes, I want you to focus on the most successful person you know (and yes, it may be you).

What makes this individual successful in your mind?

Professional accomplishments? Personal wealth?

Now, I want you to think of the happiest person you know.

Did you come up with the same name?

 

No doubt some of you did.

However, I suspect many more of you ended up with two different people.

We often ignore it, but we live in a world that doesn’t always make it easy for success and happiness to coexist

My sense is that the problem comes back to something fairly basic.

How we currently define success and real happiness overlap very little.

It may seem counter-intuitive.

After all, what successful person wouldn’t be happy? 

But go back over the mental list you made for the individual you consider a success.

How many of your qualifications are connected, at least in part, to owning tangible, material things?

Now, think about the happiest person you know.

What makes them happy?

I’m willing to bet it’s because of their relationships and the things they do, not because of what they have.

But why isn’t there a greater alignment between what we consider success and happiness?

One of the best examples of this disconnect is the greater happiness we feel when we’re living an experience versus buying a possession.

Even though it seems counter-intuitive (e.g., your vacation only lasts a week), people are happier both before and after an experience compared to how they feel after buying a physical product.

Think about how we define success

Very often it comes back to what someone buys and owns.

These visible reminders of success become a measuring stick, and like any measuring stick, it can be hard for some of us to measure up.

The Must-Have Breakup Apps For Your Phone

There are few who have not been through a broken heart. Some people seem to breeze through a breakup without any of the attendant pain, but not everyone can cope on their own. Many of us need help. So, let us have a look at some of the best breakup apps that can help you mend your broken heart and get through a breakup with structured hope and support (and no, do NOT call them sad apps).

These apps for breakups come in many forms, dealing with the different aspects of your separation. Some apps help you deal with the pain of heartbreak by sharing it with others on a social platform. Other breakup apps provide tools such as AI, daily pep talks, and counseling to help you cope the healthy way and mend your scars. There are even breakup apps that will help you get rid of your ex’s gifts and possessions.

7 Of The Best Breakup Apps To Rebuild Your Life After A Breakup

The heart is not the same as an empty feeling after a breakup hits hard. This is why we bring to you seven of the best breakup apps in terms of popularity. They are not just for iPhone users; many breakup apps are for Android users too. Give yourself a break and try one of them if you are hurting. You may be surprised at how much they can help even when your breakup is all you can think about. 

Name of the app Category Price Pros Cons
Breakup Boss Self-help $6–$7 Designed by mental health professionals No free trial
Mend Therapeutic $275 Audio training Expensive
Breakup Buddy Self-help $12–$18 Free trial available Expensive; AI generated
Never Liked It Anyway Commerce Free Easy to operate 6% commission goes to the app 
Halmos Social media Free Connect with others with similar experiences No details of privacy policy
No Contact Rule Scheduling Free Daily reminders Easy to ignore
Our Family Wizard Co-parenting $11.5 Scheduling made easy Expensive
Comparison Chart of Breakup Apps

1. Break-up Boss

Break-up Boss (or Breakup Boss) is a great breakup app and the handiwork of relationship writer Zoe Foster Blake. It is an app designed as an interactive self-help book with advice and affirmations that help you take control of your breakup journey. 

Break-up Boss

Features:

  • Breakup Boss is like a self-help book that pushes you to go out and socialize
  • It helps you vent your anger and feelings of heartbreak
  • It’s a breakup app that focuses on self-care and helps you get your life together after a breakup overcoming the negative effects of it
  • It is a form of therapy and one of the best apps to get for your mental health 
  • The app doesn’t come free, nor is there a free trial period
  • It’s available for Android and iOS. In fact, it’s one of the few breakup apps for Android (on this list)
  • The app consists of lectures, illustrations, therapeutic tools and techniques
  • Cost: $6 to $7

Related Reading: 12 Perfectly Valid Excuses To Break Up With Someone

2. Mend

As breakup apps go, Mend is a subscription service that gives you access to therapy sessions that come in the form of courses. The signature program of this app consists of 390+ audio trainings and journal prompts to help you mend after a breakup, which you can complete at your own pace.

Mend
Mend

Features:

  • Questions in each section help you learn to introspect
  • You’ll learn to look at your relationship and breakup with a fresh perspective, enabling you to heal 
  • It uses tools from various fields, including psychology, mindfulness, coaching, and nutrition
  • It can be considered a meditation app as well
  • Mend contains e-books and other resources that help you begin the healing process after a breakup
  • It helps you emerge a stronger person, looking forward to a much happier future
  • Mend is one of the many breakup apps for iPhone users but is yet to be available for Android users
  • It uses tools such as audio training, podcasts, and meditation
  • Cost: $275

Related Reading: Man Vs Woman After Breakup – 8 Vital Differences

3. Breakup Buddy

This broken heart app features an AI healing companion that can become your best friend on your journey to mend your sadness and fears. Breakup Buddy can guide you after the breakup, track your healing progress, and create a safe space for you to vent and learn more about yourself. The designers have created this app so you can deal with the heartbreak and pain of a breakup in a reliable space.

Breakup Buddy
Breakup Buddy

Features:

  • Breakup Buddy uses AI technology, with inputs from wellness experts, to create a support system for broken hearts
  • Access is available 24/7
  • It provides several self-care and self-love tools for your mental health, including smart journaling and healing tracking
  • It consists of 20+ exercises to help you begin your healing 
  • It speeds up the recovery process while you’re going through a breakup rollercoaster 
  • One of the many breakup apps for iPhone users which is not yet available for Android users
  • While not a free app, there is a free trial period available
  • Cost: Free trial available; $12 to $18 per month
Dating Apps

4. Never Liked It Anyway 

Never Liked It Anyway is a broken heart app with a difference. It helps you get through the pain of a breakup and heartbreak the cathartic way by getting rid of everything that reminds you of your ex. These are permanent reminders of your ex and can be a painful reminder of your relationship as well. Think of it as an eBay-cum-breakup app that will assuage your emotional turmoil by erasing the memories after a breakup. 

Never Liked It Anyway
Never Liked It Anyway

Features:

  • Undergo catharsis by selling your ex’s stuff 
  • Vent your feelings and emotions and get all the aggro out
  • Sell, buy, or gift online
  • A commission of 6% is charged on every sale, which is deducted only after the sale
  • Featured listings increase visibility and are charged an extra $5
  • 10% of their profits are donated to the American Heart Association
  • It allows you to tell the story behind every item
  • Web-based platform
  • Cost: It’s a breakup app free of registration charges

Related Reading: Anxiety After Breakup – Expert Recommends 8 Ways To Cope

5. Halmos

Halmos is a social media platform that brings together the heartbroken. Unlike Facebook or other social media apps on which people post virtually anything, Halmos is dedicated to people experiencing breakups, allowing them to share their emotions and feelings with others who have been through similar experiences. If you are trying to find happiness after a breakup, this is a great resource.

Halmos
Halmos

Features:

  • Helps you to bury the memories of your past relationship by creating a ‘virtual tomb’ for them in the app 
  • These become the “metaphorical garden for rebirth”
  • Express yourself safely within the app and vent to your heart’s content 
  • Send a fake text to your ex instead of actually sending a text to your ex
  • Regulate which of your friends can read your posts
  • Connect to other members of your social network via the app 
  • Get the empathetic support you need to begin the healing process and become a better and stronger person
  • Available for iOS users
  • No details provided by the developer of its privacy policies
  • Cost: It’s one of the few breakup apps free to use

Related Reading: 11 Expert Ways To Cope With A Sudden Breakup In A Long-Term Relationship

6. No Contact Rule

Ever notice how contacting your ex can lead to a blow-up that just further messes things up? Then maybe No Contact Rule is the app for you. Another one of the breakup apps for iPhone, it is ideal for you if you follow the philosophy that the best way forward is to take a long break from your ex or go no-contact after the breakup. The app reminds you of why it’s important not to contact the ex in any way, either personally or by phone. 

No Contact Rule
No Contact Rule

Features: 

  • Manages your schedule for a 30-day period
  • Helps you fill your calendar with activities such as studying, exercising, and spending time with friends
  • The no-contact rule helps in keeping yourself busy after your breakup while completely cutting off from your ex 
  • Get daily reminders of your no-contact rule for a 30-day period
  • Memo function lets you keep tabs on how well you’ve done
  • The In-app chat board allows you to share your experiences 
  • Available only for iOS
  • Cost: Free

7. OurFamilyWizard

This co-parenting app allows you to keep in touch with your ex for a purely practical reason — The kids. OurFamilyWizard makes it easier to share schedules, track and share expenses, and even access documents and contacts to make managing your kids’ lives that much easier. Currently, courts, therapists, and attorneys require parents to use these apps to maintain the co-parenting rules and boundaries. The convenience these apps offer, while helping to minimize face-to-face or other personal contact, has made these apps popular with many folks who are either divorced or going through a divorce or breakup. 

OurFamilyWizard
OurFamilyWizard

Features:

  • It allows you to create an account and connect to other accounts by inviting your ex 
  • You can sync calendars, exchange messages and documents, and request expense reimbursements
  • You can maintain a journal 
  • Connect to your bank account via the app for seamless financial transactions
  • It allows messaging and audio and video calling
  • It keeps a clear record of all communication
  • Info-bank helps to keep shared documents
  • A ‘tone meter’ keeps track of red flags like abusive language
  • Cost: Plans start from $11.50

Related Reading: 18 Sample Letters For Breaking Up With Someone You Love

Bonus: Blindlee

Ready to move on after your breakup? Try something from the ‘dating apps after breakup’ category. Blindlee is a dating app after breakup based on the principle that “love is blind.”It allows you to actually talk to another person, pushing you back into the game to start dating after a breakup. 

Blindlee
Blindlee

Features:

  • Get matched with potential partners as per your criteria
  • Make a 3-minute long blurry video call
  • The woman controls the blur effect
  • Get suggested topics of conversation
  • If both of you enjoy the call, you can proceed to the next stage and even meet up 
  • It may even be the start of a new relationship
  • Available for iOS
  • Cost: Free 

Key Pointers

  • A large variety of apps can hold your hand through a breakup
  • Some contain therapeutic tools that help you heal psychologically, like maintaining a journal, getting prompts, affirmations, etc.
  • Others help you connect with people who have been through what you are going through, helping you share your burden and thereby reduce it
  • There are also co-parenting apps that make coordinating the kids’ activities with your ex a smoother proposition

In some ways, all these dating apps help you deal with the discomfort and pain brought on by a breakup. If you need help after your breakup and prefer the technological approach, then choose an app from above. Be careful with your choice as some of these can be expensive and may not suit you. Be sure to read the privacy policies before making your choice.

How Could My Ex Move On So Fast Like I Was Nothing?

What To Do After A Breakup: Post-Breakup Feelings

Being Friends With An Ex You Still Love – 8 Things That Can Happen

Ask Our Expert

Roku Streambar Review: Instant Sound and 4K Streaming Upgrade

Compact
soundbars
like the Vizio M-Series 2.1 and the Yamaha SR-C20A offer improved TV sound in a small package. 4K HDR streamers like the Chromecast with Google TV and Roku Streaming Stick Plus deliver better streaming to any TV. Until now, however, no product has combined the two into a single, do-it-all package under $150. That’s what the Roku Streambar does, and it does the job very well.

Like


  • Compact, easy to set up and affordable


  • Excellent dialogue reproduction


  • Tried and true Roku experience

Don’t like


  • Lacks bass in movies and music

The Streambar follows the footsteps of last year’s Roku Smart Soundbar with a smaller size and more affordable price. Usually the biggest issue with hybrid devices is that they’ve compromised too much in some area, and while the Streambar isn’t sonically perfect — its lack of bass is its biggest weakness — it makes up for that with excellent sound for dialogue and an ability to fill a room that belies its tiny footprint. Sure, it lacks a subwoofer, but even without one it can still beat your TV’s speakers . 

Then again, so can a lot of other soundbars. If you want superior sound and don’t need streaming, the Yamaha SR-C20 or
Vizio V21
are better choices. The Roku Streambar is cheaper than either one, however, and makes perfect sense for people who don’t already have a good streamer hooked up to their TV. If you want to be able to hear your TV better, particularly vocals, and also enhance its streaming capabilities, it’s an excellent value. 

Editor’s note, Dec. 3: Due to its performance, size and price, we’re giving the Roku Streambar our Editors’ Choice award as our favorite budget soundbar. While there are newer soundbars that outperform the Roku, they are also more expensive, and none includes video streaming onboard. This review first appeared on Oct. 14, 2020.

What it is

The Roku Streambar is a 2.0-channel soundbar with side-firing “wide” speakers, and the company says its onboard streaming capabilities are equivalent to those of the Roku Streaming Stick Plus. The system will process 5.1 audio, which means you can upgrade the system at a later date with Roku’s wireless subwoofer and surround speakers or the Walmart-exclusive Onn products

Just 14 inches wide, the Streambar (right)  is dwarfed by this 55-inch TV.

CNET staff

The main differences between the Streambar and the original Roku Smart Soundbar are size and shape. The Smart Soundbar is 32 inches wide, while the Streambar is much more compact at 14 inches. Although I haven’t heard the two side by side, I can pretty much guarantee the larger cabinet generates more bass.

The Streambar includes
Roku’s
voice remote, which lets you issue commands by speaking into the clicker. On the side, the remote includes volume controls and mute. The shortcuts at the bottom include Netflix, Disney Plus and Hulu.

The Streambar offers “simple volume modes” which “lower loud commercials, boost the volume of voices and optimize the sound for night listening” as well as adjusting bass levels — handy for controlling an external sub. It’s worth noting that since I performed this review in October 2020 Roku has added a series of additional sound modes, which now include Music, Movie, Night, and Speech. I aim to test the new sound profiles as soon as I can.

008-roku-streambar-2020

Sarah Tew/CNET

Connectivity includes an optical digital input and HDMI with audio return channel capability. It’s designed to connect to a TV and if you have other devices, such as a game console, you’ll need to use your TV as a switcher. The soundbar is also equipped with
Bluetooth
and Spotify Connect, while Apple AirPlay 2 support is coming soon.

How it performs

The team at CNET has written at length about our experiences with Roku streamers so I won’t dwell on the bar’s streaming capabilities here. Suffice to say it’s our favorite streaming platform and the Streambar is more of the same. The menus were familiar and simple, the response speed and picture quality were as excellent as expected and the voice remote was a joy to use as always.

Instead I’m going to focus on sound quality. The Streambar is smaller than most soundbars but after I plugged it in I was struck by how naturally it performed with dialogue. There was no chestiness on male voices — a problem with some soundbar/subwoofer combos — and dialogue had the articulation that made it easy to follow the story. I had been listening to a pair of Elac Uni-Fi 2.0 speakers immediately preceding the Streambar and it was easy to imagine that I still was. Given that vocal articulation is the Elac speaker’s priority this is probably the highest praise I could give the Roku speaker.

016-roku-streambar-2020

The Streambar’s remote can turn your TV on and off too.

Sarah Tew/CNET

Of course there were differences, almost certainly due to the Roku’s tiny cabinet. When I compared the Streambar with the Yamaha SR-C20 the Roku’s lack of bass or even midbass was immediately apparent. With Mad Max: Fury Road the Roku again made dialogue understandable while also making it appear to come from around the room. The Roku’s side-firing speakers really do help create a large image. In comparison the Yamaha speaker’s Virtual:X software did a similarly good job distributing sound around my listening space, but when Max spins up his Charger’s engines, the Yamaha pulled ahead.

The Roku is so physically tiny that the engines and onscreen explosions in Mad Max had little impact. The Yamaha was able to better capture the roar of the cars and the blast that catapults Max into the air. The Yamaha lacked the oomph that a dedicated sub can bring, but was a better fit than the Roku for people who want to watch more than the news and dramas.

The lobby scene from the The Matrix was next and the Yamaha offered more of a balanced sonic mix, with less high-frequency and more low-end. The Roku sounded a little shrill in contrast, particularly with the falling bullet casings. Changing the sound mode to bass boost helped a little, but the Yamaha was better.

Adding the $130 Onn subwoofer to the Roku helped quite a bit. Finally I could hear the chugging bass score, the shotgun blasts had more impact and the falling shell casings weren’t as piercing or irritating. If you are looking for an easy, economical upgrade to the Streambar, the Onn subwoofer is recommended. 

With music the Roku again lagged behind the Yamaha for the same basic reason — lack of bass response. There isn’t a dedicated music mode, which is a shame for people who want to use the Streambar for listening to tunes from their
phones
or music apps like Spotify. Songs like Doves’ Cathedrals of the Mind sounded hollow on the Roku, despite its excellent vocal articulation, and again the Yamaha made the song fuller and more engrossing.

Should you buy it?

If you want real home cinema thrills you still need to spend more than $130 on a soundbar — although the Roku’s ability to add the subwoofer and rear-channel speakers does give you a clear upgrade path if you want. The $130 Roku Streambar is for people who value small size and simplicity yet still want better sound and streaming for their TV. It’s easy to connect and set up (one cable!), it’s just as easy to use and its streamer behaves like an ordinary Roku in every respect. And that’s a good thing.

First published Oct. 16 2020.

How Celeste Taylor found the perfect fit at Ohio State

Celeste Taylor did everything she could at Duke. The 2023 ACC Defensive Player of the Year, Taylor was a big reason why Duke reached its first NCAA Tournament since 2018. From the moment she arrived in 2021, she was the player coach Kara Lawson leaned on to help establish the culture she wanted.

Among finding her voice as a leader, helping younger players with film and Xs and Os, there wasn’t much Taylor didn’t have a hand in at Duke. When the Blue Devils faced Colorado in the second round of the NCAA Tournament, her on-court impact was on full display as well. She finished with eight points, 10 rebounds, 10 steals and eight assists, but Duke lost 61-53 in overtime. She wished she shot better than 21 percent in the loss, but it was hard to watch that game and see more that Taylor could do. Still, the loss broke her.

In tears, Taylor found her biggest fans, her parents Alex and Selene Navarro, after the game. That moment took her father back to Taylor’s eighth grade year when her grassroots team lost a game and she cried during the car ride home. It was the same scenario; Taylor did everything on the floor but wanted to do more.

“I’m like, ‘Celeste, what are you crying about?’ She said, ‘We lost the game and I couldn’t score,’” Navarro said. “She was young and I just told her those offensive rebounds you got added six more points, those stops you got turned into points.”

After they got home, Navarro received a call from Taylor’s grassroots coach who said a college coach wanted to talk to him about Taylor. Despite the loss, the coach had loved Taylor’s game for the exact reasons Navarro told his daughter: She impacts the game in every facet.

It’s the same now. Taylor is a do-it-all player for No. 12 Ohio State, where she transferred to from Duke after last season. She’s averaging 7.6 points per game, fourth on the Buckeyes. She also has a career-high and team-best 3.8 assists per game, a team-high five blocks and is second on the Buckeyes with 23 steals. But the player Ohio State fans are getting to know better wouldn’t be who she is without moments like the Colorado loss or everything that happened before.

GO DEEPER

Women’s college basketball transfer tiers: Lauren Betts jumps to No. 1, Jayda Curry drops to Tier 3

It’s in her lowest moments, when the tears are flowing after a tough loss or when injuries held her out of games, that shaped Taylor’s perspective. She’s still the ultra competitive player who was ranked No. 40 as a high school recruit and wants to end her final college season on top. But entering her fifth year, she’s also mature enough to understand she’s more than just a basketball player. “I want to grow a legacy that I can leave behind as far as people seeing the person I am,” Taylor said. “It’s about trying to make the world a better place.”


Whenever the NCAA Tournament ended for Duke, Taylor’s college career was going to be over. That was the plan she and her family had devised. She was ready to head to the WNBA. They even had an agent picked out.

But soon after the Colorado loss last season, Taylor had a conversation with her family. Navarro said he thought Taylor could use another year of college; she could earn a master’s degree after majoring in psychology at Duke and then pursue a professional career afterward. Taylor didn’t agree, but promised she’d give it some thought in the coming days. The next morning Taylor called her parents and said she was in. She was going back to Duke.

The return was short lived, though.

Relationships are of strong importance to Taylor, who has three siblings and talks to her mother multiple times per day. Because the family felt a close bond with Ohio State coach Kevin McGuff, Taylor strongly considered the Buckeyes out of high school. But she ultimately chose Texas because of another strong relationship with Karon Aston.

At Duke, the family loved Lawson, but their closest relationship was with assistant coach Winston Gandy. Over her two years at Duke, Taylor built a close relationship with Gandy. Any time she needed to work out, go over film or talk, Gandy was who she turned to. He even helped Navarro move Taylor into her new apartment going into her second season.

But days after Taylor announced she was staying at Duke, Navarro got a call from Gandy. “I have bad news for you,” Gandy said. Navarro thought maybe Duke lost a recruit or something, but Gandy said he was accepting an assistant coach job at South Carolina under coach Dawn Staley. Navarro was selfishly disappointed, but he understood that job couldn’t be passed up.

Taylor found out soon after Navarro and knew a change had to be made. “Celeste said, ‘OK I gotta go to the portal. I can’t gamble on my last year with who Kara may or may not bring in,” Navarro said. Things moved quickly for Taylor after that.

The experience of transferring from Texas to Duke gave her insight into the transfer process. But this time was different. She had one year left. She couldn’t go somewhere and help break in a new culture again; she wanted it be a program that was already set and she could come in to help elevate it. The family focused on coaches and programs where they already had developed relationships. In came McGuff.

This was the third time he recruited Taylor. This was the right time for Taylor.

Ohio State was fresh off an Elite Eight run and needed a dynamic and experienced guard after the departure of Taylor Mikesell, who was drafted by the Indiana Fever. Taylor wanted to play somewhere she would fit in, improve her game, and work with a coaching staff that would push her. It was a perfect match.


As a do-it-all player, Taylor averages 7.6 points per game and has a team-best 38 assists. (Brian Rothmuller / Icon Sportswire via Getty Images)

Taylor played high school varsity as a seventh grader and averaged 10 points per game. But Navarro had a message for her: She wasn’t as good as she thought she was.
“These girls are just that bad,” he said. “I told her we have to get you out of here because you’re not going to get better and you’re going to get a false sense of how good you can be.”

She left public school and went to Long Island Lutheran for eighth grade. Navarro constantly communicated to his daughter that by committing to defense her coach would have to put her on the court.One of the best parts of Taylor’s game became her high basketball IQ, but mixed with her relentlessness on the court. It made her a perfect fit for Ohio State and McGuff.

Ohio State’s tournament run last season came on the strength of its elite defense. The Buckeyes held opponents to 68 points per game, which wasn’t near the top of the country, but that’s because Ohio State sped up teams with its press.

So when Taylor entered the portal it was a no-brainer for McGuff to reach out. And it’s worked out so far this season. Ohio State is giving up just 60 points per game, but Taylor is also helping in the half-court defense, a facet of the game Ohio State struggled with last season. Teams are shooting just 38 percent from the field against the Buckeyes, an improvement from 43 percent a year ago.

For Taylor, though, the fit is more than just defense. Ohio State’s plethora of scoring options, such as Jacy Sheldon and Cotie McMahon, has allowed Taylor to show off more of her playmaking skills as well. At Duke, Taylor was forced to do a lot in the offense and averaged more than 10 shot attempts per game. At Ohio State she’s able to play with less attention on her.

“Here, how can you focus on one player when everybody is a proven scorer?” Taylor said. “So it’s being able to hit open shots, and I think personally, and this is new for my offensive game, is the assist department. I want to show that I can pass the ball. I worked on this a lot at Duke. I’ve always been ahead on seeing things before it happens.”

Though her shooting percentage is down to 34 percent she’s making an impact on both sides of the ball.

After the loss to Colorado, Taylor struggled to think about anything other than her college career being over. But her parents stressed that she had nothing to be disappointed about. Between her two years at Texas and the impact she made at Duke, she left a strong legacy. Navarro told Taylor: “The culture is forever changed.” That would’ve been hard for Taylor to accept years ago.

“Not to say I wasn’t patient, but when you’re young it’s instant gratification,” Taylor said. “Everybody feels like they deserve this and deserve that.”

That’s not who Taylor is anymore. As she sat in the Ohio State practice gym earlier this season talking about her journey, she said it’s difficult to think about. From the excitement of arriving at Texas to play for Aston to her coach being dismissed, the COVID-19 years, injuries at Duke and even the success. Taylor says she appreciates these experiences and has grown from them.

“My parents always tell me about things when I was younger, and I’m like I don’t want to hear about the past or think about that,” Taylor said. “Did I plan to go to Texas and say, ‘Oh I’m going to transfer two times after that? No. That was never in my head. … It’s crucial to be able to sit back and reflect. If you don’t sit back and reflect, how can you grow as a person? As a college athlete it’s hard because you’re like I need to go and go and go, and by the time you look back you’re a senior. You can only grow as a person if you sit back and have that perspective.”

Navarro has seen a change in Taylor, as well. The smile she had when she left to go Texas as a freshman dimmed over time as she dealt with COVID-19 and being thousands of miles from home. “I would tell my wife she doesn’t look like the same kid that went away to Texas,” Navarro said. “The happiness, the smile, I don’t see that.”

When they visited Ohio State, he saw it again. For the first time in years, he saw his daughter with the same joy she had on the court growing up.

“I think she’s at peace with what she’s done,” Navarro said. “I think she connects with McGuff on a level that’s letting her be herself. She’s so comfortable and let go of trying to impress people or playing to get drafted. I think she’s just playing for herself and that’s what got her where she was at to begin with. She’s living in the moment.”

High expectations for Ohio State this season are motivation for Taylor. “People are expecting this and I’m always going to work my hardest to make it happen,” Taylor said. “That’s what broke me last year after not beating Colorado. It was never about other people saying we had to win that game because we were the higher seed. It was me. I feel like I could’ve done more, but I did almost everything I could’ve done. I gave it my all. That’s all I expect out of myself.”

Taylor has helped lead Ohio State to a 9-1 record heading into Monday’s top-15 matchup against second-ranked UCLA. Win or lose, Taylor is at peace with herself, because she has one goal. “Being happy,” she said. “It’s about being happy in every moment.”

The rest can come later.

(Top photo of Celeste Taylor: Jason Mowry / Icon Sportswire via Getty Images)

How to Open the Task Manager on a Mac

Key Takeaways

  • You can open the macOS equivalent to Task Manager, called Activity Monitor, using Spotlight search, Launchpad, or the Applications folder in Finder.
  • Keep Activity Monitor in the Dock for easy access by Control-clicking the app icon and selecting “Keep in Dock” from the context menu.
  • Activity Monitor can force quit an unresponsive app or process: select it and click the “X” button at the top.


Since macOS is generally more stable than Windows, most people don’t feel the need to find a tool like the Task Manager. Nevertheless, there are times when you need it—especially if an app refuses to respond. We’ll teach you how to open the Mac equivalent of Task Manager.


How to Open Activity Monitor, Your Mac’s Task Manager

Using Spotlight search on your Mac is the easiest way to open almost anything on your system. It can find apps, files, and settings in just a few keystrokes. It’s much faster than browsing around manually to find what you need.

To open Spotlight, just press Command + Space on your Mac. Then, start typing Activity Monitor (the first few letters should bring it up) and press Return. In a moment, you’ll see the Activity Monitor window.

Don’t want to use Spotlight for some reason? You can also open the Mac equivalent of Task Manager by using Launchpad on your Mac. You’ll typically find the Launchpad icon on your Mac’s Dock, indicated by the grid of multi-colored icons.

Upon opening Launchpad, click the Other folder (you may have to scroll left or right to another page to see it) to find Activity Monitor located alongside other macOS utility apps.

Other folder in macOS Launchpad

Lastly, you can also find Activity Monitor in the Applications folder on your Mac. Open a new Finder window, select Applications from the sidebar, and click the Utilities folder to find and open it.

Keep Activity Monitor in the Dock for Easy Access

Once you open the Activity Monitor app using any of the above methods, it will appear in the Dock at the bottom of your screen. However, this shortcut disappears once you quit the app.

Keep in Dock option for Activity Monitor

If you use Activity Monitor often, you may want to keep it on the Dock. To do this, Control-click the Activity Monitor icon on the Dock and choose Options > Keep in Dock from the context menu. From now on, you can access Activity Monitor right from your desktop.

How to Force Quit Apps Using the Mac Task Manager

One of the most common reasons for opening the Windows Task Manager is to close apps when they stop responding. While this doesn’t happen as often on macOS, you may occasionally need to force quit an app when it’s unresponsive or exhibits abnormal behavior.

Force Quit Applications window in macOS

The easiest way to do this is to use the Force Quit Applications window on your Mac. To open it quickly, simultaneously press Command + Option + Escape. From there, select the unresponsive app and hit Force Quit. When prompted for confirmation, click Force Quit again. Alternatively, you can access this window by clicking Apple menu > Force Quit from the menu bar.

Besides the Force Quit Applications window, you can also close apps using Activity Monitor (like you would with the Task Manager). This is handy if you want to force quit a process rather than an app, since processes don’t appear in the Force Quit Applications window.

Stopping a process in Activity Monitor

Open Activity Monitor on your Mac, select the unresponsive app under the CPU tab, and click the Stop (X) button at the top. Click Force Quit when prompted to confirm, and the app will shut off.

This process is similar to closing apps using Task Manager, so it shouldn’t be difficult to force close apps on macOS if you recently switched from Windows.

What Does Your Mac’s Task Manager Do?

Unlike the Windows Task Manager, which shows your PC’s performance graphs in one window, the Activity Monitor has separate tabs for resources an app consumes, such as CPU, Memory, Energy, Disk, and Network usage.

Clicking a heading allows you to sort by that option, making it easy to see what processes are using the most resources. For example, sorting by % CPU shows any processes that are doing a lot of intensive tasks.

If you consistently see an app here that isn’t actually doing hard work, it may be misbehaving. For one popular example, we’ve explained how to fix the “kernel_task” high CPU usage bug if you encounter it.

Energy comes in handy if you’re using a MacBook and want to get as much battery life as possible. Sorting by Energy Impact lets you see which apps draw the most power. You can close them to make your MacBook last longer before needing a charge.

Mac Activity Monitor showing the CPU tab

To get more information about a process, select it and click the Info (i) button at the top of the Activity Monitor window for more details. As mentioned earlier, you can also click the Stop (X) button to kill any process, though you shouldn’t close something unless you’re sure you don’t need it.

Activity Monitor has a few handy options in the menu bar you should know about. The View tab lets you choose which processes to show. Instead of All Processes, you may want to see only Active Processes to filter out noise, for example. You can also use the Columns option to hide or show more info for each process.

Mac Activity Monitor secondary windows

And under the Window menu bar item, you’ll find a few options—like CPU Usage and GPU History—that open small windows. These let you monitor resource usage without keeping the full Activity Monitor window open. If you like these, try using View > Dock Icon to change the app’s icon from the default to a live graph of CPU, network, or other activity.

These views are great if you like to monitor the performance of your Mac, especially while gaming. For more on what the Mac equivalent of Task Manager can do, see our comprehensive guide to Activity Monitor on Mac.

It’s easy to open Activity Monitor and keep an eye on what’s happening on your Mac. We’ve shown you several ways to access it, so managing active processes on your Mac when needed shouldn’t be an issue. The more you know about your Mac, the more efficiently you can get work done on your computer.

Penguins’ day out in wintry Nanjing

Photo shows two gentoo penguins at the Nanjing City Wall in east China’s Jiangsu Province on December 18, 2023. /IC

Photo shows two gentoo penguins at the Nanjing City Wall in east China’s Jiangsu Province on December 18, 2023. /IC

Photo shows two gentoo penguins with their keepers at the Nanjing City Wall in east China's Jiangsu Province on December 18, 2023. /IC

Photo shows two gentoo penguins with their keepers at the Nanjing City Wall in east China’s Jiangsu Province on December 18, 2023. /IC

Photo shows two gentoo penguins with their keepers at the Nanjing City Wall in east China’s Jiangsu Province on December 18, 2023. /IC

Photo shows a keeper watching two gentoo penguins at the Nanjing City Wall in east China's Jiangsu Province on December 18, 2023. /IC

Photo shows a keeper watching two gentoo penguins at the Nanjing City Wall in east China’s Jiangsu Province on December 18, 2023. /IC

Photo shows a keeper watching two gentoo penguins at the Nanjing City Wall in east China’s Jiangsu Province on December 18, 2023. /IC

Photo shows a keeper watching two gentoo penguins at the Nanjing City Wall in east China's Jiangsu Province on December 18, 2023. /IC

Photo shows a keeper watching two gentoo penguins at the Nanjing City Wall in east China’s Jiangsu Province on December 18, 2023. /IC

Photo shows a keeper watching two gentoo penguins at the Nanjing City Wall in east China’s Jiangsu Province on December 18, 2023. /IC

Two gentoo penguins from Nanjing Underwater World in Jiangsu Province enjoyed a day out at the Nanjing City Wall. Under the watchful eyes of their keepers, Pingping and An’an, took some time away from their fans at the aquarium to enjoy the recent snowfall in east China. During their special outing, they waddled about the Ming Dynasty (1368-1644) relic and had much fun.

‘Percy Jackson and the Olympians’: Disney+ TV show review

“Percy Jackson and the Olympians,” Rick Riordan’s YA novel series, has become a television show, premiering Wednesday on Disney+, and it is as good as can be.

I might easily have looked askance at it, or not looked at all. In simple terms, the books begin as a “Harry Potter” knockoff: A special child, growing up in difficult circumstances, comes into latent supernatural powers, attracting the attention of good and bad forces. He is transported to a magical academy where a wise master will guide him, and join with two peers to fight the bad things coming for him, and for the world. It’s not like J.K. Rowling invented any of that, either — there are bits and pieces of it all over children’s and genre literature and everything George Lucas thought up after “American Graffiti” — but she did gather it under one cover and identify a market for YA fantasy that has so far proved inexhaustible.

The twist in “Percy Jackson” is that we are not among wizards and warlocks but Greek mythological figures, who, for whatever reason, are running around the United States, in and out of the mystical veil that keeps them situationally invisible from the normals. That literary spin does elevate it a bit and reflects what kids might be getting a taste of elsewhere, assuming Greek mythology still counts as basic cultural literacy. That may be assuming a lot these days.

Even though he is cute enough to star in a television show, 12-year-old Percy (Walker Scobell), for Perseus, is bullied and mocked. He’s dyslexic and has ADHD and sometimes sees strange creatures no one else can see, rambling through New York City. His one friend, relatively recently acquired, is Grover (Aryan Simhadri), who is not what he seems. On an outing to the Metropolitan Museum, after Percy unconsciously unleashes a superpower on a nasty classmate, he is attacked by a teacher, Mrs. Dodds (Megan Mullally), who turns into a Fury; she is dispatched by a magical pen given to Percy by another teacher, Mr. Brunner (Glynn Turman), who is also not what he seems. The title of this episode is “I Accidentally Vaporize My Pre-Algebra Teacher.”

Things move quickly thereafter. Grover, it turns out, is a satyr, charged with protecting Percy; Mr. Brunner is really a centaur named Chiron. And Percy himself will learn, with destabilizing suddenness, that he’s a demigod, the son of a human mother, Sally (Virginia Kull, whose warm, deeply felt performance does much to establish the emotional ground of the series), and a Greek god she met on the beach at Montauk, like you do. (There is a loser stepfather in the picture, Timm Sharp as Gabe, one feels acquired merely as cover.) A race in the rain to deliver Percy to the safety of Camp Half-Blood — terrible name for a camp, even if accurate — with a minotaur, or the Minotaur, in hot pursuit, is terrifically exciting and exceptionally well staged and edited, as much suggested as shown.

Walker Scobell as Percy and Leah Sava Jeffries as Annabeth in “Percy Jackson and the Olympians.”

(David Bukach / Disney)

At camp, which combines Catskills rusticity with Greek architectural elements, Percy will find that he’s not alone among the illegitimate, half-abandoned children of gods. But his particular parentage qualifies him as both especially special and especially endangered, a rare “forbidden child.” (I can’t decide whether the identity of his father counts as a spoiler, and of course a large part of the audience for the series already knows it, but I’ll play coy, since the show holds that information back from Percy through the first episode.) This doesn’t make him any less bullied than he was back in New York. Mean kids, they’re everywhere.

Here we meet Jason Mantzoukas as Dionysus, or Mr. D., the camp director (an odd choice, if you know your Dionysus), which spells comedy; Luke (Charles Bushnell), a son of Hermes, who seems friendly; and Annabeth (Leah Sava Jeffries), a tough little daughter of Athena, who will become, after some initial antagonism, the third member of our heroic trio alongside Percy and Grover.

The plot will be driven by the matter of Zeus’ stolen thunderbolt — the book adapted here is titled “The Lightning Thief” — which must be found before a ruckus in Olympus endangers the mortal world. That this will evolve into a road picture is clear from the handsome credits, which play off Deco mural art — there is a contextual reason for that, involving the Empire State Building — and give us trains and buses and taxis and St. Louis’ Gateway Arch. The American cast and setting distinguish it from “Potter” as much as the Greek references, and the series plays a little like a kids’ fantasy version of “North by Northwest,” with maybe a touch of Bryan Fuller’s adaptation of Neil Gaiman’s “American Gods.”

“Percy Jackson” is witty without diminishing the emotional gravity of the material — reliable and unreliable parents, true and false friends, life and death — and does a lovely job of mixing its extraordinary and ordinary worlds. Perhaps most important, it gives us kids who talk like kids (and excellent young actors to play them). They are unusually brave and inventive for 12-year-olds, to be sure, but in ways a 12-year-old viewer might imagine themselves being; not the only problem with Chris Columbus’ pedestrian 2010 film of “The Lightning Thief,” over which Riordan had no say, was the decision to age the protagonists into their late teens. (That’ll happen naturally, if the series keeps going.) Supported by Annabeth, who is a hothead, and Grover, who is careful, Percy has strong motivations to carry on through life-threatening challenges from mythological creatures that have had millenniums to hone their particular life-threatening skills. He’s got a nice ironic streak, but he’s also full of trepidation, confusion, insecurity, questions and sadness, and Scobell does a fine job of selling the feelings and the fight.

I haven’t read Riordan’s books, but he co-created the series with Jonathan E. Steinberg, who created the excellent Jeff Bridges espionage series “The Old Man,” which in itself says something about the series’ unconventional ambitions — as does the choice of pilot director James Bobin, who directed (and co-created) “Flight of the Conchords” and was the initial director of “The Mysterious Benedict Society,” another first-rate YA adaptation (which Disney+ unwisely canceled and has seemingly hidden from the world).

I would think fans of the books would be more than satisfied, but anyone ought to be; from script to casting to direction to production design to cinematography to special effects, the series never puts a foot wrong. Of course, as with any such invented world, one must accept some arbitrary rules without worrying too much about what strictly makes sense; neither should you stress over how the mythological references accord to what you remember from reading Edith Hamilton or Robert Graves. It won’t be on the test.

Tesla Removes Disney Plus From Some of Its Vehicles Amid Elon Musk Having Online Fight With CEO Bob Iger: Report

San Francisco, December 19: Tesla has removed Disney+ from some of its vehicles amid Elon Musk having an online fight with Disney CEO Bob Iger, the media reported. Last week, Tesla informed Disney+ that it would withdraw its native app from the Tesla Theatre in its vehicles, without explaining why, reports Electrek, citing sources.

A few days later, Tesla informed Disney that the app would be removed solely for Tesla owners who had never used it previously. Now, several Tesla users are reporting that the Disney+ app is no longer available in Tesla Theatre. Others, presumably those who have previously used the app, are still seeing it in their vehicles, the report mentioned. Volkswagen to Launch Entry Level EV SUV in 2026, Know Expected Features and Specifications and Other Details.

The automaker originally added Disney+ in Tesla Threatre back in its holiday update in 2021. The online fight began when Disney ceased advertising on X after Musk agreed with and amplified antisemitic comments, for which he later apologised. Earlier this month, Musk said that Iger should be fired immediately after the entertainment giant pulled advertisements from X. MediaTek and Nvidia Form Alliance To Drive AI Innovation in Future Vehicles: Report.

This came after Musk told advertisers to “go f*** yourself” at an event late last month. He then waved to the audience, saying, “Hey Bob”, referring to the Disney CEO who was also present at the event. In his latest post on X, Musk said: “He (Iger) should be fired immediately. Walt Disney is turning in his grave over what Bob has done to his company.”

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 19, 2023 04:53 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Lamborghini Revuelto 2024 Review, Specs, Price, Availability

Such is the fluidity of this interchange between electric and combustion that, after a time, you stop thinking of the car as being a hybrid at all, and settle to simply enjoy the visceral experience of the Revuelto—which, although hugely entertaining, is more refined than any previous Lamborghini. And not just in the powertrain. The suspension is also exceptionally judged, while the new eight-speed, twin-clutch gearbox is a huge step-up.

Under braking, the e-axle and rear e-motor contribute to the stopping power, so the friction brakes can recharge the battery more effectively. However, so good is the handover from regen to actual braking that I couldn’t tell where one ended and the other began. If anything, this is exemplary of the whole Revuelto—everything just works together so very well.

The interior is also a win, the best yet from the brand. The steering wheel layout is logical and ergonomic. The fit and finish have been thankfully taken up a notch or three. There are more storage spaces and phone holders. The three-screen dash allows you to swipe certain data over from the central display to the slender passenger one. And, the seats are comfortable enough for, whisper it, daily use. Overall, it’s very tidy.

Track-Bound Triumph

The Revuelto has changed my perception of Lamborghini. Behind the wheel, this car is not aggressive or brutish (despite its looks, which are typically macho), nor is it intimidating to drive. It inspires confidence—flatters you, even—and is outrageously entertaining.

While it’s clear that this super-hybrid will never be as emissions-friendly as the brand’s long-way-off all-electric model, it’s also obvious that the majority of Revueltos—which start at $608,358 in the US, where deliveries will take place beginning 2024—could find their natural home on the race track, waiting for wealthy owners to arrive for occasional days of spirited auto indulgence. This means a volume of lifetime miles equating to a tiny percentage of what the average family ICE or hybrid contributes to fossil fuel emissions each year.

But this conceit isn’t the point. For petrol heads, here is further proof of what electric innovation can do to improve ICE before the ban hits sales next decade. Maybe the Revuelto will convert a few more engine enthusiasts to full EV before then? It should.

Can a plug-in hybrid Lamborghini be a proper Lamborghini? Yes. Yes, it can. But it’s what the Revuelto promises for future Lamborghinis that’s far more electrifying.

Web3 Gaming Market to Churn Over $614 Billion by 2030, Role Playing Games to Lead Sector: Report

The NFT-backed Web3 gaming ecosystem is showing big promise in the next few years. A recent report by Fortune Business Insights has forecasted that the blockchain gaming market would be churning up to $614 billion (roughly Rs. 51,07,086 crore) in the next seven years leading to 2030. The category of role-playing games (RPGs) is projected to be leading the sector owing to its immersive nature. This estimation bodes well for the future of non-fungible tokens (NFTs), which recently underwent a slump this year.

The Fortune Business Insights report is basically projecting that the blockchain gaming business will grow by 300 percent from its current valuation of $154 billion (roughly Rs. 12,80,944 crore) in the next seven years.

More virtually realistic in appeal than traditional video games, Web3 games allow internal trading of game related NFTs that lets players generate some passive income as well. The data of in-game asset sales have shown growth at the rate of 21.8 percent between 2017 and 2021.

“With the adoption of NFTs in blockchain technologies, gamers can have more ownership and productive making opportunities. This also helps generate economic returns on their time invested in gaming sessions, fuelling the growth of the market. The convergence of blockchain technology and NFTs has led to the evolution of the gaming industry,” the report said.

Interestingly, not Asia but North America currently holds the largest share of the blockchain gaming market. Gaming companies in the US are stitching blockchain with their operations after research showed 50 percent blockchain gamers there owned crypto assets and 80 percent wished to use crypto to process in-game transactions.

The Asia Pacific is not far behind though. Owing to the thriving community of developers and gamers in Japan, China, and South Korea, the APAC region is expected to drive maximum growth for the blockchain gaming industry during the forecasted period. Afterall, over 55 percent of the global gaming community resides in Asia. The continent contributes over $72 billion (roughly Rs. 5,88,229 crore) in annual gaming revenue.

Dapper Labs, Sky Mavis, Animoca Brands, WAX, and Illuvium have been named in the report as key players in the global Web3 gaming market.

Content formats, YMYL, product views

Google’s Search Generative Experience (SGE) is now showing for 84% of search queries. SGE has three main variants:

  • Opt-in (68% of the time) where users must request an AI-generated answer.
  • Collapsed (16%) where a truncated AI-generated answer is shown.
  • None (15%) where no SGE is triggered.
Image credit: BrightEdge

That’s according to new data released by enterprise SEO platform, BrightEdge, and its new experimental tool, BrightEdge Generative Parser. The company shared new data on the most popular Google SGE content formats, warnings being shown in YMYL queries and ways Google is experimenting with product views.

Why we care. SGE is a huge coming shift in Google Search. It could result in big changes in some verticals. For search marketers, many unknown unknowns remain because Google has shared no data with us – either on the organic or paid side. All Google has promised is that they will “get it right.”`

Content formats. Unordered (bulleted) lists appear 48% of the time, and can be shown with or without accompanying descriptions.

  • Another unordered list variant appears 26% of the time. This SGE format includes more detailed “breakouts” including expanded descriptions or interactive features within the list, BrightEdge said.

A location/local module (including maps) appears 38% of the time. Meanwhile, product viewers (for product-related searches) appear 8% of the time.

YMYL warnings. Google has started adding a variety of warnings on SGE answers. These categories include:

  • Age: “This could be unsafe or illegal depending on a person’s age.”
  • Financial: “This is not professional financial advice. Consulting a financial advisor about your particular circumstances is best.”
  • Medical: “This is for informational purposes only. This information does not constitute medical advice or diagnosis.”
  • Legal: “This is not legal advice. You may want to consult a lawyer about this question.”
  • Dangerous: “This could be dangerous. Consider asking a professional for help.”

Product views. Google is experimenting heavily in this area. BrightEdge identified five key variants for how Google is displaying products in SGE:

  • Product Listing with Sourced Descriptions: Products and descriptions are shown. Users can find the source via a dropdown arrow.
  • Apparel Product Displays: Apparel is highlighted via large images. Review, purchase location and pricing is also shown. Plus, SGE is adding “contextual commentary” on fashion trends.
  • Carousel Grouping for Multiple Preferences: For when SGE shows more diverse product preferences (e.g., trendy and classic).
  • Integrated Carousel Grouping for Apparel: This new format, introduced Nov. 9, combines multiple apparel options into one comprehensive display. It also includes images from social media platforms and pricing details.
  • Valuecards for Specific Products: A straightforward presentation for a specific product.

New on Search Engine Land

About the author

Danny Goodwin

Danny Goodwin has been Managing Editor of Search Engine Land & Search Marketing Expo – SMX since 2022. He joined Search Engine Land in 2022 as Senior Editor. In addition to reporting on the latest search marketing news, he manages Search Engine Land’s SME (Subject Matter Expert) program. He also helps program U.S. SMX events.

Goodwin has been editing and writing about the latest developments and trends in search and digital marketing since 2007. He previously was Executive Editor of Search Engine Journal (from 2017 to 2022), managing editor of Momentology (from 2014-2016) and editor of Search Engine Watch (from 2007 to 2014). He has spoken at many major search conferences and virtual events, and has been sourced for his expertise by a wide range of publications and podcasts.

NHAI Launched ERS Mobile App For Swift Emergency Response

 

The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, and Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989, shape traffic norms in India, evolving through amendments to enhance road safety. Crucial to this is the enforcement of traffic laws, primarily the responsibility of State Governments and Union Territory administrations. Strict enforcement is vital to deter violations, fostering a safer environment for all road users.

NHAI ERS Mobile Application for Seamless Dispatch Information

  • In tandem with the Computer Aided Dispatch System, NHAI has unveiled the NHAI ERS (Emergency Response System) Mobile Application.
  • Functioning as a cohesive platform, this application facilitates the smooth relay of dispatch-related information to on-road units.
  • Leveraging mobile technology, NHAI aims to enhance communication and coordination during emergency situations, ultimately bolstering the efficiency of emergency response teams.
  • This mobile application represents a progressive step towards a more connected and responsive emergency infrastructure.

Standard Formulation for Moving Off Information Systems (MOIS)

  • The Central Motor Vehicle Rules-Technical Standing Committee (CMVR-TSC) and the Automotive Industry Standards Committee (AISC) recognize the crucial role of technology in enhancing road safety.
  • These committees have taken proactive steps by initiating the formulation of standards specifically tailored for Moving Off Information Systems (MOIS), emphasizing the commitment to incorporating advanced technologies for safer road experiences.

Applicability to Specific Vehicle Categories Under Central Motor Vehicle Rules

These standardized norms will be applicable to vehicles falling under categories M2, M3, N2, and N3, as stipulated by the Central Motor Vehicle Rules.

M2 Category

Category M2 includes motor vehicles used for the carriage of passengers, comprising nine or more seats in addition to the driver’s seat, with a maximum Gross Vehicle Weight not exceeding five tonnes.

M3 Category

Category M3 pertains to motor vehicles used for the carriage of passengers, comprising nine or more seats in addition to the driver’s seat, and having a Gross Vehicle Weight exceeding five tonnes.

N2 Category

Category N2 involves motor vehicles used for the carriage of goods, with a Gross Vehicle Weight exceeding 3.5 tonnes but not exceeding 12 tonnes.

N3 Category

Category N3 encompasses motor vehicles used for the carriage of goods, with a Gross Vehicle Weight exceeding 12 tonnes.

Moving Off Information Systems (MOIS): An Advanced Driver Assistance System

  • MOIS serves as an advanced driver assistance system designed to aid drivers during low-speed moving off from rest manoeuvres.
  • These manoeuvres often involve potential collisions between the mentioned vehicle categories and vulnerable road users, such as pedestrians and cyclists.
  • MOIS is equipped to detect and inform the driver of the presence of pedestrians and cyclists in the close-proximity forward blind-spot of the vehicle.

The Motor Vehicles Act and Central Motor Vehicle Rules, alongside initiatives like MOIS, contribute significantly to creating a safer and more secure road environment for all.

Questions Related to Exams

Q1. What is the primary purpose of the NHAI ERS Mobile Application?

A: The NHAI ERS Mobile Application aims to facilitate the seamless relay of dispatch-related information to on-road emergency response units, enhancing communication and coordination during emergency situations.

Q2. What vehicle categories are covered by the standardized norms for Moving Off Information Systems?

A: The standardized norms for Moving Off Information Systems apply to vehicles falling under categories M2, M3, N2, and N3, as stipulated by the Central Motor Vehicle Rules.

Q3. What is the significance of the NHAI ERS Mobile Application in emergency response?

A: The NHAI ERS Mobile Application is significant in enhancing communication and coordination during emergency situations, thereby improving the efficiency of emergency response teams.

When a Quick Telehealth Visit Yields Multiple Surprises Beyond a Big Bill

In September 2022, Elyse Greenblatt of Queens returned home from a trip to Rwanda with a rather unwelcome-back gift: persistent congestion.

She felt a pain in her sinuses and sought a quick resolution.

Covid-19 couldn’t be ruled out, so rather than risk passing on an unknown infection to others in a waiting room, the New Yorker booked a telehealth visit through her usual health system, Mount Sinai — a perennial on best-hospitals lists.

That proved an expensive decision. She remembers the visit as taking barely any time. The doctor decided it was likely a sinus infection, not covid, and prescribed her fluticasone, a nasal spray that relieves congestion, and an antibiotic, Keflex. (The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention says antibiotics “are not needed for many sinus infections, but your doctor can decide if you need” one.)

Then the bill came.

The Patient: Elyse Greenblatt, now 38, had insurance coverage through Empire BlueCross BlueShield, a New York-based insurer.

Medical Services: A telehealth urgent care visit through Mount Sinai’s personal record app. Greenblatt was connected with an urgent care doctor through the luck of the draw. She was diagnosed with sinusitis, prescribed an antibiotic and Flonase, and told to come back if there was no improvement.

All this meant a big bill. The insurer said the telehealth visit was deemed an out-of-network service — a charge Greenblatt said the digital service didn’t do a great job of warning her about. It came as a surprise. “In my mind, if all my doctors are ‘in-insurance,’ why would they pair me with someone who was ‘out-of-insurance’?” she asked. And the hospital system tried its best to make contesting the charge difficult, she said.

Service Provider: The doctor was affiliated with Mount Sinai’s health system, though where the bill came from was unclear: Was it from one of the system’s hospitals or another unit?

Total Bill: $660 for what was billed as a 45- to 59-minute visit. The insurer paid nothing, ruling it out of network.

What Gives: The bill was puzzling on multiple levels. Most notably: How could this be an out-of-network service? Generally, urgent care visits delivered via video are a competitive part of the health care economy, and they’re not typically terribly expensive.

Mount Sinai’s telehealth booking process is at pains to assure bookers they’re getting a low price. After receiving the bill, Greenblatt went back to the app to recreate her steps — and she took a screenshot of one particular part of the app: the details. She got an estimated wait time of 10 minutes, for a cost of $60. “Cost may be less based on insurance,” the app said; this information, Mount Sinai spokesperson Lucia Lee said, is “for the patient’s benefit,” and the “cost may differ depending on the patient’s insurance.”

A $60 fee would be in line with, if not a bit cheaper than, many other telehealth services. Doctor on Demand, for example, offers visits from a clinician for $79 for a 15-minute visit, assuming the customer’s insurance doesn’t cover it. Amazon’s new clinic service, offering telehealth care for a wide range of conditions, advertises that charges start at $30 for a sinus infection.

The Health Care Cost Institute, an organization that analyzes health care claims data, told KFF Health News its data shows an urgent care telehealth visit runs, on average, $120 in total costs — but only $14 in out-of-pocket charges.

So how did this visit end up costing astronomically so much more than the average? After all, one of the selling points of telemedicine is not only convenience but cost savings.

First, there was the length of the visit. The doctor’s bill described it as moderately lengthy. But Greenblatt recalled the visit as simple and straightforward; she described her symptoms and got an antibiotic prescription — not a moderately complex visit requiring the better part of an hour to resolve.

The choice of description is a somewhat wonky part of health care billing that plays a big part in how expensive care can get. The more complex the case, and the longer it takes to diagnose and treat, the more providers can charge patients and insurers.

Greenblatt’s doctor billed her at a moderate level of care — curious, given her memory of the visit as quick, almost perfunctory. “I think it was five minutes,” she recalled. “I said it was a sinus infection; she told me I was right. ‘Take some meds, you’ll be fine.’”

Ishani Ganguli, a doctor at Brigham and Women’s Hospital in Boston who studies telehealth, said she didn’t know the exact circumstances of care but was “a bit surprised that it was not billed at a lower level” if it was indeed a quick visit.

That leaves the out-of-network aspect of the bill, allowing the insurer to pay nothing for the care. (Stephanie DuBois, a spokesperson for Empire BlueCross BlueShield, Greenblatt’s insurer, said the payer covers virtual visits through two services, or through in-network doctors. The Mount Sinai doctor fit neither criteria.) Still, why did Mount Sinai, Greenblatt’s usual health care system, assign her an out-of-network doctor?

“If one gets their care from the Mount Sinai system and the care is within network, I don’t think it is reasonable for the patients to expect or understand that one of the Mount Sinai clinicians is suddenly going to be out of network,” said Ateev Mehrotra, a hospitalist and telehealth researcher at Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center.

It struck the doctors specializing in telehealth research whom KFF Health News consulted as an unusual situation, especially since the doctor who provided the care was employed by the prestigious health system.

The doctor in question may have been in network for no insurers whatsoever: A review of the doctor’s Mount Sinai profile page — archived in November 2022 — does not list any accepted insurance. (That’s in contrast to other doctors in the system.)

Lee, Mount Sinai’s spokesperson, said the doctor did take at least some insurance. When asked about the doctor’s webpage not showing any accepted plans, she responded the site “instructs patients to contact her office for the most up-to-date information.”

Greenblatt was surprised to learn that the doctor she saw during a telehealth appointment through her usual health system was out of its network. A health system staffer later told her she’d signed a form consenting to the out-of-network charge — but Greenblatt said she didn’t recall signing it.(Shelby Knowles for KFF Health News)

Attempting to solve this billing puzzle turned into a major league headache for Greenblatt. Deepening the mystery: After calling Mount Sinai’s billing department, she was told the case had been routed to disputes and marked as “urgent.”

But the doctor’s office would seemingly not respond. “In most other professions, you can’t just ignore a message for a year,” she observed.

The bill would disappear on her patient portal, then come back again. Another call revealed a new twist: She was told by a staffer that she’d signed a form consenting to the out-of-network charge. But “when I asked to get a copy of the form I signed, she asked if she could fax it,” Greenblatt said. Greenblatt said no. The billing department then asked whether they could put the form in her patient portal, for which Greenblatt gave permission. No form materialized.

When KFF Health News asked Mount Sinai about the case in mid-October of this year, Lee, the system’s spokesperson, forwarded a copy of the three-page form — which Greenblatt didn’t remember signing. Lee said the forms are presented as part of the flow of the check-in process and “intended to be obvious to the patient as required by law.” Lee said on average, a patient signs two to four forms before checking into the visit.

But, according to the time stamp on the forms, Greenblatt’s visit concluded before she signed. Lee said it is “not standard” to sign forms after the visit has concluded, and said that once informed, patients “may contact the office and reschedule with an ‘in-network provider.’”

“If it was provided after the service was rendered, that is an exception and situational,” she concluded.

The business with the forms — their timing and their obviousness — is potentially a vital distinction. In December 2020, Congress enacted the No Surprises Act, designed to crack down on so-called surprise medical bills that arise when patients think their care is covered by insurance but actually isn’t. Allie Shalom, a lawyer with Foley & Lardner, said the law requires notice to be given to patients, and consent obtained in advance.

But the legislation provides an exception. It applies only to hospitals, hospital outpatient facilities, critical access hospitals, and ambulatory surgery centers. Greenblatt’s medical bill variously presents her visit as “Office/Outpatient” or “Episodic Telehealth,” making it hard to “tell the exact entity that provided the services,” Shalom said.

That, in turn, makes its status under the No Surprises Act unclear. The rules apply when an out-of-network provider charges a patient for care received at an in-network facility. But Shalom couldn’t be sure what entity charged Greenblatt, and, therefore, whether that entity was in network.

As for Mount Sinai, Lee said asking for consent post-visit does not comply with the No Surprises Act, though she said the system needed more time to research whether Greenblatt was billed by the hospital or another entity.

The Resolution: Greenblatt’s bill is unpaid and unresolved.

The Takeaway: Unfortunately, patients need to be on guard to protect their wallets.

If you want to be a smart shopper, consider timing the length of your visit. The “Bill of the Month” team regularly receives submissions from patients who were billed for a visit significantly longer than what took place. You shouldn’t, for example, be charged for time sitting in a virtual waiting room.

Most important, even when you seek care at an in-network hospital, whose doctors are typically in network, always ask if a particular physician you’ve not seen before is in your network. Many practices and hospitals offer providers in both categories (even if that logically feels unfair to patients). Providers are supposed to inform you that the care being rendered is out of network. But that “informed consent” is often buried in a pile of consent forms that you auto-sign, in rapid fire. And the language is often a blanket statement, such as “I understand that some of my care may be provided by caregivers not in my insurance network” or “I agree to pay for services not covered by my insurance.”

To a patient trying to quickly book care, that may not feel like “informed consent” at all.

“It’s problematic to expect patients to read the fine print, especially when they feel unwell,” Ganguli said.

A portrait of a woman indoors.
(Shelby Knowles for KFF Health News)

Bill of the Month is a crowdsourced investigation by KFF Health News and NPR that dissects and explains medical bills. Do you have an interesting medical bill you want to share with us? Tell us about it!

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Insomniac Suffers Devastating Leak After Ransom Demands

Hackers who stole information from Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 developer Insomniac Games have released much of that data into the wild, reportedly after Sony refused to pay a ransom for the return of those files. The group–Rhysida –demanded a payment of 50 BitCoin (around $2 million) within seven days, and after the deadline passed, the hackers followed up on their threat by releasing 1.67 terabytes of information related to upcoming Insomniac projects.

According to Cyber Daily, 98% of the stolen data has been released and contains information on Insomniac’s upcoming Wolverine game and the next decade of projects that the studio is working on. Sensitive information such as internal HR documents, employment forms, and screenshots of Insomniac’s Slack channels were also included in the stolen files released online. Rhysida claims to have acquired employee passport scans, internal mails, and other confidential documents in its attack, but it’s not clear yet if these have also been released publicly or were included in the 2% that may have been sold.

Now Playing: Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 Video Review

Various games industry professionals have condemned Rhysida’s attack on Insomniac and Sony, taking to X/Twitter to express their outrage. Vlambeer co-founder Rami Ismail, Alan Wake 2 developer Remedy Entertainment, and God of War Ragnarok developer Cory Barlog are just some of the voices that have gone online to express their disapproval of the situation.

Sony has yet to post a response, but we’ll update this article if and when the company does make a public statement.

Memory research: Breathing in sleep impacts memory processes

Researchers at LMU, the Max Planck Institute for Human Development, and the University of Oxford have investigated how sleep affects memory. They found a link between breathing and the emergence of certain brain activity patterns in sleep that are associated with the reactivation of memory contents. The data points to possible consequences of unhealthy breathing on memory.

How are memories consolidated during sleep? In 2021, researchers led by Dr. Thomas Schreiner, leader of the Emmy Noether junior research group at LMU’s Department of Psychology, had already shown there was a direct relationship between the emergence of certain sleep-related brain activity patterns and the reactivation of memory contents during sleep. However, it was still unclear whether these rhythms are orchestrated by a central pacemaker. So the researchers joined up with scientists from the Max Planck Institute for Human Development in Berlin and the University of Oxford to reanalyze the data. Their results have identified respiration as a potential pacemaker. “That is to say, our breathing influences how memories are consolidated during sleep,” says Schreiner.

Learning processes investigated in sleep laboratory

For their original study, the researchers showed 20 study participants 120 images over the course of two sessions. All the pictures were associated with certain words. Then the participants slept for around two hours in the sleep laboratory. When they awoke, they were questioned about the associations they had learned. During the entire learning and sleep period, their brain activity was recorded by means of EEG, along with their breathing.

The researchers discovered that previously learned contents were spontaneously reactivated by the sleeping brain during the presence of so-called slow oscillations and sleep spindles (short phases of increased brain activity). “The precision of the coupling of these sleep-related brain rhythms increases from childhood to adolescence and then declines again during aging,” says Schreiner.

Breathing and brain activity are linked

Because respiration frequency also changes with age, the researchers then analyzed the data in relation to the recorded breathing and were able to establish a connection between them: “Our results show that our breathing and the emergence of characteristic slow oscillation and spindle patterns are linked,” says Schreiner. “Although other studies had already established a connection between breathing and cognition during wake, our work makes clear that respiration is also important for memory processing during sleep.”

Older people often suffer from sleep disorders, respiratory disorders, and declining memory function. Schreiner plans to further investigate whether there are connections between these phenomena and whether interventions — such as the use of CPAP masks, which are already used to treat sleep apnea — make sense from a cognitive perspective.

In the mood for merrymaking- The New Indian Express

By Express News Service

CHENNAI : As the chilly winds of December blow into town with the promise of a prosperous new year, the scent of sugary treats and goodies baking in ovens wafts from bustling kitchens worldwide. After all, no Christmas celebration is complete without the fruity delight of a plum cake topped with white frosting. As seen in our grandmothers’ handy recipes and the bakers’ precise cookbook, all plum cakes must be mixed with a sizeable amount of dry fruits, a splash of liquor, and dashes of love.

In the spirit of celebrations, armed with 50 kilos of dry fruits and 30 litres of liquor, Hotel Ambica Empire in Vadapalani held a cake-making ceremony on Thursday. Inside the grand lobby, visitors were greeted by Christmas trees strung up with lights, sparkling bottles of rum and wine, and the sugary aromas. Within three silver trays, colourful dry fruits, such as raisins and tutti-frutti, and nuts like rich almonds and walnuts, were painstakingly decorated into a Christmas tree and shaped a line wishing guests a Merry Christmas. While the pandemic halted festivities the past few years, Hotel Ambica Empire — which has a legacy spanning 25 years — hopes to revive its celebrations.

“This is the first celebration we are conducting after our renovation. During the cake-mixing ceremony, we will mix dry fruits and nuts and preserve the mixture in our kitchen. Before Christmas, we will use the mixture for the preparation of plum cakes. It will be used before, after, and during Christmas and also for New Year,” says general manager R Kalathinathan, urging citizens to visit the hotel to partake in the celebrations. Actor-singer Mano and music director Sirpi graced the event. 

December is a month of joy and a season of harvest. As Aditya Prakash Singh, food and beverage manager, explains, “The cake mixing started in the 17th century AD. With these nuts, people make plum cakes, and this mixture for the plum cake can be soaked for one to two weeks.”

This mixture, Chef Ravichandran adds, will result in over moist, delightful 300 cakes of 100 kg for the holiday season. Apart from chilly winds, this season also brings bountiful cakes and treats.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Compliance Counsel at Tata Technologies, Pune

Tata Technologies is looking to hire a Compliance Counsel for their office in Pune.

About Tata Technologies

Tata Technologies is a global product engineering and digital services company focused on fulfilling its mission of helping the world drive, fly, build, and farm by enabling its customers to realize better products and deliver better experiences. they’re the strategic engineering partner businesses turn to when they aspire to be better.

About the Opportunity

Tata Technologies is looking to hire a Compliance Counsel for their office in Pune.

Roles and Responsibilities

  • Assist in developing compliance programs, reviewing processes and policies, and advising management on possible risks.
  • Review new and existing processes, resources, and systems, to identify any audit risks and suggest corrective measures for the same.
  • Responsible for compliance tracking and monitoring tool
  • Collaborate with relevant Stakeholders globally to ensure compliance with applicable laws and obtain compliance reports and certificates.
  • Work with the secretarial team to submit compliance reports/certificates/updates to the board and audit committee.
  • Work with process owners (employees throughout the company) to obtain documentation, understand processes, and discuss potential issues/deficiencies/findings.
  • Work with the business and strategic teams to remediate identified control weaknesses during internal reviews.
  • Prepare Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and process guidelines for processes affiliated to compliance.
  • Preparation of various MIS, dashboards and other Compliance reports.
  • Assisting in managing Global and Regional Compliance and Data Privacy Audits.
  • Assist in conducting compliance audits across the functions.
  • Knowledge of relevant data protection and privacy laws (e.g., GFPR, CCPA, PDPL, DPDPA etc.) and experience in implementation of various regulatory requirements.
  • Impart relevant knowledge in training and create a general atmosphere of compliance.
  • Assist in ensuring adherence to existing Compliance Policies including Policy, Gifts & Entertainment Policy, Code of Conduct Policy, Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy, Conflict of Interest Policy etc.
  • Review new policies rolled out and implement the same for TTL, as applicable/appropriate.
  • Assist in Investigating complaints received through the whistle-blower mechanism and verify that deficiencies are corrected.
  • Contribute to developing employee communication and training programs that focus on the elements of a companywide compliance program.
  • Help monitor our organization’s standards of conduct and ethical relationships with customers, contractors, suppliers, employees and communities.
  • Other duties as assigned.

Eligibility Criteria

  • Law graduate from a reputable Indian law school (Additional qualification of CS will be a plus)
  • Stakeholder management through building rapport with process owners.
  • Strong communication and collaboration skills to work with global teams and bring alignment across different teams.
  • Proficient at producing and presenting reports. Proactive and able to use initiative.
  • Confident with strong decision-making skills.
  • Eye to detail.
  • Ability to positively encourage stakeholders to be process and tool-compliant, be a company advocate
  • Be informed of relevant legal developments and analyse applicability to the company’s operation
  • Experience: 2 to 5 years

How to Apply?

Apply through the link given below this post.

Location

Pune, Maharashtra.

Contact Information

For any queries, please contact at 020 6652 9090.

Click here to Apply

Click here for the Official Notification

Lawctopus regularly helps organisations hire interns and employees. Email the JD at [email protected] for free and paid plans.

How to add more stamps to the collector’s collection in the social media age

ByZarafshan Shiraz, New Delhi

In an era dominated by digital innovation and technological advancements, one can’t help but reminisce the traditional hobbies and pastimes like stamp collecting or philately which involved meticulous arrangement of tangible stamps in albums. As the collectors are now exploring the boundless possibilities of digitisation, creating a dynamic and interconnected community of philatelists across the globe, the digital age has ushered in a new era for stamp collectors and offers innovative ways to organise, showcase and even trade stamps.

How to add more stamps to the collector’s collection in the social media age (Photo by Ali Bakhtiari on Unsplash)

If you too are dedicated to philately and looking for a haven to indulge in your passion, you have come to the right place as we brought experts on board to reveal how to add more stamps to the collector’s collection in the social media age. In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Harnehmat Kaur, Co-Founder of Daakroom, suggested, “To add more stamps to your collection, attend stamp exhibitions, fairs, and philatelic events. These gatherings often offer a wide array of stamps for sale, trade, or display. You can connect with other collectors and dealers there.”

IPL 2024 Auction is here! Catch all the updates LIVE on HT. Join Now

He added, “You may also choose to open a Philatelic Deposit Account at the nearest Philatelic Bureau for supply of new stamps, first-day covers, and information folders. The best way to get foreign stamps is to establish contacts with pen-friends or postcrossers abroad. Stamps are not just pieces of adhesive paper but are symbols of eras, milestones, and artistic expression.”

According to Amar Deep Anand Postcrosser and Founding Member of Postcrossing Welfare Society of India, one must choose their subjects in the ocean of stamps. He said, “The idea is not to be in a race but to add value to your knowledge on the subject. Be a part of the relevant societies to learn more, and save yourself from drifting away. The pen pals will definitely help you to have stamps if they have but never press anyone for it. Having a penfriend is far more precious than any other thing. Focus on the tangible and intangible gains of this hobby.”

Foundation behind Novo Nordisk to invest $260M in vaccine R&D

Dive Brief:

  • The Novo Nordisk Foundation, which owns a controlling stake in drugmaker Novo Nordisk, said Monday it will invest 1.8 billion Danish kroner, or about $260 million, to fund development of new vaccines for respiratory diseases.
  • The new initiative will study ways to build immunity at the site of infection inside airways for diseases like tuberculosis, influenza and group A streptococcus, which the foundation says collectively cause more than 2.5 million deaths annually.
  • Dubbed the Novo Nordisk Foundation Initiative for Vaccines and Immunity, the program will test new vaccine targets and methods of delivery alongside each other, rather than focus on only one approach. The initiative will consist of a research center and an accelerator that together will support the translation of basic research through to mid-stage clinical testing.

Dive Insight:

Novo Nordisk has been buoyed by the success of its in-demand diabetes and weight loss medicines, despite manufacturing issues that have slowed sales.

The company’s boom is lifting its parent Novo Holdings, which is wholly owned by the Novo Nordisk Foundation. In October, the CEO of Novo Holdings said he expected to funnel the windfall from Ozempic and Wegovy into other intiatives. Now, the Foundation, alongside the University of Copenhagen, is unveiling a major new vaccine program.

A research center, which is funded via an eight-year grant, will conduct basic research, while a limited liability company will handle licensing vaccine technologies and coordinating clinical testing of any potential candidates. Any revenue generated by the accelerator will be reinvested back into the program.

The goal is to find vaccines that build immunity in the airways, rather than systemically, which could help prevent infection and block transmission.

Both group A streptococcus and tuberculosis can be treated with antibiotics. However, antimicrobial resistance is a growing public threat, with tuberculosis a major contributor. The only available tuberculosis vaccine doesn’t prevent lung disease in teenagers and adults, meanwhile.

No vaccine is available for group A streptococcus. While flu vaccines are available, there are still gaps in protection that drugmakers are working to fill with their own shots.

The fast progress made on vaccines for COVID-19 helped catalyze the foundation’s new initiative.

“While [COVID vaccines] did save countless lives, they weren’t able to stop infection or transmission,” said Peter Lawætz Andersen, head of infectious diseases at the Novo Nordisk Foundation in a statement to BioPharma Dive. “In this way, the COVID experience exposed the major limitation of current vaccines against respiratory pathogens — that they generate a systemic immune response, not a response at the site of infection.”

The initiative will partner with the Danish research institute Statens Serum Institut, and draw on the University of Copenhagen.

5 Signs Your Dog Needs a Lifting Harness

It’s not always easy to spot the signs that your dog’s mobility is changing. Many of the signs of mobility loss begin very slowly and may even seem like a normal part of the aging process. Whether your dog has a hard time standing up after a nap, is less active than they once were, or struggles to get up the stairs, it could indicate that your dog needs a lifting harness (and your help) to get around.  

Let’s review a few of the common signs that your dog needs the support of a lifting harness.  

1. Slow to Rise 

Often, the earliest sign that a dog needs a bit of a hand is when an older dog tries to stand up after a long nap. Senior dogs may be slow to stand up or have difficulty standing up without assistance. It takes a lot of leg strength to push up off the ground. Standing up can be a real challenge for dogs whose legs are starting to weaken or those experiencing joint pain.  

How a lifting harness can help:  

A simple rear support leash can easily slip on your dog’s back legs while they are still lying down. Place a loop over each of the dog’s back legs and slide them up until they reach the top of your dog’s leg and gently lift. The harness will boost your dog to get up on all four legs.  

2. Difficulty Climbing the Stairs 

Canine Mobility Loss Sign: Reluctance to Use Stairs

How your dog climbs the stairs can indicate a change in their mobility. Signs that your dog may need help on the stairs include:  

  • Unease on the stairs – may appear uncertain or avoids using the stairs 
  • Excessive panting or signs of exhaustion as the dog goes up the stairs 
  • Loss of balance or unsteadiness  
  • Inability to control descent – moves too fast or unable to stop 

Your dog may give other cues as well. If a dog is feeling unsafe while using the stairs, they might hesitate to climb up or even refuse to use them altogether. This reluctance is usually because they do not feel confident about navigating the stairs safely.  

Going down the stairs can be just as challenging. Many older dogs will pick up speed as they descend, almost as if they’re losing control. This can be incredibly dangerous, and your dog may not have the leg strength to be able to slow down.  

How a lifting harness can help:  

Using a supportive harness will allow you to control your dog while on the stairs. A lift harness will feature handles that can be used to lift and stabilize your dog on the stairs. This is helpful for aiding your dog as they go up and down the stairs. Look for a harness that supports the front and hind legs of your dog for the optimal level of control on the stairs.  

3. Lagging on the Daily Walk 

If you notice your dog slowing down or getting tired on longer walks, it could be an early indication that their legs are starting to weaken. As dogs grow older, changes in mobility are quite common, and we always recommend discussing any concerns with your veterinarian. If your dog seems to be unwilling to go on walks or appears to tire easily, it may be time to schedule a visit to the vet. Ignoring these signs could lead to more serious health issues down the road. 

How a lifting harness can help:  

Supporting your dog’s hind legs during a walk greatly reduces the strain and weight placed on aching joints. A rear support harness can be helpful for the early stages of mobility loss. It can also act as post-exercise support for dogs whose legs are shaky or weak after a long walk. For dogs that require a little more support or independence, a rear wheelchair may be the best option for longer walks and staying active.  

4. Occasional Loss of Balance 

Labrador in rear harness to support weak back legs

It can be challenging for pet parents to identify when their dogs’ legs are getting weaker, as not all signs of weakness occur regularly. Some dogs may experience occasional swaying in the hind end, stumble, or lose balance periodically.

Look for these signs and consult with your veterinarian as it may indicate that your dog needs some occasional help.  

How a lifting harness can help:  

Using a rear harness and gently lifting your dog’s hind end can give them the extra support they need to stand up and walk without fear of falling over. This is great for quick trips outside as some dogs do lose their balance while going potty. 

5. Healing from an Injury or After Surgery 

When dogs have leg injuries, they often tend to favor the injured leg, which results in additional weight and strain on the healthy limb. This can cause problems for the dog’s overall health, as it puts unnecessary pressure on the unaffected limb. 

How a lifting harness can help:  

When a dog is injured, using a harness for support can help them stand comfortably and distribute their weight evenly. This prevents them from putting too much strain on their unaffected limb and causing any further injury. However, it’s essential to consult a veterinarian before using a harness to ensure that it won’t hinder your dog’s healing process or cause any harm. Only use a harness on their recommendation and after they’ve cleared your dog to use it. 

I like two guys. How do I choose? Quiz

Caught in the delightful dilemma of liking two guys? It happens to the best of us. One makes your heart do a happy dance, while maybe the other sparks a little something more… intriguing. Welcome to the ‘I Like Two Guys, How Do I Choose?’ Quiz, crafted by a seasoned relationship counselor who knows the twists and turns of the heart like the back of their hand.

It’s not easy to know how to choose between two guys because each one has something special he brings to the table. However, at some point, a decision becomes inevitable. It’s wise to make that choice sooner rather than later to prevent any hurt feelings and further confusion. This quiz isn’t about making the decision for you; it’s about guiding you through the process of self-discovery. Sure, the heart wants what it wants, but let’s unravel those feelings and find out which connection speaks to your soul.

Designate one of the men in your life as Guy A and the other as Guy B. Respond to the questions candidly, and within a swift 10 minutes, you’ll unravel which guy aligns best with you. No more burning the midnight oil pondering, “Which guy should I choose?” It’s time to put those uncertainties to rest.

Ask Our Expert

2023 Land Rover Range Rover Review: Running Out of Room for Improvement

If you ever forget what you’re driving, just look at the hood.

Andrew Krok/CNET

There’s no missing a Range Rover. Whether it’s the prominent letters emblazoned fore and aft, or the unmistakable silhouette, this large luxury utility vehicle has capital-P presence everywhere it goes, and its latest generation is no different. The 2023 Range Rover holds true to the tenets that have kept this ute at the top of the luxo-barge pile, and its latest batch of changes will certainly keep it there for years to come.

Like


  • Serene ride


  • Impeccable style inside and out


  • Oodles of capability

Don’t like


  • Not electric… yet


  • Noisy motorized doohickeys


  • Typical JLR infotainment quirks

At first, I thought the 2023 Range Rover’s aesthetic was a bit too close to that of its predecessor but getting up close and personal has changed my tune. The new model looks stunning in person. There isn’t a single overwrought design element on the exterior; the body panels are as smooth as glass and devoid of shouty features. The way the Range’s signature vertical taillights now integrate seamlessly into the tailgate’s horizontal black elements makes the new rear end look like a freakin’ spaceship. I’m especially a fan of my tester’s $7,450 satin-finish gold paint, which plays well against the blacked-out trim ($1,000), black roof ($1,000) and 23-inch black alloy wheels ($900).

The Range Rover’s cabin prioritizes simplicity over the last generation, and it works well. The busiest parts of the interior have all been smoothed over, starting with the vents that now comprise a single unbroken element between the dark and light parts of the dashboard. The window switches have been moved down near the door handles. The center console offers way more accessible storage, no longer shoving the cup holders off to the side while also making room for a cubby and a wireless device charger under the climate controls. The 13.1-inch touchscreen and 13.7-inch digital gauge cluster don’t look like tacked-on afterthoughts. The heated, cooled, massaging front seats are supremely comfortable on longer trips, keeping road fatigue at bay.

My tester is the short-wheelbase variant, so there are only two rows of seats, but those in the back may have it even better than the folks up front. The rear seats offer an impressive amount of recline, and the front passenger seat can be shoved forward so a chauffeured individual can make use of the foldable footrest. The middle seat is actually a mechanized center console, slowly descending and extending to reveal an additional control panel and, with a little extra motor motion, two cup holders. The short-wheelbase Range Rover still offers a meaty 43 cubic feet of cargo space, and the motorized tonneau cover means whatever is stashed back there will remain out of view.

All that serenity stays at the forefront, even when the 2023 Range Rover is in motion. My tester packs a BMW-sourced 4.4-liter twin-turbo V8 engine, making 523 horsepower and 553 pound-feet of torque. It’s enough to shove off from every stoplight with an alarming amount of authority, but the engine note never really rises to a clamor — it stays off in the distance, offering just enough rumble to remind you it’s there. The standard eight-speed automatic transmission does a good job on the upshifts, but it can feel a little janky on the way back down, mostly within the last few feet of stopping. It’s not really a major source of annoyance; if anything, it has me excited for how smooth the upcoming electric variant will be.

The Range Rover’s V8 is quite good, but it’ll be tough to top the outright serenity an electric powertrain will eventually provide.

Andrew Krok/CNET

It’s impressive how every driving input is tailored for outright smoothness. The Range Rover’s gas pedal offers plenty of room for smooth, gradual starts, while the brake pedal’s long, squishy throw makes head-bob-free limo stops easy to execute. The steering is overboosted to high heaven, with a lightweight feel that makes it easy to make small adjustments without jostling the occupants.

The Range Rover’s ride quality is palatial, right up there with the Rolls-Royce Cullinan. The standard air suspension soaks up nearly every road imperfection and returns nothing but softness. Save for a bit of wind noise around the mirror and A-pillar at Michigan’s 80-mph average highway pace, the cabin is free of any clamor that isn’t coming from the standard Meridian surround-sound system. In fact, the noisiest part of the whole Range Rover experience comes at the beginning and end, when the flush door handles retract or extend from the body, which is a surprisingly loud affair. I’m kind of surprised they aren’t quieter.

Not only are the motorized door handles a little loud, the interior handles are surprisingly well hidden. First-time occupants may take a few seconds to figure out how to leave.

Andrew Krok/CNET

The motorized door handles are cool, and while they undoubtedly contribute to better fuel economy, the numbers still aren’t great with a V8 under the hood. The EPA estimates this Range Rover is good for 16 mpg city and 21 mpg highway, numbers I had no problem matching over a few hundred miles of urban and interstate cruising. Then again, considering CNET’s long-term Hyundai Santa Cruz only offers 3 mpg more at freeway speeds, perhaps these numbers aren’t too shabby, given how much luxury the Range Rover drags along with it.

Cabin tech has long been a hit-or-miss affair with Jaguar Land Rover, but the 2023 Range Rover’s infotainment system is firmly in the former category. The 13.1-inch touchscreen runs JLR’s Pivi Pro telematics software. The aesthetics are good, the menus are easy to navigate and the responsiveness is better than it’s ever been. But it’s still not free of random frustrations. Over my week with the Range Rover, wireless Apple CarPlay stopped working mid-drive about a half-dozen times and wouldn’t work again until I turned the SUV off and back on. If you’d rather skip the phone-based software, the Range Rover’s embedded navigation works great.

Pivi Pro looks great, but it can still be a little frustrating at times.

Andrew Krok/CNET

The 2023 Range Rover is also loaded with all the standard safety systems its parent company can whip up. The adaptive cruise control is nice and smooth, and the hands-on lane-keep-assist system dramatically reduces the tedium on longer road trips. The surround-view camera and parking sensors make any parallel parking job a breeze, but you can always ask the car to handle that legwork, too, with available hands-free parking assist. My favorite part comes when reversing; the system will let me know when I’m parked too close to an object for the trunk to open fully.

While the 2023 Range Rover starts just a hair over $100,000, my V8-powered First Edition tester is loaded up with all the bells and whistles as standard, sending that starting price to an eye-watering $159,550, including $1,350 in destination. Throw in the aesthetic packages I mentioned earlier, and you’re staring down a bill of $169,900. The SV trim is still more expensive, nearly cresting the $200,000 mark in short-wheelbase form, but the First Edition isn’t far behind.

But you get what you pay for, and your money is not going to waste on the 2023 Range Rover. This car is, simply put, one of the best luxury-vehicle experiences money can buy right now. Its on-road demeanor is next to none, and it has a style and presence that many other luxury cars can’t match. 

Warriors’ Draymond Green starts counseling, expected to miss at least 3 weeks: Sources

Golden State Warriors forward Draymond Green has started counseling and is expected to remain sidelined via suspension for at least the next three weeks, league sources said.

The NBA announced an indefinite suspension for Green on Wednesday for striking Phoenix Suns center Jusuf Nurkić in the face during a game one night earlier. Joe Dumars, NBA executive vice president and head of basketball operations, said in a statement that Green’s “repeated history of unsportsmanlike acts” was a factor in the decision.

League sources said Green, 33, was expected to receive counseling and work with the Warriors and NBA while suspended. People around Green and the organization said the four-time NBA champion has been understanding and prepared to undergo the process required to return to the team in a full capacity. Those sources would not reveal the specifics of Green’s counseling out of respect for his privacy.

A three-week timeframe would mean his suspension stretches approximately 12 games.

Green’s latest incident — his 20th career ejection — came in the third quarter of Tuesday’s game between the Warriors and Suns. Green appeared to be grappling for post positioning against Nurkić near the corner, swung around and nailed Nurkić in the face with a wild right arm. Nurkić fell and stayed down for about a minute.

Officials stopped the game for a review, which did not take long. Green was ejected and didn’t even dispute it. He ran straight to the locker room.

Following the game, Green apologized to Nurkić. He said it was unintentional and he was trying to sell a foul by flailing his arms.

“As you know, I’m not one to apologize for things I meant to do, but I do apologize to Jusuf. Because I didn’t intend to hit him,” Green said. “I sell calls with my arms.”

Green’s suspension is the sixth of his NBA career and his second this season. The league also suspended Green for five games in November for his involvement in an altercation against the Minnesota Timberwolves, when Green put Rudy Gobert in a headlock. He served two separate one-game suspensions last season — once for accumulating 16 technical fouls, and a second in the playoffs for stepping on Sacramento Kings power forward Domantas Sabonis.

GO DEEPER

A look at Draymond Green’s suspensions

Warriors coach Steve Kerr said he thought an indefinite suspension for Green made sense to help the 12th-year veteran make a change.

“To me, this is about more than basketball. It’s about helping Draymond,” Kerr said. “I think it’s an opportunity for Draymond to step away and to make a change in his approach and his life and that’s not an easy thing to do. That’s not something you say, ‘OK, five games and then he’s going to be fine.’”

The Warriors (12-14) are 2-1 since Green’s ejection. They went 2-3 during his earlier five-game suspension.

Required reading

(Photo: Meg Oliphant / Getty Images)

Phone Storage Always Full? 6 Ways to Make Space

Nothing’s more frustrating than getting a full storage notification on your phone because you won’t be able to take photos or videos and install apps as you normally would. However, you can free up some phone storage with these tips.


1. Remove Old Songs, Podcasts, and Videos

If you use media apps and streaming services like Spotify and YouTube that let you download songs, podcasts, or videos, you might have old files that you no longer use but are taking up space. When you opt to download media from such apps, you are downloading a local, offline version of the media onto your phone, which takes up storage capacity.

Some podcasts and videos are hours long, and it’s easy to forget just how much storage it takes to keep them on your phone.

It’s important to check your downloads frequently to ensure you’re not holding onto large files. On Spotify, you can remove songs and podcasts from your downloads by heading into a playlist, clicking the three vertical dots under the playlist image, and selecting Remove Download. This will remove the entire playlist from your downloads.

On YouTube, simply head to your download playlist, tap on the three vertical dots next to the video you want to delete, and select Delete from downloads.

Many of us take photos and videos that we end up not wanting but forget to delete. Whether they’re old screenshots, blurred images, or duplicate media, you can free up a surprising amount of space by cleaning up your cluttered gallery.

You can do this most effectively by going through specific albums. On your phone, you likely have an album for screenshots, an album for Instagram media, and so on. You can delete these albums entirely if you don’t need them, which can open up a fair bit of storage. Alternatively, you can scroll down to your oldest photos and see if you can find any forgotten media you no longer want.

If your phone’s gallery app has a trash folder, you could also empty it to clear up some extra space. When an image or video goes to the trash folder, it usually remains there for 30 days before it is permanently deleted. If you don’t want to wait this long, you can manually clear the folder with a few taps.

3. Check Automatically Downloaded Content

You may not know this, but some social media apps tend to automatically download any media that a person sends you onto your phone’s internal storage. For example, if someone sends you a video on WhatsApp, your phone will automatically download it to your gallery if your settings allow it. To avoid this, turn off the Media visibility setting.

This setting may look different in other apps. For example, you’ll need to go to Settings > Photos & media > Save photos and videos and disable the toggle in Facebook Messenger to avoid automatically saving any photos you take using the app.

On Snapchat, you’ll need to go to Settings > Memories > Save Button to alter your automatic saving settings. You can choose to save your photos to just your Snapchat Memories, your phone’s internal storage, or both. Again, you’ll find the process similar for other social media apps.

4. Disable Unwanted Apps That Can’t Be Deleted

Ever looked at some of the pre-installed apps on your smartphone and thought, “I’m never going to use this, so why can’t I delete it?” While you may not be able to delete certain apps, there is a way you can minimize how much space they take up.

Most of the apps on your phone that can’t be outright uninstalled can be disabled. This applies to a lot of default apps that were already present when you first bought your phone, such as built-in gaming apps, step-tracking apps, and wallet apps.

Disabling an app stops it from running in the background and restricts the amount of storage its cache files can take up. Such apps also will no longer receive updates, which is another great way to save on storage. You can disable an app simply by holding your finger on it, as you would when uninstalling and clicking the Disable option.

5. Clear Your Cache

A cache can come in the form of hardware or software, and its function is to store data so that future requests for that data can be processed and provided more efficiently. But a cache can also harbor data you no longer need and take up storage space without you even realizing it.

To clear your browser cache, simply head to your browser’s settings and tap the Clear history or Clear browsing data option. Here, you can select the cache and clear it to free up space. For example, to delete the cache in Chrome, tap the three dots icon in the top-right corner of the app and go to Settings > Privacy and security > Clear browsing data.

Besides the browser cache, you can easily clear the app cache on an Android device to free up even more storage space.

6. Check for Miscellaneous Files

Miscellaneous files can come in all forms on your phone’s internal storage. Such files could relate to various aspects of your phone, including apps or the operating system. Because of this, you shouldn’t just clear all your miscellaneous files, as you may be removing crucial data that helps your phone function. Instead, look through these files and manually select those you no longer need.

Firstly, open your phone’s default files app. On a Samsung phone, this will be a yellow icon named “My Files”. Then, head to Internal Storage and take a look at the files you see there. You may see files from deleted apps, old voice notes, or unwanted ringtones. These files may be small, but they all add up.

Going years without clearing your miscellaneous files can cause a lot of data to build up, so deleting the files you don’t need can help free up more storage space than you’d think.

If you find yourself constantly frustrated at your phone’s full storage, take the time to follow the steps above and check any areas of your phone that might be harboring old or unwanted data. You never know, you could end up clearing gigabytes of unnecessary junk! And isn’t that every smartphone owner’s dream?

Harbin Ice and Snow World opens its doors to visitors

A series of ice and snow sculptures and artistic installations are illuminated at Harbin Ice and Snow World during trial operations in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, on December 17, 2023. /CFP

A series of ice and snow sculptures and artistic installations are illuminated at Harbin Ice and Snow World during trial operations in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, on December 17, 2023. /CFP

A series of ice and snow sculptures and artistic installations are illuminated at Harbin Ice and Snow World during trial operations in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, on December 17, 2023. /CFP

A series of ice and snow sculptures and artistic installations are illuminated at Harbin Ice and Snow World during trial operations in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, on December 17, 2023. /CFP

A series of ice and snow sculptures and artistic installations are illuminated at Harbin Ice and Snow World during trial operations in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, on December 17, 2023. /CFP

A series of ice and snow sculptures and artistic installations are illuminated at Harbin Ice and Snow World during trial operations in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, on December 17, 2023. /CFP

A series of ice and snow sculptures and artistic installations are illuminated at Harbin Ice and Snow World during trial operations in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, on December 17, 2023. /CFP

A series of ice and snow sculptures and artistic installations are illuminated at Harbin Ice and Snow World during trial operations in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, on December 17, 2023. /CFP

Visitors pose for photos at Harbin Ice and Snow World during trial operations in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, on December 17, 2023. /CFP

Visitors pose for photos at Harbin Ice and Snow World during trial operations in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, on December 17, 2023. /CFP

Visitors pose for photos at Harbin Ice and Snow World during trial operations in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province, on December 17, 2023. /CFP

Harbin Ice and Snow World, one of China’s most captivating winter destinations, has opened its doors to the public in Harbin City, Heilongjiang Province. Nearly a thousand ice and snow sculptures and artistic installations are ready to welcome visitors from around the world. A diverse range of winter activities are on offer to entertain people as they enjoy the charms of the city.

Celine Dion’s sister gives update on singer’s health

It’s been a year since singer Celine Dion first publicly shared that she had been diagnosed with stiff-person syndrome, a rare neurological disorder that prevents her from singing the way she’s used to.

Last week, Dion’s sister Claudette Dion said the Grammy winner “doesn’t have control of her muscles.”

“There are some who have lost hope because it is a disease that is not [very well] known,” she told Canada’s 7 Jours. “What pains me is that she has always been disciplined. She’s always worked hard. Our mother always told her, ‘You’re going to do it well, you’re going to do it properly.’”

The elder Dion shared that Celine has aspirations of returning to the stage, but as the singer’s condition has deterioriated, she’s unsure what that might look like.

“It’s true that, in both our dreams and hers, the goal is to return to the stage. In what capacity? I don’t know,” Claudette Dion said. “The vocal cords are muscles, and the heart is also a muscle. This is what comes to get me. Because [Dion’s condition is a] one out of a million case, the scientists haven’t done that much research because it didn’t affect that many people.”

In December 2022, the performer announced her diagnosis of stiff-person syndrome. She said in a video — shared in English and in French — that the neurological disorder “affects something like one in a million people.”

The Mayo Clinic defines stiff-person syndrome as an autoimmune disorder of the nervous system that often results in “progressive, severe muscle stiffness and spasms of the lower extremities and back.”

Since revealing her diagnosis, Dion has canceled a slew of shows. In May, she called off her Courage world tour. A release on the superstar’s website said stiff-person syndrome “prevents her from performing.”

Claudette has previously given updates on her sister’s health.

“It’s an illness we know so little about. … There are spasms — they’re impossible to control,” she said in an August interview with Hello! magazine. “You know people who often jump up in the night because of a cramp in the leg or the calf? It’s a bit like that, but in all muscles. There’s little we can do to support her, to alleviate her pain.”

The lack of treatment for the disorder has left few options for Dion and her family, with Claudette adding, “We’re crossing our fingers that researchers will find a remedy for this awful illness.”

In October, the “My Heart Will Go On” singer and her son, René-Charles Angélil, met with the Montreal Canadiens in Las Vegas as they faced the Golden Knights at the T-Mobile Arena. Dion, who has rarely made public appearances since her diagnosis, also met coach and hockey veteran Martin St. Louis.

“I remember when you were 14 years old, you sang for the pope. ‘Une colombe [‘A Dove’],’ ” St. Louis said in French of the singer’s 1984 performance at the Olympic Stadium in Greece.

“It’s been a while since then,” she responded. “We’ve changed a little since then, but not too much.”

MediaTek and Nvidia Form Alliance To Drive AI Innovation in Future Vehicles: Report

New Delhi, December 18: Chip making giant MediaTek on Monday said that it has partnered with chip maker Nvidia to provide a global one-stop shop for the automotive industry, designing the next-gen of intelligent, always-connected vehicles with the most advanced AI, connectivity, and computing capabilities.

At the 13th chapter of its Technology Diaries, the company outlined its commitment to drive the adoption of future-ready technologies and advancements across 5G, Generative AI, Satellite connectivity, Automotive, Cloud Computing, Connectivity and advanced 5G solutions across 5G FWA. The company also reiterated latest announcements including MediaTek Dimensity 9300 and 8300 chipsets, combing generative AI capabilities. Simple Energy ‘Dot One’ E-Scooter Launched in India: Check Specifications, Design and Price Here.

“As we look forward to the next five years, we are excited to dive deeper into next-gen technology advancements to drive leadership in the Generative AI era. Our latest innovations indicate our commitment to powering incredible experiences across our diverse technology portfolio,” Anku Jain, Managing Director, MediaTek India, said at the event.

According to the company, MediaTek Dimensity Auto is a range of new automotive solutions with a comprehensive portfolio including Dimensity Auto Cockpit, Dimensity Auto Connect, Dimensity Auto Drive, and Dimensity Auto Components to empower smart vehicle technology innovation. The event saw insightful interactions on smartphones, smart devices, networking & connectivity, MediaTek leveraging Meta’s Llama 2, and 5G Satellite NTN. Volkswagen to Launch Entry Level EV SUV in 2026, Know Expected Features and Specifications and Other Details.

“For any electronics device, we believe that personalised experiences are going be the real differentiator for consumers going forward. That means deeper integration of advanced technologies leveraging artificial intelligence leading to a seamless, reliable, and personalised experience with a relentless focus on ultra-fast connectivity,” said Tarun Pathak, Research Director at Counterpoint Research. The event also witnessed insightful discussions on the transformative role of technology in everyday life.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 18, 2023 04:02 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

EU Investigates Elon Musk’s X for Spreading Illegal Content

The relationship between Elon Musk and the European Union deteriorated further on Monday, with the bloc launching a formal investigation into the way X has been run since the billionaire took over last year.

Senior officials from the European Commission said they were concerned about a range of new features that have been added to X under Musk, as well as the way violent content related to the Hamas attack on Israel was allowed to spread without consistently being labeled with a graphic content warning.

EU officials also said they would be investigating whether users on the platform are being misled about the trustworthiness of people who pay for blue checkmarks—a feature that was previously reserved for verified users such as celebrities, public figures, or journalists. Since Musk’s takeover, the platform has allocated blue checks to paying subscribers, a feature that researchers say has been leveraged to spread scams and disinformation.

Another focus for the investigation is whether Community Notes—X’s crowdsourced fact-check program—can work in languages other than English or intervene fast enough during elections.

Other concerns raised by the EU include the way users can notify X when they have seen illegal content and whether the platform is too focused on the English language in its content moderation operations. X has more than 2,000 English-speaking moderators, but only one Dutch-speaking moderator and one Polish moderator, according to a tally the company released last month.

With the investigation, X becomes the first major platform to face a formal probe for violating rules included in the European Union’s new Digital Services Act, which has the power to tell tech companies to change the way they operate or fine them up to 6 percent of their global revenue. “Today’s opening of formal proceedings against X makes it clear that, with the DSA, the time of big online platforms behaving like they are ‘too big to care’ has come to an end,” said Thierry Breton, the EU’s internal markets commissioner. An in-depth investigation will now take place.

“X remains committed to complying with the Digital Services Act,” company spokesperson Joe Benarroch told WIRED, adding that the platform is cooperating with regulators. “It is important that this process remains free of political influence and follows the law.”

OpenAI’s Sam Altman Highlights Importance of Worldcoin Global Identity Project as AI Picks Pace

The buzz around the Worldcoin project rose and fizzled in days around August this year. Some much needed support from OpenAI CEO Sam Altman to this project, however, has propelled the Worldcoin initiative back onto the headlines. Altman was recently speaking in an interview when he lauded the concept of the Worldcoin project. The web3 initiative, brainchild of Altman himself, aims to issue a global identity of individual humans on blockchain to distinguish them from AI and robots.

In conversation with investment bank FT Partners, Altman reportedly said, “in a world with a lot of AI, knowing who is human matters more and more.”

This statement from OpenAI’s chief came just days after reports surfaced that Worldcoin’s parent company called Tools for Humanity was looking to bag a funding of at least up to $50 million (roughly Rs. 415 crore). To do so, the company is selling Worldcoin ‘s native WLD tokens at slashed prices.

After governments of multiple countries opened inquiries on Worldcoin, it may have resulted in some slowdown for the project’s fundings. For the authorities of Kenya, Germany, and the UK, among other nations – Worldcoin’s requirement for people to register their iris scans did not bode well. The Kenyan law enforcement officers, in particular, also seized Worldcoin’s records and Orb machines to be investigated by Directorate of Criminal Investigations headquarters.

Earlier this year in May, investment firms like Blockchain Capital, a16z crypto, and Bain Capital Crypto injected $115 million (roughly Rs. 955 crore) into Worldcoin in a Series C funding round.

Since August this year, the project has stayed away from the spotlight up until now when Altman said, “the belief was and is that as AI becomes an increasingly important part of our lives…the ability to identify unique humans was going to be more and more important.”

The San Francisco, US-based company is looking to assign ‘World IDs’ to global citizenry. With this ‘international proof of personhood’, Worldcoin believes that people will no longer need to share their personal details like names, numbers, and email IDs in order to connect with websites.

4 pillars of an effective SEO strategy

SEO can be complicated – in many cases, overcomplicated. It’s easy to get lost in the SEO rabbit hole, spending significant time with minimal results.

This article will help you cut through the noise and focus on the four key pillars of SEO that will help you improve visibility in 2024 and beyond. 

The four pillars of SEO

The four key areas of SEO that site owners need to consider are:

  • Technical SEO: How well your content can be crawled and indexed.
  • Content: Having the most relevant and best answers to a prospect’s question.
  • On-site SEO: The optimization of your content and HTML.
  • Off-site SEO: Building authority to boost trust and rankings.

By procedurally working through these four SEO pillars, you can improve your visibility, traffic and engagement from organic search. 

1. Technical SEO

Technical SEO can seem a little daunting. But need it to make sure search engines can read your content and explore your site.

Much of this will be taken care of by the content management system you use, and Google’s Search Console can help you understand the technical makeup of your site. 

The main areas to consider here are:

  • Crawl: Can a search engine explore your site?
  • Indexing: Is it clear which pages the search engine should index?
  • Mobile: Does your site provide a solid mobile experience?
  • Speed: Do your webpages load fast on mobile, desktop and beyond?
  • Technology: Is your website search engine-friendly?
  • Hierarchy: Is the content organized to help categorization?

If you are a small business using WordPress (or a similar CMS) for your website, technical SEO should be something you can check off your list pretty quickly. If you have a large, bespoke website with millions of pages, technical SEO becomes much more important (and troublesome). 

In 2024 and beyond, much of what is “technical SEO” is actually part of your website and CMS. The key is to collaborate with a developer who grasps SEO principles and builds you a website that is SEO-friendly and properly configured. Doing this should get you most of the way toward effective SEO.

Note: If you are a small or micro business, don’t obsess over this too much or feel you have to perfect everything. We still see lots of sites that are essentially doing everything wrong and rank well, so just do your best! 

2. On-site SEO

Once your technical SEO is in a good place, you need to optimize the content on your site. 

Structural optimization

The first job here is to ensure your site is structured in a way that helps Google understand the relevance of every page. Think of your website as a filing cabinet. The website is the cabinet, the sections are drawers, and the pages are folders within those drawers. 

You should be able to draw this structure on the back of a napkin and understand how everything relates.  

  • Home 
  • Services
  • Locations
  • Team
    • Department
      • Team Member A
      • Team Member B
  • Case Studies
    • Case Study A
    • Case Study B
  • About Us 
  • Contact

You get the picture – and so, hopefully, does Google. By structuring your site like this, you provide context for a page before Google has even examined the page itself and set the scene for the page itself to be optimized. 

Page-level optimization

With a sensible structure in place, you can now optimize the individual pages. 

The main areas to focus on here are:

  • Keyword research: Understand the language of your target audience.
  • Descriptive URLs: Ensure each URL is simple and descriptive.
  • Page titles: Use keywords naturally within the page title.
  • Meta descriptions: Craft meta descriptions like they were ad copy to improve click-through rates.
  • Content optimization: Sensibly use keywords and variations in your page copy.
  • User experience (UX): Ensure your site is a joy to use and navigate.
  • Strong calls to action: Make it easy for your users to know what to do next.
  • Structured data markup: Help Google understand your content. 

If you have taken the time to structure your site correctly, then the on-page optimization is fairly simple to layer over. If it helps, put your list of pages in a spreadsheet and detail the keyword you want to optimize each page for. 

Plenty of tools will assess how well a page is optimized for a given term that can aid you in the nuts and bolts of the optimization. 

Don’t think of this as a one-time job, either. Once the site is indexed, you can gather much more information from Google Search Console on what keywords each page ranks for and refine your optimization at a page-by-page level. 


Get the daily newsletter search marketers rely on.


3. Content

Content is king. That’s the saying, right?

It’s true in a way. Your website is just a wrapper for your content. 

Your content tells prospects what you do, where you do it, who you have done it for and why someone should use your business. 

And if you’re smart, your content should also go beyond these obvious brochure-type elements and help your prospective customers achieve their goals.

For service businesses, we can loosely break your content down into four categories:

  • Business Information. Who you are and why people should care. 
  • Service content. What you do and where you do it.
  • Credibility content. Why a prospect should engage with your business.
  • Marketing content. Content that helps position you as an expert and puts your business in front of prospects earlier in the buying cycle.

SEO is important for each type of content in different ways. SEO is often forgotten about when it comes to credibility content like case studies and reviews, but in an E-E-A-T world, this is a lost opportunity. 

For example, I recently renovated a Victorian-era house in the UK. The house is 140 years old, falling apart, and known as The Money Pit! 

Finding good people to help with this project was difficult, and it was those with good testimonials and case studies that we ended up:

  • Finding via localized search results.
  • Using due to the clear examples of relevant experience and expertise. 

E-E-A-T may seem like another painful SEO acronym to work around, but in reality, E-E-A-T just represents what we, as consumers, want. 

Adjusting your thinking to demonstrate your E-E-A-T in your content will only help you rank more highly, get more visitors and convert those clicks into customers! 

Further still, ensure you optimize your marketing content, including case studies, portfolio entries and testimonials – not just the obvious service pages.

For larger businesses, a solid content marketing and SEO strategy is also the most scalable way to promote your business to a wide audience. 

This generally has the best ROI, as there is no cost per click – so you are scaling your marketing without directly scaling your costs. 

Layer in some remarketing and other ads that build on this first organic touch, and you can be onto a winning mix of tactics.

Ensure your SEO tactics align with your overall SEO strategy. We still see too many paint-by-numbers approaches to SEO, where local businesses are paying agencies or using generative AI tools to pump out blog posts that will never rank. 

Create content that helps your customers either find you or choose you and focus on optimizing that. 

Dig deeper: What is helpful content, according to Google

4. Off-site authority building

Eventually, all SEO rivers run to this one spot: authority building. 

Building your authority, historically, was all about link building, a much abused and maligned SEO practice by 2024. 

Authority is still crucial to developing strong organic rankings and is part of the E-E-A-T approach. However, this can be the hardest part of SEO to get right.

The best way I have ever seen to describe the right link-building mindset was penned by the late, great Eric Ward: “Connect what should be connected.”

This philosophy is beautiful in its simplicity and corrects the “more, more, more” mentality of historic link building. We only want links from relevant sources. 

Often, this means that to scale our link building efforts beyond the obvious tactics, we need to create something that deserves links. You have links where it makes sense for you to have links. Simple.

Wikipedia has millions of links, yet I am pretty sure they have never done any link building. This is because they have reams of useful content that gets linked. These are real, natural links that enrich the linking page, provide further context and serve as the real connective tissue of this hyperlinked world we live in.

This kind of natural link should be the backbone of your link-building efforts. This may mean you have to revisit the content on your site and create something of value first, but if you can nail that, you are halfway home.

Any safe, scalable link building strategy should be built on this mindset.

Summary

SEO becomes more manageable when broken down into four core pillars. 

  • Technical SEO ensures search engines can properly crawl and index your site. 
  • Optimizing on-page elements provides helpful cues to search engines regarding relevance and hierarchy. 
  • Investing time and resources into useful content that answers your customers’ questions and establishes your expertise lays the groundwork for rankings. 
  • Taking a strategic yet authentic approach to external authority building cements your site’s place as a trusted resource on relevant topics.

Make sure to establish clear SEO goals and track your performance KPIs to continually improve on these four pillars.

Opinions expressed in this article are those of the guest author and not necessarily Search Engine Land. Staff authors are listed here.

Longest Railway Tunnel in India, List of Top-10

India, with its vast and diverse landscapes, has been continually expanding its railway network to connect remote regions and facilitate efficient transportation. One crucial aspect of this development is the construction of tunnels, allowing trains to traverse challenging terrains such as mountains and hills. In 2023, India boasts an impressive array of railway tunnels, with several ranking among the longest in the country. Let’s delve into the engineering marvels that make up the top-10 longest tunnels in India.

India’s Longest Railway Tunnel 2023

Tunnels play a pivotal role in shaping a country’s infrastructure, enhancing transportation efficiency and contributing to military strategic planning. Presently, Pir Panjal Railway Tunnel, spans 11.21 km, holds the title of longest railway tunnel in India 2023. It is located in the Pir Panjal Mountain Range in Jammu Kashmir which is operational since 2013. It significantly reduces travel time between Banihal and Baramulla.

Patalpani Rail Tunnel which is set to open in 2025, will be the India’s longest Railway Tunnel with the total length of 14km. Patalpani Rail Tunnel, located in Madhya Pradesh, will connect Indore with Mumbai and offer a unique combination of rail and road functionality.

Longest Rail Tunnels in India, List of Top-10

Pir Panjal Railway Tunnel, with the length of 11.21 km, is the longest railway tunnel in India and Patalpani Rail Tunnel, with the length of 14 km, is set to be the longest rail tunnel in future which is expected to be open in 2025.

Here is the list of top-10 longest railway tunnels in India:

Longest Railway Tunnels in India
S. No. Name Location Length (in Km) Opened
1. Pir Panjal Railway Tunnel Jammu and Kashmir 11.21 26th June 2013
2. Trivandrum Port Tunnel Kerala 9.02 2022
3. Sangaldan Railway Tunnel Jammu and Kashmir 7.1 2017
4. Rapuru Tunnel Andhra Pradesh 6.6 km 2019
5. Karbude Tunnel Karabude, Maharashtra 6.5 km 1997
6. Natuwadi Tunnel Maharashtra 4.8 km 1963
7. Tike Tunnel Maharashtra 4.07 km 1997
8. Maliguda Tunnel Koraput, Odisha 4.4 km 1963
9. Berdewadi Tunnel Maharashtra 4 km 1997
10. Savarde Tunnel Maharashtra 3.5 km 1997

Longest Railway Tunnel in India – Pir Panjal Railway Tunnel

 

Length: 11.21 km

Start: Banihal

End: Qazigund

Location: Jammu and Kashmir

Opened: 2013

The Pir Panjal Railway Tunnel, situated at 1,760 meters above sea level, spans 11.21 kilometers through the Pir Panjal Mountain Range in Jammu and Kashmir. As India’s longest rail tunnel, it is part of the Jammu Baramulla line, operational since 2013. The tunnel reduces the travel distance from Banihal to Baramulla from 35 to 17 kilometers, offering a swift and vital link in the region.

India’s Second Longest Tunnel – Trivandrum Port Tunnel

Length: 9.02 km

Start: Thiruvananthapuram

End: Kanyakumari

Location: Kerala

Opened: 2022

The Trivandrum Port Tunnel, also known as Varkala Tunnel or Varkala Canal, is a historic marvel in Kerala, India. Constructed by the Travancore kingdom between 1867 and 1880, these 1.06 km long tunnels facilitated seamless inland waterway transportation, serving as a vital trade route connecting Trivandrum to Kollam during the pre-independence era.

Third Longest Railway Tunnel in India – Sangaldan Railway Tunnel

Length: 7.1 km

Start: Sangaldan

End: Kohil

Location: Jammu and Kashmir

Opened: 2017

The Sangaldan Railway Tunnel, opened in 2017, stands as one of India’s longest railway tunnels. Spanning approximately 8 km, it links Karta and Banihal Railway Stations, connecting Jammu to Baramulla. Nestled in the Himalayan region of Jammu and Kashmir, the tunnel, skillfully constructed by the Konkan Railway Corporation, faced challenges but was efficiently executed by dedicated workers and engineers.

Fourth Longest Rail Tunnel in India – Rapuru Tunnel

Length: 6.6 km

Start: Vellikallu

End: Cherlopalli

Location: Andhra Pradesh

Opened: 2019

In Andhra Pradesh, the Rapuru Railway Tunnel stands as India’s longest electrified rail tunnel, stretching 6.6 km between Cherlopalli and Rapuru stations. Part of the Obulavaripalli – Venkatachalam Railway line, it efficiently connects Krishnapatnam port to hinterland areas, reducing travel time by 5 hours. Completed in a record 43 months, this horse shoe-shaped marvel overcame construction challenges and boasts LED lighting every 10 meters, enhancing its engineering excellence.

India’s Longest Railway Tunnel – Karbude Tunnel

Length: 6.5 km

Start: Ukshi

End: Bhoke

Location: Karabude, Maharashtra

Opened: 1997

The Karbule Tunnel, formerly India’s longest rail tunnel before the Pir Panjal Railway Line, spans 6.5 km near Ratnagiri in Maharashtra. A crucial part of the Konkan Railway route, it holds the record as the line’s lengthiest tunnel. Operational since 2019, this engineering marvel greatly commuters, connecting Ukshi and Bhoke stations and standing as a testament to the Konkan Railway’s impressive infrastructure.

Find More General Studies News Here

 

 

In New Year, All Immigrants in California May Qualify for Medicaid Regardless of Legal Status

Milagro, a Peruvian immigrant in Riverside County, California, has had spotty access to health care in the two decades she’s been in this country.

The 48-year-old, who works as the office manager at a nonprofit, can get emergency care through a narrow set of benefits the state makes available to immigrants without legal residency. And she has been able to get mammograms, X-rays, and blood tests at clinics that charge according to income. But it can take a long time to get such appointments, and they are often far from home.

“It’s very frustrating, because you have to have the time to go, and you can’t just lose a day of work,” says Milagro, who asked that her last name be withheld due to fear of immigration authorities.

Milagro and her husband are among the more than 700,000 immigrants ages 26-49 expected to newly qualify for full health insurance come Jan. 1. That’s when California takes the final step in opening up Medi-Cal, the state’s health care program for low-income residents, to everyone who meets eligibility requirements, regardless of their immigration status.

As I have frequently reported, getting quality care through Medi-Cal can be a challenge. But this population — often household breadwinners who can’t afford to get sick — stand to gain far better access to services such as primary and specialty care, routine dental checkups, prescription medications, inpatient hospital care, lab tests, scans, and mental health services.

New enrollees will join more than 655,000 children, young adults through age 25, and adults 50 or over who have already signed up for Medi-Cal through previous expansions to residents lacking legal authorization, according to the most recent data from the state Department of Health Care Services.

Advocates for immigrants note that people without health insurance are generally sicker and die younger. “This is life-changing for people to now be able to go get regular checkups, get labs drawn, see if they might be diabetic or have high blood pressure,” says Sarah Dar, policy director in the Los Angeles office of the California Immigrant Policy Center.

Milagro says she is excited about what is coming. “I never had regular checkups when I was younger,” she says. “Now, I am more conscious of the fact that I need to take care of my health.”

Extending full Medi-Cal coverage to eligible individuals in the 26-49 age range regardless of immigration status is projected to cost the state $1.4 billion in the first six months and $3.4 billion a year upon full implementation.

The state’s estimate of just over 700,000 new enrollees is based on the number of people in the age group who are already signed up for a narrower set of benefits, known as “restricted scope” Medi-Cal, including Milagro. They will be automatically switched over to full Medi-Cal on Jan. 1. The state has begun mailing notices informing them of expanded benefits and directing them to choose a Medi-Cal health plan unless they live in a county with only one plan.

The remaining residents in the 26-49 age range covered by this expansion will be harder to reach because the state does not know who, where, or how numerous they are. Patient advocates, community groups, and county welfare offices face a number of obstacles: language barriers, wariness of governmental agencies, and fear that signing up for public benefits could jeopardize the chances for legal residency.

One challenge is to convince immigrants that being on Medi-Cal is unlikely to affect their future immigration status under the so-called public charge rule. Advocates point out that California doesn’t share enrollees’ information with federal immigration authorities anyway.

But the fierce anti-immigrant sentiment that was so prevalent during the Trump administration and lingers as the nation gears up for the 2024 elections “sent a message to these communities that they should live in the shadows and are not deserving of benefits,” says Dar.

Even those already in the restricted version of Medi-Cal will be a challenge to reach if their contact information is not up to date. And they could be unaware that they were part of Medi-Cal at all. If, for example, they had a health crisis, were taken to the emergency room, and were simply asked by hospital staff to sign some paperwork to cover their treatment, they might not understand what a mailing from Medi-Cal means.

And some may fear any contact by the government. Lena Silver, director of policy and administrative advocacy at Neighborhood Legal Services of Los Angeles County, says she conducted a training session where a woman who works with day laborers said many of them were afraid to open the envelopes they’d received.

The Department of Health Care Services is spearheading an outreach campaign in 19 languages that includes ads on radio, TV, and social media.

Potentially complicating matters is the fact that the expansion of health benefits to this last ― and largest — group of immigrants coincides with the so-called Medi-Cal unwinding, in which over 900,000 beneficiaries and counting have been disenrolled, mostly due to incomplete paperwork, as pandemic-era exemptions expire.

Immigrants with restricted Medi-Cal must also demonstrate their continued income eligibility in the unwinding, which can be confusing when such a request is piled on top of notices informing them of their newly expanded benefits.

If you, a friend, or a loved one is an immigrant without legal residency, resources are available to help navigate the Medi-Cal enrollment process. A page on the Department of Health Care Services website (dhcs.ca.gov) explains the expansion and contains an FAQ in multiple languages detailing the new benefits that come with it.

If you need help enrolling in a Medi-Cal plan or filling out forms to demonstrate your eligibility, try the Health Consumer Alliance (healthconsumer.org, or 1-888-804-3536). Community clinics are also good sources, as are county offices that administer Medi-Cal.

Brenda, a 33-year-old Los Angeles County resident who also asked to withhold her last name because she lacks legal immigration status, says it will be “a big old blessing” to get full Medi-Cal benefits. She arrived from Mexico as a child and has had to pay for most health care needs out of her own pocket. She rarely goes to the doctor, she hasn’t seen a dentist in three years despite toothaches, and her glasses are five years old.

Come January, she plans to be screened for breast cancer and diabetes, which runs in her family. And, she says, “I definitely want to fix my teeth. I always wanted a Colgate smile.”

This article was produced by KFF Health News, which publishes California Healthline, an editorially independent service of the California Health Care Foundation. 

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

How To Evolve Dipplin Into Hydrapple In Pokemon Scarlet And Violet Indigo Disk DLC

The Indigo Disk, Pokemon Scarlet and Violet’s second DLC, has introduced a new evolution for Dipplin, the evolution of Applin. The new evolution is Hydrapple, and you will need to advance through the first few story quests of the new DLC to get access to their evolution. Applin cannot be caught in the Terarium in The Indigo Disk, you will need to catch Applin and evolve them into Dipplin in Kitakami–the area from the first DLC–using a Syrupy Apple. Once you have a Dipplin, here’s what you need to do to evolve them into Hydrapple.

How to evolve Dipplin into Hydrapple

Dipplin can evolve into Hydrapple once it learns Dragon Cheer.

To evolve Dipplin into Hydrapple you will need to teach them the move Dragon Cheer and level it up. The move Dragon Cheer will need to be taught using TM 226, which is awarded for beating Drayton of the Blueberry Academy Elite Four. Drayton is the dragon-type user located in the Polar Biome. To beat him you will need to take down his trial, which requires you to beat three trainers using only Pokemon caught in the Terarium. After that, you have to beat Drayton in battle. Upon beating him, you will unlock TM 226, Dragon Cheer, which can be crafted at the TM maker in the Central Plaza. If you don’t have access to the elite four battles, you need to progress further in the main story.

Drayton will also give you a Dragon Cheer TM to use, but if you need to craft another one it requires 1,500 League Points, along with 2 Tatsugiri Scales, 2 Lapras Teardrops, and 1 Applin Juice, all of which can be obtained by defeating those Pokemon in the wild. After teaching Dipplin Dragon Cheer, you need to level it up once, either in battle or by using EXP candy, and they will evolve into Hydrapple.

AI’s memory-forming mechanism found to be strikingly similar to that of the brain

An interdisciplinary team consisting of researchers from the Center for Cognition and Sociality and the Data Science Group within the Institute for Basic Science (IBS) revealed a striking similarity between the memory processing of artificial intelligence (AI) models and the hippocampus of the human brain. This new finding provides a novel perspective on memory consolidation, which is a process that transforms short-term memories into long-term ones, in AI systems.

In the race towards developing Artificial General Intelligence (AGI), with influential entities like OpenAI and Google DeepMind leading the way, understanding and replicating human-like intelligence has become an important research interest. Central to these technological advancements is the Transformer model, whose fundamental principles are now being explored in new depth.

The key to powerful AI systems is grasping how they learn and remember information. The team applied principles of human brain learning, specifically concentrating on memory consolidation through the NMDA receptor in the hippocampus, to AI models.

The NMDA receptor is like a smart door in your brain that facilitates learning and memory formation. When a brain chemical called glutamate is present, the nerve cell undergoes excitation. On the other hand, a magnesium ion acts as a small gatekeeper blocking the door. Only when this ionic gatekeeper steps aside, substances are allowed to flow into the cell. This is the process that allows the brain to create and keep memories, and the gatekeeper’s (the magnesium ion) role in the whole process is quite specific.

The team made a fascinating discovery: the Transformer model seems to use a gatekeeping process similar to the brain’s NMDA receptor. This revelation led the researchers to investigate if the Transformer’s memory consolidation can be controlled by a mechanism similar to the NMDA receptor’s gating process.

In the animal brain, a low magnesium level is known to weaken memory function. The researchers found that long-term memory in Transformer can be improved by mimicking the NMDA receptor. Just like in the brain, where changing magnesium levels affect memory strength, tweaking the Transformer’s parameters to reflect the gating action of the NMDA receptor led to enhanced memory in the AI model. This breakthrough finding suggests that how AI models learn can be explained with established knowledge in neuroscience.

C. Justin LEE, who is a neuroscientist director at the institute, said, “This research makes a crucial step in advancing AI and neuroscience. It allows us to delve deeper into the brain’s operating principles and develop more advanced AI systems based on these insights.”

CHA Meeyoung, who is a data scientist in the team and at KAIST, notes, “The human brain is remarkable in how it operates with minimal energy, unlike the large AI models that need immense resources. Our work opens up new possibilities for low-cost, high-performance AI systems that learn and remember information like humans.”

What sets this study apart is its initiative to incorporate brain-inspired nonlinearity into an AI construct, signifying a significant advancement in simulating human-like memory consolidation. The convergence of human cognitive mechanisms and AI design not only holds promise for creating low-cost, high-performance AI systems but also provides valuable insights into the workings of the brain through AI models.

The super Georgian Supra- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

On its platter, there’s a bit of everyone who has ever called Georgia home. Nestled in the cusp of Europe and Asia, this little country’s built heritage sits like a palimpsest over its past—an ancient culture, that flowered in the wake of myriad rulers and visitors passing through the Silk Route.

There were Europeans, Anatolians, Persians, Ottomans, Far Eastern settlers, Arabians and finally, the Russians, who have left vestiges of their cultures behind, of which food is a pivotal part.

About a two-hour drive away from the capital Tbilisi lies the village of Tsinandali, home to the country’s renowned wine named after the village, in the historical and mountainous province of Kakheti to the east. There is no better place to experience Georgia’s culinary landscape than at Tsinandali, where Natella—a Georgian restaurant in the Tsinandali Estate, Radisson Hotel—serves Kakhetian cuisine, and a traditional Georgian supra. Supra, in the local tongue, means ‘table cloth’: the one which covers the large table laid out for the lavish nosh-up with friends and strangers alike.

The carefully orchestrated dance on your tongue begins with cold dishes like mkhaleuli—a spinach and walnut salad—cheese and suckling pig, followed by hot dishes involving a miscellany of meats. “The supra has different purposes, as its table was (historically) laid out for celebrations and mournings, with each one having its own rules,” says Irakli Asatiani, brand chef of Silk Hospitality, of which Natella is a part.

Asatiani evokes his people’s history to talk about why the supra has become a cornerstone of their culture, where the feast is emblematic of a nation embracing its best and worst times in a spirit of collective healing and living. “Some scientists think that the meal was created when the country finally lost its independence. Georgian society found a way to express itself at the table. It is, however, a much older phenomenon—a living tradition, which evolved over time. It is the best way to express sympathy and empathy,” he says.

The supra is a medium of culinary storytelling split into three distinct chapters, where following the cold food that whets the palate and eases it into a calm, the big guns are brought out in course two. You name it, and they have it—stewed, roasted, or rolled into dumplings. There’s the beef chashushuli and the veal chakapuli, both meat stews, along with barbecued pork or beef, and fluffy kinkhalis, the typical Georgian dumplings. While the overarching essence of luxurious piquancy in this section of the feast remains largely uniform across the country, regional variations abound. For instance, in the western province of Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti, spicier flavors are common, while Kakheti is big on meat.

Pkhali or minced vegetables.

Unlike its Asian counterparts of momos and gyozas, the kinkhali is larger and designed like 
a gift pouch with a stuffing of pork or beef. It is served with khachapuri on the side—the Georgian cheese bread, which can be taken apart with the slightest prodding of two fingers. It is the non-fussy player on the team, which gladly allows the meaty heavyweights to assume center stage by enhancing their flavors quietly.

Because there is a lot going on with the taste buds, the khachapuri becomes a necessity to ground them, while the several glasses of wine with each course add a sharp twang, fitting in like the missing piece of this gastronomic puzzle.

“The basic rules of drinking wine and saying toasts are very important in the feast. The toast determines the sequence from the beginning, development, and the end of supra,” Asatiani explains. The Georgians toast to the big and small joys and banalities of life, led by a toastmaster or tamara, who steers the story they want to tell with the supra that day. The spirits—which include the homegrown chacha—are often served in traditional bull-horn glasses with silver fittings. “Gaumarjos!”

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Internship Experience at One Stop Centre, Lucknow

Name of the Student

Anonymous

Name and Address of the Organization

One Stop Centre, Lucknow

Duration of Internship

4 weeks

How did you Apply?

By sending an email to the official email address of the organization

First-Day Formalities, Infrastructure, First Impression

The infrastructure was great. It had a definite way of working system. I was told about the working of a one-stop center in Lucknow by the Center Manager of the center. I was also informed about the different working units of the center. The first day I was accompanied by the case worker and went to rescue a woman who was the victim of domestic violence.

Main Tasks

Observe the case worker unit and assist them in their work. I was given the task of conducting the mediation of a case related to Section 13(B) under The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955. I was given the task to prepare case studies related to domestic violence, rape, sexual harassment in the workplace, etc.

Work Environment

It had a friendly work environment. People were really helpful in nature and were welcoming. The work environment was also clean and hygienic which added more positivity to the workplace. All my mentors helped me a lot in this learning process. In conclusion, it had a very positive environment.

Good things

People were very cooperative and of friendly attitude. Everyone used to have lunch together no matter how busy everybody used to be. It promoted unity and a sense of belongingness among all. I learned new concepts during my internship. Every Friday an group discussion round would take place which encouraged people to speak their minds.

Bad things

To be honest, there was nothing that I found to be bad. I received so much love, positivity, etc. all the employees were of great help and each and every person taught me some or the other thing. I am really thankful that I got such an amazing opportunity to work with the organization.

Accommodation & Conveyance to Office

It was not provided with accommodation and conveyance. I was not provided with the same as it was the government organization and only some of the employees were provided with it. As I live in Lucknow only I lived at my house during my internship and I used to go to the office by my own vehicle.

Stipend

I was not provided with a stipend.

Disclaimer: Internship Experiences are opinions shared by individual law students and tend to be personal and subjective in nature. The internship experiences shared on Lawctopus are NOT Lawctopus’ official views on the internship. We also do not edit internship experiences (except to ensure readability) to ensure that the intern’s voice remains intact.

Disclaimer: Organisations should not influence interns to write internship experiences on Lawctopus. Neither should they make writing an internship experience on Lawctopus mandatory for the intern to get a certificate. Indulging in such practices will lead to the organization getting blacklisted from Lawctopus. In case of any such instance, interns are requested to inform at [email protected]

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for December 19, 2023 | Astrology

All zodiac signs have their own characteristics and traits which define someone’s personality. Wouldn’t it be helpful if you started your day by already knowing about what’s going to come your way? Read on to find out whether the odds will be in your favour today.

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for December 19, 2023

ARIES (March 21-April 20)

Stay tuned with breaking news on HT Channel on Facebook. Join Now

Good monetary phase is set to start for some. You will make good use of your skills at work, just to impress all. Something started on the fitness front is likely to give positive results. A function at home is likely and may keep you busy. An out-of-town official trip will come as a respite for some. Paperwork for buying a property may get completed. You are likely to perform well in a competition or get selected in a talent-hunt.

Love Focus: Your romantic feelings are likely to turn into action today, so organise something special for two!

Lucky No.: 18

Lucky Colour: Maroon

TAURUS (April 21-May 20)

Devoting extra time in coaching is likely to improve your academic standards. Don’t miss out on a chance to showcase your expertise at work, as it is likely to build your reputation. Positive developments are indicated on the financial front. A change of air will do you good and restore your health. A lot of wedding-related activities will soon happen on the domestic front. Someone may pay you a visit and make your day interesting on the social front.

Love Focus: Those eligible are likely to find a perfect match.

Lucky No.: 1

Lucky Colour: Grey

GEMINI (May 21-June 21)

Success is foretold on the academic front. Those travelling out of town or overseas on a business trip need to be careful. An investment may not give as much returns as anticipated. Be persistence in whatever you take up. There is much that is happening for you to enjoy, so don’t let up on having a ball! Your capabilities are likely to be praised at work. A family youngster is likely to win your admiration.

Love Focus: Spending time with someone you secretly love is foretold and will prove immensely fulfilling.

Lucky No.: 8

Lucky Colour: Royal Blue

CANCER (June 22-July 22)

Go full steam ahead in completing an important assignment at work, if you want it completed in time. Getting friendly with someone popular will serve your interests, so keep in touch. Your energy and dynamism will be apparent in whatever you undertake today. This is the time to play your winning hand on the academic front. A lot of socialising is in store for you today. Homemakers can remain busy in improving the home front.

Love Focus: This is the right phase to express your love for someone you like.

Lucky No.: 17

Lucky Colour: Magenta

LEO (July 23-August 23)

Pressures of work may keep you tensed, but it may also motivate you to give your best. Give advice only if you are sure of things yourself, especially on the academic front. Elders will find ways to keep themselves healthy and fit. Excellent news awaits you on the financial front. Some of you can get a chance to show off your driving skills. An entertaining evening is in store for some on the social front.

Love Focus: Romantic front promises to brighten up as you take a step closer to finding your soul mate.

Lucky No.: 6

Lucky Colour: Brown

VIRGO (August 24-September 23)

Following an expert’s advice is likely to prove most beneficial in regaining fitness. Good returns from investments will keep you financially stable. Approval of something that you seek at work will be granted. Family bonding is likely to grow strong through your own efforts. Those fond of travelling are likely to have their wish fulfilled today. Socially, you are likely to remain active and make a lot of new acquaintances.

Love Focus: It is a fine day for lovebirds to chirp together in someplace secluded!

Lucky No.: 22

Lucky Colour: Light Blue

LIBRA (September 24-October 23)

Those planning an exciting activity will find their dreams come true. Some new health options may help you attain a sound physical condition. Excellent returns from a financial initiative can be expected. Efforts to keep a step ahead of rivals on the professional front will be successful. You are likely to enjoy the day with the family. Test driving a newly acquired vehicle will be a lot of fun.

Love Focus: A great time is in store for those in love.

Lucky No.: 5

Lucky Colour: Maroon

SCORPIO (October 24-November 22)

Your initiatives on the health front will prove most beneficial in keeping you fit. Investments promising good returns may be opted for by some. Those searching for a new job will be able to find a suitable one. This is the time when you enjoy yourself with a new group of friends or colleagues. Travel arrangements may be made for some. A new house may come into your possession after a long wait. Preparing for a major event on the social front may get you all excited.

Love Focus: Romance promises much happiness today.

Lucky No.: 11

Lucky Colour: Orange

SAGITTARIUS (November 23-December 21)

Chance to add to your skill may materialise on the professional front. There will be much happening at home with the arrival of guests, so join the fun! An outing with friends will prove most rejuvenating. Your image on the social front shines bright, as you remain at your helpful best.

You are likely to gain financially, as profits accrue in something you are currently involved in. Your efforts on the fitness front will be richly rewarded.

Love Focus: Chances of getting engaged or married seem ripe for those looking for life partners.

Lucky No.: 7

Lucky Colour: Silver

CAPRICORN (December 22-January 21)

Don’t allow things to go out of hand at work by becoming firm. It is good to be in the good books of those in power; don’t leave any stone unturned to ensure it! Keep your mind on studies, as you may easily get distracted. Focussing on family is likely to give you good emotional returns. Pilgrimage may be on the minds of the religious-minded and may translate into a journey soon. Those eligible can expect things to turn favourable soon.

Love Focus: Your love interest may delight you by giving positive signals.

Lucky No.: 4

Lucky Colour: Light Pink

AQUARIUS (January 22-February 19)

You are likely to remain tied up at work with extra workload. Don’t needlessly spend on anything that you don’t need. Problems on the domestic front may keep you on toes. If you keep up the health routine, you will get to benefit from it immensely. Rising costs of resources may upset your future business plans. Students desiring to study abroad may go in for educational loan.

Love Focus: Love is in the air and you are likely to enjoy the day in the company of beloved.

Lucky No.: 1

Lucky Colour: Light Red

PISCES (February 20-March 20)

Sticking to routine will find you fit and energetic on the health front. People will admire your achievements on the academic front and may follow your lead. You may be on the verge of implementing your ideas, but take others into confidence before that. Freelancers will be in great demand and will earn well. Good earning opportunities come your way. You are likely to make parents proud by your achievement.

Love Focus: Someone who likes you may take pains to express his or her feelings for you on the romantic front.

Lucky No.: 9

Lucky Colour: Cream

Illumina to part with Grail, ending battle with regulators

Dive Brief:

  • DNA sequencing company Illumina said Sunday it will divest Grail, the liquid biopsy maker it fought to hang onto after purchasing the business for $8 billion more than two years ago over the objections of U.S. and European regulators.
  • The divestiture will take the form of a capital markets transaction or sale of the unit to a third party, consistent with the European Commission’s divestiture order, Illumina said in its announcement. The company aims to finalize terms by the end of the second quarter of 2024.
  • Illumina’s plan to unwind its Grail acquisition follows a decision by the U.S. Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals, issued Friday, in which the San Diego-based company’s case against the U.S. Federal Trade Commission was remanded for reconsideration. However, Illumina is still moving forward with the divestiture. “Following a review of the Court’s opinion, Illumina has elected not to pursue further appeals of the Fifth Circuit’s decision,” Illumina said. 

Dive Insight:

The decision to divest Grail brings Illumina closer to the end of a protracted battle with regulators and activist investor Carl Icahn that ultimately saw John Thompson, the company’s board chair, ousted in a proxy contest and the subsequent resignation of CEO Francis deSouza.

Illumina closed the Grail acquisition in August 2021 without first gaining the European Commission’s approval, leading to a 432 million euro fine imposed on the company for intentionally breaching EU merger rules.

Regulators in both the U.S. and Europe said the acquisition could stifle competition in the market for multi-cancer early detection, or MCED, tests. Illumina is the dominant producer of next-generation sequencing platforms, which are used to analyze genetic material from the blood samples drawn for MCED tests.

Earlier this year, Icahn launched a proxy fight that resulted in one of his employees winning a seat on Illumina’s board.

In a letter to fellow shareholders on Monday, Icahn said he would continue to push for change at Illumina, after filing a lawsuit against the company in October that seeks the removal of several Illumina directors and damages of at least $476 million, the amount the European Commission fined Illumina for the Grail takeover, and other legal fees.

Icahn, in the shareholder letter, again called for the removal of Illumina’s “legacy conflicted” directors, while expressing support for the company’s new chief executive. 

Jacob Thaysen, who was named CEO of Illumina in September, said in a statement: “We are committed to an expeditious divestiture of Grail in a manner that allows its technology to continue benefiting patients. The management team and I continue to focus on our core business and supporting our customers. I am confident in Illumina’s opportunities and our long-term success.”

Schnauzer Health and Mobility | Walkin’ Pets

The Schnauzer is a playful, affectionate breed that loves their family. With their distinctive look, most people know the Schnauzer for their mustached faces and thick eyebrows. This is one breed with a lot of personality! This unique breed is available in Miniature and Standard sizes, with the Miniature Schnauzer weighing between 11 to 20 pounds and the larger Standard Schnauzer weighing up to 50 pounds.

Although generally easygoing, the Schnauzers are known to get a bit feisty and can be barkers, but their big personality is a part of their charm. Like any other dog, there are some breed-specific genetic health risks that every Schnauzer mom and dad should be aware of. Here’s what you need to know about your Schnauzer’s health.

Fibrocartilaginous Embolism in Miniature Schnauzers

Also known as an FCE or spinal stroke. FCEs are more common in Miniature Schnauzers than any other breed, with one study showing 24% of the cases included were among Miniature Schnauzers. A spinal stroke can occur very suddenly and usually happens after a dog has been very active. Sudden paralysis, dragging legs, and a stumbling gait are common signs a dog has an FCE.

Depending on where the stroke occurs in the spine, a dog may only have one side of its body affected or just the front or back legs. With quick treatment and rehabilitation, most dogs can walk again. During treatment, a dog wheelchair may be used to help support the dog and keep them mobile as they recover. A Schnauzer wheelchair can help the dog overcome balance issues, assist them to stand or walk, and help the dog throughout their FCE rehabilitation.

Eye Problems – Cataracts

Although known for their bushy eyebrows and dark eyes, the Schnauzer is predisposed to several eye problems, including cataracts. Cataracts can appear at any age, with a cloudy film covering the lens of the eye. A cataract can cause blindness, which can be treated in some cases with corrective eye surgery.

Additional eye issues that Schnauzers are prone to include Progressive Retinal Atrophy (PRA) and Glaucoma. Make your Schnauzers’ eye health a priority and have their eyes examined during every annual checkup. In between veterinary checkups, watch for any visual changes to the eye, including discoloration or cloudiness in the eye, as this may indicate a change in a dog’s vision.

Hip Dysplasia

Schnauzer puppy running in field

Although hip pain can affect any size dog, Hip Dysplasia is more common in the larger Standard Schnauzer than its smaller cousin. Hip dysplasia is a degenerative joint condition that can impact a dog’s mobility and cause joint pain. There are varying degrees of hip dysplasia. Young dogs can be diagnosed with the condition but may not feel the effects of the hip condition until they are much older, as the dysplasia can progress over the years.

Early diagnosis is key to keeping your dog’s hips healthy. For young Schnauzers diagnosed with hip dysplasia, it’s best to keep your dog at a healthy weight and introduce them to a joint supplement at a younger age to promote joint health and ease occasional stiffness. Your veterinarian will check your Schnauzer’s hips during their annual checkup, looking for any signs of discomfort and impact on its range of motion.

Luxating Patella

Patella luxation occurs when a dog’s kneecap slips out of the patellar groove. This is quite common in smaller dog breeds such as the Miniature Schnauzer. A healthy kneecap should move up and down as a dog’s knee flexes and moves. When the kneecap luxates, it essentially dislocates and pops out of place, which can cause discomfort and impact a Schnauzer’s ability to move normally. When this happens, you may see your dog hold their back leg behind them as they get around on three legs until the kneecap pops back into position.  

Depending on the severity of the patella luxation, the knee may pop back into place on its own, with assistance, or in the most advanced degree surgery may be recommended.

Myotonia Congenita

A genetic muscle disease that causes hyper-reactive muscles that contract easily. When the muscle stiffens, the muscles can bulge making it difficult for the Schnauzer to move. And in some cases, this can even impact the Schnauzer’s ability to swallow. The condition is incurable and impacts about 2% of the breed, with approximately 20% of all Schnauzers as genetic carriers of the condition. Any Schnauzer exhibiting signs of Myotonia Congenita need to be seen by a veterinarian as soon as possible.

Understanding Your Schnauzer’s Health

It’s important to know that the Schnauzer is, overall, a healthy dog breed that makes an excellent pet. Although it’s important to understand any health risks so that you can be aware of any signs your dog’s mobility or health is changing, with regular checkups and living a healthy lifestyle, your Schnauzer should live a long and happy life.

This week’s Australian Property Market Update

Key takeaways

We’re almost at the end of the year and property prices have kept rising for almost 11 months in a row despite 13 interest rate rises, high inflation and reduced borrowing capacity.

The peak-to-trough change in Australian house prices in 2022 was 9 per cent according to Corelogic, and only 4 per cent according to PropTrack, which is confusing those analysts who were looking for prices to drop further this year on the back of interest rate increases.

But now it is clear that our property markets bottomed in January 2023 and we have moved into the next phase and our combined capital cities have increased in value by 8.0% in the year to date. That’s very different to the pessimistic forecasts made by the RBA and many of the bank economists only 12 months ago of double digit price falls.

And it’s likely property prices and rents are going to keep increasing, but more slowly for the remainder of the year and into next year.

With the pipeline of new listings now diminishing as the year ends at a time when many buyers are keen to complete their transaction before the holiday break, it’s not likely that the latest interest rate rise will stall the market.

Sydney property prices remained flat over the last week and increased 0.1% over the last month and are up 11.3% year to date, and are 10.9% higher than they were 12 months ago.

Melbourne property prices dropped -0.2% over the last week,  also dropped -0.3% over the last month but are up 3.8% year to date, and also 3.4%  higher than they were 12 months ago.

Brisbane property prices increased by 0.2% over the last week, increased 1.1% over the last month and are up 12.6% year to date, and also 12.3% higher than they were 12 months ago.

Overall, Australian capital dwelling prices increased by 0.4% over the last month and are now 9.4% higher than they were 12 months ago.

This new property cycle has been driven by an undersupply of good properties relative to current demand, but market momentum is now slowing.

Australia’s housing market continues to defy expectations!

Despite 13 interest rate increases from the Reserve Bank of Australia, which have seen official rates rise by 4.25 per cent over the 18 months, property prices have now been on the rise since early 2023.

With the pipeline of new listings now diminishing as the year ends at a time when many buyers are keen to complete their transaction before the holiday break, it’s not likely that the latest interest rate rise will stall the market.

It seems that even the most pessimistic forecasters have had to change their minds and accept that most capital city markets will enjoy double digit capital growth this year, but some of the property bears have come back out of their caves and are predicting values to fall in 2024.

While capital growth is likely to be much more subdued in 2024, our 5 major capital cities should still see price growth next year, while Hobart, Canberra and Darwin may see prices fall a little in 2024

The underlying reason for continued property price growth will be that the demand to buy homes will continue to exceed supply, but moving forward our markets will be fragmented with a flight to quality properties.

It will be much the same for our rental market where the supply / demand equation is so far out of balance that we’ve experienced an unprecedented rental crisis with historically low vacancy rates and skyrocketing rents and this will continue into 2024.

On the auction front, the last week of the spring/early summer auction season saw capital city auction numbers fall -4.1%, with 2,918 homes auctioned across the combined capitals.

Although down from the 3,042 auctions held the week prior, last week’s auction numbers were still relatively high, with 25.8% more auctions than this time last year (2,320) — a clear demonstration that vendors have been much more active this spring.

Despite the resilience in auction activity, buyers have become warier, with the combined capital preliminary clearance rate slipping a further 10 basis points last week to 66.8%.

With the previous week’s early rate (66.9%) revising below the 60% mark at the final number (57.6%), it’s likely last week’s final results will similarly come in well below the average final clearance rate recorded throughout winter and spring (65.8%).

See Corelogic’s full auction report below.

Property Cycle

Corelogic reports that:

  • Sydney property prices remained flat over the last week and increased 0.1% over the last month and are up 11.3% year to date, and are 10.9% higher than they were 12 months ago.
  • Melbourne property prices dropped -0.2% over the last week,  also dropped -0.3% over the last month but are up 3.8% year to date, and also 3.4%  higher than they were 12 months ago.
  • Brisbane property prices increased by 0.2% over the last week, increased 1.1% over the last month and are up 12.6% year to date, and also 12.3% higher than they were 12 months ago.

Overall, Australian capital dwelling prices increased by 0.4% over the last month and are now 9.4% higher than they were 12 months ago.

Clearly, we are in the early stages of a new property cycle driven by an undersupply of good properties relative to increasing demand.

Weekly Change 18 December

Monthly Change 18 December

Ytd Change 18 December

12 Month Change 18 December

Source: CoreLogic December 18th 2023

Of course, these are “overall” figures – there is not one Sydney or Melbourne or Brisbane property market.

And various segments of each market are performing differently.

In 2022 price declines had been led by the top end of our housing markets, and while these turned around to be the strongest sectors of our markets early this year, particularly in Sydney, now median price properties are increasing in value strongly.

Monthly Change In Hvi

To help keep you up-to-date with all that’s happening in property, here is my updated weekly analysis of data and charts as of 27th November 2023 provided by CoreLogic, and realestate.com.au.

Property asking prices.

Property asking prices are a useful leading indicator for housing markets – giving a good indication of what’s ahead.

Source: SQM Research.

The value of property asking prices as a leading indicator for housing markets is quite significant.

In fact it’s more valuable than median prices which can be quite misleading.

Let’s delve into why this is the case and how it impacts the real estate market.

  1. Early Market Sentiment Indicator: Asking prices often reflect the current sentiment of sellers in the real estate market.
    If sellers are confident, they might set higher asking prices, anticipating strong demand.
    Conversely, if sellers are uncertain or perceive a market downturn, they might lower their asking prices to attract buyers.
    This makes asking prices a real-time indicator of market sentiment, often preceding changes in actual sales prices.
  2. Predictive of Future Price Trends: Trends in asking prices can be predictive of where the actual property prices are headed.
    For example, a consistent rise in asking prices over a period can signal an upcoming rise in transaction prices.
  3. Impact of Economic Factors: Economic factors such as interest rates, employment rates, and broader economic health influence asking prices.
    For instance, changes in the Reserve Bank of Australia’s policies or shifts in the job market can quickly reflect in the asking prices, providing insights into how these factors are influencing the housing market.
  4. Regional Variations: In a diverse market like Australia’s, asking prices can also provide insights into regional disparities.
    For instance, the property markets in Melbourne and Sydney might behave differently from those in Brisbane or Perth. Asking prices can give early indications of these regional trends.
  5. Influence of Supply and Demand: Asking prices are also a response to the balance of supply and demand in the market.
    In areas with limited supply and high demand, asking prices tend to be higher and vice versa.

However, it’s important to note that while asking prices are a valuable indicator, they should not be used in isolation.

Other factors like actual sales prices, time on market, auction clearance rates, and economic conditions also play crucial roles in understanding the property market dynamics.

Last weekend’s auction report.

Auction activity falls -4.1% in the final auction week of the year

The last week of the spring/early summer auction season saw capital city auction numbers fall -4.1%, with 2,918 homes auctioned across the combined capitals.

Although down from the 3,042 auctions held the week prior, last week’s auction numbers were still relatively high, with 25.8% more auctions than this time last year (2,320) — a clear demonstration that vendors have been much more active this spring.

Despite the resilience in auction activity, buyers have become warier, with the combined capital preliminary clearance rate slipping a further 10 basis points last week to 66.8%.

With the previous week’s early rate (66.9%) revising below the 60% mark at the final number (57.6%), it’s likely last week’s final results will similarly come in well below the average final clearance rate recorded throughout winter and spring (65.8%).

This week last year, 51.9% of auctions held across the combined capitals were successful.

Capital City Auction Statistics

Sydney saw auction numbers slip below the 1,000 mark for the first time in eight weeks, with 958 homes auctioned.

Compared to the previous week (1,072), last week’s levels were down -10.6% but were 21.6% higher than this time last year (788).

With 666 results collected so far, Sydney’s preliminary clearance rate came in at 65.5%, the lowest preliminary rate of the year.

The previous week’s preliminary rate of 66.3% was revised to the lowest final clearance rate of the year at 57.0%, while this time last year, 53.2% of auctions reported a successful result.

Our rental markets have been tightening further over the last few months, with vacancy rates for both houses and apartments extremely low across the country and asking rents rising rapidly.

Annual Change In Rental Rates To November 2023

Gross Rental Yields November 2023

Asking rents across the capital cities for houses had been rising in annual terms in the “double digits”, while for units, new asking rents are rising at faster rates, at over 20% in Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane.

The recently released National Accounts showed that Australia’s population has grown by around 620,000 people in the past financial year.

That’s the highest number in history and a hundred thousand more than what the May federal budget projected.

This record 2.8% expansion in the 15 plus age group of our population is placing a great strain on our rental markets.

The number of overseas students and also people on graduate visas in Australia has increased by just over three hundred thousand in the last financial year.

In particular rents have been rebounding across inner-city rental markets (popular with international students) after slumping during the pandemic when international borders were closed. 

While the pace of rental growth is likely to slow down, with current vacancy rates rents will continue to increase as there is a minimal new supply of properties set to enter the market in the medium-term future.

Sellers of good properties are on strike

With the Spring selling season almost over for 2023, fewer sellers are putting their properties on the market, meaning there is an acute shortage of A grade homes and investment grade properties for sale at present.

Capital City Properties Listed For Sale 18 December

Listings 12 Month Change 18 December

Source: Corelogic December  2023

The charts below show the lack of property listings available for serious buyers at present, and with home buyers back in the market well located properties are being snapped up quickly.

But not all properties are selling well- there is currently a flight to quality.

Property listings for sale provide a useful real-time indicator of seller sentiment and general market confidence.

However, this year sellers have erred on the side of caution before listing with the flow of new listings consistently below average since spring last year.

Number Of Homes For Sale Combined Capital Cities

Source: CoreLogic December 2023

Vendor Metrics


As the following chart shows, houses are still being snapped up quickly by eager buyers.

Median Days On Market 3 Months To November 2023

READ MORE: The latest median property prices in Australia’s major cities

At a national level, properties are taking slightly longer to sell than they were during the property boom of 2020 and 2021.

However the number of days to sell a property is still relatively low (a sign of the tight supply situation for good properties), and vendor discounting is still at very low levels.

In general, houses are selling quicker than apartments, but the shortage of good properties on the market is seeing A-grade properties selling quickly with minimal discounting.

Median Vendor Discount 3 Months To November 2023

ALSO READ: Latest property price forecasts revealed. What’s ahead in our housing markets in the next year or two?

About Michael Yardney
Michael is a director of Metropole Property Strategists who help their clients grow, protect and pass on their wealth through independent, unbiased property advice and advocacy. He’s once again been voted Australia’s leading property investment adviser and one of Australia’s 50 most influential Thought Leaders. His opinions are regularly featured in the media.
Are Narcissists Capable Of Love?

Are narcissists capable of love? This is a question that weighs on the minds of a lot of people who have endured the narcissistic love patterns of idealization, devaluation, discarding, and hoovering. If you’re wrestling with it too, know that you’re not alone.

We understand how emotionally draining and tumultuous a relationship with a narcissist can be. And it can leave you convinced that the person perpetuating all this chaos in your life cannot possibly be capable of love. However, in reality, a narcissist can technically love someone but their feelings are fleeting and superficial at best.

What does “fleeting and superficial” mean? How does it translate into their behavior in a relationship? To help you find the answers, let’s take a deeper look at the intricacies of a narcissist in love in consultation with California-based psychiatrist and Cognitive Behavior Therapist Dr. Shefali Batra (MD in psychiatry), who specializes in counseling for separation and divorce, breakup and dating, and premarital compatibility issues. But first, let’s make sure you understand who a narcissist really is.

Who Is A Narcissist?

The word narcissist is often casually thrown around to define anyone with an inflated need for admiration and attention, and a self-centered attitude. However, not everyone who enjoys more than a healthy dose of self-love is a narcissist.

Another common misconception is that exhibiting narcissistic behavior is the same as having narcissistic personality disorder (NPD). However, that’s far from the truth too. Narcissism exists on a spectrum and only people on the highest end of this spectrum are considered to have narcissistic personality disorder.

According to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th edition (DSM-5), a person can be diagnosed with NDP if they exhibit five or more of the following traits:

  • Inflated sense of self-importance
  • Displays of grandiosity
  • Arrogant attitudes and behavior
  • Envy toward other
  • Lack of empathy
  • Exploiting others for own advantage
  • Preoccupation with fantasies about unlimited power, intelligence, beauty, or success
  • Excessive need for admiration
  • Sense of entitlement

For more expert-backed insights, please subscribe to our YouTube channel

Dr. Batra says, “Narcissism is characterized by a lack of self-worth, low self-esteem, and incomplete sense of self-identity that results in a dysfunctional thought process, which is expressed outwardly as self-focused, unempathetic, and attention-seeking behavior.”

This distinction is important because according to a US-centric research, only 0.5%-5% of adults have NPD. If an individual has a few narcissistic tendencies, they may still be able to experience and express love almost the same way as any other person would. And if you’re with such a person, you wouldn’t be asking, “Is a narcissistic person capable of love?”

Sure, there may be some relationship challenges along the way. “However, these traits in people on the lower end of the narcissism spectrum are too mild to affect their ability to love another person. On the other hand, NPD traits impede a person’s ability to love another, at least in a way that most people understand love,” Dr. Batra adds.

Now that we’ve cleared that up, let’s help you address a few other questions that will help you navigate your situation better: Are narcissists capable of love? How does a narcissist show love?

Related Reading: What Are The Examples Of Narcissistic Behavior In A Relationship?

How To Know If A Narcissist Loves You

Narcissism and love rarely go well together. Sure, a narcissist, charming and charismatic as they are, may sweep you off your feet with their grand gestures and displays of love. At that stage, questions like are narcissists affectionate or how does a narcissist show love wouldn’t even cross your mind because the person in front of you feels just so perfect and right.

However, as narcissistic love patterns go, this stage — known as idealization and characterized by love-bombing — is often short-lived and transactional (contingent on how well and for how long it serves their need for narcissistic supply). Because of this, they struggle to maintain healthy connections in their life or genuine feelings for another person.

Narcissism and love rarely go well together

The bottom line is, it’s rare to see a narcissist fall in love permanently. So, if you’re wondering how to know if a narcissist loves you, ask yourself:

  • Do they take your needs and feelings into consideration?
  • Do they treat you with respect?
  • Do they take responsibility for their actions?
  • Can they appreciate you?
  • Do they honor your boundaries in the relationship?
  • Do they value your opinions and emotions?
  • And most importantly, are they able to put your needs first even in situations they stand to gain nothing in return?

If you’ve answered these questions in the affirmative, you have a narcissist in love with you. However, Dr. Batra warns, “The chances of that happening are slim to none in most cases because a narcissist can’t love unless they are willing to work on fixing their behavior and their thought patterns. This requires a great deal of self-reflection and introspection, which can be overwhelming and even a scary proposition for a narcissist.”

More often than not, a narcissist would much rather resort to scapegoating, gaslighting, and other manipulation tactics rather than do the inner work to break free from their patterns.

Related Reading: 33 Phrases To Shut Down Gaslighting And Silence Gaslighters

Are Narcissists Capable Of Love?

Are narcissists capable of love? This can be a tricky question to address because narcissistic love is often self-serving, much like every other aspect of their existence, and far removed from the notions of meaningful connections and healthy relationships that others associate with love.

Dr. Batra explains, “The problem about narcissists being capable of love stems from the fact that their cup of love to offer is already full. They only love themselves. The lack of love in the earlier days of life, especially from caregivers [parents] makes them struggle through their life to feel and be accepted. They function from a space of deficit.

“If you see it from an evolutionary standpoint their self-love is justified because they never got it from anyone. But in the real world, it is unreasonable, unacceptable, and outright dysfunctional. So they turn toward those who care for them — that’s why empaths and narcissists often attract one another — but the relationship is purely transactional and not the genuine love that you see elsewhere.

“They will give care and attention back but the moment this loved object opposes them or doesn’t feed their ego, they will outright reject them and feel miserable from within too.” So, to answer your question — is a narcissistic person capable of love? — not in the real sense of the word. Dr. Batra lists the reasons why a narcissist can’t love another person fully and whole-heartedly:

  • They do not care for or feel close to anyone because their brain is not geared to do so
  • They cannot look beyond their own needs
  • They possess such an overpowering self-preservation instinct that their hypervigilance and emotional reactivity to rejection makes them highly impulsive
  • Insecure inner working models make them perceive themselves as unworthy or unwanted
  • Pathologically uncomfortable in scenarios where they’re not the center of attention

Related Reading: How To Get Out Of An Unhealthy Relationship: A Step-by-Step Guide

“If there’s a narcissist in love with you, or at least claims to be, to assess the authenticity of their feelings, you need to look beyond their words — which they have a way with — and see how they treat you. If they actually treat you with respect, care, and concern, they may have some sort of feelings for you,” she adds.

Ultimately, it boils down to the fact that a narcissist can technically love another person but it won’t even be the wholesome, unconditional love you’d expect in an intimate relationship. They can’t genuinely love someone.

What does a narcissist think love is?

As we said, a narcissist can technically love but their idea of what love feels like can be skewed. Dr. Batra says, “Narcissistic love is devoid of the notion of reciprocity. For a narcissist, love is a means to seek external validation to boost their self-esteem and feel better about themselves. They continue to experience what they believe is love as long as this need is met. That’s why it’s rare to see a narcissist fall in love permanently.”

how does a narcissist show love
Narcissistic love is self-serving

If you’re wondering, “Can a narcissist love?”, know that what they perceive as love is aligned with their pervasive patterns of need for attention, self-importance, and admiration. A narcissist’s love, ultimately, boils down to:

  • Sense of entitlement that makes them feel that love is owed to them
  • Need for unconditional admiration from their partners
  • Grand displays of affection and expressions of undying love without any meaningful connection
  • An exhilarating sense of excitement that makes them feel good about themselves

This results in a superficial bond that often paves the way for a one-sided and toxic dynamic as the relationship progresses.

Related Reading: Grey Rock Method: Meaning, Techniques, And Ways To Use It Effectively

How does a narcissist show love?

Are narcissists affectionate? Yes, a narcissist can be immensely affectionate, charming, disarming, and loving, especially at the beginning of a romance. But is a narcissistic person capable of love? I think, by now, you know the answer to that question is a clear, resounding no — at least, as long as you’re viewing their understanding and expression of love from the standpoint of what love looks like in a healthy relationship.

It’s crucial to be aware of this connection between narcissism and love to not get swept up by the way a narcissist shows love. According to Dr. Batra, this includes:

  • Being obsessed with the need to be adored and admired by their romantic partners
  • Romantic manipulation through grand displays of affection
  • Love-bombing their partners
  • Sweeping them off their feet with gifts and compliments
  • Always saying the right things at the right time to charm and disarm

This results in an emotionally charged relationship that can be hard to sustain, resulting in intense highs and lows. A study published in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology suggests that this is primarily why narcissists fail at long-term, committed relationships but might excel at short-term dating.

More on narcissim

What To Do If You’re In Love With A Narcissist

To live with a narcissist and be happy is like trying to fill a bucket with a giant hole at the bottom. If you’re in love with a narcissist, self-preservation should be your top priority and that begins by understanding that real love is not self-serving, exploitative, envious, or boastful. But when you’re in a relationship with a narcissist, that’s what you get in the name of love. Peppered with toxicity, drama, and trauma. Because when a narcissist knows you love him/her, that’s why they unleash the whole gamut of their toxic tendencies on you.

You may find yourself at the receiving end of gaslighting, love bombing, manipulation, and even abuse. If things have escalated to the extent of abuse, you need to reach out for help.

If you are in immediate danger, call 9-1-1.
For anonymous, confidential help, 24/7, please call the National Domestic Violence Hotline at 1-800-799-7233 (SAFE) or 1-800-787-3224 (TTY).

However, if you’ve spotted your partner’s narcissistic tendencies early on, there are ways to navigate the relationship and minimize the emotional harm it may cause you. While it may not be realistic to expect that you can live with a narcissist and be happy, the following steps can help you protect yourself:

  • Establish boundaries: It’s crucial to establish and enforce healthy relationship boundaries when you’re in a relationship with a narcissist. If done early on, this can go a long way in keeping you safe from narcissistic abuse
  • Practice self-care: Don’t lose yourself in the relationship. Your partner’s need for admiration, attention, and adoration is a bottomless pit. You need to reset from time to time, reassess your priorities, and refocus on yourself
  • Educate yourself: Knowledge and awareness about what you’re dealing with is the best way to combat it effectively. Learn as much as you can about narcissistic personality disorder and its ramifications on relationships. This will equip you to address relationship problems as they arise
  • Seek counseling: The emotional toll and trauma of being in love with a narcissist can be huge. Therapy offers a safe space for you to explore the many confusing emotions you may be struggling with and process them. The process can be immensely beneficial in helpful in identifying your own triggers, developing coping skills, and figuring out what you want for yourself
  • Encourage your partner to get help: NPD is a serious mental health disorder that requires the right treatment and help. However, people afflicted by it are often not open to the idea of seeking help because they are not ready to accept that something is wrong with them. While you can’t make your partner get the help they need, it can be helpful to encourage them to seek it by normalizing this idea for them

Key Pointers

  • A narcissist may not feel or express love in the same ways that others do because their brain is not geared to do so
  • While a narcissist may experience romantic feelings and love for someone, they just view it as a means of external validating and seeking an ego boost
  • A may continue to portray feelings of love for a person as long as they offer them their narcissistic supply through unconditional love and adoration
  • When a narcissist knows you love him/her, they may come at you with the whole gamut of their toxic tendencies — gaslighting, manipulation, abuse
  • To be able to deal with being in love with a narcissist, you must set boundaries, prioritize self-care, and seek professional help

All in all, narcissism and love don’t mix well. If you came here hoping for a different answer to “Are narcissists capable of love”, we’re sorry to have disappointed you. But opening your eyes to the reality of the situation is absolutely crucial for being able to deal with it to the best of your ability. And that’s what we’re here for. To help you find the answers and a way forward in even the grimmest looking circumstances in life.

7 Stages In Narcissistic Relationship Pattern And How To Avoid Them 

Exposing A Narcissist – What You Should Know

What Are The Examples Of Narcissistic Behavior In A Relationship?

Ask Our Expert

Amazon Fire TV Stick Lite Review: Capable Streamer, Cheap Price

Editor’s Note, Dec. 2022: New releases in the $30 HD streaming category, such as the Chromecast with Google TV HD, have outpaced the Fire TV Stick Lite in terms of both features and value. We have adjusted the rating of this product from an 8.1 to a 6 in order to reflect the changing landscape.

Like


  • Dirt cheap


  • Includes Alexa voice remote


  • Wide range of streaming apps, including Max


  • Integrates well with Echo speakers

Don’t like


  • Voice commands don’t work with every app


  • More complex menus than Roku


  • HDR without 4K is kinda pointless

Roku
is the biggest name in streaming hardware, with multiple different streamers available right now, and even more TVs and soundbars. Amazon has been gunning for Roku’s slice of the pie ever since the first
Fire TV
appeared. The $30 Amazon Fire TV Lite is the company’s cheapest streamer, an answer to the $30 Roku Express and as you’d expect its biggest advantage over Roku is the Alexa voice assistant.

Amazon also has a $40 Fire Stick but I would argue that the Fire Stick TV Lite is the better deal. The main difference is that the more expensive Stick has a different remote with power, volume and mute buttons to control your TV. If you’re only using this streamer on a cheap TV anyway, it’s worth saving the money, unless you really want TV control.

So is the $30 Fire TV Lite better than the $30 Roku Express? They mostly have the same selection of apps, now that Fire TV has Peacock, so the important differences are in the menu systems and voice support. The Lite’s built-in access to Alexa is a big advantage if you like speaking instead of typing when you search for shows and launch apps. In the end, I liked the Fire TV Lite a bit better, although the Roku Express is still an excellent choice too. If your TV has an 
HDMI
 port, the Fire TV Stick Lite is a great way to equip it with a wealth of streaming for not much money.

What is it?

Sarah Tew/CNET

The Fire TV Lite is a USB stick-sized device which plugs into a spare HDMI port on your TV. For 30 bucks it offers a lot of features, including that dedicated voice remote that allows integration with the Alexa voice assistant. There’s also dozens of supported 
streaming services
 among its thousands of available apps.

The remote hasn’t physically changed much since the first Fire TV and I didn’t like the feel as much as the Roku remote or the new Google TV remote. Amazon’s clicker also lacks the shortcuts to 
Netflix
 or other often-used services, but it does include a new live TV button. 

006-amazon-fire-stick-tv-and-fire-stick-lite-2020

The Lite remote should look familiar to Fire TV users.

Sarah Tew/CNET

Pressing that new bottom button brings up a grid-style live TV guide populated by default with “channels” of free shows from Pluto TV and Starz. Strangely Amazon’s own IMDb TV is not part of the live TV grid, even though it has its own program grid once you open the app. If you happen to subscribe to YouTube TV, you’ll also see shows and channels from that service in the guide, although it didn’t work with Sling TV (subscribers will have to use the Sling app as usual).

The stick itself comes with a power adapter which Amazon strongly recommends you use. While you could use the USB ports on your device to power it I found it could cause the unit could behave strangely. For example, Dolby Atmos content wouldn’t work at all when plugged into a TV USB port, despite the device declaring “Dolby Atmos” — the sound came out as 5.1.

One feature on the Lite’s feature list seems a little out of place: HDR compatibility. This is the first device we’ve seen to offer HDR but not 4K resolution, and it raises the question of what kind of TV it’s designed for. There are hundreds of 4K HDR TVs out there but, based on a search of the Best Buy site, there are only four 1080p TVs that can do HDR. For most people with 4K HDR TVs, we’d recommend getting a streamer that can actually do 4K instead of a 1080p streamer like the Lite.

Lots of streaming apps

062-amazon-fire-stick-tv-and-fire-stick-lite-menu-screens-2020

The Fire TV Lite supports a wide range of apps.

Sarah Tew/CNET

Like other streaming devices the number of services that Amazon Fire TV supports is improving all the time. It can access almost all of the major streaming apps, including 
Amazon Prime Video
, Peacock, HBO Max, Netflix, Hulu, Sling TV, Crackle, Pluto TV, Tubi TV, Amazon Music, Pandora, Spotify and many, many more. 

20201005-181850-hdr

The new Live button on the remote summons a grid-style program guide.

Ty Pendlebury/CNET

What it’s like to use

The healthy complement of features, tightly integrated voice commands and its relative speed makes for a winning combination. In general opening apps was speedy, and only navigating the home page tiles could give a very occasional slow-down, but nothing that spoiled the experience. 

Using the Fire TV Stick Lite remote is easy, and Alexa searches with the microphone button were more responsive and relevant than using the Echo as a go-between. Only once in a while did I wish for a mute button, and that was usually during the autoplay videos that accompany the tiles on the home page.

I appreciated being able to use either the remote or an Alexa speaker for voice commands, but using an Echo speaker didn’t work with every app I tried. Asking for “Umbrella Academy” on Netflix failed, for example, and I just got a “check your skills” message (there is no official Netflix skill in the Alexa app). 

Using the remote instead of a speaker was more successful, but even that wasn’t infallible. Given that YouTube TV is now tightly integrated I hoped that voice search would work better than it does. For instance I asked for “Battle Bots on YouTube TV” and all I got were YouTube and Amazon “buy” links. Amazon Prime video worked well with Alexa voice, however.

In contrast, Roku may not have the same robust voice capabilities, but text and voice searches via the Roku remote are generally more targeted toward the free/included programs rather than simply pointing to “buy now” links.  

Picture and sound quality were also very good, but the lack of an audio format control beyond “Best Available” could lead to some odd problems. For example, The Legend of Korra on Netflix using the Lite only gave me stereo sound (though it should be capable of 5.1), whereas the new Fire Stick did give me the expected 5.1. Other programs, including Jack Ryan on Amazon, were played in Atmos on the Lite so it wasn’t likely a hardware capability issue. More likely a Netflix one, and when I reached out to Amazon for clarification, a spokesperson confirmed the device supports both 5.1 and 7.1. 

053-amazon-fire-stick-tv-and-fire-stick-lite-menu-screens-2020

Sarah Tew/CNET

There are two different schools of thought when it comes to how streaming devices organize their content. App-centric menus like Roku and Apple TV just show you a grid of apps, so you can’t actually browse for something to watch without clicking through to each app. Amazon Fire TV and Google TV take a more content-focused approach, surfacing lots of titles on the home page itself. 

If you like to graze for content, the Fire TV might be more appealing, although the “live tiles” autoplay video can be jarring. If you know what you want already, or at least what app you want to watch, Roku is probably a better choice, in part because Amazon’s search results skew heavily toward its own content (often at extra cost). 

everything-amazon-announced0

Watch this: All of the announcements from Amazon’s crazy fall event

Should you buy it?

If you want an ultracheap, capable streamer and are embedded with Alexa and the Amazon universe, this product makes a lot of sense. You may or may not miss the TV control functions but the Live TV Guide button is a real bonus for cord-cutters in particular. At $30 it’s a worthy streamer and a great stocking filler.

If, on the other hand, you have the 2019 Fire Stick, there’s absolutely no reason for you to buy either of the 2020 versions. Dolby Atmos and/or Dolby Vision are weird add-ons for 1080p devices, and if you have a decent 4K TV then you should get a real 4K streamer — it’s just another $20.

First published Oct. 8 2020, updated June 2021 with addition of Peacock.

Sean Payton’s flare-up at Russell Wilson puts coach-QB relationship back in spotlight

(Editor’s note: This is excerpted from Mike Sando’s Pick Six of Dec. 18, 2023.)

Sean Payton blasting quarterback Russell Wilson on the sideline, then suggesting he was merely upset about officiating, invited all sorts of speculation.

It’s hard to fault Payton for losing his cool when officials wiped out a Broncos touchdown with an offensive offside call that seemed indefensible. As one former head coach put it, officials have “lost their minds” searching for penalties associated with Philadelphia’s tush-push plays.

It’s just difficult to understand why Payton would funnel any of that rage toward his quarterback.

GO DEEPER

Sean Payton downplays sideline flare up with Russell Wilson

The nature of Payton’s relationship with Wilson faded into the background during a five-game winning streak fueled by opponent turnovers. With Denver losing two of its past three, including 42-17 at Detroit on Saturday, tensions appear to be flaring again. The subject is captivating because the Broncos must decide after the season whether to fully guarantee another $37 million in Wilson’s contract.

A search through Payton’s in-season media sessions turned up a couple of mildly positive sentences regarding the quarterback he inherited, but not much. It doesn’t necessarily mean coach and quarterback are headed for divorce, but Payton seems fine letting the public wonder, a departure from how he treated Drew Brees during his New Orleans tenure.

Some of this could simply be an old-school approach to motivation and control. But the disdain Payton showed for Wilson early in the season and again on the sideline Saturday appeared pointed.

While it’s possible Wilson suggested Payton should have initiated a replay challenge or should have gone for it on fourth down instead of trying a field goal, inviting an angry reaction from Payton, two coaches familiar with Wilson’s’ tenure in Seattle offered another possibility. They noted that Wilson changed plays in Seattle to get himself into a rhythm, and that if he had changed Payton’s plays during the drive in question, the coach could have been delivering a forceful verdict.

“I don’t think Sean is beholden to anyone there,” another coach said, “so he is going to let everyone know when he’s pissed. He just wasn’t very pissed all the time in New Orleans. They were winning.”

(Photo: RJ Sangosti / MediaNews Group / The Denver Post via Getty Images)


“The Football 100,” the definitive ranking of the NFL’s best 100 players of all time, is on sale now. Order it here.

The 7 Best Shortcuts to Use With Your iPhone 15 Pro’s Action Button

To make the most of your iPhone 15 Pro’s Action button, you need to assign a custom iOS shortcut that helps you save time. This is easy if you use the Shortcuts app extensively, but if you aren’t familiar with it and are out of ideas, we’ve listed some great examples.


How to Assign a Shortcut to Your iPhone’s Action Button

Before you get started, it’s worth knowing how to assign a shortcut to your iPhone’s Action button in the first place. Go to Settings > Action Button and swipe left until you find the Shortcut option.

Select whichever shortcut you like; the next time you long-press the Action button, you’ll get a confirmation on your iPhone’s Dynamic Island that you’ve triggered the shortcut.

For each shortcut idea below, you’ll build it first in the Shortcuts app, then head into the Settings app as mentioned to program it to the Action button on your iPhone.

1. Jot Something Down in a Note

How great would it be to have a way to quickly jot something down on your iPhone without having to find the Notes app or swipe down from the Control Center? Well, thanks to the Shortcuts app, you can program your iPhone’s Action button to open a new note with one press, so you can start typing right away.

To create this shortcut, launch the Shortcuts app, tap the plus (+) button at the top-right corner, and select Add Action. Now, search for “note” and select the Create Note action from the results that appear. You can even set it to pre-populate with text each time or automatically save it to a folder of your choosing.

2. Turn Your Home Lights On and Off

If you have HomeKit-enabled smart lights, you can program your iPhone’s Action button to set a particular scene. To get started, search for “home” in the Add Action menu of the Shortcuts app and select the Control My Home action from the results. Then, choose the scene or accessory you want to use, and you’re pretty much set for basic use.

Additionally, if needed, you can add an If action to your shortcut to toggle everything off or on, depending on the current state. So, if you’re leaving the house and your lights are on, pressing the Action button will turn them off, and if you’re coming home and all the lights are off, a press will turn them back on. The If action shows up in the suggestions while you’re setting up this shortcut.

3. Add a New Calendar Event on the Fly

Maybe you don’t need to remember something specific in a note but rather remember an event coming up. If that’s the case, use Shortcuts to have the Action button trigger the New Event pane in Apple’s Calendar app.

Search for “calendar” after tapping Add Action in the shortcut creation menu, then select Add New Event from the results. Make sure for each field, you long-press and select Ask Each Time.

Some third-party calendar apps also support this, so if you use something other than Apple’s Calendar app, try searching for it in Shortcuts to see if the appropriate action is available.

4. Play Your Own Music Station

If you use Siri and Apple Music together, you may be familiar with the simple command “Play some music.” This draws from your personalized music station that Apple Music tailors based on your likes and listening history. The recommendations are usually on point, so whether you want to jam out or listen to music in the background, consider mapping your Action button to this station.

After tapping Add Action in the new shortcut menu, search for “music” and find the Play Music action. Then, tap the Music field and choose Listen Now or Radio to find your station. It should have your full name in the title. Alternatively, you can use this shortcut action to map your iPhone’s Action button to a playlist or artist from your library instead.

5. Invoke ChatGPT

ChatGPT is too useful to remain buried in an app somewhere on your Home Screen. As long as you have the ChatGPT app installed and set up on your iPhone, you can search for the ChatGPT actions in Shortcuts to have your iPhone 15 Pro’s Action button automatically start an AI conversation.

Find the Ask ChatGPT action, then long-press the Message field and select Ask Each Time. Once you choose this shortcut for your Action button, pressing it will start a pop-over conversation with ChatGPT. It doesn’t force you to leave what you’re currently doing and switch over to the app—it’s a brilliant way to ask a question or two and get right back to your activity.

6. Call or FaceTime Your Significant Other

A super simple but incredibly handy shortcut to set for your Action button is to automatically call or FaceTime your significant other, best friend, or family member. One button press can initiate the call if you use the Call or FaceTime action in a Shortcut. Then, select the contact you want to call each time, and you’re good to go.

Despite having widgets and contact favorites, this Action Button shortcut is the only thing that really comes close to replicating the speed dial function of decades past.

7. Identify Music With Shazam

A single button push to launch Shazam and quickly identify the music playing around you? Yes, please. I feel like the iPhone 15 Pro’s Action button was made for moments like this—it’s surprising Apple didn’t include it as one of the default options.

While Shazam often acts pretty fast, identifying a song can sometimes be timely if the song is almost over, or you’re leaving the area. If you’re the type of person who loves to discover new music, turn your Action button into a Shazam button.

The best part? You don’t even need the Shazam app installed on your iPhone. You can find the Shazam shortcut from the Gallery section of the Shortcuts app. Alternatively, you can search for the Recognize Music action, save your new shortcut, and map it to your iPhone’s Action button.

It’s incredible how creative people have gotten with Action button shortcuts; hopefully, these tips either inspire you to build something greater or introduce new functionality to your Action button you didn’t know you needed. And don’t forget that you can switch the function of your Action button at any time from the Settings app.

Nature offers fairytale scenes in Yunnan

White Water Terrace is a popular tourist spot featuring fairytale views in Yunnan Province, December 16, 2023. /CFP

White Water Terrace is a popular tourist spot featuring fairytale views in Yunnan Province, December 16, 2023. /CFP

White Water Terrace is a popular tourist spot featuring fairytale views in Yunnan Province, December 16, 2023. /CFP

White Water Terrace is a popular tourist spot featuring fairytale views in Yunnan Province, December 16, 2023. /CFP

White Water Terrace is a popular tourist spot featuring fairytale views in Yunnan Province, December 16, 2023. /CFP

White Water Terrace is a popular tourist spot featuring fairytale views in Yunnan Province, December 16, 2023. /CFP

White Water Terrace is a popular tourist spot featuring fairytale views in Yunnan Province, December 16, 2023. /CFP

White Water Terrace is a popular tourist spot featuring fairytale views in Yunnan Province, December 16, 2023. /CFP

White Water Terrace is a popular tourist spot featuring fairytale views in Yunnan Province, December 16, 2023. /CFP

White Water Terrace is a popular tourist spot featuring fairytale views in Yunnan Province, December 16, 2023. /CFP

White Water Terrace is a popular tourist spot featuring fairytale views in Yunnan Province, December 16, 2023. /CFP

Nature is good at creating breathtaking scenery as natural gifts to humanity, and White Water Terrace is undoubtedly one of them. Dubbed “China’s Pamukkale,” these natural mineral terraces in southwest China’s Yunnan Province were formed by the calcium-rich waters emanating from natural springs. The azure waters there were captured shimmering in the sunlight, creating a fairytale scene in this natural wonderland.

‘SNL’ recap: Kate McKinnon returns to ‘SNL’ with Maya Rudolph, Kristen Wiig

Kate McKinnon‘s first time hosting “Saturday Night Live” was a reminder that she left an off-kilter, screwball humor void when she departed in 2022 that has taken multiple cast members to fill. (Want me to name them? Sure: Sarah Sherman, Ego Nwodim and James Austin Johnson.) McKinnon’s monologue was paced and delivered as only she could do, and in sketch after sketch in her hosting turn, McKinnon showed why even those that don’t completely work benefit from her self-aware asides and “just overjoyed to be here” energy.

As if to hammer that point home, she brought with her two other women who made their marks on “SNL” as completely unique comic performers: Maya Rudolph and Kristen Wiig. Rudolph and Wiig appeared as part of the monologue, but then popped up again in a sketch featuring ABBA Christmas songs and another that takes place on a very special farm (more on that one in a bit). Elsewhere, McKinnon played a Scottish Santa elf doomsayer who survives a whale attack, a mom who hates all the gifts she’s giving her kids, a grandmother in a sketch about a creepy toy pet named Pongo, a cat enthusiast at Whiskers R We, an executive at a company’s Yankee Swap party that goes wrong, and a young actor who is asked to cry in a Judy Garland film.

Saturday night’s show also served as a kind of “Barbie” reunion. A day after the movie started streaming on Max, McKinnon, who played Weird Barbie in the film, was joined by musical guest Billie Eilish, who performed the movie’s sure to be Oscar-nominated theme song, “What Was I Made For?” That song was introduced by McKinnon and “Barbie” director Greta Gerwig. Eilish also performed “Have Yourself a Merry Little Christmas” and appeared in several sketches.

This week’s cold open was a sharp turn from last week’s much-criticized take on the antisemitism hearings. Rather than focusing on politics or news, the 95th Annual Christmas Awards were a mock awards show full of made-up categories around Christmas presents and holiday family dynamics. It was hosted by Heidi Gardner and Bowen Yang, and it will remind fans of the “Las Culturistas Culture Awards” from the podcast Yang does with Matt Rogers. These Christmas awards didn’t feature as many references to New York’s LaGuardia airport, but it did include categories such as “Most Disappointing Gifts,” the best performance by a dad (Mikey Day) who got a bad gift from his son, and a brave man (Kenan Thompson) who answered the call in the category “Grandpa Needs Help in the Bathroom.” “I’m horrified to accept this award,” he said.

In her monologue, McKinnon expressed how weird it is to be speaking on stage as herself. “I don’t really like to talk in my own voice. That’s kind of why I got into this racket in the first place,” she said. She said since leaving the show, “I’ve been trying to assemble a human personality. So far, I have a hat.” She was soon joined by Maya Rudolph and Kristen Wiig, who sang with McKinnon briefly before the segment ended and the three danced joyously together.

Best sketch of the night: Stringing along a song at the Tampon Farm

McKinnon strummed a guitar and got folksy in this filmed music video for “Tampon Farm,” a place where, “The moon makes the menses, and the menses meets the fibers, and they sing.” The hilarious piece, which featured farmers pulling tampons from the fields like cotton crops, included Rudolph, Wiig, Eilish and even former “SNL” writer and “Girls5Eva” actor Paula Pell.

Also good: ABBA’s songs work as Christmas songs, too!

ABBA, the “Fleetwood Mac of cold weather,” are introduced by Johnson for a Christmas album commercial. It’s an excuse to put together a musical super group consisting of McKinnon, Rudolph, Wiig and Yang, all wearing brightly colored sparkly costumes, belting out holiday songs including “Santa Queen” and “Frostitita.” “Waterloo” is imagined as an over-Americanized “Barbecue!” It’s not very timely, of course, but Wiig and Rudolph singing in each other’s faces trying to crack each other up is its own Christmas miracle.

‘Weekend Update’ winner: This year’s Christmas Joke Swap gets even nastier

Nwodim had a great “Weekend Update” turn as “Rich Auntie With No Kids” (real name: Verdonda), but it was the joke-off between Michael Che and Colin Jost that pushed the limits of taste for another season. The premise is that each co-host writes jokes that the other hasn’t seen and has to perform, no matter how offensive the joke or how bad it makes the joke deliverer.

Che began the segment by introducing “Dr. Hattie Davis,” ostensibly a Black civil rights activist meant to sit next to Jost as he delivered some very racist jokes. (Try Googling her: an actor was playing this fictional activist.) Jost was cowed before he even started, but he went on, starting with a joke about a “Dodo I’d like to reintroduce to Africa” as a picture was shown of former President Obama. Hattie Davis was not impressed. Jost got back at Che with a shocking Michael Jackson joke and an even worse one about the war in Gaza (Che was forced to tell Muslims and Jews: “Y’all need Jesus!”). But Che may have won the night by mentioning a topic that has been absent from “Update”: Jost’s marriage to Scarlett Johansson. Jost delivered jokes about needing drinks to get through his wife’s movies, concluding with a mock apology to his wife: “You’re an even better Black Widow than Coretta Scott King.”

If you like jokes that feel like punches in the gut, this was the best Christmas “Update” ever.

‘Wonka’ tops box office with a sweet $39 million opening

What do you get when you guzzle down treats? Box office gold with Timothée Chalamet as the lead.

Warner Bros.’ “Wonka” cooked up $39 million at the North American box office in its opening weekend, according to estimates from measurement firm Comscore.

Moviegoers’ sweet tooth was especially strong this weekend as the story of the famous chocolate magnate easily gobbled up its biggest competitor, Lionsgate’s “The Hunger Games: The Ballad of Songbirds & Snakes.” The YA novel-turned-movie brought in $5.8 million at the domestic box office, bringing its North American cumulative to $145.2 million.

The candy-coated flick defied its initial box office expectations of $35 million.

“Wonka” had the second-biggest opening weekend for a Chalamet-led film, finishing just behind the $41 million debut haul of Warner Bros.’ 2021 adaptation of “Dune.”

Rounding out the domestic box office top five this weekend were GKids’ Hayao Miyazaki film, “The Boy and the Heron,” which took in $5.2 million in its sophomore outing, bringing its North American haul to $23.1 million; Toho International’s “Godzilla Minus One” scared up $4.9 million in its third weekend, stomping its way to a North American total of $34.3 million; and Universal Pictures’ “Trolls Band Together,” brought in $4 million in its fifth weekend, its North American cumulative now sings to the tune of $88.7 million.

Directed by Paul King, “Wonka” functions as the origin story of how a young, bright-eyed Willy Wonka (Chalamet) came to be the inventive and renowned chocolatier that built a candy dynasty. The film also stars Hugh Grant, Keegan-Michael Key, Olivia Colman, Sally Hawkins and Rowan Atkinson.

The PG-rated family film scored a solid 84% critic score and a favorable 91% audience score on the review aggregation site Rotten Tomatoes. It garnered an A-minus grade from audiences polled by CinemaScore.

“The costumes and sets are so beautifully made, it’s a bit of a shame when the film overrelies on computer-generated effects and stunts, including a miniaturized performance by Hugh Grant as the Oompa-Loompa Lofty, even if his turn is winning,” writes Tribune News Service film critic Katie Walsh.

“There may have been skepticism about ‘Wonka,’ but there’s no need to worry all that much, especially not about Chalamet, who gives himself over fully to the wonderment and vocal demands of the role,” Walsh continues. “See it and enjoy it for what it is: a playful, heart-tugging take on a beloved character that’s smarter than it lets on.”

Opening next week in wide release are A24’s “The Iron Claw,” Columbia Pictures’ “Anyone But You,” MGM’s “American Fiction,” Warner Bros.’ “Aquaman and the Lost Kingdom” and Universal Pictures’ “Migration.”

Volkswagen to Launch Entry Level EV SUV in 2026, Know Expected Features and Specifications and Other Details

New Delhi, December 15: Volkswagen is gearing up to introduce its latest innovation, an entry-level electric SUV slated to make its debut in 2026. This new addition to the Volkswagen family is expected to be a game-changer in the electric vehicle (EV) segment, offering consumers a sustainable and feature-rich option in the increasingly competitive market.

The upcoming Volkswagen EV SUV, which is yet to be named, is based on the ID2 concept and is set to replace the T-Cross model overseas. It will be manufactured alongside the hatchback version in Spain, marking a significant step in Volkswagen’s ambitious strategy to expand its electric vehicle lineup. Kia Sonet Facelift 2024 Officially Unveiled, Bookings Starts From 20 December 2023; Know About Specifications, Features and Price.

Volkswagen EV SUV Features and Specifications (Rumoured)

According to a report of Autocar India, the Volkswagen EV SUV is expected to boast a distinctive design, setting it apart from its predecessors, the ID 4 and ID 5. The SUV is expected to feature an upright silhouette, bulkier wheel arches, and a unique vent-style motif on the C-pillar, which may be glass in the production model.

A chunky rear spoiler might add to the vehicle’s assertive appearance. In terms of size, the SUV might measure approximately 4.1 meters in length with a wheelbase of 2,600mm, offering more than the ID 2’s 490 litres of boot space. This includes a 50-litre lockable box under the boot floor, ideal for storing charging cables and valuables.

Inside the cabin, the SUV is anticipated to mirror the ID 2, with a 12.9-inch infotainment screen and a 10.9-inch digital driver display. Physical switches for audio and climate controls are expected to make a comeback, enhancing user-friendliness. Yamaha YZF-R3, Yamaha MT-03 Launched in India: From Specifications, Features To Price, Here’s Everything To Know About New Yamaha Bikes.

The electric SUV is expected to be powered by a single motor on the front axle, delivering 223 horsepower. Prospective buyers might have a choice between 38kWh and 56kWh batteries, with the latter providing a range of around 450km. The larger battery variant might support fast charging at 125kW, capable of recharging from 10-80 per cent in just 20 minutes. This might make the SUV a robust performer and convenient for those on the go.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 15, 2023 07:32 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Massive Layoffs Hit Troubled Robotaxi Developer Cruise

Cruise, General Motors’ self-driving development subsidiary, will lay off almost a quarter of its workforce—about 900 employees—the company announced Thursday. The cuts are part of a broader restructuring to focus the robotaxi unit on a narrower path to commercialization. Instead of expanding its commercial robotaxi service to multiple US cities, the company will relaunch its currently paused service in just one.

Cruise wants to “enhance our safety standards and processes before we scale,” company co-president and CTO Mo ElShenawy wrote in a letter to employees announcing the layoffs today. A company blog post said that 24 percent of full-time Cruise employees will be let go, with a focus on field and commercial operations, and corporate staffing, though some engineers are also affected. The company had already cut last month a portion of its contingent workforce who kept self-driving vehicles clean, charged, and maintained.

The cuts at Cruise add to a tumultuous fall for the robotaxi company, which until recently was ,along with Alphabet’s Waymo. a front-runner in the race to automate driving. California regulators in October suspended Cruise’s permit to operate in San Francisco—home to its longest-running test bed—as they alleged the company failed to disclose details of a crash that sent a pedestrian to the hospital with serious injuries.

Days later Cruise halted autonomous vehicle testing and operations US-wide. Prior to the crash, the company also operated robotaxi services in Austin, Texas, and Phoenix, Arizona, and had plans to launch in Houston, Dallas, and Miami, among other cities.

On Wednesday, as first reported by Reuters,, the company said it had parted with nine top executives, including leaders in legal, government affairs, commercial operations, and safety and systems, as part of a safety review triggered by the San Francisco crash. Company spokesperson Erik Moser said that Cruise is “committed to full transparency and [we] are focused on rebuilding trust and operating with the highest standards when it comes to safety, integrity, and accountability.” The company “believes that new leadership is necessary to achieve these goals,” he said. Cruise CEO and cofounder Kyle Vogt resigned last month.

In a written statement, General Motors spokesperson Aimee Ridella said “GM supports the difficult employment decisions made by Cruise as it reflects their more deliberate path forward, with safety as the north star.” The Detroit automaker acquired the self-driving developer in 2016.

General Motors has lost some $8 billion on Cruise since 2017, according to financial filings, and this year has spent at least $1.9 billion on the company. Last month, GM said it would cut the subsidiary’s funding by “hundreds of millions” of dollars in 2024.

Last month, General Motors halted production of its purpose-built robotaxi, called the Origin. The futuristic vehicle, a six-seat cube on wheels, doesn’t have a steering wheel, and it needs federal approval to hit the roads because its unconventional shape means it doesn’t meet safety standards. In his letter to staff on Thursday, ElShenawy confirmed the company’s pared-down vehicle ambitions. He said Cruise would be “focusing on the Bolt platform”—the conventional, Chevrolet-branded electric car that Cruise has used to operate for years— “for this first step before we scale.”

McDonald’s Ice Cream Machine Hackers Say They Found the ‘Smoking Gun’ That Killed Their Startup

A little over three years have passed since McDonald’s sent out an email to thousands of its restaurant owners around the world that abruptly cut short the future of a three-person startup called Kytch—and with it, perhaps one of McDonald’s best chances for fixing its famously out-of-order ice cream machines.

Until then, Kytch had been selling McDonald’s restaurant owners a popular internet-connected gadget designed to attach to their notoriously fragile and often broken soft-serve McFlurry dispensers, manufactured by McDonalds equipment partner Taylor. The Kytch device would essentially hack into the ice cream machine’s internals, monitor its operations, and send diagnostic data over the internet to an owner or manager to help keep it running. But despite Kytch’s efforts to solve the Golden Arches’ intractable ice cream problems, a McDonald’s email in November 2020 warned its franchisees not to use Kytch, stating that it represented a safety hazard for staff. Kytch says its sales dried up practically overnight.

Now, after years of litigation, the ice-cream-hacking entrepreneurs have unearthed evidence that they say shows that Taylor, the soft-serve machine maker, helped engineer McDonald’s Kytch-killing email—kneecapping the startup not because of any safety concern, but in a coordinated effort to undermine a potential competitor. And Taylor’s alleged order, as Kytch now describes it, came all the way from the top.

On Wednesday, Kytch filed a newly unredacted motion for summary adjudication in its lawsuit against Taylor for alleged trade libel, tortious interference, and other claims. The new motion, which replaces a redacted version from August, refers to internal emails Taylor released in the discovery phase of the lawsuit, which were quietly unsealed over the summer. The motion focuses in particular on one email from Timothy FitzGerald, the CEO of Taylor parent company Middleby, that appears to suggest that either Middleby or McDonald’s send a communication to McDonald’s franchise owners to dissuade them from using Kytch’s device.

“Not sure if there is anything we can do to slow up the franchise community on the other solution,” FitzGerald wrote on October 17, 2020. “Not sure what communication from either McD or Midd can or will go out.”

In their legal filing, the Kytch cofounders, of course, interpret “the other solution” to mean their product. In fact, FitzGerald’s message was sent in an email thread that included Middleby’s then COO, David Brewer, who had wondered earlier whether Middleby could instead acquire Kytch. Another Middleby executive responded to FitzGerald on October 17 to write that Taylor and McDonald’s had already met the previous day to discuss sending out a message to franchisees about McDonald’s lack of support for Kytch.

But Jeremy O’Sullivan, a Kytch cofounder, claims—and Kytch argues in its legal motion—that FitzGerald’s email nonetheless proves Taylor’s intent to hamstring a potential rival. “It’s the smoking gun,” O’Sullivan says of the email. “He’s plotting our demise.”

Crypto Price Today: Bitcoin, Ether Join Most Cryptocurrencies in Reflecting Notable Losses

The crypto price chart was drenched in reds with almost all popular cryptocurrencies reflecting losses on Monday, December 18. Bitcoin registered a loss of 2.44 percent on Monday. With this, the oldest and most expensive cryptocurrency is currently trading at the price point of $ 40,995 (roughly Rs. 33.9 lakh). This marks a notable decline of $1,857 (roughly Rs. 1.5 lakh) in Bitcoin’s price point from last week when the asset was trading at $42,854 (roughly Rs. 35.7 lakh).

“Bitcoin is currently stabilizing above the $40,000 (roughly Rs. 33 lakh) mark following weekend profit-taking by market participants. The potential for a move towards $42,700 (roughly Rs. 35.4 lakh) exists if buyers can maintain control above the current level. With neither buyers nor sellers dominating and the rate positioned away from key support and resistance levels, BTC may trade at around $42,000 (roughly Rs. 34.8 lakh) in the coming days,” Edul Patel, Co-Founder and CEO, Mudrex told Gadgets 360.

Ether tumbled in its price point by 2.15 percent on Monday. At the time of writing, the value of ETH stood at $2,170 (roughly Rs. 1.80 lakh). This is a reduction of $116 (roughly Rs. 9,626) from Ether’s last week’s price of $2,286 (roughly Rs. 1.90 lakh).

Cryptocurrencies trading in the reds today include Binance Coin, Ripple, Solana, Cardano, and Dogecoin.

Polygon, Polkadot, Wrapped Bitcoin, Shiba Inu, Litecoin, and Bitcoin Cash also joined BTC and ETH in the loss side alongside Shiba Inu, Stellar, and Monero.

The overall valuation of the crypto sector dipped by 2.22 percent in the last 24 hours. The current crypto market cap stands at $1.55 trillion (roughly Rs. 1,28,56,947 crore), as shown by CoinMarketCap.

“Following the initial shakeout, resilient investors are likely to re-enter the crypto market, given the ongoing bullish macro environment for risk-assets. The Federal Reserve’s decision to pause rate hikes and potential rate reductions in 2024 could contribute to increased demand for crypto,” the CoinDCX research team told Gadgets360.

Negligible profits did strike Dogefi, Bitcoin Hedge, and Nano Dogecoin on Monday.

“As we approach the holiday season, we can expect some dip in trading activity due to which the market may remain at current levels. The Bitcoin ETF approval clock is ticking and we can expect a crypto super cycle in 2024 once the final approval is achieved. The interest rate cut by the US Fed may also drive the momentum in the crypto market in 2024,” Shivam Thakral, CEO of BuyUcoin told Gadgets360.

Meanwhile, as per data from analytics firm IntoTheBlock, on-chain data signals an inflow of $860 million (roughly Rs. 7,133 crore) worth of Bitcoin into crypto exchanges during last week, the highest since March this year.

“Investor confidence in BTC continues to strengthen due to common belief that BTC is primed for a strong 2024. The market is most likely to pick up again,” Parth Chaturvedi, Investments Lead, CoinSwitch Ventures told Gadgets360.


Cryptocurrency is an unregulated digital currency, not a legal tender and subject to market risks. The information provided in the article is not intended to be and does not constitute financial advice, trading advice or any other advice or recommendation of any sort offered or endorsed by NDTV. NDTV shall not be responsible for any loss arising from any investment based on any perceived recommendation, forecast or any other information contained in the article. 

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
Google local search ranking algorithm strengthens “openness” signal

Google’s local search ranking algorithm has recently been updated to strengthen its “openness” signal for non-navigational queries. Danny Sullivan, Google’s Search Liaison, said, “we’ve long used “openness” as part of our local ranking systems, and it recently became a stronger signal for non-navigational queries.”

What changed. Earlier this month a report showed Google ranked open businesses more often in its local search rankings higher than businesses that are closed. “As of November 2023, Google appears to be looking at whether a business is currently open as a ranking factor for local pack rankings,” Joy Hawkins wrote in her report.

Google confirmed. A couple weeks later, Danny Sullivan from Google confirmed this saying, “we’ve long used “openness” as part of our local ranking systems, and it recently became a stronger signal for non-navigational queries.”

Navigational queries. Non-navigational queries are queries where you search for types of services versus specific brands. So a non-navigational query would be to search for a pharmacy, whereas a navigational query would be to search for CVS.

Don’t change your business hours. The report said, “If you are a business that’s open 24-hours a day, this would benefit you in the evenings when your competitors disappear but you still rank.”

But Sullivan said, “This might change in various ways, as we continue to evaluate the usefulness of it, however.” He added, “I wouldn’t recommend businesses do this, given the ranking signal may continue to be adjusted.”

Why we care. If you notice changes to your Google Business Profile listings, this may be why. It is also important to ensure your business hours reflect your true open hours because if you make up your business hours, you never know if you can be hit by some sort of penalty in the future.

In short, Google is now showing more businesses that are open at the current time of the search. Is that a good thing for searchers or bad is up to debate and probably very query dependent.

IAF Successfully Testfires ‘SAMAR’ Air Defense Missile System In Andhra Pradesh

 

In a significant triumph for its indigenous design and development capabilities, the Indian Air Force (IAF) has proudly announced the successful test firing of its Surface to Air Missile for Assured Retaliation (SAMAR) air defence missile system. This accomplishment marks a milestone for the IAF’s strategic self-reliance efforts.

AstraShakti-2023: The Testing Ground

The IAF conducted the successful firing trials of the SAMAR air defence missile system during the AstraShakti-2023 exercise at Air Force Station Suryalanka. This exercise provided the platform for the SAMAR missile system to showcase its capabilities in real-world scenarios.

Development Background

SAMAR is a quick reaction surface-to-air missile system, ingeniously crafted by the IAF’s 7 Base Repair Depot (BRD) and 11 BRD, in collaboration with Simran Flowtech Industries and Yamazuki Denki. Notably, the system repurposes old Russian-origin Vympel R-73 and R-27 air-to-air missiles, demonstrating an innovative approach to maximize existing resources.

Operational Success

The SAMAR air defence missile system, equipped with refurbished Vympel R-73E infrared-guided air-to-air missiles, has been validated for induction. Its operational field trials showcased its effectiveness with a range of 12km against low-level flying aerial targets, including UAVs, helicopters, and fighter jets.

Repurposing Vympel R-73E Missiles

The IAF, faced with an inventory of thousands of Vympel R-73E missiles that had reached the end of their flight shelf life for fighter jets, ingeniously repurposed them for the SAMAR system. This strategic move not only extends the utility of these missiles but also contributes to sustainable defense practices.

Astrashakti Debut

The SAMAR system made its debut during the Astrashakti exercise at Suryalanka Air Force Station, successfully meeting the firing trial objectives in diverse engagement scenarios. This participation underscores the system’s readiness and effectiveness in real-world deployment.

Key Features of SAMAR

IAF officials highlight that the SAMAR system can engage aerial threats with missiles operating at a speed range of 2 to 2.5 Mach. The system is equipped with a twin turret launch platform, offering the capability to launch two missiles in single and salvo mode based on the threat scenario.

Important Questions Related to Exams

Q: What is the name of the air defense missile system recently test-fired by the Indian Air Force?

A: The air defense missile system is named ‘SAMAR’ (Surface to Air Missile for Assured Retaliation).

Q: Where did the Indian Air Force conduct the successful firing trials of the SAMAR missile system?

A: The trials took place during Exercise AstraShakti-2023 at Air Force Station Suryalanka.

Q: What type of missiles does SAMAR use in its short-range air defense system?

A: SAMAR utilizes Russian-origin Vympel R-73 and R-27 air-to-air missiles.

Q: What is the speed range at which SAMAR can engage aerial threats with its missiles?

A: SAMAR can engage threats at a speed range of 2 to 2.5 Mach.

Dodging the Medicare Enrollment Deadline Can Be Costly

Angela M. Du Bois, a retired software tester in Durham, North Carolina, wasn’t looking to replace her UnitedHealthcare Medicare Advantage plan. She wasn’t concerned as the Dec. 7 deadline approached for choosing another of the privately run health insurance alternatives to original Medicare.

But then something caught her attention: When she went to her doctor last month, she learned that the doctor and the hospital where she works will not accept her insurance next year.

Faced with either finding a new doctor or finding a new plan, Du Bois said the decision was easy. “I’m sticking with her because she knows everything about me,” she said of her doctor, whom she’s been seeing for more than a decade.

Du Bois isn’t the only one tuning out when commercials about the open enrollment deadline flood the airwaves each year — even though there could be good reasons to shop around. But sifting through the offerings has become such an ordeal that few people want to repeat it. Avoidance is so rampant that only 10% of beneficiaries switched Medicare Advantage plans in 2019.

Once open enrollment ends, there are limited options for a do-over. People in Medicare Advantage plans can go to another Advantage plan or back to the original, government-run Medicare from January through March. And the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services has expanded the criteria for granting a “special enrollment period” to make changes in drug or Advantage plans anytime.

But most seniors will generally allow their existing policy to renew automatically, like it or not.

Keeping her doctor was not Du Bois’ only reason for switching plans, though. With help from Senior PharmAssist, a Durham nonprofit that advises seniors about Medicare, she found a Humana Medicare Advantage plan that would not only be accepted by her providers but also cover her medications — saving her more than $14,000 a year, said Gina Upchurch, the group’s executive director.

Senior PharmAssist is one of the federally funded State Health Insurance Assistance Programs, known as SHIPs, available across the country to provide unbiased assistance during the open enrollment season and year-round to help beneficiaries appeal coverage denials and iron out other problems.

“Many people are simply overwhelmed by the calls, ads, the sheer number of choices, and this ‘choice overload’ contributes to decision-making paralysis,” said Upchurch. Seniors in Durham have as many as 74 Advantage plans and 20 drug-only plans to choose from, she said.

Upchurch said the big insurance companies like the way the system works now, with few customers inclined to explore other plans. “They call it ‘stickiness,’” she said. “If we had fewer and clear choices — an apple, orange, grape, or banana — most people would review options.”

In Washington state, one woman switched from a plan she had had for more than a decade to one that will cover all her drugs and next year will save an estimated $7,240, according to Tim Smolen, director of the state’s SHIP, Statewide Health Insurance Benefits Advisors.

In Northern California, another woman changed drug plans for the first time since 2012, and her current premium of $86 will plummet to 40 cents a month next year, an annual savings of about $1,000, said Pam Smith, a local director for California’s SHIP, called the Health Insurance Counseling & Advocacy Program.

And in Ohio, a woman sought help after learning that her monthly copayment for the blood thinner Eliquis would rise from $102 to $2,173 next year. A counselor with Ohio’s SHIP found another plan that will cover all her medications for the year and cost her just $1,760. If she stuck with her current plan, she would be paying an additional $24,852 for all her drugs next year, said Chris Reeg, who directs that state’s program.

In some cases, CMS tries to persuade beneficiaries to switch. Since 2012, it has sent letters every year to thousands of beneficiaries in poorly performing Advantage and drug plans, encouraging them to consider other options. These are plans that have received less than three out of five stars for three years from CMS.

“You may want to compare your plan to other plans available in your area and decide if it’s still right for you,” the letter says.

CMS allows low-scoring plans to continue to operate. In an unusual move, officials recently found that one plan had such a terrible track record that they will terminate its contract with government health programs next December.

CMS also contacts people about changing plans during open enrollment if they get a subsidy — called “extra help” — that pays for their drug plan’s monthly premium and some out-of-pocket expenses. Because some premiums will be more expensive next year, CMS is warning beneficiaries that they could be in for a surprise: a monthly bill to cover cost increases the subsidy doesn’t cover.

But many beneficiaries receive no such nudge from the government to find out if there is a better, less expensive plan that meets their needs and includes their health care providers or drugs.

That leaves many people with Medicare drug or Advantage plans on their own to decipher any changes to their plans while there is still time to enroll in another. Insurers are required to alert members with an “annual notice of change,” a booklet often more than two dozen pages long. Unless they plow through it, they may discover in January that their premiums have increased, the provider network has changed, or some drugs are no longer covered. If a drug plan isn’t offered the next year and the beneficiary doesn’t pick a new one, the insurer will select a plan of its choosing, without considering costs or needed drug coverage.

“Every year, our call volume skyrockets in January when folks get invoices for that new premium,” said Reeg, the Ohio program director. At that point, Medicare Advantage members have until March 30 to switch to another plan or enroll in government-run Medicare. There’s no similar grace period for people with stand-alone drug plans. “They are locked into that plan for the calendar year.”

One cost-saving option is the government’s Medicare Savings Program, which helps low-income beneficiaries pay their monthly premium for Medicare Part B, which covers doctor visits and other outpatient services. The Biden administration’s changes in eligibility for subsidies announced in September will extend financial assistance to an estimated 860,000 people — if they apply. In the past, only about half of those eligible applied.

Fixing a mistake after the open enrollment period ends Dec. 7 is easy for some people. Individuals who receive “extra help” to pay for drug plan premiums and those who have a subsidy to pay for Medicare’s Part B can change drug plans every three months.

At any time, beneficiaries can switch to a Medicare Advantage plan that earns the top five-star rating from CMS, if one is available. “We’ve been able to use those five-star plans as a safety net,” said Reeg, the Ohio SHIP director.

Other beneficiaries may be able to get a “special enrollment period” to switch plans after the open enrollment ends if they meet certain conditions. Local SHIP offices can help people make any of these changes when possible.

Reeg spends a lot of time trying to ensure that unwelcome surprises — like a drug that isn’t covered — don’t happen in the first place. “What we want to do is proactively educate Medicare patients so they know that they can go to the doctors and hospitals they want to go to in the upcoming year,” she said.

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Lego Fortnite Fast Travel Isn’t There Yet, But You Can Travel Fast

Lego Fortnite has pulled in millions of players since it launched a week ago, but this game is still very much in its infancy. It’s shockingly polished for a brand-new game in 2023, but it’s also kind of an overall barebones experience right now, without much in the way of a long-term endgame. There’s a lot to enjoy here, but to what end?

For now, it’s all about pushing the limits of what Lego Fortnite can do in its current state. And in that current state, one of the biggest concerns is travel–it takes a long time to get places, and it’s likewise pretty inconvenient to have to haul resources all over the map with only your personal inventory for storage. There’s no fast travel, and so the best form of travel that’s officially provided by the game is a glider, which will get you around quickly but doesn’t help with the need to efficiently move resources around.

Now Playing: LEGO Fortnite – Official Gameplay Trailer

Lego Fortnite fast travel workarounds and methods

That’s why a lot of folks have been toiling away in sandbox mode to figure out a way to transport materials in a vehicle that’s been cobbled together from the parts the game provides. And some folks have actually managed to work out the engineering–there are working planes, trains, and automobiles all over YouTube right now. But not all of them are suited to survival mode, thanks to the durability factor on some of the parts. A lot of these vehicles simply break after any significant use in survival mode because the parts wear down.

In real life, we would perform regular maintenance to take care of that issue on a commuter train, for example, but there’s no way to do that in Lego Fortnite. So, in other terms, there are no guarantees with any of these builds because the game wasn’t made for this stuff. At least not yet.

The other main concern is that dynamic objects–anything that isn’t fixed in place to the world, like a tree, or a building–like these vehicles run the risk of being despawned by the game either when you log out or roam too far from it, and that can be dealt with by attaching the vehicle to a fixed structure with a plank when you aren’t using it.

All that said, yes, you can build vehicles that you can put storage chests on so you can much more quickly move your stuff around the world. How long they stay intact might be a matter of luck, though, and so you’ll need to consider if you think the time this will require (a lot) is worth the risk of the thing breaking and requiring significant repairs–a high likelihood currently. That said, let’s take a look at some videos of people finding ways to travel fast even if they can’t yet exactly fast-travel.

Lego Fortnite airship

In theory, an airship is the ideal vehicle for Lego Fortnite because you can take it anywhere and it doesn’t require infrastructure. YouTuber Burty, who’s seemingly spent all his time in Lego Fortnite building vehicles, managed to put together an airship that you can steer using thrusters on the sides–that required the Lego Fortnite version of creative wiring. The balloons on the deck will raise the ship automatically, and when you want to land you just have to weigh the ship down by putting building blocks in the middle.

Lego Fortnite train

Burty has built several cool and good-looking train designs, but right now in these pioneering early days, function matters far more than form. So I prefer this fast and compact design from YouTuber Elexzo. His design didn’t incorporate chests, though, so you’ll have to handle that aspect of the design. Just be careful when you’re doing it–unbalancing the train will make it fall off the rail.

Lego Fortnite car

Folks figured out cars first, and my favorite design thus far has been this pretty complex one from YouTuber Perfect Score–I like it in particular because it features a steering concept that can be applied to air vehicles as well. This means that building this one is a decent way to learn about some of the granular quirks of Lego Fortnite.

Keep in mind as you venture forth that everybody’s just feeling their way through these vehicle designs right now, so you should feel free to conduct your own experiments if inspiration strikes. Nobody really knows how to make vehicles in Lego Fortnite yet. Instead, it’s more like everyone is competing to invent them, and it’s way too early to crown any winners. In time it’s likely a proper fast-travel system will arrive in Lego Fortnite, but before that–and even after–people will have fun tinkering with the many tools at their disposal.

The products discussed here were independently chosen by our editors.
GameSpot may get a share of the revenue if you buy anything featured on our site.

Internship Opportunity at CARE

Centre for Academic Research and Excellence (CARE), is now accepting applications for their flagship internship programme for January 2024.

About The Centre for Academic Research and Excellence

The Centre for Academic Research and Excellence (CARE) is a pioneering institution dedicated to the advancement of academic research and quality legal education under the Indian Centre for Child and Human Rights (ICCHR). CARE is recognised as a Special Academic Center under the United Nations Academic Impact (UNAI).

This recognition reaffirms our commitment to the principles of the UNAI, aligning our efforts with the broader global agenda for higher education, research and societal impact. As a UNAI-affiliated institution, CARE actively contributes to the realization of the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals through our academic and research initiatives.

We are driven by a clear and resolute mission to promote academic research and education. Its motto, “Promoting Academic Research and Education” encapsulates its unwavering commitment to empower scholars, researchers, students and legal professionals in their pursuit of knowledge and excellence.

About the Opportunity

CARE Legal Research Internship Program is a dynamic opportunity designed to provide law students with hands-on experience in the field of legal research, analysis and writing. This internship offers a valuable platform for students to engage with seasoned legal professionals and immerse themselves in the intricacies of legal research methodologies and techniques.

Mode

Physical.

Eligibility Criteria

All Law Students.

How to Apply?

Apply by filling out the form given below this post.

Location

New Delhi

Contact Information

For any queries, please feel free to contact [email protected].

Click here to Apply

Click here for the Official Notification

Lawctopus regularly helps organisations hire interns and employees. Email the JD at [email protected] for free and paid plans.

Hot comfort in the valley- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

It is said that to truly appreciate the beauty of Kashmir, one must visit it during the chillaikalan. Never mind that these six weeks—that begin from December 20 and last till January-end—are also the harshest days of winter. A 40-day period when people all over the valley sport the thick, unisex woolen embroidered tunic called a pheran; each insulated by those ingenious portable heaters called kanger to keep the chill at bay. But chillaikalan—that’s followed by the 20-day-long chillaikhurd and the subsequent, 10-day phase of chillai bacha, which marks the end of the cold season—is also the time when one more winter special comes to the fore.

Known multifariously as harees, hareesa or harissa (not to be confused with the Tunisian spice paste of the same name), it is a pounded meat (lean, de-boned lamb), grain (mostly rice) and aromatic spice-redolent delicacy that’s cooked overnight and served only for breakfast. As early as 4 am, one can find people gathered outside stalls called harissa-wans waiting for the aroma of the delicacy to waft out. It is always served with crisp naan, bits of which are torn apart and used to scoop up morsels of the comfort food into eager mouths. This is best chased with the salted, pink-hued tea called noon chai, which is a bit of an acquired taste.

Food critic and writer, the Srinagar-based Marryam Reshii, says, “During biting cold winters combined with electricity outages, harissa is the bright spot in Kashmir. Traditionally made and sold only in the old city of Srinagar, it is sheep meat on the bone cooked for several hours in an enclosed vessel that is insulated by a clever invention of the harissa-gors as the cooks-cum-sellers are called. Garlic, salt, cardamom, cinnamon, cloves and black pepper are a fraction of the appeal.” Thanks to culinary travellers, the dish has now evolved into an all-year-round delicacy. For instance, Chai Jaai tea room that sits on The Bund along Srinagar’s Residency Road serves a close-to-traditional style of harissa 365 days a year.

Given its heartiness, the dish is only sold in winter to fuel the masses with its unctuous pounded meat and rice parts, which are always in a 1:1 ratio. These are cooked overnight in a copper pot called maath in Kashmiri, which is buried in the earth, with a chamber for firewood below. With times changing, it’s not uncommon for many harissa-wans to use gas-propelled fires these days. “Spices like cinnamon, fennel seeds and the de rigueur cardamom—the flavour of Kashmir—are abundantly coaxed into the porridge-like mix, which is topped with a ladle of hot mustard oil that is set alight before being splashed over the contents of the maath,” explains Jasleen Marwah, a Kashmiri Sikh home chef-turned-restauranteur, who runs Folk in Mumbai. This multi-regional Indian cuisine restaurant is one of the few places in the city where one can try out this winter specialty all year round.

At first bite, it is easy to see how parallels can be drawn, comparing harissa with similar meat porridge-esque dishes like haleem and khichda. Both are popular dishes across the Indian subcontinent and both use lentils—something that doesn’t go into harissa. While haleem is cooked until the meat blends with the lentils, in khichda, chunks of meat remain whole as cubes.

Interestingly, all three have their underpinnings in the Arabian dish known as harees. The first written recipe of harees dates back to the 10th century, when Arab scribe Abu Muhammad al-Muzaffar ibn Sayyar compiled a cookbook called Kitab Al-Tabikh.

Farmer and food curator Afshan Rashid, who runs an organic farm called Baag Manzuk in Pulwama near Srinagar, says that the difference is that instead of rice, as in a harissa, a harees has meat that is cooked with wheat and uses a different selection of spices. “The origins of harissa date back to the time when the Silk Route was in use. This is another vestige of a legacy that Kashmir has inherited via its trade route,” says Rashid.

Agreeing to similarities with haleem, celebrity chef and entrepreneur, the Kolkata-based Sabyasachi Gorai, says, “The consistency of both the dishes is paste-like. Also, the origins for both lie in the Azerbaijan region. What I, however, find fascinating about harissa is that it is mostly cooked by men. In fact, there is a saying in Kashmiri, which means that ‘the dish is ready to be eaten when you grow a stubble’, meaning that it takes one the entire night to cook, and is served only at dawn. The glutinous texture might put off the less-adventurous epicure, but it is what makes this dish a class apart. Once you’ve tasted it, you’ll keep coming back to it.”

Marryam Reshii, Food critic and writer 

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Endocrine-disrupting chemicals found in menstrual products

The average menstruator will use over 11,000 tampons or sanitary pads in their lifetime. Vaginal and vulvar tissue that touch pads and tampons is highly permeable. Through this permeable tissue chemicals are absorbed without being metabolized, which makes endocrine-disrupting chemicals potentially dangerous when found in menstrual products. Endocrine-disrupting chemicals can interfere with human hormones and cause medical issues, including gynecological conditions such as endometriosis and uterine fibroids.

Joanna Marroquin, a Mason PhD in Public Health student, and Associate Professor Anna Pollack, reviewed studies conducted since 2103 that measured chemicals in menstrual products and that measured human biomarkers of chemical exposure and determined that endocrine-disrupting chemicals were found in menstrual products including tampons, pads, and liners.

“Identifying chemicals in menstrual products that menstruators regularly use is important because exposure through these products can impact menstruators’ reproductive health,” said Marroquin, the paper’s first author.

The study found that menstrual products contain a variety of endocrine-disrupting chemicals including phthalates, volatile organic compounds, parabens, environmental phenols, fragrance chemicals, dioxins and dioxin-like compounds.

This issue is even more relevant thanks to the Robin Danielson Menstrual Product and Intimate Care Product Safety Act of 2023, which was introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives in October 2023. The Act would establish a program of research regarding the risks posed by the presence of dioxins, phthalates, pesticides, chemical fragrances, and other components in menstrual products and intimate care products.

This literature reviewed 15 papers published between 2013 and 2023 that tested menstrual products in the U.S., Japan, and South Korea. The researchers note that there are few publications available that measure chemicals in menstrual products.

Additionally, though forever chemicals (PFAS) have been found in menstrual underwear, there is a lack of peer-reviewed research on menstrual underwear and other newly-popular-in-the-U.S. products such as menstrual cups and discs.

Chemicals in menstrual products: A systematic review was published in BJOG, an international journal of obstetrics and gynecology in September 2023. Additional authors include Marianthi-Anna Kiomourtzoglou from Mailman School of Public Health, Columbia University and Alexandra Scranton from Women’s Voices for the Earth.

The research was supported by Pollack’s National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences R01ES31079 award.

Madhuri Dixit stuns in Anita Dongre’s ethnic ensemble, paints the town red with elegance. All pics inside

Updated On Dec 18, 2023 10:56 AM IST

Madhuri Dixit shines as the epitome of grace and elegance in her latest look, donning a mesmerising red ethnic attire by ace fashion designer Anita Dongre.

/

expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Updated on Dec 18, 2023 10:56 AM IST

Madhuri Dixit is definitely one of those actresses who ages like a fine wine. The gorgeous diva is a total stunner who continues to hit fashion targets like a pro. Especially when it comes to ethnic fashion, Madhuri definitely reigns supreme. Her Insta-diaries filled with glamorous ethnic looks are nothing short of a treasure trove of style inspiration for all her followers. Her latest appearance in a stunning red ensemble is no exception and is sure to steal your heart. Scroll down to take notes.(Instagram/@madhuridixitnene)

/

On Sunday, Madhuri gave her fans a weekend treat as the stunning actress took to Instagram and uploaded a series of glam pictures accompanied by the caption "Paint the town red",(Instagram/@madhuridixitnene)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Updated on Dec 18, 2023 10:56 AM IST

On Sunday, Madhuri gave her fans a weekend treat as the stunning actress took to Instagram and uploaded a series of glam pictures accompanied by the caption “Paint the town red”,(Instagram/@madhuridixitnene)

/

Madhuri's red outfit is from the shelves of ace fashion designer Anita Dongre. It features a deep v-neck, full-sleeved kurta adorned with intricate multi-coloured floral embroidery all over. She paired it with a matching pair of wide flared trousers to complete her look.(Instagram/@madhuridixitnene)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Updated on Dec 18, 2023 10:56 AM IST

Madhuri’s red outfit is from the shelves of ace fashion designer Anita Dongre. It features a deep v-neck, full-sleeved kurta adorned with intricate multi-coloured floral embroidery all over. She paired it with a matching pair of wide flared trousers to complete her look.(Instagram/@madhuridixitnene)

/

Assisted by celebrity fashion stylist Mohit Rai, Madhuri accessorised her look with a green emerald necklace, matching chandbali earrings, a statement ring adorning her finger and a pair of beige platform heels.(Instagram/@madhuridixitnene)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Updated on Dec 18, 2023 10:56 AM IST

Assisted by celebrity fashion stylist Mohit Rai, Madhuri accessorised her look with a green emerald necklace, matching chandbali earrings, a statement ring adorning her finger and a pair of beige platform heels.(Instagram/@madhuridixitnene)

/

Her stunning make-up includes pink eyeshadow, mascara-coated lashes, winged eyeliner, darkened brows, contoured cheeks, luminous highlighter and a shade of nude lipstick.(Instagram/@madhuridixitnene)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Updated on Dec 18, 2023 10:56 AM IST

Her stunning make-up includes pink eyeshadow, mascara-coated lashes, winged eyeliner, darkened brows, contoured cheeks, luminous highlighter and a shade of nude lipstick.(Instagram/@madhuridixitnene)

/

Assisted by hairstylist Sheetal Khan, Madhuri styled her lush locks into soft curls and left them open at the side, cascading beautifully down her shoulders to complement her look.(Instagram/@madhuridixitnene)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Updated on Dec 18, 2023 10:56 AM IST

Assisted by hairstylist Sheetal Khan, Madhuri styled her lush locks into soft curls and left them open at the side, cascading beautifully down her shoulders to complement her look.(Instagram/@madhuridixitnene)

FDA widens use of cancer drug Merck acquired for $1B

Dive Brief:

  • The Food and Drug Administration on Thursday broadened use of a drug Merck & Co. acquired in a $1 billion buyout four years ago, clearing Welireg for use in people whose kidney tumors have progressed following treatment with two other types of medicines. 
  • Approval was based on a trial that compared Welireg to an older therapy called everolimus. Merck’s drug reduced the risk of cancer progression or death by 25% compared with everolimus and shrank or eliminated tumors in 22% of people who received it. Welireg hasn’t yet proven it can help kidney cancer patients live longer, however. 
  • Merck inherited Welireg when it bought biotechnology company Peloton Therapeutics. Since then, the drug’s been cleared for use in a rare condition called von Hippel-Lindau disease and now kidney cancer. Merck is studying its potential in other settings as well.

Dive Insight:

Welireg is a new kind of cancer drug, blocking production of a protein called HIF-2 alpha that is implicated in cancer growth. Merck believes the treatment could become a blockbuster medicine and future growth driver, though it has a long way to go, generating about $146 million in sales through the first nine months of 2023. 

That number could rise substantially with its new approval in kidney cancer, a larger market opportunity than the rare condition for which it was first approved. The FDA has specifically cleared Welireg for use in kidney cancer patients after they’ve received an immunotherapy, like Merck’s Keytruda, and a type of targeted medicine. 

The approval was granted quickly, only months after Merck in August reported positive interim results from a pivotal trial. Yet there are questions about the benefits Welireg provides. At a medical meeting in October, Merck revealed that, while Welireg’s response rates and effects on cancer progression had widened, it hasn’t provided a survival benefit. That finding has led some oncologists to question its value.

Its impact on cancer’s march has also been modest, with study results showing it helped patients live a median of 5.6 months before their disease got worse or death, comparable to everolimus. The 25% relative risk reduction measured for Welireg over everolimus is the result of delayed progression in patients who surpassed the 5.6-month median, according to the drug’s prescribing information.

Still, the drug will fill a gap, as it’s the first specifically approved for its particular patient group. It’s also provided a blueprint for others in development. Arcus Biosciences has a similar drug in testing against advanced tumors, including kidney cancers. 

Navigating Digital Nomad Life with a Dog

Hit the road and bring your furry companion along for the ride! Living the digital nomad lifestyle means freedom is key, but when you’re traveling with a pet, things can get a bit more complex. But don’t worry, we’ve got you covered! By planning ahead and staying adaptable, you can embrace this thrilling way of life while making sure your pet is well taken care of. Today, Walkin’ Pets invites you to discover how you can wander without limits, while keeping your pet’s needs front and center every step of the way.

Building a Robust Portfolio

Before setting off on your nomadic journey, ensure you have a strong portfolio to showcase your skills. This should include previous work, testimonials, and a clear description of your services. A strong portfolio will help you attract clients and secure projects while on the road. It’s also a good idea to supplement your portfolio with an updated resume that can summarize all the projects and deadlines you’ve worked with. Here’s a free tool that you can use to persuasively highlight all your hard-won experience.

Walkin’ Wheels Wheelchair
large dog uses rear support harness for back legs
Warrior Rear Harness
Harness to help dog up stairs
Buddy Up Harness

Broadening Horizons: Networking for Success

Networking is crucial for a digital nomad. Connect with potential clients or employers through social media platforms, online forums, and networking events. These connections can lead to job opportunities and valuable partnerships.

Mastering the Art of Time Management

As a digital nomad with a pet, you must be adaptable and manage your time effectively. Design a flexible schedule that allows you to meet work deadlines while also caring for your pet. Remember, your pet will need regular exercise, feeding, and attention.

Establishing a Pet-Friendly Routine

Establishing a routine that caters to both your work and pet care needs is essential. This could include scheduling work hours around your pet’s feeding and walk times. Also, try to create a comfortable workspace where your pet can relax nearby.

Ease Your Pet into the Journey

If your pet isn’t used to traveling, start with small trips before embarking on longer journeys. This will allow them to adjust gradually. Always ensure your pet is safe and secure during travel, and remember to bring their favorite toys or blankets to help them feel more comfortable.

Exploring Green Spaces

Research the availability of pet-friendly parks or areas in your new destination. These spaces are great for your pet to exercise and socialize. It’s also a great opportunity for you to meet other pet owners and possibly learn about local pet resources.

Essential Pet Care Items

As a pet owner, it’s crucial to know what pet care items you’ll always need on hand to ensure your pet is comfortable and safe. This might include essentials like food and water bowls, a comfortable bed, grooming supplies, and toys tailored to their needs. Health-related items such as flea and tick prevention, a well-stocked first-aid kit, and any necessary medications should also be included in your pet care arsenal.

Before purchasing new items – especially dog crates – it’s wise to seek expert pet care advice and read product reviews. This will help you make informed decisions about the best products for your pet’s specific needs, ensuring they remain happy, healthy, and safe no matter where you are. And if your pet is disabled, Walkin’ Pets can help!

Being a digital nomad with a pet requires careful planning and adaptability, but the rewards are worth the effort. Protect your pet and your business with preparation and research. With these tips, you can enjoy the freedom of nomadic life while also providing a loving and stable environment for your furry friend.

Walkin’ Pets is here to give special needs pets the help they need and deserve. Questions? Call 888-253-0777.

Adelaide housing market update [video]

2023 is ending with increasingly diverse housing conditions.

While our national Home Value Index reached a nominal recovery in November, the market from city to city and region to region is moving at very different speeds.

The 0.6% rise in the national index in November was the smallest monthly gain since the growth cycle commenced in February, however, it was enough to push the index to new record highs.

Adelaide has seen home values rise at more than 1% month on month over 6 of the past 7 months.

A 1.2% lift in November took the cumulative growth trend to 8.7% since the market found a floor in March.

Since the onset of COVID in March of 2020, Adelaide home values are up almost 51%.

That’s the largest rise of any capital city.

Ad 2

While this is probably good news for homeowners, affordability pressures are becoming more challenging across the city, with the latest affordability metrics placing Adelaide in second position for the worst housing affordability among the capital cities on most metrics.

The rise in advertised stock levels has played a key role in slowing housing market conditions in some cities.

Vendor activity started to rise through early winter, which is seasonally unusual, following an extended period where new listings consistently tracked at below-average levels.

The persistent lift in selling activity since June has coincided with slower growth in home values.

Meaning, Signs, And Ways To Deal

As I sit down to write about monkey branching, a term that has made waves in the world of relationships and dating, I can’t help but recall personal experiences and those of friends who’ve navigated the complex terrain of love and commitment. It’s a concept that hits close to home for many, as we’ve witnessed the tumultuous effects of monkey branching behavior on our own past relationships.

Whether you’ve been the one left hanging from the branch or you’ve contemplated the leap yourself, the emotional rollercoaster of monkey branching is something that resonates with countless individuals. In this article, we’ll delve into its meaning and explore the psychology behind it, helping you identify its signs and ways to deal with it.

What Is Monkey Branching In Relationships?

Monkey branching in relationships refers to a behavior where one partner (the monkey brancher) seeks a new romantic connection before ending the previous relationship. This often stems from a fear of being alone or a desire for emotional safety, resulting in overlapping relationships. It can lead to emotional turmoil and complex dynamics, impacting all parties involved.

According to one study, “People high on attachment anxiety are more likely to be involved in extradyadic relationships due to their high fear of being single, possibly as a bet-hedging strategy to minimize future risk of being single.”

Now that we understand what this phenomenon is, let’s look at the six stages of monkey branching, why people do it, and whether or not it is a form of cheating.

Related Reading: 15 Warning Traits Of A Serial Cheater – Run If You Spot These

Six Stages Of Monkey Branching

Understanding the dynamics of this phenomenon in relationships involves recognizing the stages a monkey brancher typically goes through. These six stages of monkey branching offer insights into the progression of this behavior, shedding light on the emotional journey one may experience as one branches out from relationship to relationship.

  • Dissatisfaction and doubt: The first stage often begins with one partner feeling dissatisfied or having doubts about the current relationship to the point where they may start questioning their feelings and the longevity of the partnership
  • Exploration: In this stage, the individual begins actively seeking new connections or potential partners while still in the existing committed relationship, engaging in flirtatious behaviors and exploring new avenues without commitment
  • Emotional disconnect: As the pursuit of a new relationship intensifies, the person may experience a lack of emotional connection from their current partner, become distant, less invested, and may even pick fights as a way to justify their departure
  • Overlapping relationships: At this point, the individual engages in new relationships before the old relationship ends, creating an overlap that can lead to dishonesty, betrayal, and emotional turbulence for all parties involved
  • The leap: This is the moment when the individual decides to make the leap from the old relationship to the new one, which can be abrupt, causing shock and heartbreak for the current partner left behind
  • Remorse or justification: After the transition to the next relationship, a monkey brancher may experience remorse for their actions or attempt to justify them

It’s like being in a perpetual rebound relationship with a series of different partners. The emotional aftermath that constitutes these six stages of monkey branching varies widely, but it’s crucial to understand the impact of monkey swinging and possibly even how long do monkey branch relationship last.

Why Do People Monkey Branch?

Why do people monkey branch? Do monkey branching relationships last? How long do monkey branch relationship last? These are questions that delve into the intricate motivations driving this complex relationship behavior. Understanding the underlying reasons can shed light on the emotional and psychological factors that lead individuals to engage in monkey branching, a phenomenon that can have profound implications for those involved.

People often monkey branch as a way to avoid feeling lonely

When a guy or a girl is monkey branching, it could be for a multitude of reasons:

  • Fear of loneliness is a powerful motivator, as individuals may jump from one relationship to another to avoid the discomfort of being alone
  • Emotionally unfulfilled in their current partnership, they seek solace in new connections, hoping to find the happiness that eludes them
  • Insecurity within the current relationship can also drive monkey branching behavior, as they may lack confidence in its stability or quality
  • Opportunistic monkey branching can occur when an unexpected chance for a new relationship presents itself, leading individuals to make hasty decisions
  • Low self-esteem or poor communication and unresolved issues in the current relationship might cause them to seek emotional connections elsewhere
  • Additionally, dating apps have made it much easier to engage in this kind of behavior

The desire for excitement and novelty, coupled with the ego boost received from a new partner, can further fuel this desire to seek validation elsewhere — it gives the monkey brancher the feeling of having a higher status. This is monkey branching psychology 101. Understanding these motivations underscores the importance of fostering open communication, self-awareness, and healthy relationship practices to address the root causes of monkey branching and ultimately build stronger, more resilient connections.

But do monkey branching relationships last? Monkey branching relationships typically have a lower probability of lasting in the long term. This behavior often indicates a lack of commitment and emotional investment in the current relationship, as one partner seeks emotional security or fulfillment elsewhere. Such relationships are built on shaky foundations, and the emotional strain caused by overlapping relationships or quick transitions can make it challenging to sustain them. Nevertheless, a monkey brancher is rarely single because one branch is never enough.

Related Reading: 11 Common Reasons People Cheat In Relationships

Is Monkey Branching Cheating?

The question of whether a monkey brancher is a cheater or not is a subject of ethical and moral debate. Monkey branching meaning the overlap of one romantic involvement with another creates a gray area in which the boundaries of commitment are blurred.

It is considered cheating because the monkey brancher is engaging in a romantic or sexual relationship with someone outside the boundaries of an existing committed relationship, without the knowledge or consent of all involved parties. While a monkey brancher may not engage in physical cheating, they often indulge in emotional cheating. Cheating is often a refuge for people who have low self-esteem or do not have strong morals.

According to one Reddit user, “If they are monkey branching, they are cheating. The biggest signs I noticed after 6 years on/off together:

  • His communication dropped significantly. He was distant. Never made plans
  • He would go MIA and be very vague about wanting “me time”. He wouldn’t tell me what he was doing or talk to me at all about what he did when we were apart. Vague answers like “Did things around the house, why do you always want to know?” Most partners will volunteer what they’re up to
  • Defensiveness when I’d ask or mention something felt off. He would instantly get angry and call me interrogative, refused to talk to me about my concerns or why I was feeling that way
  • The phone was always on silent/taken off Bluetooth in the car
  • He was caught on dating apps
  • I followed him one day. He did not go where he said he was and that was the nail in the coffin

“He went on to leave me for her when I confronted him. 2 years later, he came back saying what a mistake and blah blah. I was stupid and told him we could work through it as I knew he had some mental health issues then. He did it again 4 months later. Showed a lot of the same signs and I didn’t bother confirming it, I listened to my gut and left. Blocked him after he got mad, once again, at me for raising the change in behavior.”

Monkey branchers often lack a strong moral compass and this is a big deal because a guy like this will likely treat other girls the same way as the previous one.

7 Signs Of Monkey Branching

What is monkey branching in relationships? Recognizing the signs of monkey branching is pivotal for anyone navigating the world of relationships. These seven telltale indicators offer valuable insights into identifying when a partner may be contemplating or actively engaging in the behavior. Being attuned to these signs and understanding monkey branching psychology can help individuals make informed decisions and better protect their emotional well-being.

1. Emotional distance

One of the most poignant indicators of a monkey brancher is the palpable emergence of emotional detachment within a relationship. This phenomenon can be characterized by a significant and concerning shift in the emotional connection that once bound you and your current partner.

Where you once shared your deepest thoughts, desires, and feelings, you now find a growing chasm of detachment. A monkey-branching wife/husband/partner becomes increasingly reserved, less available for meaningful conversations, and disengaged from the emotional fabric of the relationship. This is a sign that they may start flirting with someone else.

2. Lack of affection

A noticeable lack of affection within a relationship is a sign of potential monkey branching, meaning a partner is losing interest. It manifests in the diminishing of physical gestures of love and warmth that were once integral to the partnership. A monkey branching wife/girlfriend/husband/boyfriend may begin giving less affection and dialing back on gestures such as hugs, kisses, or cuddling, which previously served as tangible expressions of their love and emotional connection.

This newfound scarcity of physical intimacy can create a sense of alienation and foster emotional discord, leaving you to grapple with feelings of rejection and isolation. It not only erodes the emotional bond you once shared but may indicate that your current partner is redirecting their romantic and emotional energy toward a new relationship, thereby deepening the emotional rift between you. Addressing this sign promptly is crucial for either mending the current relationship or preparing for the difficult conversations that lie ahead.

Related Reading: Expert Tips On How To Increase Physical Intimacy In A Relationship

3. Absence of intimacy

The absence of intimacy is a key sign of monkey branching, reflecting a profound emotional disconnect within the current relationship, and is a major red flag. It’s characterized by a dwindling desire or ability to share one’s innermost thoughts, feelings, and concerns with a partner. Conversations that were once meaningful and fulfilling may become superficial or rare.

When a guy/girl is monkey branching, the lack of emotional intimacy can leave you feeling isolated and unfulfilled, as he/she grows disinterested in the emotional connection that was once a cornerstone of your relationship. It’s a telltale sign that they may be seeking emotional fulfillment and a deeper connection elsewhere, making it imperative to address the issue openly and honestly to either rebuild the intimacy or navigate the challenges that lie ahead.

4. Decline in quality time

A noticeable reduction in quality time spent together is another prominent sign of a monkey brancher. Your partner, who once valued your companionship, might now prioritize other activities or individuals over nurturing your shared bond. This shift can lead to feelings of neglect and emotional distance, as the moments that used to strengthen your connection are replaced with a growing sense of isolation.

Whether it’s done under the pretext of work, new acquaintances, or other interests, the bottom line is that they seem to be more interested in doing their own thing like often taking calls when they’re with you.

Related Reading: 11 Tips To Build A Successful Relationship After Cheating

5. Not making plans together

When your partner stops making plans with you, immediate or long-term, they could be a monkey brancher. If they’re no longer excited by the prospect of doing things with you — be it going to the movies over the weekend, planning a holiday for the summer, or talking about what the future may look like five years down the road — it shows a clear detachment on their part.

This detachment suggests that your partner may be channeling their emotional energy toward new romantic interests, emphasizing the need for candid communication to either rekindle the romance or address the evolving dynamics in your relationship.

6. Apathy or indifference

Apathy or indifference in a relationship is perhaps the most obvious sign of monkey branching. Your partner will lose interest or concern for your well-being, happiness, or the dynamics of the relationship. Your emotional needs may no longer be a priority to them, and they may show little empathy or understanding toward your feelings and concerns or future as a couple.

They could also engage in secretive behavior, or share increasingly negative thoughts, as they pursue a new person. It’s essential to address this sign promptly, whether to reignite their emotional engagement or to confront the reality of changing relationship dynamics and just break up.

cheating

How To Deal With A Monkey Branching Relationship

Navigating monkey branching in a relationship can be emotionally challenging, but it’s possible to address your partner’s behavior change with care and consideration:

  • Open communication: Initiate an honest and open conversation with your partner. Express your concerns and feelings without judgment and ask them about their motivations and emotions to gain a better understanding of the situation
  • Self-reflection: Take time for self-reflection to assess your own needs and boundaries within the relationship to better understand what you’re willing to tolerate and what you need to feel secure and fulfilled
  • Seek support: Reach out to friends and family for emotional support. Having a strong support system can provide you with guidance, perspective, and a safe space to express your feelings through this rough patch
  • Set boundaries: If you decide to work on the relationship, establish clear boundaries and expectations for both partners; transparency is crucial in rebuilding trust
  • Seek professional help: If the relationship feels irreparable, couples therapy or counseling can be a valuable resource since a trained therapist can facilitate productive discussions and help both partners navigate the challenges
  • Self-care: Prioritize self-care to maintain your emotional and mental well-being and engage in activities that bring you joy, reduce stress, and boost self-worth
  • Evaluate the relationship: Ultimately, assess whether the relationship aligns with your long-term goals and values; sometimes, it’s necessary to make the difficult decision to end the relationship and prioritize your happiness and well-being

Key Pointers

  • Monkey branching is the phenomenon of seeking a new romantic connection before ending an existing one
  • Low self-esteem, unmet needs, fear of being alone, insecurity, and opportunistic behavior are some factors that cause a person to monkey branch in relationships
  • Emotional distance, lack of intimacy, indifference, and detachment are some clear indicators of a partner monkey branching
  • A monkey branching relationship needs to be dealt with open and honest communication, allowing both partners to express their feelings without judgment

Remember that dealing with a monkey branching relationship can be emotionally draining, and there’s no one-size-fits-all solution. The key is to make choices that align with your values and goals, ensuring that your emotional and mental health remains a top priority throughout the process. Whether you decide to work on the relationship or move forward independently, the experience can serve as an opportunity for growth, self-discovery, and, ultimately, a healthier and more fulfilling future.

13 Cheating Guilt Signs You Need To Watch Out For

How To Forgive A Cheating Partner? 7 Tips To Heal And Move On

The 8 Most Common Types Of Cheating In A Relationship

Ask Our Expert

2022 GMC Hummer EV Pickup Review: One-Trick Pony

The only way you’d lose this thing in a parking lot is if that parking lot was at a GMC dealer. And even then…

Andrew Krok/CNET

“My name is Hummer, King of Kings; Look on my Works, ye Mighty, and despair!”

Like


  • Brain-breaking hustle


  • Beefcake aesthetics


  • Super Cruise

Don’t like


  • Many poor-quality materials


  • Leaky noises aplenty


  • Generally obscene

The GMC Hummer EV isn’t here to be practical. It’s a moonshot vehicle, an aspirational purchase that seeks to convince internal combustion, bro-truck holdouts that the cars of the future can be “badass,” too. But after a week behind the wheel of this brodozer, even with all the whiz-bang tech tucked away in here, the Hummer EV still feels like a relic of the past, desperately fighting against the tide while trying to fit into a more eco-conscious future where it probably shouldn’t exist at all.

I’ll start with the parts that I think GM got right — as “right” as a 9,000-pound electric truck can get, at least. While I prefer the silhouette of the upcoming SUV variant to this pickup-truck body, I will say that the Hummer EV looks every bit the beast that it is. The boxy fender flares comprise nearly half of the real estate on each side. It’s imposingly large in every dimension. The giant running light with “HUMMER” etched into it makes the vehicle’s presence known well before it blots out the sun for smaller vehicles as it passes by. It’s extremely in-your-face.

GMC rolled out its biggest, most powerful Hummer EV first, and it practically breaks physics when experienced. Two motors at the rear axle combine with one on the front axle to produce a net 1,000 horsepower and somewhere north of 1,000 pound-feet of torque. (I am not parroting GMC’s practically duplicitous use of five-digit at-the-wheel torque figures.) Even though the Hummer EV weighs as much as 1.5 GMC Sierra heavy-duty pickups, it’ll reach 60 mph in right about 3 seconds, which is supercar territory. It doesn’t make sense — and it’s even harder to parse this reality when you’re focused on keeping this rocket-powered aircraft carrier pointed straight — but it’s impressive that something can actually do this, especially repeatedly.

Another high point in the Hummer EV comes from GM tech that’s been kicking around for a while already. Super Cruise can control the vehicle’s driving, steering and braking on certain pre-mapped stretches of highway across the US, and it’s truly the best hands-free system on sale today. It feels no different in the Hummer EV; even with its Brobdingnagian footprint, Super Cruise keeps the car smack-dab in the center of its lane, whether the road is curvy or straight. It’ll even change lanes on its own now, and it does so with an impressive smoothness. It does an amazing job reducing the tedium of longer drives, and there were very few times when the system requested that I step in and handle a specific portion of road.

I’m a big fan of being able to run CarPlay on just a portion of the screen while native apps stay active.

Andrew Krok/CNET

The rest of the Hummer EV’s cabin tech isn’t too shabby, either. Rising from the center of the dashboard is a 13.4-inch touchscreen running the latest iteration of GM’s corporate infotainment system. It offers wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, in addition to a whole bunch of integrated Google apps, including Maps. Epic Games’ Unreal Engine handles the graphics, and they’re damned good. The display is large enough to offer split-screen functionality, including the ability to run Google Maps alongside whatever smartphone mirroring is running. The 12.3-inch digital gauge display also offers some slick aesthetics, and it’s easy to customize using the steering wheel controls.

That’s it, though. Those are all the new tricks that this old dog knows. And once the veneer of physics-defying entrail rearrangement fades, all that’s left is a mediocre electric truck with the curb weight of a dying star. The Hummer EV becomes a bit of a Bummer EV, if you will.

The whole front face of the steering wheel is rubber, which doesn’t exactly feel premium.

Andrew Krok/CNET

As interesting as the Hummer EV’s cabin can look, going beyond a glance reveals some extremely middling material. Yes, I know the Hummer EV is a pickup that can be an open-air vehicle (more on its T-tops later), and thus some degree of durability is required in the cabin. But man, everything just feels so cheap. The dashboard and center console are made of cold, rock-hard plastic that feels like it was cribbed from a rental-spec Chevy Equinox. The use of leather pretty much stops and starts at the seats and steering wheel. What looks like leather on the door panels and center armrest is actually a unique rubberized material that, while it carries some interesting looks, again feels unworthy of a $100,000 price tag. Hell, when I open up the armrest to access the cubby, I’m met with more hard plastic and exposed bolts. On something that costs Range Rover money. Yeesh.

More than a few corners feel cut on the Hummer EV, even in its most expensive Edition 1 guise. The headlight and wiper stalks lack illumination, as do the physical switches that handle climate-control duties on the center touchscreen, so if you haven’t committed all that switchgear to memory, good luck trying to use it at night. Thanks to issues with its vertical windows, GM couldn’t get auto-up windows to work, so they just weren’t included — and yet, Ford’s supplier seems to build them just fine for the Bronco’s equally steep windows.

Find me a human being who can actually palm this shifter comfortably. It’s like GMC accidentally scaled up the lever’s CAD diagram to 125% and forgot to fix it.

Andrew Krok/CNET

There are some strange ergonomics at play in the Hummer’s cabin, too. The shifter is twice as large as it needs to be, and my admittedly lanky hands still have a hard time gripping it comfortably. The rear glass is at the perfect angle to constantly reflect the infotainment screen in the rearview mirror at night, obstructing visibility. The passenger side mirror is weirdly zoomed in, presumably because it’s located two states away from the driver, which makes precision parking and lane changes more perilous than necessary.

Ride quality is good, but not great. I wouldn’t fault you for thinking that something with the mass of an office complex and thick, off-road-ready tires would absorb everything short of an earthquake. And while the Hummer EV’s standard air suspension does soak up a good number of pavement inconsistencies, something about the ride still feels flinty in execution, like there’s some inherent performance-oriented stiffness built in where it maybe shouldn’t be. Those tires do generate a good bit of road noise, as well, but thankfully that’s drowned out by the constant hiss of air sneaking through the T-tops and the sound of the wind slamming against the steep rakes of the windshield and mirrors. This is not a quiet car.

The roof panels’ tinting does a good job of keeping the sun at bay, but there’s no fixing all that wind noise at highway speeds.

Andrew Krok/CNET

Perhaps GM’s greatest achievement in this entire exercise is that the company managed to build an electric vehicle that is extravagantly inefficient. While its battery is rated for a solid 329 miles per charge, it requires over 200 kilowatt-hours of capacity to do so, or about twice what most cars with big batteries have. Over my week with the Hummer EV, wintry weather did its best to kneecap that range, and I ended up seeing only about 230 miles until I had to seek out some juice. That comes out to a little over 1.1 kilowatt-hours per mile, about one-third the efficiency of a Hyundai Ioniq 5 tested in equally chilly weather.

Blissfully, the Hummer EV’s Ultium platform means it can accept the fastest charges currently offered. Plug this thing into a 350-kilowatt DC fast charger and it will do its best to hoover up every electron as fast as possible, which is good, seeing as how I’m basically charging two “normal” EVs back-to-back.

It’s all so damn wasteful. I just keep thinking about how the battery pack in one of these could instead be used to put not one, but two Equinox or Blazer EVs on the road. As most other automakers — including primary competitor Ford — focus on rolling out affordable electric vehicles that people need more than want, GM is over here throwing two batteries’ worth of rare metals into six-figure moonshots for the chronically insecure.

Branding appeared quite important during the Hummer EV development cycle, since it’s everywhere. But at the same time, exactly how can this vehicle be mistaken for anything but a Hummer?

Andrew Krok/CNET

I could forgive some of the Hummer EV’s warts if it didn’t cost $110,295 including $1,595 in destination charges. And yes, there are lesser-equipped, lower-range Hummer EVs coming down the pipeline, which will carry more palatable price tags that better suit its interior quality. But my tester is sitting here asking for Range Rover or Mercedes EQS money, where you can still get oodles of propulsion, but you also get a cabin that doesn’t feel like a minimum viable product. When that’s considered, it doesn’t feel like a good use of that much money. Hell, you could buy two Ford F-150 Lightning Pro electric trucks for that price. Two!

The GMC Hummer EV is proof that electrification won’t change too much about our lives. There will still be room on our roads for something that is unnecessarily large and wasteful, something that looks like it could be for work purposes but decidedly is not, as is the American car-buying tradition. Being big and dumb for no good reason will not go gently into that good night, even though it probably should.

Jesse Lingard is a non-footballing footballer – he won’t be the last

Follow live coverage of Liverpool vs Manchester United in the Premier League today

It’s Jesse Lingard’s birthday. He turns 31 today and, at this stage of his life, he must realise it is not going to be easy shifting some of the perceptions that come from being a non-footballing footballer. For now, at least.

Speak to Lingard’s former team-mates and they will talk about a guy who has been popular at all his clubs and played at a level, including a World Cup semi-final, that automatically commands respect among his fellow pros.

But it is also a harsh reality that many others will be wondering how a player with Lingard’s record of achievement has spent so long without a club and seems less troubled by that situation than you might assume.

Lingard last played competitive football in April, a two-minute substitute appearance for Nottingham Forest against his old club Manchester United. His last 90-minute performances in the Premier League came with Forest in August 2022 and, before that, you have to go back another 15 months to find the previous one, on loan to West Ham from United.

Since then, it has largely been a period of drift for a player who had previously won 32 England caps and contributed to some of United’s happier moments since Sir Alex Ferguson’s retirement, including scoring the winning goal in the 2016 FA Cup final. There have been some nagging injuries, some personal issues and only sporadic glimpses of his undoubted talent.


Jesse Lingard celebrates his winner in the 2016 FA Cup final (Shaun Botterill/Getty Images)

And, little more than two years since his last England appearance, the life of ‘JLingz’ involves an entirely different routine these days: taking a ball and going outside, alone, other than a personal trainer, to work on his fitness.

Something similar happened to Michael Owen when he left United at the end of the 2011-12 season and it quickly became apparent that a player who was once football royalty, with all the superstar’s wealth and accessories, may have to re-evaluate his position within the sport.

Owen, like Lingard, was in his early thirties. His highlights reel was even more extensive, as a former Ballon d’Or winner, but age had also started to become his biggest opponent. And, though neither man is ever going to end up on Skid Row, it cannot be easy trying to adjust when the boundaries shift and the sport, as a whole, stops looking at you so favourably.

In Owen’s case, he was too old, too expensive and too injury-prone for the elite clubs and there were times over a long and challenging summer when he contemplated abandoning football to devote himself to his horse racing business.

“I did get a couple of enquiries from overseas — one from Vancouver Whitecaps, a Canada-based MLS side, and one from an Australian side, Newcastle Jets,” Owen wrote in his 2019 autobiography. “When I considered those two possibilities, neither particularly appealed.

That apart, Stoke City were the only Premier League side who showed any real interest and, if you remember their tactics under Tony Pulis’ management, it always seemed strange to imagine a player with Owen’s size and skill set in their forward line. Owen had doubts himself. But he signed for them anyway because the alternative would have meant his absence from football going beyond six months — which is exactly what is happening with Lingard now.


Michael Owen and Stoke City, managed by Tony Pulis, were an unhappy marriage (Clive Rose/Getty Images)

“My God, the whole episode was so empty,” Owen added. “When I first signed for Liverpool, I literally couldn’t write my name quickly enough. The same applied at Real Madrid and, for that matter, Manchester United. I must admit that when I signed (for Stoke), I did so with absolutely no joy. It was just a job and I signed only because I thought it was the right thing to do at the time. What else could I do?”

That seems like a question Lingard must have asked himself many times since he started pitching up at a sports centre in Newton Heath — the area of north Manchester where United were founded — to go through his drills, work up a sweat and then upload the pictures to his social-media channels with snappy phrases such as “keep pushing” or “positivity and progress”.

“Even the hardest days will eventually pass,” read one recent post. “We only do positive.”

The intention, presumably, is to show potential employers how hard he is working, how devoted he remains to the sport, whatever anyone might say, and how he is ready for a new challenge. His ambition, it seems, is to find a team in the U.S. “Motivation, hunger and love for the game,” read another recent post.

Unfortunately for Lingard, the new MLS season does not start until February. Nothing has been fixed up and, over the last six months, the football industry is hard-faced and cynical enough for many people to question his priorities. Why, they want to know, is somebody with his ability out of work? Does he not care? Does this not hurt his professional pride? Because nobody wants to be a non-footballing footballer, surely?

The questions are understandable because, however it is dressed up, there is nothing orthodox about a footballer spending half a year, or possibly longer, out of the game.

But there is some context here and, if anything, the nature of modern-day football makes it likely we will see more of this happening in the future.

Here, we have a man of extraordinary wealth who is in a position where he does not have to rush into what he does next.

It is not about a shortage of offers, according to people with knowledge of the situation who will remain anonymous to protect their positions, or that Lingard holds any arrogant assumptions about the level he should be playing. It is more about waiting for the deal that suits him best, rather than feeling compelled or pressured to accept whatever comes his way.


Jesse Lingard started the 2018 World Cup semi-final for England against Croatia (Clive Rose/Getty Images)

That, after all, is exactly what Owen did with Stoke and look how that turned out. To the surprise of absolutely nobody, Owen did not fit into Pulis’ big-man-at-the-far-post methodology, sitting on the bench while Peter Crouch and Jonathan Walters started in attack.

In a moment of tragicomedy, one training session ended with one of the senior pros holding court in the dressing room and asking with a mix of humour and seriousness: “What the hell is Michael Owen even doing in here?”

Owen, who was asking himself the same question, retired at the end of the season after making no league starts, but had offered to hand in his notice on at least one occasion during the preceding months.

Against that kind of backdrop, maybe Lingard is entitled to be picky. It would be a lot harder, perhaps, if the interest had dried up. But the phone is still ringing and, as long as that is the case, the attitude seems to be: why rush?

Lingard had previously spent several weeks training with Al Ettifaq, the Saudi Pro League club where Steven Gerrard is the manager and the players include Jordan Henderson, Moussa Dembele and Georginio Wijnaldum.

Before that, Lingard had a similar arrangement at West Ham and even turned out for David Moyes’ team in a behind-closed-doors game against Ipswich. Many people wondered whether it might lead to something more substantial and Lingard having the chance to mend his relationship with the club’s supporters, who were aggrieved by his decision to pick Forest ahead of them a year earlier. But nothing more came of it and all the talk about Saudi Arabia fizzled out, too

Wolves toyed with the idea of moving for him. Other clubs in the Premier League discussed his availability, along with one from Italy. Nothing, though, has worked out and it is worth remembering that Lingard, despite everything, will not come cheap. Forest were paying a basic weekly salary of £115,000 ($147,000), plus some eye-watering bonuses, which led to some issues between the player’s camp and the club’s owners.


Jesse Lingard had a disappointing spell at Nottingham Forest (Shaun Botterill/Getty Images)

Lingard is not blameless and you have to wonder whether, on reflection, he recognises it was a mistake not to rejoin West Ham last season, especially as it meant him not being part of their Europa Conference League triumph, the club’s first major trophy for 43 years.

Other offers were proposed by Newcastle United and Fulham, with four-year deals under discussion. Instead, Lingard signed a one-year contract with Forest, where he started only 14 games, rather than accepting the club’s offer of a two-year arrangement.

Maybe that was an error, too, but he and his advisers thought he would be in a stronger position if he played well for a year, which he did not, and became available on a free transfer.

With that in mind, it becomes easier to understand why Lingard wants to make sure his next choice is the right one.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Jesse Lingard and Manchester United’s unfortunate farewell

His penance comes in the form of 24/7 reminders, via the cesspit of social media, that he is a shirker and a waster, that he has thrown his career away and various other charming responses to go with all the hostile headlines and regular unpleasantness that someone in his position has to encounter.

Some people can get extraordinarily angry when they think a super-rich footballer is not making the most of his talent. It is an everyday part of Lingard’s life and that, perhaps, is the saddest thing given that he has tried to open up in the past about some of his more difficult times at Old Trafford and his occasional struggles with mental health.

So, yes, perhaps MLS will be the best place for Lingard to rediscover himself and, this being his birthday, maybe we can hold off from judging him too harshly until we see what happens next.

Has he made some questionable choices? Yes. Does he need to find his way back soon? Absolutely, unless he wants to become one of football’s forgotten men. But he could play for another five or six years, if he really wants to.

The next few weeks will tell us more. It all comes down to Lingard’s priorities and that is the biggest question when, ultimately, 31 is far too young for any player to be talked about in the past tense.

(Top photo: Clive Mason/Getty Images)

How to Use TikTok Without the App or an Account

Key Takeaways

  • You can use TikTok’s website or mobile browser to watch videos without creating an account.
  • You can also use a third-party viewer like Urlebird to explore TikTok content, but beware of poor-quality ads and site performance issues.
  • Using TikTok without an account limits interaction with the platform, including liking, commenting, and following.


There is so much content to see on TikTok that you’ll likely find videos that appeal to your unique interests. But if you would rather not create an account on another social media platform, here’s a look at how to use TikTok without the app or an account.


1. Use the TikTok Website on Your PC

You can use a desktop browser to open the TikTok website and watch videos without logging into an account. TikTok doesn’t place any restrictions on the number of videos you can watch without logging in.

A prompt to log in to TikTok will come up from time to time, but you can simply close it and continue watching.

2. Use TikTok’s Mobile Browser Website

Alternatively, you can watch videos on TikTok’s mobile website if you don’t want to use the app but still want to browse on your smartphone.

Opening TikTok on a mobile browser takes you to a For You page. A prompt should come up, asking you to download TikTok Lite or the main TikTok app. Select Not now and continue to watch videos. It will continue to pop up from time to time but you can dismiss it.

There is a limit to how far back you can go into a particular creator’s post history before you are cut off and asked to download TikTok (unlike the desktop site).

You can find trending songs and hashtags on the Discover tab on the mobile website. The mobile interface is closer to the TikTok app than the desktop website.

3. Use a Third-Party TikTok Viewer

Urlebird - Third-Party TikTok Viewer

If you don’t want TikTok tracking your viewing activity, you can use a third-party viewer website to explore TikTok content. Urlebird is a popular TikTok viewer that shows trending videos and allows you to search for users and hashtags.

The Music tab helps you keep track of trending songs on the platform, and you can download TikTok videos with Downloader. It does have some drawbacks though. For one, trending content is usually not what you want to see and you are not likely to find any useful recommendations.

The website includes a lot of poor-quality ads and the site’s performance is also not always reliable.

Can You Use the TikTok App Without an Account?

The TikTok app doesn’t require users to create and log in to an account and this applies to both TikTok Lite and TikTok. All you need to do is install the app and start watching. The non-lite version of the TikTok app even allows you to choose your preferences.

The Limitations of Using TikTok Without the App or an Account

There are certain merits to using TikTok without logging in. It allows you to browse the platform without sharing as much personal information, it helps you avoid notifications and messages, and it makes it easier to discover new, fresh content.

There are ways to view a person’s TikTok profile anonymously without logging out of your account, so you shouldn’t have to avoid using the app with an account if you don’t want people to see that you’ve viewed their profile. Using TikTok without logging in is not for everyone though, as it has a few key limitations:

  • You won’t be able to like and comment on videos, nor can you follow any accounts.
  • You also won’t have a watch history without an account, making it hard to re-watch videos you enjoyed.
  • You won’t be able to watch TikTok LIVE without creating an account or logging in. LIVE videos will only play for twenty seconds before TikTok asks you to log in.
  • You can’t customize your TikTok’s For You page to suit your preferences. However, when using the platform, it does try to personalize some of the recommendations.

It is also important to know that using the TikTok website or app without an account is not completely anonymous. TikTok tracks you even without an account. However, you can clear cookies or delete the app’s cache after each browsing session. You can also try watching on your browser in incognito mode.

Using TikTok without an account means you won’t be able to interact with any of the content you see on the platform. This might lead to a passive and somewhat isolated experience on the platform.

Yuyuan lantern festival brightens up Shanghai and Paris

Visitors take photos of a lantern installation titled “A Night of Fish and Dragon Dance” at Yuyuan Garden in Shanghai on December 16, 2023. /IC

Visitors take photos of a lantern installation titled “A Night of Fish and Dragon Dance” at Yuyuan Garden in Shanghai on December 16, 2023. /IC

A lantern installation titled

A lantern installation titled “A Night of Fish and Dragon Dance” illuminates Yuyuan Garden in Shanghai on December 16, 2023. /IC

A lantern installation titled “A Night of Fish and Dragon Dance” illuminates Yuyuan Garden in Shanghai on December 16, 2023. /IC

Lanterns featuring dragons and mythical creatures from the Chinese book

Lanterns featuring dragons and mythical creatures from the Chinese book “Classic of Mountains and Seas” illuminate the Jardin d’Acclimatation park in Paris, France on December 14, 2023. /VCG

Lanterns featuring dragons and mythical creatures from the Chinese book “Classic of Mountains and Seas” illuminate the Jardin d’Acclimatation park in Paris, France on December 14, 2023. /VCG

People appreciate Chinese lanterns at the Jardin d'Acclimatation park in Paris on December 13, 2023. /VCG

People appreciate Chinese lanterns at the Jardin d’Acclimatation park in Paris on December 13, 2023. /VCG

People appreciate Chinese lanterns at the Jardin d’Acclimatation park in Paris on December 13, 2023. /VCG

Colorful lanterns have been lit up in both Shanghai and Paris as part of the 2024 Chinese New Year celebrations.

A lantern installation titled “A Night of Fish and Dragon Dance” illuminated Shanghai’s iconic Yuyuan Garden on Friday as a preview for its annual lantern fair, which will officially begin in mid-to-late January 2024 and last for over 40 days to celebrate the Year of the Dragon.

The Yuyuan lantern festival in Paris is part of the celebrations for the 60th anniversary of the establishment of diplomatic relations between China and France, and also marks the China-France Year of Culture and Tourism in 2024. Over 60 large sets of Chinese lanterns and 2,000 traditional lanterns will illuminate Paris until February 25 next year.

How to Use Split Screen on a Mac With Split View

Key Takeaways

  • Split View in macOS allows you to view two windows on your Mac simultaneously, making multitasking easier.
  • You can enter Split View on a Mac using the Enter Full Screen button or Mission Control.
  • While in Split View, you can adjust the window size, swap positions, and replace a tiled window to make the most of it.


Tired of switching back and forth between two app windows on your Mac? The Split View feature in macOS makes multitasking a lot easier. Read on to learn how to split the screen on your Mac and use two apps simultaneously.


What Is Split View in macOS?

Split View is one of the useful macOS features that makes your life easier. It allows you to view two windows on your Mac at the same time without them getting overlapped or jumbled with other opened windows.

If you don’t have an extra monitor, Split View is a great option when you need to use two apps side-by-side on your Mac. For example, with Split View, you can scroll through a document on one side of your Mac’s screen and type information into Numbers on the other side.

This feature is a lifesaver for people who often multitask on their computers. There’s one minor downside to it, though—you can’t use more than two apps in Split View at once.

How to Split the Screen on a Mac

You can split the screen on your Mac using the Enter Full Screen button or Mission Control. We’ll teach you both methods below.

Enter Split View on a Mac Using the Enter Full Screen Button

Most app windows on macOS have an Enter Full Screen button that lets you put them in full-screen view or tile them to the left or right half of the screen. You can use that to put an app in Split View with these steps:

  1. Open the two apps you want to use side by side.
  2. Hover the cursor over the green button in the top-left corner of either app’s window.

  3. Click the second or third option from the context menu according to your preference on snapping to the Left or Right.
  4. Once the app is tiled, click the second app window, which appears on the other half of the screen, to tile it.
    selecting second app window to put in Split View mode on a Mac.

Enter Split View on a Mac Using Mission Control

Mission Control is a macOS feature that shows you all open apps and spaces on your desktop to make them easily accessible. Here’s how to use it to put two apps side by side:

  1. Open the two apps you want to use in Split View.
  2. Bring up Missing Control. You can do this by hitting the Mission Control (F3) key on your keyboard. Alternatively, you can swipe up with three fingers on your trackpad or double-tap the Magic Mouse with two fingers.
  3. Click on an app window and hover it over the left or right of the active space at the top of the screen. When you see a window with a plus (+) button, drop the app window on top of it.
    dragging an app window onto a new space in Missing Control.

  4. Now, click and drag the second app window over the new space and drop it there to put it next to the other app in Split View.
    putting the second app to put into the new space in Mission Control.

How to Adjust the Windows in Split View

Once you’ve put two apps in Split View on your Mac, here are a few actions that can help you multitask more effectively.

Adjust the Split Screen Area

If you want the window on either side of the screen to be larger, click and drag the vertical separator between the two windows to the left or right, according to your liking. Remember that there’s a limit to how much you can adjust the size of the windows in Split View.

vertical separator for adjusting the screen area between two apps in Split View mode.

Switch Window Positions

For times when you feel it’d be more convenient to view one of the apps on the left side of the screen rather than on the right (or vice versa), you can easily switch the window’s position without exiting Split View.

To do this, move the cursor to the very top of the screen. This will expose the window’s title bar. Click the title bar of the app you want to move and drag it to the other side of your Mac’s screen.

switching positions of app windows in Split View on a Mac.

Also, don’t fret if you can’t see your Mac’s Dock—it’s temporarily hidden when you’re in Split View. If you want the Dock to show up, simply move your cursor to the bottom of the screen.

Replace a Tiled Window in Split View

Lastly, if you want to use a different app than the two currently open in Split View, you can replace a tiled app window with another.

For this, go back to the desktop space where you have the two apps open side by side. Hover your cursor over the green button on the app window you want to replace and select Replace Tiled Window.

Replacing tile in Split View

When macOS shows you all the open apps on your desktop, click on the one you want to use, and it’ll be stacked next to the existing one in split-screen mode.

selecting the other app window to replace one in the existing Split View.

How to Exit Split View in macOS

There are four ways to exit the Split View mode on a Mac. The fastest way is to press the esc key. This will take the app (on which you press the key) out of Split View and put the other app in full-screen mode. However, this method doesn’t work on apps that use the esc key for some other action.

Alternatively, you can exit Split View using the green button. With this method, you can choose what happens to the app windows when you exit Split View by hovering over the green button and selecting either Move Window to Desktop or Make Window Full Screen. If you can’t see the green button, move your cursor to the top edge of the screen.

Exiting Split View in macOS

If you’re done working with one of the apps from the Split View screen, click the X button at the top-left corner of its window to close it. When you do this, the other app will open in full-screen mode.

Finally, you can also exit Split View using Mission Control. To do this, press the Mission Control (F3) key on your keyboard or swipe up with three fingers on the trackpad. Then, hover the cursor over the desktop space showing the windows in Split View and click the inwards-facing arrows to separate them.

Exiting Split View from Mission Control in macOS

Other Ways to Split the Screen on a Mac

While Split View is a great and effective way to multitask on your Mac, another way to split the screen on your Mac is by using a third-party window management tool for macOS.

One such tool is Magnet. With it, you can view up to four windows simultaneously on a standard screen and up to six when using an ultrawide monitor. It’s effortless to activate; you choose how to view everything on your desktop by simply dragging the opened windows or using keyboard shortcuts. Magnet isn’t free, but it’s well worth the few dollars.

Download: Magnet ($4.99)

Rectangle app in macOS

If you don’t wish to spend money on a third-party app, consider using Rectangle instead. Its free offering packs all the essential window management features and supports different layouts. The app has different keyboard shortcuts for different layouts, which makes snapping apps super easy. Besides, it also gives you a few other useful features to help you multitask efficiently.

Download: Rectangle (Free, premium version available)

Split View is the easiest way to view and use two apps side by side on a Mac. Sure, it lacks some features, but not everyone needs more than the basics. For those who do, full-fledged window management tools are the better way to go.

Snow turns botanical garden island into fairyland

An aerial view of Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, is seen on December 16, 2023 after the first snowfall in the area. /IC

An aerial view of Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, is seen on December 16, 2023 after the first snowfall in the area. /IC

An aerial view of Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, is seen on December 16, 2023 after the first snowfall in the area. /IC

An aerial view of Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, is seen on December 16, 2023 after the first snowfall in the area. /IC

An aerial view of Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, is seen on December 16, 2023 after the first snowfall in the area. /IC

An aerial view of Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, is seen on December 16, 2023 after the first snowfall in the area. /IC

An aerial view of Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, is seen on December 16, 2023 after the first snowfall in the area. /IC

An aerial view of Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, is seen on December 16, 2023 after the first snowfall in the area. /IC

An aerial view of Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, is seen on December 16, 2023 after the first snowfall in the area. /IC

An aerial view of Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, is seen on December 16, 2023 after the first snowfall in the area. /IC

An aerial view of Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, is seen on December 16, 2023 after the first snowfall in the area. /IC

Dream Island, a botanical garden on the Yangtze River in Nantong, Jiangsu Province, was transformed into a fairyland with the arrival of the first snowfall of winter. The colorful trees decorated with a dusting of fresh snow formed a dreamlike scene when viewed above. The island is home to a diverse array of plants and man-made landforms, including a spiral mountain road and stone forests.

In Surreal Portraits, Rafael Silveira Plunges Into the Mysteries of the Human Psyche — Colossal



Art

#oil painting
#painting
#plants
#portraits
#Rafael Silveira
#surreal

December 17, 2023

Jackie Andres

“Extravaso.” All images © Rafael Silveira, shared with permission

Brazilian artist Rafael Silveira supplants heads with bunches of flowers, flocks of birds, and plumes of smoke in fantastical portraits that delve into the inner workings of the human psyche. Lively hues of pink, yellow, and blue come together as he continues to convey the permeation of emotions through surreal phenomena.

Since childhood, Silveira has harbored a profound interest in the complexities of the mental universe. “I believe that my art is a profound dive into the human mind,” the artist tells Colossal. “I find inspiration in the mysteries of the human psyche and in the energies, both tangible and intangible, that permeate our lives and the nature surrounding us.”

As he translates these concepts to oil paintings, familiar anatomical features partake in unusual sights, as eyeballs hover like hot-air balloons, lips emerge from flowers, and brains converge with swans.

From his studio in Brazil, Silveira is currently working toward his first major solo exhibition next summer at KP Projects Gallery in Los Angeles. Make sure to visit the artist’s website for more work, keep an eye on his Instagram for studio views, and pick up one of his new prints.

 

A vibrant and colorful portrait of a figure without a head, but instead birds flying nearby, with two eyeballs

“Free Mind”

A vibrant and colorful portrait of a figure without a head, but instead a large cloud of smoke, lightning, flames, and sunglasses.

“Burning Desire”

A vibrant and colorful portrait of a figure without a head, but instead two eyebals hovering above the rest of the body, like hot air balloons in the background

“Ebulição”

“Recanto”

an Ibis with a large eyeball on its body, a hibiscus flower, and another flwoer make up the eyes and lips of a face.

“Polyphonic Nature of Existence”

A vibrant and colorful portrait of a figure without a head, but instead pink and red flwoers growing upwards from the body, and a hat on top.

“Flora Intimista”

A vibrant and colorful portrait of a figure without a head, but instead a large pink cloud.

“Vapores de Mente”

An artist painting in their studio

#oil painting
#painting
#plants
#portraits
#Rafael Silveira
#surreal

 

Do stories and artists like this matter to you? Become a Colossal Member today and support independent arts publishing for as little as $5 per month. You’ll connect with a community of like-minded readers who are passionate about contemporary art, read articles and newsletters ad-free, sustain our interview series, get discounts and early access to our limited-edition print releases, and much more. Join now!

In a Neighborly Portrait Series, Ashraful Arefin Turns His Gaze Toward Four-Legged Passersby — Colossal



Photography

#animals
#Ashraful Arefin
#portraits
#street photography

December 14, 2023

Grace Ebert

All images © Ashraful Arefin, shared with permission

In Animals from the streets, photographer Ashraful Arefin takes a moment to greet the furry creatures that join the hustle and bustle of the city. Taken during the last few years in cities like Kolkata, Delhi, Jaisalmer, Kathmandu, Dubai, and Dhaka, where Arefin is based, the portraits are dreamlike and neighborly, glimpsing the mundane goings on of cats, rhesus monkeys, and cows sunbathing or lumbering through small thoroughfares. Arefin takes a friendly approach to documenting his subjects, framing them like any other passerby wandering through the streets.

View the entire series on Behance, and follow Arefin on Instagram to keep up with his latest projects.

 

a cow licks its own face while walking down the street

a white cat looks at the camera

a monkey sits peacefully on a stone

a monkey sits on a concrete block

a cow with horns is in the center of the frame with blurred people in the background

a small cat sits in front of fringed textiles

two cows lie down in the street

#animals
#Ashraful Arefin
#portraits
#street photography

 

Do stories and artists like this matter to you? Become a Colossal Member today and support independent arts publishing for as little as $5 per month. You’ll connect with a community of like-minded readers who are passionate about contemporary art, read articles and newsletters ad-free, sustain our interview series, get discounts and early access to our limited-edition print releases, and much more. Join now!

A Reissued Book Reveals Hundreds of Photos from Frida Kahlo’s Personal Collection — Colossal



Art
History
Photography

#art history
#black and white
#books
#Frida Kahlo

December 16, 2023

Grace Ebert

Adolfo Best Maugard, María Luisa Cabrera de Block, and Frida Kahlo, (1945). All images © 2010 Banco de México in its capacity as Trustee in the Trust relating to the Diego Rivera and Frida Kahlo Museums, courtesy of RM Publishing, shared with permission

In her short lifetime, Frida Kahlo (1907-1954) collected an incredibly vast archive of photographs. Her father, Guillermo Kahlo, had been one of Mexico’s most well-known photographers, documenting architecture, industry, and himself, and his legacy certainly influenced the artist’s enduring interest in self-portraiture and image-making.

While Frida fostered a prodigious artistic practice of her own, she also amassed more than 6,000 photos taken by friends, family, colleagues, and sometimes, herself. Within her trove are snapshots of Mexico and her life, particularly moments shared with her husband, the artist Diego Rivera. Compiled in a recently reissued book, the collection offers unparalleled insight into the influential couple’s life and work.

Frida Kahlo: Her Photos was originally published by Editorial RM in 2010 and out of print until its re-release in October. Containing annotations and notes, the tome features hundreds of black-and-white images that, before 2004, had been hidden in storage in the artist’s Mexico City home. This edition once again offers audiences the opportunity to better understand the bonds, preferences, and daily minutiae of two of the most important artists of the 20th century.

Spanish and English versions of Frida Kahlo: Her Photos are available on Bookshop.

 

a black and white photo of frida painting a portrait of a man

Frida painting the portrait of her father Guillermo Kahlo (1951). Photo by Giséle Freud

an open book spread showing frida in bed on her stomach

a black and white photo of men wearing sombreros and holding guns

Revolutionaries

an open book spread with two images. on left: a woman wearing a scarf on her head and dark skirt. right: diego rivera standign near a picnic table

a woman wearing a fur-collared coat holds a bird while a young girl looks up at it with a smile. a man with short hair sits in a chair nearby

Diego Rivera with his models, Nieves Orozco and Inesita

a book spread open with two images. on the left: a group portrait on a balcony. right: a hazy portrait of frida

the camera looks down at the artist with his arms crossed. he's seated and wearing a polka dotted shirt and tie

Diego Rivera (1933). Photo by Esther Born

a book cover with a portrait of frida kahlo that says "frida kahlo her photos"

#art history
#black and white
#books
#Frida Kahlo

 

Do stories and artists like this matter to you? Become a Colossal Member today and support independent arts publishing for as little as $5 per month. You’ll connect with a community of like-minded readers who are passionate about contemporary art, read articles and newsletters ad-free, sustain our interview series, get discounts and early access to our limited-edition print releases, and much more. Join now!

Two Newly Discovered (and Very Tiny) Rembrandt Paintings Are On View for the First Time in 200 Years — Colossal



Art

#art history
#painting
#portraits

December 15, 2023

Grace Ebert

Rembrandt portraits Jan and Jaapgen. All images courtesy of Rijksmuseum/Olivier Middendorp

Standing just under eight inches tall, two oval portraits rediscovered after 200 years are now considered Rembrandt’s smallest formal works. On view at the Rijksmuseum, which houses the largest collection of the Dutch painter’s oeuvre, the pair was rediscovered two years ago and depicts members of Rembrand’s family rendered with his characteristic loose brushstrokes.

Painted in 1635, the portraits feature the wealthy plumber and slater Jan Willemsz van der Pluym and his wife Jaapgen Caerlsdr, who were married in 1591 and ages 70 and 69, respectively, when they sat for Rembrandt. “Considering (the works’) small size and dynamic, sketchy style, he probably painted them as a favour to the couple,” a release from Rijksmuseum says. “The van der Pluyms had a close bond with Rembrandt’s family, which began in 1624 when Jan and Jaapgen’s son Dominicus wed Rembrandt’s cousin Cornelia Cornelisdr van Suytbroek.”

Larger versions of these tiny works have been known to researchers for decades, which helped to attribute the smaller pair. Using a combination of X-radiography, infrared photography, infrared reflectography, macro X-ray fluorescence, stereomicroscopy, and paint sample analysis, Rijksmuseum found that the portraits were built up like other Rembrandt works and alterations in the sitters’ collars were made similarly to his other pieces. The materials, including lead- and iron-based paints and Earth pigments, also match those often employed by the artist.

Both works are on view long-term in Amseterdam. (via Hyperallergic)

 

a painted portrait of a man with a white collar in a black frame on a gray wall

Jan Willemsz van der Pluym

a painted portrait of a woman with a white collar in a black frame on a gray wall

Jaapgen Caerlsdr

#art history
#painting
#portraits

 

Do stories and artists like this matter to you? Become a Colossal Member today and support independent arts publishing for as little as $5 per month. You’ll connect with a community of like-minded readers who are passionate about contemporary art, read articles and newsletters ad-free, sustain our interview series, get discounts and early access to our limited-edition print releases, and much more. Join now!

Meticulous Embroideries by Cécile Davidovici Bring Objects to Life and Evoke the Passing of Time — Colossal



Art
Craft

#Cécile Davidovici
#embroidery
#portraits
#still life

December 15, 2023

Jackie Andres

All images © Cécile Davidovici, shared with permission

Through densely embroidered still lifes and portraits, Cécile Davidovici stitches together a dialogue between time, objects, and nostalgia. Focusing on gesture and color, the Paris-based artist uses short, expressive stitches to render melons, wine glasses, hands, and faces that glow by candlelight and sunset.

Evolving quite a bit from her previous works, Davidovici explains, “I’ve always wanted to do portraits, and I finally succeeded in a way that spoke to me by working and experimenting a lot with embroidery. I love the idea of pushing the technique to places it’s never been before.” After completing the series, she applied her new embroidery methods to still lifes.

Placing both modern and classical subjects next to each other, La Vie Silencieuse, or The Silent Life, questions what it means to make still lifes today in contrast to their popularization centuries ago. Created as a joint effort, the artist worked with David Citborsky, who first created 3D models of each composition. Davidovici then used these images to render each scene through copious threads, converging textures, and jewel-toned hues.

See more work and process videos on Davidovici’s website and Instagram.

 

Propped up against mountains, a watermelon and a cantaloupe rest against each other. There is a warm light emitted from the left side.

“Jupiter”

A still life of a cup with a straw, figs, bread, and a cloth.

“Le Poids des Choses”

A classic still life table with a blue cloth, and a vase of flowers, watermelon, and a TV.

“La Vie Silencieuse”

A hand hovering over rippling water.

An orange orb, with a seemingly plastic of translucent shiny material around it.

“Pluton”

A pumpkin, artichokes, and a glass sculpture of an angel on a table.

“Marbre Vert”

Two feet stand on top of a rocky surface. In the background is a sky of pinks and blues.

A tube of unrolled tin foil with a rock resting upon it, a glass, and grapefruit on a table.

“Pierre Bleue”

Candles, a glass of wine, a fig, and blueberries on a table.

“Les Heures de Cire”

#Cécile Davidovici
#embroidery
#portraits
#still life

 

Do stories and artists like this matter to you? Become a Colossal Member today and support independent arts publishing for as little as $5 per month. You’ll connect with a community of like-minded readers who are passionate about contemporary art, read articles and newsletters ad-free, sustain our interview series, get discounts and early access to our limited-edition print releases, and much more. Join now!

Uncanny Woven Portraits by Jason Chen Splice Two Moments in Time — Colossal



Art
Photography

#Jason Chen
#portraits
#weaving

December 14, 2023

Grace Ebert

“Coming to an End.” All images © Jason Chen, shared with permission

Rather than capture a single moment, Jason Chen (previously) weaves together photographs taken just seconds apart, creating disjointed portraits that convey movement and the passage of time. The Philadelphia-based artist often splices snapshots of the same setting and subject with slight differences in the tilt of the head, gesture, or gaze. Laced into a grid or hypnotizing circle like a photographic tapestry, the resulting images are uncanny and disorienting, nodding to fragmented identities and skewed perceptions of the self and others.

In a note to Colossal, Chen shares that the process and outcome of each piece depend on the subject. “When I work with professionals, the initial photoshoots tend to be an exploration of movement whereas with my close friends, there is often an exploration of more subtle emotion in the process. Sometimes I’m most excited about the pieces that end up only having a subtle shift,” he says.

While Chen sometimes plans portraits, the weaving process is entirely intuitive. He often narrows his materials to two images, although he’s currently experimenting with adding more to the mix. “Unlike the initial act of photographing, the photoweaving process involves a lot of unknowns. I usually like to dive in without preplanning the effect the weaving is going to have on the two photos, and sometimes this leads to weavings that don’t quite work out, but it makes it that much more exciting when they do.”

Find more of Chen’s recent works at Paradigm Gallery + Studio in Philadelphia.

 

a woven photo of a girl wearing a white dress and standing in a meadow

“Familiar”

a woven photo of a man on a trolley

“He Stayed”

a woven photo of a woman dancing outdoors with a fan in her right hand

“La Éimi II”

a woven photo of a woman dancing in a black dress in a subway station

“Like Nobody’s Watching”

a woven photo of a woman tilting her head

Detail of “Coming to an End”

a woven photo of a woman wearing a black dress dancing in front of a rusted blue door

“La Éimi III”

a woven photo of a landscape and two people sitting on a rock

“Disguised Confidence”

a fragmented woven photo of a person on a rock, facing in both directions

Detail of “Disguised Confidence”

#Jason Chen
#portraits
#weaving

 

Do stories and artists like this matter to you? Become a Colossal Member today and support independent arts publishing for as little as $5 per month. You’ll connect with a community of like-minded readers who are passionate about contemporary art, read articles and newsletters ad-free, sustain our interview series, get discounts and early access to our limited-edition print releases, and much more. Join now!

Colossal Releases Two New Limited-Edition Prints with Jon Ching — Colossal

“Sanguines.” All images © Jon Ching, shared with permission

We’re thrilled to announce our next limited-edition print release with Jon Ching (previously). Longtime Colossal readers will recognize Ching’s fantastic hybrids, which seamlessly meld flora and fauna into otherworldly compositions. In “Sanguines,” blush-colored petals and feathers merge into a delicately layered crest, while “Adaptive Radiation” depicts two fluffy rabbits wearing a crown of pink gladiolus.

Both giclée prints are signed and numbered and available in editions of 40 from the Colossal Shop.